| Dokumendiregister | Riigikogu |
| Viit | 1-2/26-621/1 |
| Registreeritud | 18.09.2026 |
| Sünkroonitud | 11.10.2026 |
| Liik | EL dokument |
| Funktsioon | |
| Sari | |
| Toimik | Ettepanek - COM(2026) 992, SEC(2026) 992, SWD(2026) 992, SWD(2026) 993, SWD(2026) 994 |
| Juurdepääsupiirang | Avalik |
| Adressaat | |
| Saabumis/saatmisviis | |
| Vastutaja | |
| Originaal | Ava uues aknas |
| Taotle dokumendi eemaldamist või parandamist |
EN EN
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
Strasbourg, 15.9.2026 COM(2026) 992 final
2026/0274 (COD)
Proposal for a
REGULATION OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL
on portability of qualifications and skills and amending Regulation (EU) 2018/1724
("Skills Portabilty Act")
{SEC(2026) 992 final} - {SWD(2026) 992 final} - {SWD(2026) 993 final} -
{SWD(2026) 994 final}
(Text with EEA relevance)
EN 1 EN
EXPLANATORY MEMORANDUM
1. CONTEXT OF THE PROPOSAL
• Reasons for and objectives of the proposal
The free movement of workers is one of the fundamental freedoms enshrined in the Treaties,
underpinning the ability of Union citizens to pursue professional and economic activities
across the Union. The Charter of Fundamental Rights of the European Union recognises the
right to engage in work and to pursue a freely chosen or accepted occupation, as well as the
freedom of Union citizens to seek employment, work, exercise the right of establishment and
provide services in any Member State. The freedom of movement is further supported by the
European Pillar of Social Rights, proclaimed in 2017, whose first chapter on equal
opportunities and access to the labour market emphasises the importance of skills and
employability.
However, as the report by Enrico Letta highlighted, free movement of people has been and
remains the least developed of the four freedoms of the Single Market. One of the reasons is
the limited portability of qualifications and skills. Removing these barriers can facilitate
mobility in all directions, including for people who wish to return to their home regions and
put the qualifications, skills and experience acquired elsewhere to use there. This broader
perspective on mobility also reflects the Commission’s political commitment to the Right to
Stay: ensuring that people have genuine opportunities to build their future in the places they
call home, while preserving their freedom to move and return.
Imperfect information on the level and content of qualifications and skills obtained in other
Member States is a key driver of these limitations: the signalling value of such qualifications
is generally perceived as lower compared to national qualifications owing to the lack of
common data and technical standards and varying level of information available to describe
them. Another barrier to portability is the continued reliance on paper-based attestations of
qualifications. As technology advances, the risk of fraud increasingly undermines trust in
qualification attestations, especially non-national ones. As Member States are progressively
digitalising their qualifications, a coordinated approach with regard to digitalisation and the
use of digital wallets is required to ensure interoperability and reduce barriers for workers to
transmit and/or for employers to receive and read a digital qualification.
The Enrico Letta and Mario Draghi reports on the future of the Single Market and Europe’s
competitiveness stress the urgency of accelerating this digital transformation and removing
barriers that impede the Single Market’s dynamism. Indeed, the limited portability of
qualifications and skills leads to missed opportunities for workers, businesses and the
economy as a whole, as valuable skills remain under-used and undervalued.
Over‑qualification and under‑utilisation of skills are especially pronounced among mobile EU
workers and third‑country nationals. This is particularly damaging in a context of widespread
skilled labour shortages. Strategic sectors – ranging from healthcare and ICT to construction,
energy, transport and tourism – struggle to find the talent they need to master the green and
digital transitions, and these shortages are most acutely felt by SMEs. Moreover, persistent
skills shortages at regional and local levels are being further aggravated by the out-migration
of young people from already sparsely populated or depopulating areas. Conversely, return
mobility can benefit regions of origin when people bring back qualifications, professional
experience and knowledge acquired elsewhere in the Union. Making such mobility easier can
therefore also contribute to territorial cohesion and help regions benefit more fully from the
opportunities offered by the Single Market.
EN 2 EN
The European Commission committed to putting forward a Skills Portability Initiative to
“ensure a skill acquired in one country is recognised in another”, in line with its political
guidelines and Communication of March 2025 on a Union of Skills.
The European Council Conclusions of 19 March 2026 have called for faster action, urging for
measures to “enhance free movement of workers by improving mutual recognition of
professional qualifications and strengthening the portability of qualifications and skills across
national borders, including through digitalisation and interoperability, on the basis of a
Commission proposal to be presented by autumn 2026.” On 24 April 2026, the European
institutions agreed on a 'One Europe, One Market' roadmap with a commitment for concrete
actions by the end of 2027, of which the Skills Portability Initiative is a priority deliverable
aiming to support Europe’s competitiveness and foster a more integrated Single Market.
The Skills Portability Initiative is part of the Fair Labour Mobility package1. It aims to
effectively safeguard the right to free movement, allowing workers to move where their
qualifications are most valued and empowering European businesses to recruit the skilled
labour force they need to remain competitive in the global economy. It can also facilitate
mobility back to regions of origin, by ensuring that qualifications and skills acquired
elsewhere are understood and recognised when people return.
This proposal aims to give workers, employers and national authorities across the EU access
to reliable and comparable information on qualifications and skills issued within the Union,
and to enable them to use interoperable and verifiable digital attestations of qualifications and
skills. In doing so, they will have access to simplified, effective and cost-efficient means to
carry, prove, read, understand and compare qualifications and skills obtained in another
Member State. In this way, it supports better matching of jobs and workers and helps reduce
under-utilisation of skills across the EU. In addition, more comparable information is
expected to promote fairness and quality jobs for EU mobile workers by ensuring their
qualifications are better understood and recognised whether they move to another Member
State or return to their country of origin..
The Skills Portability Initiative further includes a proposal for the revision of the Professional
Qualifications Directive and a proposal for a directive on the recognition of qualifications of
third country nationals.
• Consistency with existing policy provisions in the policy area
The proposal supports the freedom of movement of workers provided for in Article 45 TFEU
and Regulation (EU) No 492/2011. It also supports the objectives of simplifying
administrative procedures for individuals, businesses and national authorities: less red tape,
more trust, and better enforcement.
The proposal is fully consistent with the broader policy framework and builds on existing
European legislation, recommendations and tools.
The proposal is fully coherent with the EU's broader digitalisation agenda, including the EU
Digital Decade, the Single Market Strategy and the Interoperable Europe Act. With regard to
digital qualification attestations, it relies on the EU Digital Identity (EUDI) Wallet, as part of
the e-IDAS Regulation (Regulation (EU) No 910/2014), for qualifications up to ten years of
age, while it leverages the Single Digital Gateway and the Once Only Technical System for
older qualifications (in line with Regulation (EU) 2018/1724) to verify information before
issuing a digital qualification into the EUDI Wallet.
1 For more context, see CWP 2026 Commission work programme 2026 - European Commission,
https://commission.europa.eu/strategy-and-policy/strategy-documents/commission-work-
programme/commission-work-programme-2026_en
EN 3 EN
The proposal reinforces the objectives of the European Qualifications Framework Council
Recommendation of 22 May 2017 to enhance the transparency, comparability and portability
of qualifications in Europe. It is also fully coherent with the Council Recommendation of 16
June 2022 on a common European approach to micro-credentials, which calls for micro-
credentials to be included in National Qualifications Frameworks, and to consider European
Qualifications Framework (EQF) principles, such as on learning outcomes and quality
assurance. The proposal builds on the Europass framework (Decision (EU) 2018/646), with
the Europass platform serving as the official platform for information on the EQF. This
platform contains information on qualifications and qualifications frameworks and
interconnects information on qualifications from National Qualifications Frameworks
registers and databases.
The proposal is fully consistent with the European classification on Skills, Competences,
Occupations and Qualifications (ESCO), which works as a dictionary of occupations and
skills on the labour market. Adding ESCO skills to learning outcomes has the potential to
further improve the transparency of qualifications when their information is made available
online and used in digital qualification attestations.
The proposal covers all professions – both regulated and non-regulated - and thus
complements the Professional Qualifications Directive (PQD) (2005/36/EC). The proposal is
also a critical enabler for the Skills Portability Initiative’s Action 2 on improving cross-border
recognition procedures under PQD for access to regulated professions, as the availability of
interoperable and verifiable digital qualification attestations will allow for faster and less
burdensome cross-border recognition processes under the PQD. In addition, the proposal also
eases barriers in non-regulated professions, for which recognition procedures are not legally
necessary, by making available comparable, reliable, interoperable and verifiable digitalised
information on qualifications.
The proposal is also consistent with Regulation (EU) No 492/2011 of 5 April 2011 on
freedom of movement for workers within the Union, laying down rules for employment, equal
treatment and workers’ families. More specifically, it supports the rights of any national of a
Member State to seek employment in another Member State in line with the relevant
regulations applicable to national workers and aims to remove barriers related to
qualifications and skills that may pose obstacles to the freedom of movement.
In addition, initiatives, such as European individual cybersecurity skills attestations proposed
under the Cybersecurity Act 2, are consistent and contribute to the objectives of the Skills
Portability Initiative.
• Consistency with other Union policies
The proposal is part of the Fair Labour Mobility Package which contains proposals to
guarantee fair workers’ rights, regardless of where they choose to live and work in Europe.
Next to the Skills Portability Proposals the Fair Labour Mobility Package includes a proposal
for a regulation establishing a European Social Security Pass and a proposal for a regulation
to strengthen the European Labour Authority (ELA).
It is a key deliverable of the “One Europe, One Market” roadmap to “strengthen the
portability of qualifications and skills across national borders, including through digitalisation
and interoperability”. It is in line with the simplification agenda of the European Commission
by aiming at faster, less burdensome, user centric and digital-by-default processes for workers
moving between Member States. It is also consistent with the EU Competitiveness Compass,
which identifies retaining and mobilising talent across the EU as key to boosting the Union’s
competitive standing, by ensuring that qualifications and skills acquired in one Member State
EN 4 EN
are readily usable in another. It further contributes to the European Pillar of Social Rights,
notably its principles on fair access to employment and support for labour mobility, and the
Single Market Strategy, which aim to remove remaining barriers to companies and workers
operating across the EU.
The proposal is also consistent with the Union of Equality strategies, which highlighted the
fair portability and transparent recognition of qualifications and skills as a critical driver for
achieving true equal opportunity and non-discrimination across the Single Market.
Finally the proposal is in line with the obligations under the United Nations Convention on
the Rights of Persons with Disabilities and in particular Article 9 of that Convention, as well
as the requirement in Article 9(1) of Directive (EU) 2024/2841, under which digital
qualification attestations should be accessible for persons with disabilities.
2. LEGAL BASIS, SUBSIDIARITY AND PROPORTIONALITY
• Legal basis
The proposal is based on Article 46 TFEU which provide the legal basis for adopting
measures to facilitate the free movement of workers. Pursuant to Article 46 TFEU, the
European Parliament and the Council are mandated to adopt the necessary measures to bring
about the freedom of movement for workers. This includes, inter alia, the systematic removal
of administrative and legislative obstacles hindering the search, application for, and take-up of
employment across Member States (Article 46(b) TFEU), as well as setting up appropriate
mechanism to bring offers of employment into touch with applications for employment and
facilitating the balance between supply and demand and level of employment in the various
regions and industries (Article 46(d) TFEU).
• Subsidiarity (for non-exclusive competence)
Barriers related to qualifications and skills are one factor hindering individuals to make full
use of their free movement rights and to work in another Member State. They have a negative
impact on the functioning of the Single Market by creating costs for businesses and
individuals and indirectly affecting the potential of labour mobility in addressing labour
shortages in the EU. Without improved information on qualifications and skills obtained in
other Member States and tools facilitating effectively the portability of such qualifications and
skills, businesses and workers face difficulties when considering opportunities across the EU.
Given the cross-border nature of these problems, effective solutions are best pursued at the
EU level to allow for interoperability across Member States instead of 27 different national
frameworks and systems that would create fragmentation, increase administrative burdens and
even worsen the challenges related to cross-border use and recognition of digital qualification
attestations.
The added value of ensuring availability of verifiable and interoperable digitalised
information on qualifications and skills obtained in the EU is that workers will be equipped
with digital qualification attestations that are easily accessible to them as holders of
qualifications and to their potential employers. In the case of regulated professions, in
accordance with Directive 2005/36/EC, they will also be accessible to the recognition
authorities in Member States. Employers will also have access to tools enabling better
understanding and comparison of qualifications issued in different Member States. A common
legal and technical framework underpinning the digitalisation of qualifications will allow
digital qualification attestations issued in another Member State to become more trustworthy
and easier to verify. Digital qualification attestations issued in a standardised manner will be
understood across the EU. This in turn can make job applications less cumbersome and
EN 5 EN
facilitate smoother access to jobs in all Member States. Overall, the expected added value of
this action will be greater portability of qualifications and skills.
This Regulation does not harmonise the content of education and training, the organisations of
education and training systems or the conditions of access to professions. It regulates the
format, authenticity and verifiability of digital attestations of qualifications and conditions for
the provision of comparable information on qualifications awarded under national systems,
leaving the design of those systems and the substance of the qualifications to the Member
States.
The proposal will help sustain and further enhance the momentum in advancing European
digital policies and transforming the EU into a modern, resource-efficient and competitive
economy. An EU action will help accelerate the digitalisation of public services on cross-
border interoperability, contribute to a well-functioning, integrated digital single market,
ultimately benefitting European competitiveness. By building on and reinforcing key digital
EU initiatives - such as the Single Digital Gateway Regulation (SDGR), the Once Only
Technical System (OOTS), and the EUDI framework – an EU action will maximise the
impact of prior EU investments, being part of a coherent and cohesive EU digital landscape
that serves the interest of the EU and its Member States. EU-level action at this stage would
help ensure coordinated and interoperable solutions across Member States, while ensuring
alignment with existing EU initiatives. Acting now would also help maximise the benefits of
these initiatives and avoid additional costs and complexity that could arise from having to
align or replace divergent solutions at a later stage.
• Proportionality
The proposal is necessary and proportionate to the objective of facilitating the portability of
qualifications and skills between Member States, ensuring that they have a similar signalling
value across the Union, meaning that they provide a consistent and reliable indication of the
qualifications and skills held by an individual, regardless of the Member State in which they
were issued. It does so by establishing common rules on and standards for the digitalisation of
qualifications and the access to reliable and comparable information on qualifications and
skills issued in the EU. Without such common requirements, Member States would continue
to rely on paper-based or fragmented digital systems when issuing qualifications and
employers (and any other interested party) would continue to have difficulties in assessing the
authenticity of and understanding qualifications from other Member States.
This Regulation confers on a digital qualification attestation the same evidentiary value as
corresponding paper attestation and supports comparability of qualifications awarded under
national systems. It does not confer equivalence between qualifications, nor any right of
recognition of or access to a regulated profession, which continue to be governed by Directive
2005/36.
The proposal does not go beyond what is necessary to achieve the objectives of ensuring an
improved portability of qualifications and skills in the context of the freedom of movement of
workers. The objective of achieving a quick impact was carefully balanced against the
financial and administrative burden created for public administrations, the action focuses on
the most relevant segment of qualifications and takes a pragmatic approach to data fields
required. While newly issued qualifications would be digitalised into the EUDI Wallets by
default, recent qualifications, i.e. those issued in the past ten years, would be digitalised
without delay only on demand for the purpose of employment in another Member State.
Preparing the infrastructure for digitalisation of recent qualification attestations requires a
certain upfront investment but strongly reduces the recurring cost for issuance later on. Data
availability is expected to be high for this ten-year period since it coincides with the time after
EN 6 EN
adoption of the EQF Recommendation in which archives tend to be digital already. 25 EU
Member States have their NQFs referenced to the EQF for ten years or more. Today, already
14 EU Member States share information on qualifications with the Europass platform. In
terms of policy impact, it allows a quick rollout for the younger cohorts who tend to change
jobs most frequently and are most likely to move to another EU country. This is also the age
group with still comparatively short work experience, for which qualifications generally
matter more in the recruitment process than for older cohorts. For qualifications obtained
more than 10 years ago, more time is given: for them, digital qualification attestations need to
be issued upon demand in a reasonable timeframe i.e. maximum two weeks. In addition, for
older qualifications, the information needs can be adapted so that Member States can provide
the necessary information, with many fields being optional. Overall, only minimum common
requirements are provided for digital qualification attestations. By relying on existing EU
frameworks, notably the EUDI framework and existing transparency tools such as the EQF,
the proposal employs a cost-effective strategy, minimising costs and optimising resources
efficiently.
• Choice of the instrument
Article 26(2) TFEU provides that the internal market comprises an area without internal
frontiers in which the free movement of goods, persons, services and capital is ensured. For
nationals of a Member State, in accordance with Article 45 TFEU, this includes a right to
accept offers of employment in a Member State other than the one in which they have
obtained their qualifications or skills. Article 46 TFEU lays down that directives or
regulations shall be issued in an ordinary legislative procedure to set out the measures
required to bring about freedom of movement for workers.
Given the cross-border nature of the problem and the need to prevent regulatory
fragmentation, a regulation is the most suitable, effective and proportionate legal instrument
to achieve the defined policy objectives, namely to establish a single framework and set of
standards for digital qualification attestations which are understood and trusted across the
Union. Having a unified and single set of rules and formats will enable digital qualification
attestations to represent qualifications that are comparable and verifiable in all Member
States, irrespective of their awarding origins. As a directly applicable act, it also ensures
uniform application across Member States and provides legal certainty and effectiveness. This
also aligns with the identified legal basis.
3. RESULTS OF EX-POST EVALUATIONS, STAKEHOLDER
CONSULTATIONS AND IMPACT ASSESSMENTS
• Ex-post evaluations/fitness checks of existing legislation
There is no existing EU legislation specifically addressing the digitalisation of qualifications,
and therefore no ex-post evaluation or fitness check of such legislation exists. The Skills
Portability Act is a new initiative. It builds on existing tools such as the European
Qualifications Framework and the Europass Framework, which were subject of
evaluations2 in 2024.
2 COM/2024/135 final - Report from the Commission to the European Parliament and the Council on the
implementation and impact of Decision (EU) 2018/646 of the European Parliament and of the Council
of 18 April 2018 on a common framework for the provision of better services for skills and
qualifications (Europass) and SWD(2024)142 - Commission Staff Working Document Executive
Summary of the Evaluation of the Council Recommendation of 22 May 2017 on the European
Qualifications Framework for lifelong learning
EN 7 EN
The European Qualifications Framework was found to be well-suited to promote the
transparency, comparability and portability of qualifications across the EU. All 27 Member
States have referenced their National Qualifications Frameworks (NQFs) or systems to the
EQF. However, ensuring that National Qualifications Frameworks and databases and registers
of qualifications are updated and connected to the Europass platform is mentioned as an area
of improvement.
Europass was found to facilitate mobility for work and study in the EU, by presenting
knowledge, skills, and competences in a standardised format. However, the evaluation points
out that further efforts are needed in developing qualification and learning opportunity
databases and registers that should link to the Europass platform via the Qualification Dataset
Register.
• Stakeholder consultations
A comprehensive consultation took place to gather a broad and representative evidence base
on the portability of qualifications and skills across EU countries. The evidence collected
through these activities supported the problem definition and enabled the assessment of the
feasibility, suitability and potential impacts of selected policy measures.
This comprehensive evidence-gathering exercise included the following activities:
• An open public consultation was run between 5 December 2025 and 27 February
2026 resulting in 785 responses;
• A call for Evidence ran in parallel to the public consultation and 235 responses to the
call for evidence, including 126 position papers;
• Targeted consultations were conducted in the context of this initiative between
October 2025 and April 2026;
• A social partner hearing on 23 January 2026;
• A dedicated survey of SMEs was carried out during February and March of 2026
(159 responses);
• A survey of issuers of qualifications was conducted (574 replies);
• A total of 94 stakeholder interviews were carried out by an external study (covering
140 stakeholders);
• Discussions in focus groups (8 in total), including 88 participants;
• Expert workshops (4 in total), including 41 participants;
• A survey among National Academic Recognition Information Centres was carried
out in April 2026 (16 responses);
• A survey of the EQF Advisory Group (14 responses);
• A survey among EQF National Contact Points took place during March-April 2026
(21 responses);
• Legal reports from the MoveS network on free movement of workers (All 27
Member States covered);
• Eurofound reports on collective agreements in the Member States (20 Member States
covered).
These consultations revealed broad support for digitalisation of qualification attestations,
including a broad consensus on the use of the EUDI Wallets as the primary digital solution.
EN 8 EN
These positions, and the Commission's assessment of how they have been reflected in the
preferred option, are summarised in Annex 2 (Stakeholder consultation synopsis report) of the
Impact Assessment.
• Collection and use of expertise
An external contractor assisted the Commission in conducting a study to support the work on
the Impact Assessment between September 2025 and August 2026. An Inter-Service Steering
Group, comprising more than twenty Commission services including the Legal Service, met
three times to steer the preparation of the Skills Portability Initiative.
• Impact assessment
The proposal for a Regulation is accompanied by an impact assessment report3, a draft of
which was submitted to the Regulatory Scrutiny Board (RSB) on 17 June 2026.
Recommendations received from the RSB in its negative opinion of 15 July 2026 were
addressed, notably by removing the obligation to refer to EQF levels in labour market
contexts and the legal presumption of equivalence of qualifications of the same level, as at
this stage it is not possible to quantify the extent of barriers related to equivalence of
qualification levels in non-regulated professions. Moreover, the problem definition and
intervention logic have been reinforced by expanding the evidence base, integrating the
findings of the EQF and Europass evaluations, strengthening the analysis of labour market
failures and better substantiating the role of qualification portability in supporting worker
mobility. The dynamic baseline has been expanded to better reflect existing EU tools, ongoing
digital initiatives and technological developments, while the description of the policy
measures has been made more operational and implementation-oriented. Finally, the report
provides a stronger assessment of coherence with the other actions of the Skills Portability
Initiative and with relevant EU initiatives in the fields of skills, qualifications, digital identity
and interoperability, demonstrating more clearly how the preferred option builds on existing
EU frameworks and projects.
Following the aforementioned adjustments, the RSB issued a positive opinion with
reservations on 24 August 2026. To address the remaining reservations, the problems
identified in the impact assessment and the analysis of the impacts of the various options were
substantiated further. Both opinions of the RSB are available at [add link at publication].
Overall, the impact assessment considered several legislative Policy Options for the two
Specific Objectives, namely Specific Objective 1: By the end of the transition period, labour
market actors have access to reliable and comparable information on qualifications and skills
issued in the EU. Specific Objective 2: By the end of the transition period, labour market
actors in the EU can benefit from interoperable and verifiable digital attestations of
qualifications and skills.
The following policy options were assessed for the Specific Objectives:
• Policy Option 1: digitalisation with the EUDI Wallets of all new NQF qualifications
(EQF levels 2-8) and all other new skills documents. For past qualifications,
digitalisation with the EUDI Wallets upon request, within a reasonable timeframe
and limited for the purpose of employment in another Member State;
(3) SWD (2026) 993, IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT Accompanying the document PROPOSAL FOR
A REGULATION OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND THE COUNCIL ON PORTABILITY
OF QUALIFICATIONS AND SKILLS AND AMENDING REGULATION (EU) 2018/1724
(“SKILLS PORTABILITY ACT”).
EN 9 EN
• Policy Option 2: digitalisation with the EUDI Wallets of all new NQF qualifications
(EQF levels 2-8). For past qualifications, digitalisation with the EUDI Wallets upon
request and limited for the purpose of employment in another Member State. Those
qualifications awarded in the past 10 years to be issued without delay, and those
older than 10 years, within a reasonable timeframe;
• Policy Option 3: digitalisation with the Europass Wallet of all new NQF
qualifications (EQF levels 2-8) and all other new skills documents. For past
qualifications, digitalisation with the Europass Wallet upon request, within a
reasonable timeframe and limited for the purpose of employment in another Member
State.
All options include a common set of measures to support interoperability and trust. All
options include the same approach to NQFs and the EQF and make it mandatory for Member
States to have a comprehensive NQF in place, and for their NQFs to be clearly and regularly
referenced to the EQF. All options ensure the legal value of digital qualification attestations,
requirements to Member States to have up to date national databases of qualifications,
awarding bodies and accreditation, connected with Europass. All options ensure that the
Europass comparison tool is made more effective and user-friendly to facilitate the
comparison of specific national qualifications. All options share the same trust framework to
ensure verifiability and comparability of digital attestations by employers and other users. All
options are also accompanied by possible non-legislative supporting measures, including
awareness-raising activities, continued support to existing EU tools and encouragement to
make use of available EU funding.
The impact assessment resulted in the choice of the Policy Option 2 as the preferred way
forward to achieve the specific objectives 1 and 2 in an effective and efficient way.
Policy Option 2 is most effective in achieving comparable, reliable, interoperable and
verifiable digitalised information on qualifications and skills obtained in the EU. It ensures a
common information and technical standard for all new NQF qualifications and those issued
in the past 10 years, to facilitate comparison and verification. It is the option with the most
optimal efficiency balance, concentrating digitalisation where labour market impact is greatest
and ensuring that, as part of the NQF, the digitalised qualifications are quality assured by the
Member States.
Policy Option 2 supports also SPI Action 2 and facilitates in general the verification and
understanding of qualifications issued in the EU in the context of both regulated and non-
regulated professions. Together, they form a coherent and functional system for qualifications
and skills portability across the EU's labour market.
• Regulatory fitness and simplification
As shown in the consultation, employers do not understand qualifications from other Member
States well enough to assess what the holder truly knows or is able to do – i.e. the
qualification level and content 4. Confidence of SMEs falls significantly when assessing
qualifications from other EU countries, compared to from their own country. In the SME
Survey, the most frequently cited challenge when assessing qualifications from other EU
countries by SMEs, was insufficient familiarity with foreign education systems, difficulty
verifying the authenticity of qualifications and language barriers. Similarly, the Europass
evaluation5 pointed out that verifying the authenticity of a candidate’s qualifications is very
4 SPI Consultation Social Partners; Expert workshop: Recognition of VET qualifications for the purpose
of worker mobility. 5 EUR-Lex - 52024SC0071 - EN - EUR-Lex
EN 10 EN
important for employers when hiring. At the same time, 59% of the employers consider the
process of verifying the authenticity of candidates’ qualifications or experience to be often or
sometimes difficult and slightly more than half of them (54%) consider receiving digitally
certified documents proving qualifications to be important.
This initiative aims to bring simplification for employers and workers by making
qualifications instantly verifiable for labour market actors across the Single Market, and by
facilitating the comparison of the level and content of qualifications issued in the EU without
any cost. It aims to do so by building on existing tools such as the European Qualifications
Framework, Europass and the European Digital Identity Wallet, and through setting common
standards for digital attestations of qualifications to be comparable, reliable, interoperable and
verifiable. This will facilitate recruitment procedures involving cross-border applications, and
make systems for issuing digital qualification attestations interoperable from the start through
a coordinated approach. The availability of the Europass platform centralising reliable and
comparable information will reduce the need for multiple efforts at Member State level to
make available and keep track of information on each others’ NQFs.
Moreover, the proposal contributes to the objectives of regulatory fitness and is consistent
with the ‘Digital check’. It fully aligns with core e-government principles:
i.) digital by default, promoting digital procedures as preferred choice, while still offering
alternative options,
ii.) once-only principle, reducing redundant data submission,
iii.) interoperability by design, facilitating cross-border recognition and verification of
documents as well as cross-border data exchange, and reducing fragmentation,
iv.) user-centricity, putting people at the centre and ensuring predictable processing times,
v.) inclusiveness and accessibility, guaranteeing equal access to all, notably persons with
disabilities, elderly people and individuals with limited digital skills by still offering the
option of paper documents,
vi.) trustworthiness and security, promoting the protection of personal data and high security
standards
vii.) cross-border by default, ensuring interoperability and reducing/preventing unnecessary
barriers to mobility.
• Fundamental rights
This proposal respects fundamental rights and the principles recognised by the Charter of
Fundamental Rights of the European Union including inter alia, the right to private and family
life, the right to protection of personal data, the freedom to conduct a business, the right to a
high level of human health protection, the right to good administration and the right to an
effective remedy.
The proposal is expected to have a positive impact on labour mobility and employment rights
(Articles 15 and 45 of the EU Charter), and reduced administrative barriers to portability of
qualifications, aligning with European Pillar of Social Rights Principle 4 (active employment
support).
The proposed Regulation includes the processing of personal data. It should therefore ensure
that such processing complies with the requirements of the General Data Protection
Regulation (GDPR) and the fundamental rights guaranteed in the Charter, notably the rights
to privacy and data protection under Articles 7 and 8, and in the TFEU, especially Article 16
EN 11 EN
on the right to the protection of personal data. The preferred option is expected to ensure a
high-level of security and data protection by giving users control, minimising data exposure,
guaranteeing selective disclosure, and ensuring GDPR-compliant, secure, and transparent
handling of personal data when using EUDI Wallets and benefitting from legal safeguards
when relying on enhanced physical documents.
4. BUDGETARY IMPLICATIONS
The proposal entails budgetary implications for the Union, principally linked to the
development and improvement of a comparison tool in Europass (Article 8), the development
of a reference software for the digital verification tool (Recital 18; Article 7); the back office
tool to support the Member States sharing information on qualifications, accreditation and
awarding bodies with Europass (Articles 3 and 8); possible support to Member States in their
implementation of issuance system for the digital qualification attestations (Articles 3, 4, 6, 7,
8, 9); and the Secretariat of the Qualifications Digitalisation Group (Article 11).
The estimated budgetary impact for 2028 and beyond does not pre-judge the next Multiannual
Financial Framework. The source of financing and scope of Union financial commitment in
the post-2027 period remain subject to the outcome of interinstitutional negotiations on the
MFF 2028-2034 and thereafter shall be determined through the annual budgetary procedure.
5. OTHER ELEMENTS
• Implementation plans and monitoring, evaluation and reporting arrangements
A group on digitalisation of qualifications (the ‘Qualifications Digitalisation Group’) is
established to facilitate cross-border cooperation and exchange of information on issues
related to the implementation of this Regulations, notably trust services, European Digital
Identity Wallets, notified electronic identification schemes, semantic model and digital
qualification attestations, and to take all necessary steps to ensure that the information
exchanged is up-to-date. A committee within the meaning of Regulation (EU) No 182/2011
shall assist the Commission in the preparation of the implementing acts under an examination
procedure in accordance with Article 5 of that Regulation.
A draft monitoring framework has been designed to monitor the implementation and evaluate
the initiative’s impact, ensuring that it remains fit for purpose and achieve the intended
objectives. This framework will undergo further refinement based on the ultimate legal
specifications and implementation schedule. Progress will be tracked through a set of output,
result, and impact indicators linked to the operational objectives. The Commission, in close
cooperation with Member States, will regularly collect and analyse data - leveraging existing
reporting mechanisms - to identify implementation gaps, assess the efficiency of the measure,
and provide the necessary evidence base for a future evaluation.
• Detailed explanation of the specific provisions of the proposal
Article 1 defines the subject matter and sets out the rules that will be laid down for skills
portability, as well as which elements of governance will be addressed.
Article 2 sets out the definitions of the main concepts used in the proposed Regulation to
facilitate uniform interpretation and application.
Article 3 sets out the trust framework for digital qualification attestations, which should be
retrievable electronically by holders of qualifications. They are to be issued within European
Digital Identity Wallets as qualified electronic attestations of attributes or as electronic
attestations of attributes issued by or on behalf of a public sector body responsible for an
EN 12 EN
authentic source. The article also sets out that Member States shall communicate lists of the
awarding bodies, accreditations and qualifications included in their National Qualifications
Frameworks to the Commission. The article empowers the Commission to adopt
implementing acts laying down detailed provisions concerning the agreed common language;
formats and protocols for the issuance of digital qualification attestations across the Union;
and the formats of and transfer protocols for lists of awarding bodies, accreditations and
qualifications included in national qualifications frameworks in accordance with the
examination procedure referred to in Article 5 of Regulation (EU) No 182/2011.
Article 4 lays down that Member States shall issue digital qualification attestations, free of
charge for the holders. It also lays down the data requirements for digital qualification
attestations, the fact that they shall be recognised as evidencing qualification awarded to the
holders and be valid across the Union. It further specifies that digital qualification attestations
are issued as the default format for evidencing qualifications which are quality assured as a
part of a Member State’s national qualifications framework; and have been awarded after the
date of entry into force of this Regulation minus 10 years. Member States may limit the
issuance of digital qualification attestations for qualifications awarded during the last 10
years to the cases in which the qualification holder proves the purpose of pursuit of
employment in another Member State. Member States can also issue digital qualification
attestations before that reference date. It finally empowers the Commission to adopt delegated
acts to take account of technical, operational or scientific developments.
Article 5 sets out conditions for the issuance of digital qualification attestations. It states that
holders may request a digital qualification attestation for qualifications awarded to them,
which shall be issued to their European Digital Identity Wallets upon the qualification
holder’s request if the qualification comes from an accredited awarding body listed in the
relevant list and the holder has an active European Digital Identity Wallet.
Article 6 sets out the effects of revocation or suspension of a digital qualification attestation,
including the refusal of issuance where the underlying qualification is withdrawn or
suspended, the sharing of revocation information, and the non-recognition of revoked or
suspended attestations for as long as that status remains in place.
Article 7 sets out the framework for verification by relying parties. It requires Member States
to ensure that relying parties can verify digital qualification attestations, including
accreditations and the status of qualifications, while the Commission is to adopt formats and
procedures for verification by relying parties through implementing acts.
Article 8 sets out the requirement for Member States to provide information on qualifications,
awarding bodies and accreditations through the Europass platform. It sets out the
implementing acts the Commission shall adopt on common formats and protocols for
information transfer and delegated acts to take account of technical, operational or scientific
developments. The article also states that Member States shall ensure that their national
qualifications frameworks are referenced to the European Qualifications Framework and that
the referencing is updated when relevant. It further sets out that National Qualifications
Frameworks include all qualifications under a Member State’s jurisdiction, including micro-
credentials to the extent possible. Finally, it states that the Commission shall provide a digital
tool to compare qualifications in Europass.
Article 9 sets out how Member States are to issue, on request, digital qualification attestations
for older qualifications, on the basis of existing evidence verified by an issuer. It empowers
the Commission to adopt delegated acts to amend data fields in digital qualification
attestations. It includes a possibility for the Member States to limit the issuance of digital
EN 13 EN
qualification attestations for older qualifications to the cases in which the qualification holder
proves the purpose of pursuit of employment in another Member State.
Article 10 sets out that Member States shall provide publicly available information on the
implementation of the Regulation.
Article 11 sets out how the Qualifications Digitalisation Group will support and facilitate
Member States’ cross-border cooperation and exchange of information on trust services,
European Digital Identity Wallets, notified electronic identification schemes, semantic model
and digital qualification attestations.
Article 12 specifies the data protection requirements applicable to the processing of personal
data under this Regulation. It shall ensure that personal data processed in the context of this
Regulation shall be retained no longer than 45 years.
Article 13 contains rules on reporting and review. Depending on the outcomes of an
evaluation and review, the Commission shall, if necessary, submit appropriate proposals to
amend the provisions of this Regulation.
Article 14 determines the conditions under which the Commission is empowered to adopt
delegated acts.
Article 15 establishes a committee to assist the Commission in adopting implementing acts in
accordance with Regulation (EU) No 182/2011.
Article 16 specifies that this Regulation will amend Regulation (EU) 2018/1724 in order to
add information under its Annex I and, under its Annex II, a procedure on requesting proof of
qualification.
Article 17 specifies the entry into force [and entry into application] timeline[s].
EN 0 EN
2026/0274 (COD)
Proposal for a
REGULATION OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL
on portability of qualifications and skills and amending Regulation (EU) 2018/1724
("Skills Portabilty Act")
(Text with EEA relevance)
THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND THE COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN UNION,
Having regard to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union, and in particular
Article 46 thereof,
Having regard to the proposal from the European Commission,
After transmission of the draft legislative act to the national Parliaments,
Having regard to the opinion of the European Economic and Social Committee6,
Acting in accordance with the ordinary legislative procedure,
Whereas:
(1) [POLITICAL CONTEXT] The Single Market is a cornerstone of European integration
and a key driver of the Union’s competitiveness, prosperity and resilience. Its full
potential depends, inter alia, on enabling people to move freely across the Union and
to put their qualifications and skills to use wherever they are needed. Facilitating
mobility contributes to a better allocation of skills across the Union, helps address
labour and skills shortages and strengthens the capacity of the Union economy to
respond to changing economic and demographic needs.
(2) [REG ON FREE MOVEMENT OF WORKERS] Regulation (EU) No 492/2011 of the
European Parliament and of the Council7 provides that any national of a Member
State, irrespective of his or her place of residence, has the right to take up an activity
as an employed person, and to pursue such activity, within the territory of another
Member State in accordance with the provisions laid down by law, regulation or
administrative action governing the employment of nationals of that State and with the
same priority as nationals of that State. Portability of qualifications and skills obtained
in another Member State is necessary for the effective exercise of those rights.
(3) [OBJECTIVE OF THIS REGULATION, Article 1] This Regulation aims
at facilitating portability of qualifications and skills for workers and
employers through improved availability of comparable, reliable, verifiable,
interoperable and digitalised information about qualifications and skills obtained in the
Union.
6 OJ C [...], [...], p. [...] 7 Regulation (EU) No 492/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 5 April 2011 on
freedom of movement for workers within the Union (OJ L 141, 27.5.2011, p. 1, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2011/492/oj).
EN 1 EN
(4) [REMAINING BARRIERS] Limited skills portability hinders the full exercise of the
freedom of movement of workers enshrined in the Treaty. Employers struggle to
understand the qualifications and skills acquired in another Member State and may
refrain from tapping into the potential pool of workers of the internal market. For
similar reasons, workers in the Union may be discouraged from seeking employment
in another Member State, or returning to their own Member State, when holding
qualifications obtained in another Member State. Improved portability may therefore
also facilitate return and circular mobility, enabling workers to put skills acquired
elsewhere in the Union to use in their Member State or region of origin. Moreover,
digitalisation of qualifications carried out by Member States individually would lead
to further fragmentation of the labour market. These barriers also adversely affect the
functioning of the internal market, restricting opportunities to address labour
shortages, including in strategic sectors, representing a loss of potential for both
workers and businesses and hampering delivery of critical services, as valuable skills
remain partially unused and not valued. Removing those barriers should support both
the effective exercise of free movement and more balanced territorial development,
while allowing mobility to remain a genuine choice rather than a necessity driven by
the lack of local opportunities.
(5) [DIGITALISATION, Articles 3 and 4] The digital transformation of qualification
systems is essential to enhance the reliability, comparability, interoperability and
verifiability, and thus portability of qualifications across the Union, thereby facilitating
cross-border mobility and labour market integration. It contributes to the removal of
administrative barriers to the free movement of workers, such as those related to the
time, translations and procedures needed to review authenticity of non-interoperable
evidence of qualifications, such as paper or PDF formats. Therefore, a common Union
standard should be established for digital qualification attestations issued within the
Union, and reliable and comparable information on qualifications should be shared by
the Member States and made available to labour market actors.
(6) [FORMATS] Digital qualification attestations should be the default format for
qualifications issued to qualification holders. As Member States need time to prepare
for the issuance of digital qualification attestations, that requirement should apply
from three years after the entry into force of this Regulation. Member States should
however have the possibility to issue digital qualification attestations already before
that date. The issuance of qualifications in other formats than the digital qualification
attestations should remain under the responsibility of the Member States.
(7) [EUDI WALLET, Article 3] A more harmonised approach towards digital
qualification attestations reduces the risks and costs of the current fragmentation due
to the use of divergent national solutions or, in some Member States, the absence of
such digital solutions. Such an approach contributes to strengthening the internal
market by providing harmonised digital qualification attestations across the Union.
The European Digital Identity (EUDI) Framework was created by Regulation (EU) No
910/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council8 with an intention to achieve
a shift from the reliance on national digital solutions only, to the provision of
electronic attestations of qualifications that are valid and legally recognised across the
Union. While every Member State is required to provide an EUDI Wallet, the use of it
8 Regulation (EU) No 910/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 July 2014 on
electronic identification and trust services for electronic transactions in the internal market and
repealing Directive 1999/93/EC (OJ L 257, 28.8.2014, p. 73,
ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2014/910/oj).
EN 2 EN
remains a matter of choice for its nationals or residents. Digital qualification
attestation should be issued upon request of the qualification holders into their EUDI
Wallets and in accordance with Regulation (EU) 910/2014.
(8) [TRUSTED FRAMEWORK FOR DQAs, Article 3] The digital qualification
attestation should be issued under a trusted framework provided in Regulation (EU)
No 910/2014 to ensure its validity across the Union. To this end, the attestations
should only be issued as qualified electronic attestations of attributes issued by a
qualified trust service provider or electronic attestation of attributes issued by or on
behalf of a public sector body responsible for an authentic source.
(9) [ACCREDITATION, Article 2] Any awarding body that is authorised to award
qualifications that are included in national qualifications frameworks should be
considered as accredited awarding bodies in the context of this Regulation. This
includes situations where an awarding body has been designated by law or, in the case
of non-governmental bodies which are awarding qualifications under the specific rules
of national qualifications frameworks regulations or procedures.
(10) [ISSUANCE and COST of DIGITAL QUALIFICATION ATTESTATIONS, Article 4
and 5] Qualification holders should have a right to be issued digital qualification
attestations as long as they have active EUDI Wallets and request the issuance of it.
Digital qualification attestations should be provided free of charge to the holders of
qualifications. To this end, Member States should refrain from establishing any
administrative fees for the issuance of digital qualification attestations to avoid
hampering their use.
(11) [SCOPE of DIGITAL ATTESTATIONS, Article 4] Digital qualification attestations
under this Regulation should be issued for qualifications at levels 2 to 8 of the
European Qualifications Framework, in order to ensure the broad coverage of
qualifications with labour market relevance. European Qualifications Framework level
1 is not part of the scope, as this level, where it is used in national qualifications
frameworks, largely relates to primary/basic education which is of lesser relevance for
the labour market.
(12) [LEGAL VALUE OF DIGITAL QUALIFICATION ATTESTATIONS, Article 4]
Minimum technical and procedural requirements are necessary for the issuance of
digital qualification attestations to ensure that those attestations are interoperable and
that they constitute legally valid evidence of qualifications awarded in the Union.
(13) [STANDARISATION & eIDAS REG, Articles 4 and 5] The use of Union standard
specifications for digital qualification attestations ensures consistency,
interoperability, and cross-border validity of qualifications, while allowing Member
States the flexibility to adapt to national contexts where necessary. Those
specifications should align with good practices in digital credentialing, including
security, data protection, and long-term verifiability, in accordance with Regulation
(EU) No 910/2014 which lays down rules under Article 5f on cross-border reliance of
EUDI Wallet.
(14) [DQAs WITH DIFFERENT SPEEDS] To facilitate free movement of workers and
portability of their qualifications across the Union, digital qualification attestations for
all qualification awarded between [date of entry into force minus 10 years] and [date
of entry into force] should be issued as soon as possible, and in any case no later than
two weeks after request for their issuance and without the need for manual processing.
However, for qualifications awarded in the period between [date of entry into force
EN 3 EN
minus 45 years] and [date of entry into force minus 10 years], the digital qualification
attestations should be issued digitally within a reasonable time allowing Member
States time to gather the data and check the information and no later than two weeks.
Member States should be allowed to limit issuance of digital qualification attestations
for qualifications awarded in the period between [date of entry into force minus 45
years] and [date of entry into force minus 10 years] to cases where the qualification
holder can prove that the purpose for the use of the attestations is pursuit of
employment in another Member State.
(15) [REVOCATION & SUSPENSION, Article 6] In line with their responsibility in the
education and training policies, Member States should be able to apply their national
provisions on withdrawal or suspension of qualifications awarded by entities in their
territory, irrespective of whether those qualifications are evidenced in the form of
physical or digital qualification attestation. Therefore, digital qualification attestations
should reflect the status of the qualifications, such as whether they have been
suspended or revoked. Arrangements for suspension and revocation are without
prejudice to the alert mechanism under Directive 2005/36/EC.
(16) VERIFICATIONS, Article 7] To ensure trust in and interoperability of digital
qualification attestations across the Union, Member States should establish tools
enabling relying parties such as employers and public authorities to verify the
authenticity and validity of a qualification and the accreditation of an awarding body.
To facilitate verification processes and reduce administrative burdens, the Commission
intends to support Member States, including by providing a reference software
supporting secure, efficient and non-discriminatory verification processes. While
employers cannot refuse a digital qualification attestation issued in accordance with
this Regulation as a proof of a qualification or question its authenticity, the Regulation
imposes no obligation on employers to request or verify the authenticity or validity of
a qualification. The Regulation also does not impact employer’s prerogative to assess
the qualification in the selection process and decide on their relevance.
(17) [EQF & NQF, Article 2 and 8] This Regulation covers qualifications included in a
national qualifications framework of a Member State which are awarded by an
awarding bodies established in the Union. The European Qualifications Framework is
a tool established in 20089, and revised in 201710 (the ‘2017 Recommendation’), to
facilitate the comparison between levels and portability of qualifications awarded by
entities from different Member States. Member States have undertaken significant
efforts to develop national qualifications frameworks and to reference them to the
European Qualifications Framework through a structured referencing
process. National qualifications frameworks are evolving to reflect changes in
qualifications, emerging skills, and new forms of learning, including micro-
credentials. Information on all qualifications that form part of such national
qualifications frameworks should be included in qualifications registries and
databases. Updated national qualifications frameworks should be reflected in the
referencing to the European Qualifications Framework that should remain adequate
9 The recommendation of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 April 2008 on the
establishment of the European Qualifications Framework for lifelong learning (OJ C 111, 6.5.2008, pp.
1–7). 10 Council recommendation of 22 May 2017 on the European Qualifications Framework for lifelong
learning and repealing the recommendation of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 April
2008 on the establishment of the European Qualifications Framework for lifelong learning (OJ C 189,
15.6.2017, p. 15).
EN 4 EN
and relevant for workers, employers and other stakeholders. To this end, it is essential
that Member States update the referencing of their national qualifications frameworks
to the European Qualifications Framework when needed.
(18) [INTERLINK WITH THE 2017 RECOMMENDATION] This Regulation should
apply to the use of the European Qualifications Framework in the context of the
exercise by workers of their freedom to move. To ensure legal certainty and
coherence, the levels of the European Qualifications Framework and some of the terms
and definitions laid down in the 2017 Recommendation should be incorporated into
this Regulation for the purposes of the free movement of workers. This does not create
any obligation as to how Member States design their national qualifications
frameworks. As far as the 2017 Recommendation covers the use of the European
Qualifications Framework for lifelong learning, that Recommendation should continue
to provide guidance on matters not governed by this Regulation.
(19) [MICRO-CREDENTIALS, Article 8] Micro-credentials play an increasingly
important role in upskilling and reskilling. The European approach to micro-
credentials was established to support the quality, trust and uptake of micro-
credentials, and to make them more comparable and understandable across borders
and sectors. To facilitate their portability, micro-credentials should be included in
national qualifications frameworks and, to the extent possible, align with the Council
Recommendation of 16 June 202211 on a European approach to micro-credentials for
lifelong learning and employability, fostering consistency, transparency and trust in
those credentials across the Union.
(20) [ESCO, Article 8] Member States should ensure that qualifications that are part of
national databases connected to the Europass platform12 include information on
learning outcomes and to the extent possible use standard information on skills. To
this end, Member States should be allowed to make use of the European Guidelines
for the development and writing of short learning-outcomes-based descriptions of
qualifications13. In addition, Member States should have the possibility to make use of
skills terminology from the European Skills, Competences, Qualifications and
Occupations (ESCO) classification introduced by Regulation (EU) 2016/589 of the
European Parliament and of the Council14 which facilitates the understanding of
qualifications in the labour market and contributes to better job matching.
(21) [EUROPASS, Article 8] To improve the availability of comparable digitalised
information about qualifications for workers and employers, Member States should
ensure that national databases are connected to the Europass platform and include
qualifications that are part of national qualifications frameworks referenced to the
European Qualifications Framework. A comparison tool embedded in the
Europass platform will facilitate an automated comparison of qualifications listed in
national qualifications frameworks referenced to the European Qualifications
11 Council Recommendation of 16 June 2022 on a European approach to micro-credentials for lifelong
learning and employability (OJ C 243, 27.6.2022). 12 Decision (EU) 2018/646 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 18 April 2018 on a common
framework for the provision of better services for skills and qualifications (Europass) and repealing
Decision No 2241/2004/EC (OJ L 112,2.5.2018, p. 42). 13 https://www.cedefop.europa.eu/en/publications/6222 14 Regulation (EU) 2016/589 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 April 2016 on a
European network of employment services (EURES), workers' access to mobility services and the
further integration of labour markets, and amending Regulations (EU) No 492/2011 and (EU) No
1296/2013 (OJ L 107, 22.04. 2016 , p. 1, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2016/589/oj).
EN 5 EN
Framework. The comparison generated by the tool is for information purpose,
facilitating the work for social partners, employment services and job applicants.
(22) [TIMELINES, Article 9] For those qualifications and skills which were awarded
before the creation of the national qualifications frameworks and their reference to the
European Qualifications Framework, other means of verifying the authenticity of the
qualifications and accreditations of the awarding bodies are necessary. Therefore, it is
appropriate to provide additional rules and specification with regard to the issuance of
digital qualification attestations for qualifications awarded before [date of entry into
force minus 10 years].
(23) [INFORMATION ON THE REGULATION, Article 10] In order to facilitate the
application of this Regulation and the use of digital qualification attestations, Member
States should make publicly available relevant information. This could
include accessible and reliable sources of guidance on matters governed by this
Regulation, including the issuance of digital qualification attestations and the
availability of comparable information on qualifications.
(24) [MUTUAL ASSISTANCE AND GOVERNANCE, Article 11] Member States should
work together in pursuit of the use and mutual understanding of qualifications awarded
across the Union for the purposes of workers’ mobility. Therefore, a group on
digitalisation of qualifications should be created. This group should consult, on an ad
hoc basis, the European Digital Identity Cooperation Group established under Article
46e of Regulation (EU) No 910/2014 regarding questions related to the format of the
attestations or their efficient use in the European Digital Identity Wallets.
(25) [PERSONAL DATA, Article 12] Any processing of personal data for the
implementation of this Regulation should comply with the data protection framework
of the Union, in particular Regulation (EU) 2016/679 of the European Parliament and
of the Council15. Personal data processed in the context of this Regulation includes
data such as given name, surname, nationality and national ID as specified in Annexes
II and V to this Regulation. This data should be retained for no longer than necessary
throughout an average length of a work career, namely 45 years. No other personal
data than those specified in those annexes should be processed in the context of this
Regulation. The retention period of 45 years is necessary to ensure access to digital
qualification attestations during the whole span of professional career.
(26) [REPORTING & REVIEW, Article 13] In order to enable the preparation of
meaningful reports on the application of this Regulation, the Commission should
receive from the Member States, on a yearly basis, information regarding the number
of digital qualification attestations issued, renewed, revoked and suspended, the share
of qualifications issued in the form of digital qualification attestations in all
qualifications awarded annually and the number of relying parties registered to access
digital qualification attestations. Every two years, Member States should send reports
to the Commission on the application of this Regulation, which should serve as a basis
for the Commission to review and evaluate its application.
(27) [W3C FORMAT FOR Digital Qualification Attestation, Annex I] In accordance with
the objectives of Regulation (EU) No 910/2014, a number of standards should be
selected to meet the specific requirements on issuance of digital qualification
15 Regulation (EU) 2016/679 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 April 2016 on the
protection of natural persons with regard to the processing of personal data and on the free movement of
such data, and repealing Directive 95/46/EC (OJ L 119, 4.5.2016, p. 1,
ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2016/679/oj)
EN 6 EN
attestation in the EUDI Wallets. Those standards should reflect established practices
and be widely recognised within the relevant sectors. To this end, as the W3C VCDM
format is used as the reference format for attestations, in particular in the
education and training sector, the European Digital Identity Wallets should also
support the format for the digital qualification attestations when the new EUDI
Wallets standards by the European Telecommunications Standards Institute (ETSI) on
the W3C VCDM format are available.
(28) [DELEGATED ACTS, ARTICLE 14] In order to keep this Regulation in line with
global developments and to follow best practices on the internal market, the power to
adopt acts in accordance with Article 290 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the
European Union should be delegated to the Commission in respect of amending the
Annexes to this Regulation to take into account technical, operational or scientific
developments. It is of particular importance that the Commission carries out
appropriate consultations during its preparatory work, including at expert level, and
that those consultations be conducted in accordance with the principles laid down in
the Interinstitutional Agreement of 13 April 2016 on Better Law-Making16. In
particular, to ensure equal participation in the preparation of delegated acts, the
European Parliament and the Council should receive all documents at the same time as
Member States' experts, and their experts systematically have access to meetings of
Commission expert groups dealing with the preparation of delegated acts.
(29) [IMPLEMENTING ACTS, Article 5] In order to ensure uniform conditions for the
implementation of this Regulation laying down detailed provisions concerning the
agreed common language, formats and protocols for the issuance of digital
qualification attestations across the Union; and the formats of and transfer protocols
for transfers of the lists of awarding bodies, accreditations and qualifications included
in national qualifications frameworks, and formats and procedures for verifications by
relying parties, implementing powers should be conferred on the Commission. Those
powers should be exercised in accordance with Regulation (EU) No 182/2011 of the
European Parliament and of the Council17.
(30) [SINGLE DIGITAL GATEWAY, Article 16] Regulation (EU) 2018/1724 of the
European Parliament and of the Council18 provides for access to online procedures
relevant for the functioning of the internal market, including for cross-border users. In
order to allow citizens and residents to enjoy directly the benefits of the internal
market without incurring an unnecessary additional administrative burden, Annexes I
and II to that Regulation should be amended accordingly from the date where the
digital qualifications certifications are to be issued in accordance with this Regulation.
(31) [CROSS BORDER DIGITAL PUBLIC SERVICES] The digital qualification
attestation service constitutes a cross-border digital public services within the meaning
16 OJ L 123, 12.5.2016, p. 1, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/agree_interinstit/2016/512/oj 17 Regulation (EU) No 182/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 February 2011
laying down the rules and general principles concerning mechanisms for control by the Member States
of the Commission's exercise of implementing powers (OJ L 55, 28.2.2011, p. 13,
ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2011/182/oj). 18 Regulation (EU) 2018/1724 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 2 October 2018
establishing a single digital gateway to provide access to information, to procedures and to assistance
and problem-solving services and amending Regulation (EU) No 1024/2012 (OJ L295 of 21.11.2018, p.
1, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2018/1724/oj).
EN 7 EN
of Regulation (EU) 2024/903 of the European Parliament and of the Council19. This
Regulation introduces new binding requirements affecting those cross-border digital
public service and is therefore subject to the obligation laid down in Article 3 of that
Regulation. Accordingly, an interoperability assessment has been carried out and the
resulting report is to be published on the Interoperable Europe Portal.
(32) Since the objectives of this Regulation cannot be sufficiently achieved by the Member
States because no Member State alone is able to ensure interoperability of digitalised
information on qualifications but can rather, by reason of effectiveness of the action,
be better achieved at Union level, the Union may adopt measures, in accordance with
the principle of subsidiarity as set out in Article 5 of the Treaty on European Union. In
accordance with the principle of proportionality, as set out in that Article, this
Regulation does not go beyond what is necessary in order to achieve those objectives.
(33) In order to allow Member States sufficient time to take the necessary measures
required for the issuance of digital qualification attestations and the tools for
verification thereof, the application of the relevant provisions should be deferred to
[entry into force plus 36 months].
(34) The European Data Protection Supervisor was consulted in accordance with Article
42(1) of Regulation (EU) 2018/1725 of the European Parliament and of the Council
and delivered its opinion on [date]20.
HAVE ADOPTED THIS REGULATION:
Chapter 1
General provisions
Article 1
Subject-matter
This Regulation lays down the following rules on portability of qualifications and skills for
nationals of Member States moving within the Union for the purpose of employment:
(a) common procedures, standards and models for digital qualification attestations;
(b) rules on the use of the EUDI Wallet for the purpose of digital qualification
attestations;
(c) provision of comparable information on qualifications;
(d) mutual assistance and cooperation between Member States;
(e) provision of information on this Regulation in the Member States.
Article 2
Definitions
For the purposes of this Regulation, the following definitions apply:
19 Regulation (EU) 2024/903 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 March 2024 laying
down measures for a high level of public sector interoperability across the Union (Interoperable Europe
Act) (OJ L, 2024/903, 22.3.2024, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2024/903/oj). 20 OJ C , , p. .
EN 8 EN
(1) 'qualification' means a formal record of an assessment and validation process
which is obtained when a competent body determines that an individual has
achieved learning outcomes to given standards;
(2) 'digital qualification attestation' means an attestation of a qualification in an
electronic form;
(3) 'national qualifications framework' means a qualifications framework that is
developed by a Member State based on learning outcomes and that is related to
the European Qualifications Framework through a referencing process;
(4) 'skill' means the ability to apply knowledge and use know-how to complete
tasks and solve problems;
(5) ‘micro-credentials’ means the record of the learning outcomes that a learner
has acquired following a small volume of learning;
(6) 'European Digital Identity Wallet' or 'EUDI Wallet' means European Digital
Identity Wallet as defined in Article 3, point (42), of Regulation (EU) No
910/2014;
(7) 'accreditation' means a formal decision by a recognised authority which has
verified that an awarding body meets predefined quality standards;
(8) 'awarding body' means an institution or a competent authority in a Member
State which is accredited to award a qualification;
(9) 'issuer' means an issuer of a digital qualification attestation;
(10) ‘relying party’ means relying party as defined in Article 3, point (6), of
Regulation (EU) No 910/2014;
(11) ‘holder’ is a natural person that has been awarded a qualification by an
awarding body.
Chapter 2
Digital Qualification Attestations
Article 3
Digital qualification attestations in the EUDI Wallets
1. Digital qualification attestations shall be issued to the European Digital Identity
Wallets as one of the following:
(a) qualified electronic attestations of attributes in accordance with Article 45d, of
Regulation (EU) No 910/2014;
(b) electronic attestations of attributes issued by or on behalf of a public sector
body responsible for an authentic source in accordance with Article 45f,
of Regulation (EU) No 910/2014.
2. Member States shall designate the following entities as issuers:
(a) qualified trust service providers as defined in Article 3, point (20), of
Regulation (EU) No 910/2014;
(b) public sector bodies responsible for an authentic source within the meaning of
Article 45f, of Regulation (EU) No 910/2014 or other entities acting on their
behalf in accordance with that Article.
EN 9 EN
3. The issuers shall issue digital qualification attestations in one or more official
languages of the Union of the Member States’ choice and in an agreed common
language to be established in accordance with paragraph 6.
4. By [date of the entry into force plus 30 months] and in any case no later than the date
of the first issuance of a digital qualification attestation, Member States shall
communicate to the Commission the lists of the awarding bodies, accreditations and
qualifications included in their national qualifications frameworks. Those lists
shall include data covering the period from [date of entry into force minus 10 years]
to the date of submission of the lists. Member States shall inform the Commission of
any changes to those lists without delay. The Commission shall make those lists
available to the public.
5. Member States shall ensure that digital qualification attestations are provided, free of
charge, to holders of qualifications upon their application for such attestations.
6. By [date of entry into force plus 18 months], the Commission shall adopt
implementing acts laying down detailed provisions concerning the agreed common
language; formats and protocols for the issuance of digital qualification attestations
across the Union; and the formats of and transfer protocols for the lists of awarding
bodies, accreditations and qualifications included in national qualifications
frameworks. Those implementing acts shall be adopted in accordance with the
examination procedure referred to in Article 15(2).
Article 4
Digital qualification attestations
1. Member States shall, within the deadlines laid down in this Article, ensure that
the qualifications awarded under their jurisdictions are evidenced by digital
qualification attestations based on the Union standard specifications laid down in
Annex I.
2. The digital qualification attestations shall comply with the data fields specifications
laid down in Annex II. This requirement shall not apply to digital qualification
attestations issued in accordance with Article 9.
3. Digital qualification attestations shall constitute evidence of qualifications awarded
to the holder and shall be valid across the Union.
4. From [entry into force plus 36 months], Member States shall ensure that digital
qualification attestations are issued without delay upon request of the qualification
holder as the default format for evidencing qualifications which meet the following
conditions:
(a) they are part of a Member State’s national qualifications framework;
(b) they have been awarded after [date of entry into force minus 10 years].
5. For qualifications awarded between [date of entry into force minus 10 years] and
[date of entry into force], Member States shall issue digital qualification attestations
upon request of the qualification holder as soon as possible, and in any case no later
than within two weeks from receipt of that request;
6. By way of derogation from paragraph 4, for qualifications awarded between [date of
entry into force minus 10 years] and [date of entry into force] Member States may
limit the issuance of digital qualification attestations to cases in which the
EN 10 EN
qualification holder provides evidence that the purpose of the use of digital
qualification attestations is the pursuit of employment in another Member State.
7. Member States may issue digital qualification attestations before [date of the entry
into force plus 36 months] for qualifications meeting the conditions laid down in
paragraphs 4 and 5.
8. From [date of entry into force plus 36 months], Member States shall issue
digital qualification attestations evidencing qualifications awarded in the period
between [date of entry into force minus 45 years] and [date of entry into force minus
10 years] in accordance with Article 9.
9. This Article does not apply to qualifications referenced at Level 1 of the framework
set out in Annex III (the ‘European Qualifications Framework’).
10. The Commission is empowered to adopt delegated acts, in accordance with Article
14, to amend Annexes I, II and III to take account of technical, operational or
scientific developments.
Article 5
Issuance of digital qualification attestations
1. The holders of qualifications may request the issuance of a digital qualification
attestation to evidence qualifications awarded to them.
2. Digital qualification attestations shall be issued to the European Digital Identity
Wallets of the holders of qualifications who meet the following conditions:
(a) they have been awarded a qualification from an awarding body accredited to
award such a qualification and listed in the list of awarding bodies referred to
in Article 3(4);
(b) they hold an active European Digital Identity Wallet;
(c) they request the issuance of a digital qualification attestation.
Article 6
Revocation and suspension of a digital qualification attestation
1. The issuer shall refuse to issue a digital qualification attestation to holders whose
qualification is withdrawn or suspended.
2. Where the issuer is informed that the qualification corresponding to a digital
qualification attestation has been withdrawn or suspended by an awarding body or
another competent authority, the issuer shall revoke or suspend that attestation.
Where an issuer revokes or suspends a digital qualification attestation, it shall make
the information of that revocation or suspension accessible to relying parties across
the Union within 24 hours after the receipt of the request for revocation or
suspension.
3. Issuers shall maintain information on revocation and suspension of a digital
qualification attestation and make it available to relying parties.
4. A digital qualification attestation that has been revoked shall not constitute evidence
of qualifications awarded to the holder.
EN 11 EN
5. A suspended digital qualification attestation shall not constitute evidence of
qualifications awarded to the holder for the duration of the suspension.
6. A digital qualification attestation shall be considered as revoked or suspended until
the person concerned complies with any of the following conditions laid down by the
Member State in the territory of which the qualification was awarded:
(a) conditions for the recovery of the qualification;
(b) conditions to be able to apply for a new digital qualification attestation.
Article 7
Verification by relying parties
1. No later than [entry into force plus 36 months], Member States shall provide a digital
verification tool that enables relying parties to verify that:
(i) the digital qualification attestation was issued by an issuer referred to in Article
3(2);
(ii) the qualification evidenced by the digital qualification attestation was awarded
by an awarding body accredited at the time of the award;
(iii) the digital qualification attestation has not been tampered with since it was
issued;
(iv) the digital qualification attestation has not been suspended or revoked.
2. By [date of entry into force plus 18 months], the Commission shall adopt
implementing acts laying down formats and procedures for verification by relying
parties in accordance with paragraph 1. The implementing acts shall be adopted in
accordance with the examination procedure referred to in Article 15(2).
This Regulation does not oblige relying parties to request or verify digital
qualification attestations.
Article 8
Provision of comparable information on qualifications
1. Member States shall provide information on the qualifications, awarding bodies and
accreditations as referred to in Article 3(4) to the Europass online platform as
follows:
(a) the information shall be presented in the semantic model laid down in point 2
of Annex I;
(b) the minimum data requirements laid down in Annex IV shall be met;
(c) for the description of qualifications, skills terminology from the European
classification of skills and occupations (ESCO) shall be used to the extent
possible.
Member States shall submit updates of the information referred to in the first
subparagraph in real time to the extent possible, and in any case at least each month.
2. The Commission is empowered to adopt delegated acts, in accordance with Article
14, to amend Annex IV to take account of technical, operational or scientific
developments.
EN 12 EN
3. National qualifications frameworks shall include all qualifications awarded under the
jurisdiction of a Member State and be kept up to date. To the extent possible,
Member States shall include micro-credentials in their national qualifications
frameworks.
4. Member States shall use the European Qualifications Framework to reference
national qualifications frameworks or systems and to allow comparison of all types
and levels of qualifications in the Union that are part of national qualifications
frameworks or systems in particular by referencing their qualification levels to levels
of the European Qualifications Framework.
5. Member States shall review and update, when needed, the referencing of the levels of
the national qualifications frameworks or systems to the levels of the European
Qualifications Framework.
6. The Commission shall provide a digital tool to facilitate an
automated comparison of qualifications listed in national qualifications frameworks
referenced to the European Qualifications Framework and make it available through
the Europass platform.
Article 9
Qualifications awarded before digitalisation of qualifications
1. For the qualifications awarded in the period between [date of entry into force minus
45 years] and [date of entry into force minus 10 years], Member States shall ensure
that, upon request of a qualification holder, a digital qualification attestation is issued
within a reasonable time, and in any case no later than within two weeks from the
receipt of the request from the qualification holder, on the basis of existing evidence
verified by the issuer.
2. Member States may limit the issuance of digital qualification attestations in
accordance with paragraph 1 to cases in which a qualification holder provides
evidence that the purpose of the use of the digital qualification attestation is the
pursuit of employment in another Member State.
3. For the purposes of paragraph 1, the issuers may make use of:
(a) verification measures provided by Member States in accordance with Annex
VI to Regulation (EU) No 910/2014;
(b) procedures, assistance and problem-solving services laid down by Regulation
(EU) 2018/1724.
4. For digital qualification attestations to be issued under this Article, Member States
shall use the Union standard specifications for data fields laid down in Annex V.
5. The Commission is empowered to adopt delegated acts, in accordance with Article
14, to amend Annex V to take account of technical, operational or scientific
developments.
Chapter 3
Implementation
Article 10
Information on the digital qualification attestations
EN 13 EN
No later than [date of the entry into force of this Regulation plus 30 months] and in any case
no later than the date of first issuance of digital qualification attestations in accordance with
Article 4(4), each Member State shall make publicly available information concerning digital
qualification attestations .
Article 11
Qualifications Digitalisation Group
1. A group on digitalisation of qualifications (the ‘Qualifications Digitalisation Group’)
is established to facilitate cross-border cooperation and exchange of
information on issues related to the implementation of this Regulation,
including trust services, European Digital Identity Wallet, notified electronic
identification schemes, semantic model and digital qualification attestations, and to
take all necessary steps to ensure that the information exchanged is up-to-date.
2. The Qualifications Digitalisation Group shall be composed of representatives
appointed by each Member State. The Qualifications Digitalisation Group shall be
chaired by the Commission. The Commission shall provide the Qualifications
Digitalisation Group’s Secretariat.
3. The Qualifications Digitalisation Group shall have the following tasks:
(a) support the consistent implementation of this Regulation by facilitating
coordination and project management, the exchange of information and the
promotion of best practices across Member States as well as developing
guidelines to support enforcement;
(b) support the development and operation of electronic data exchanges in
accordance with this Regulation;
(c) provide recommendations to Member States, where appropriate, on further
digitalisation of qualifications.
4. The Qualifications Digitalisation Group shall cooperate, when relevant, with the
European Digital Identity Cooperation Group referred to in Article 46, point (e), of
Regulation (EU) No 910/2014.
5. The Qualifications Digitalisation Group shall adopt its rules of procedure and meet at
least annually until [five years after the entry into force of this Regulation].
Article 12
Data protection
1. Personal data shall be processed in the context of this Regulation only in so far as it
is necessary for issuance and verification of digital qualification attestations in
accordance with Chapter 2.
2. Personal data processed in the context of this Regulation shall be retained no longer
than [45] years.
EN 14 EN
Chapter 4
Final provisions
Article 13
Reporting and review
1. By [[48] months from the date of the entry into force of this Regulation], and every
year thereafter, Member States shall submit to the Commission the following data
concerning the past 12 months:
(a) the number of digital qualification attestations issued, revoked and suspended;
(b) the share of qualifications issued in the form of digital qualification attestations
among all qualifications awarded;
(c) the number of relying parties registered to access digital qualification attestations.
2. By [48] months from the date of the entry into force of this Regulation], and every
two years thereafter, Member States shall submit a report to the Commission on the
application of this Regulation. The report shall include:
(a) the data referred to in paragraph 1;
(b) the information on respective average processing time of a request for issuance
of a digital qualification attestation in accordance with Article 4(5) and Article
9.
Member States shall collect feedback from holders of qualifications, employers,
awarding institutions, issuers, recognition authorities for regulated professions and
other stakeholders necessary for preparing the report as laid down in this paragraph.
3. The information submitted to the Commission in accordance with paragraphs
1 and 2 shall not include personal data.
4. By [the same date as the date of application plus five years], the Commission shall
review and evaluate the application of this Regulation and shall present a report to
that effect to the European Parliament and the Council.
5. Where appropriate, the Commission shall submit relevant legislative proposals.
Article 14
Exercise of the delegation
1. The power to adopt delegated acts is conferred on the Commission subject to the
conditions laid down in this Article.
2. The power to adopt delegated acts referred to in Article 4(10), Article 8(2) and
Article 9(5) shall be conferred on the Commission for an indeterminate period from
[date of entry into force].
3. The delegation of power referred to in Article 4(10), Article 8(2) and Article
9(5) may be revoked at any time by the European Parliament or by the Council. A
decision to revoke shall put an end to the delegation of the power specified in that
decision. It shall take effect the day following the publication of the decision in the
Official Journal of the European Union or at a later date specified therein. It shall not
affect the validity of any delegated acts already in force.
EN 15 EN
4. Before adopting a delegated act, the Commission shall consult experts designated by
each Member State in accordance with the principles laid down in the
Interinstitutional Agreement of 13 April 2016 on Better Law-Making.
5. As soon as it adopts a delegated act, the Commission shall notify it simultaneously to
the European Parliament and to the Council.
6. A delegated act adopted pursuant to Article 4(10), Article 8(2) and Article 9(5) shall
enter into force only if no objection has been expressed either by the European
Parliament or by the Council within a period of two months of notification of that act
to the European Parliament and the Council or if, before the expiry of that period, the
European Parliament and the Council have both informed the Commission that they
will not object. That period shall be extended by two months at the initiative of the
European Parliament or of the Council.
Article 15
Committee procedure
1. The Commission shall be assisted by a committee. That committee shall be a
committee within the meaning of Regulation (EU) No 182/2011.
2. Where reference is made to this paragraph, Article 5 of Regulation (EU) No
182/2011 shall apply.
Article 16
Amendment of Regulation (EU) 2018/1724
Regulation (EU) 2018/1724 is amended as follows:
(1) In the table of Annex I at the level of 'B. Work and retirement within the Union' as
Area, in the second column, point 3 is replaced by the following: “verification,
comparison and recognition, where appropriate, of qualifications with a view to
pursue employment in another Member States”.
(2) In the table of Annex II at the level of 'Working' as Life Event, the following row is
added in the second and third columns:
‘Requesting proof of qualification for
the issuance of a digital qualification
attestation referred to in Article 9 of
Regulation (EU)…of the European
Parliament and of the Council*
Proof of a qualification
*Regulation (EU) .../... of the European Parliament and of the Council of ... on ... (OJ ...).’.
Article 17
Entry into force [and application]
This Regulation shall enter into force on the [twentieth] day following that of its publication
in the Official Journal of the European Union.
[Articles […] and 16 shall apply from [entry into force plus 36 months].
EN 16 EN
This Regulation shall be binding in its entirety and directly applicable in all Member States.
Done at Strasbourg,
For the European Parliament For the Council
The President The President
[...] [...]
EN 1 EN
LEGISLATIVE FINANCIAL AND DIGITAL STATEMENT
Contents
1. FRAMEWORK OF THE PROPOSAL/INITIATIVE ................................................. 3
1.1. Title of the proposal/initiative ...................................................................................... 3
1.2. Policy area(s) concerned .............................................................................................. 3
1.3. Objective(s) .................................................................................................................. 3
1.3.1. General objective(s) ..................................................................................................... 3
1.3.2. Specific objective(s) ..................................................................................................... 3
1.3.3. Expected result(s) and impact ...................................................................................... 3
1.3.4. Indicators of performance ............................................................................................ 3
1.4. The proposal/initiative relates to: ................................................................................. 4
1.5. Grounds for the proposal/initiative .............................................................................. 4
1.5.1. Requirement(s) to be met in the short or long term including a detailed timeline for
roll-out of the implementation of the initiative ............................................................ 4
1.5.2. Added value of EU involvement (it may result from different factors, e.g.
coordination gains, legal certainty, greater effectiveness or complementarities). For
the purposes of this section 'added value of EU involvement' is the value resulting
from EU action, that is additional to the value that would have been otherwise
created by Member States alone. ................................................................................. 4
1.5.3. Lessons learned from similar experiences in the past .................................................. 4
1.5.4. Compatibility with the multiannual financial framework and possible synergies with
other appropriate instruments ....................................................................................... 5
1.5.5. Assessment of the different available financing options, including scope for
redeployment ................................................................................................................ 5
1.6. Duration of the proposal/initiative and of its financial impact .................................... 6
1.7. Method(s) of budget implementation planned ............................................................. 6
2. MANAGEMENT MEASURES................................................................................... 8
2.1. Monitoring and reporting rules .................................................................................... 8
2.2. Management and control system(s) ............................................................................. 8
2.2.1. Justification of the budget implementation method(s), the funding implementation
mechanism(s), the payment modalities and the control strategy proposed .................. 8
2.2.2. Information concerning the risks identified and the internal control system(s) set up
to mitigate them............................................................................................................ 8
2.2.3. Estimation and justification of the cost-effectiveness of the controls (ratio between
the control costs and the value of the related funds managed), and assessment of the
expected levels of risk of error (at payment & at closure) ........................................... 8
2.3. Measures to prevent fraud and irregularities ................................................................ 9
3. ESTIMATED FINANCIAL IMPACT OF THE PROPOSAL/INITIATIVE ............ 10
EN 2 EN
3.1. Heading(s) of the multiannual financial framework and expenditure budget line(s)
affected ....................................................................................................................... 10
3.2. Estimated financial impact of the proposal on appropriations ................................... 12
3.2.1. Summary of estimated impact on operational appropriations.................................... 12
3.2.1.1. Appropriations from voted budget ............................................................................. 12
3.2.1.2. Appropriations from external assigned revenues ....................................................... 18
3.2.2. Estimated output funded from operational appropriations......................................... 24
3.2.3. Summary of estimated impact on administrative appropriations ............................... 26
3.2.3.1. Appropriations from voted budget .............................................................................. 26
3.2.3.2. Appropriations from external assigned revenues ....................................................... 26
3.2.3.3. Total appropriations ................................................................................................... 26
3.2.4. Estimated requirements of human resources.............................................................. 27
3.2.4.1. Financed from voted budget....................................................................................... 27
3.2.4.2. Financed from external assigned revenues ................................................................ 28
3.2.4.3. Total requirements of human resources ..................................................................... 28
3.2.5. Overview of estimated impact on digital technology-related investments ................ 30
3.2.6. Compatibility with the current multiannual financial framework.............................. 31
3.2.7. Third-party contributions ........................................................................................... 31
3.3. Estimated impact on revenue ..................................................................................... 31
4. DIGITAL DIMENSIONS .......................................................................................... 32
4.1. Requirements of digital relevance .............................................................................. 32
4.2. Data ............................................................................................................................ 33
4.3. Digital solutions ......................................................................................................... 33
4.4. Interoperability assessment ........................................................................................ 34
4.5. Measures to support digital implementation .............................................................. 34
EN 3 EN
1. FRAMEWORK OF THE PROPOSAL/INITIATIVE
1.1. Title of the proposal/initiative
Proposal for a Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on
portability of qualifications and skills and amending Regulation (EU) 2018/1724
(‘Skills Portability Act’)
1.2. Policy area(s) concerned
Internal Market: Free movement of persons, labour mobility
Digitalisation of public administrations
1.3. Objective(s)
1.3.1. General objective(s)
Facilitating portability of qualifications and skills between Member States in the
context of free movement of workers.
Ensuring access to simplified, effective and cost-efficient ways to carry, prove, read,
understand and compare qualifications and skills obtained in another Member State.
1.3.2. Specific objective(s)
Specific objective 1
Ensuring that labour market actors have access to reliable and comparable
information on skills and qualifications issued in the EU.
Specific objective 2
Ensuring that labour market actors in the EU can benefit from interoperable and
verifiable digital attestations of qualifications and skills.
1.3.3. Expected result(s) and impact
Specify the effects which the proposal/initiative should have on the beneficiaries/groups targeted.
The Skills Portability Act is expected to generate benefits by facilitating the
verification and presentation of qualifications across borders, and improving the
transparency and trustworthiness of qualifications through interoperable digital
attestations. Workers will benefit from being able to store and present verifiable
digital attestations through the European Digital Identity (EUDI) Wallet, reducing
the need for comparability statements of qualifications and making it easier and
cheaper to demonstrate their qualifications when seeking employment in another
Member State. In addition to reducing costs, the proposal is expected to simplify
administrative procedures, shorten the time needed to demonstrate qualifications
across borders and facilitate labour mobility.
Employers will benefit from faster and more reliable verification of qualifications
through EUDI Wallet-compatible digital qualification attestations, easier access to
official and comparable information on qualifications across Member States, and
lower administrative costs when recruiting workers from abroad. The proposal is
expected to be particularly valuable for Small and Medium sized Enterprises
(SMEs)s, which often lack dedicated human resources to assess non-national
qualifications and would gain access to reliable information and automated
verification tools.
EN 4 EN
Awarding bodies and issuers of qualifications will benefit from fewer requests to
verify the authenticity of qualifications, as digital attestations enable automatic
verification by employers and other labour market actors. This is expected to
generate administrative savings, reduce routine administrative workload and allow
institutions to focus resources on their core educational activities.
Indirect benefits can also be expected: as the action contributes positively to the
functioning of the internal market and EU competitiveness: it is expected to facilitate
cross-border hiring with some effect on skills mismatches and improved labour
market allocation.
1.3.4. Indicators of performance
Specify the indicators for monitoring progress and achievements.
The Commission will carry out monitoring in cooperation with the Member States
designed to monitor the implementation and evaluate the initiative’s impact, ensuring
that it remains fit for purpose and achieve the intended objectives. The monitoring
framework will include output, result and impact indicators. It will rely on annual
information submitted by Member States on the number of digital qualification
attestations issued, revoked and suspended, the share of qualifications issued in the
form of digital qualification attestations in all qualifications awarded annually, and
the number of relying parties registered to access digital qualification attestations;
biennial reports by Member States on the application of the Regulation, including
information on the average processing time for requests for issuance of digital
qualification attestations and feedback collected from workers, holders of
qualifications, employers, awarding institutions, issuers, recognition authorities for
regulated professions and other relevant stakeholders.
1.4. The proposal/initiative relates to:
a new action
a new action following a pilot project / preparatory action21
the extension of an existing action
a merger or redirection of one or more actions towards another/a new action
1.5. Grounds for the proposal/initiative
1.5.1. Requirement(s) to be met in the short or long term including a detailed timeline for
roll-out of the implementation of the initiative
Member States will start the application 36 months from the date of entry into force
of the Regulation. The proposal provides for four implementing acts to be adopted by
the Commission no later than within 18 months from the date of adoption of this
Regulation. The implementing acts will lay down detailed provisions concerning the
agreed common language; interoperability of digital qualification attestation across
the Union; the lists of awarding bodies, accreditations and qualifications included in
national qualifications frameworks for issuing and verifying digital qualification
attestations; and finally the detailed rules on verification processes, verification
21 As referred to in Article 58(2), point (a) or (b) of the Financial Regulation.
EN 5 EN
features and the interface with national systems.
1.5.2. Added value of EU involvement (it may result from different factors, e.g.
coordination gains, legal certainty, greater effectiveness or complementarities). For
the purposes of this section 'added value of EU involvement' is the value resulting
from EU action, that is additional to the value that would have been otherwise
created by Member States alone.
Reasons for action at EU level (ex-ante)
The free movement of people is a fundamental principle of the European Union.
Barriers related to qualifications and skills are one factor hindering individuals to
make full use of their free movement rights and to work in another Member State.
Without improved information on qualifications and skills obtained in other Member
States and tools facilitating effectively the portability of such qualifications and
skills, businesses and workers face difficulties when considering opportunities across
the EU.
Given the cross-border nature of these problems, effective solutions are best pursued
at the EU level to allow for interoperability across Member States instead of 27
different national frameworks and systems, thereby reducing fragmentation and
administrative burdens by facilitating the cross-border use and recognition of digital
qualification attestations.
Expected generated EU added value (ex-post)
The proposal is expected to generate EU added value by enhancing the availability of
digital qualification attestations that are easily accessible to workers as holders of
qualifications and to their potential employers. In the case of regulated professions,
in accordance with Directive 2005/36/EC, they will also be accessible to the
recognition authorities in Member States. Employers will also have access to tools
enabling better understanding and comparison of qualifications issued in different
Member States. A common legal and technical framework underpinning the
digitalisation of qualifications will allow digital qualification attestations issued in
another Member State to become more trustworthy, easier to verify and better
understood across the EU. This in turn can make job applications less cumbersome
and facilitate smoother access to jobs in all Member States. Overall, the expected
added value of this action will be greater portability of qualifications and skills.
1.5.3. Lessons learned from similar experiences in the past
The Skills Portability Act builds on existing tools such as the European
Qualifications Framework and the Europass Framework, which were the subject of
evaluations22 in 2024.
The European Qualifications Framework was found to be well-suited to promote the
transparency, comparability and portability of qualifications across the EU. All 27
Member States have referenced their national qualifications frameworks (NQFs) or
systems to the EQF. However, ensuring that National Qualifications Frameworks and
22 COM/2024/135 final - Report from the Commission to the European Parliament and the Council on the
implementation and impact of Decision (EU) 2018/646 of the European Parliament and of the Council
of 18 April 2018 on a common framework for the provision of better services for skills and
qualifications (Europass) and SWD(2024)142 - Commission Staff Working Document Executive
Summary of the Evaluation of the Council Recommendation of 22 May 2017 on the European
Qualifications Framework for lifelong learning
EN 6 EN
databases and registers of qualifications are updated and connected to the Europass
platform is mentioned as an area for improvement.
Europass was found to facilitate mobility for work and study in the EU, by
presenting knowledge, skills, and competences in a standardised format. However,
further efforts are needed in developing qualification and learning opportunity
databases and registers that should link to the Europass platform via the
Qualifications Dataset Register.
Moreover, to test the use of the EUDI wallet in relation to the issuance, storage and
presentation of verifiable digital credentials through wallet-based solutions for
educational qualifications and learning achievements, the Digital Credentials for the
European Union (DC4EU) was conducted as a large-scale pilot project. The pilot
confirmed the potential efficiency gains from digital credentials, while also
illustrating the risk of fragmentation if Member States proceed with different
technical solutions in the absence of common standards.
1.5.4. Compatibility with the multiannual financial framework and possible synergies with
other appropriate instruments
This proposal is compatible with the Multiannual Financial Framework 2028-2034 as
proposed by the Commission.
The proposal creates synergies with existing Union instruments and policies. It
builds on the European Digital Identity framework and the eIDAS Regulation
through the use of interoparble digital attestations for qualifications and skills and the
trusted framework for exchanges. The proposal includes also an amendment of
Regulation (EU) 2018/1724 to allow for the use of solutions based on the Single
Digital Gateway and the Once-Only Technical System.
Finally, this proposal supports a proposal to review the Professional Qualifications
Directive under Skills Portability Initiative, which aims to facilitate recognition
procedures under the Professional Qualifications Directive through the provision of
interoperable digitial qualification attestations.
1.5.5. Assessment of the different available financing options, including scope for
redeployment
This proposal builds on the financial envelope proposed under the Erasmus+
programme and European Competitiveness Fund under Heading 2 of the Multiannual
Financial Framework 2028-2034, subject to its adoption and the EU annual
budgetary procedure.
EN 7 EN
1.6. Duration of the proposal/initiative and of its financial impact
limited duration
– in effect from [DD/MM]YYYY to [DD/MM]YYYY
– financial impact from YYYY to YYYY for commitment appropriations and
from YYYY to YYYY for payment appropriations.
unlimited duration
– Implementation with a start-up period from 2028 to 2034,
– followed by full-scale operation.
1.7. Method(s) of budget implementation planned23
Direct management by the Commission
– by its departments, including by its staff in the Union delegations;
– by the executive agencies
Shared management with the Member States
Indirect management by entrusting budget implementation tasks to:
– third countries or the bodies they have designated
– international organisations and their agencies (to be specified)
– the European Investment Bank and the European Investment Fund
– bodies referred to in Articles 70 and 71 of the Financial Regulation
– public law bodies
– bodies governed by private law with a public service mission to the extent that
they are provided with adequate financial guarantees
– bodies governed by the private law of a Member State that are entrusted with
the implementation of a public-private partnership and that are provided with
adequate financial guarantees
– bodies or persons entrusted with the implementation of specific actions in the
common foreign and security policy pursuant to Title V of the Treaty on
European Union, and identified in the relevant basic act
– bodies established in a Member State, governed by the private law of a
Member State or Union law and eligible to be entrusted, in accordance with
sector-specific rules, with the implementation of Union funds or budgetary
guarantees, to the extent that such bodies are controlled by public law bodies or
by bodies governed by private law with a public service mission, and are provided
with adequate financial guarantees in the form of joint and several liability by the
controlling bodies or equivalent financial guarantees and which may be, for each
action, limited to the maximum amount of the Union support.
Comments
23 Details of budget implementation methods and references to the Financial Regulation may be found on
the BUDGpedia site: https://myintracomm.ec.europa.eu/corp/budget/financial-rules/budget-
implementation/Pages/implementation-methods.aspx.
EN 8 EN
This proposal is foreseen to be implemented by the Commission’s department from
2028 onwards. The additional staff needed to implement this proposal is assessed at
6 Full Time Equivalents. Part of the proposal might be implemented by an executive
agency, in particular under the proposed European Competitiveness Fund.
EN 9 EN
2. MANAGEMENT MEASURES
2.1. Monitoring and reporting rules
Monitoring of performance will focus on the extent to which the proposal succeeds
in increasing the availability, uptake and use of digital qualification attestations,
improving the efficiency of issuing and accessing such attestations, and supporting
the cross-border verification and recognition of qualifications. The monitoring
framework will include output, result and impact indicators measuring. The
Commission will carry out monitoring in cooperation with the Member States.
Monitoring will rely on annual information submitted by Member States on the
number of digital qualification attestations issued, revoked and suspended, the share
of qualifications issued in the form of digital qualification attestations in all
qualifications awarded annually, and the number of relying parties registered to
access digital qualification attestations; biennial reports by Member States on the
application of the Regulation, including information on the average processing time
for requests for issuance of digital qualification attestations.
2.2. Management and control system(s)
2.2.1. Justification of the budget implementation method(s), the funding implementation
mechanism(s), the payment modalities and the control strategy proposed
Direct management, as per article 62.1(a) of the Financial Regulation, is the
preferred mode of implementation, as the actions will be carried out by the European
Commission, more specifically the Directorate-General for Employment, Social
Affairs and Inclusion (DG EMPL), which will ensure the coordination with Member
States and various stakeholders.
2.2.2. Information concerning the risks identified and the internal control system(s) set up
to mitigate them
The controls are part of the internal control system of DG EMPL. The new activities
will be subject to the same risk identification and mitigation approach.
2.2.3. Estimation and justification of the cost-effectiveness of the controls (ratio between
the control costs and the value of the related funds managed), and assessment of the
expected levels of risk of error (at payment & at closure)
The controls are integrated into the internal control system of DG EMPL. The new
activities will generate negligeable additional control costs at DG level.
2.3. Measures to prevent fraud and irregularities
The Commission shall ensure that, when actions financed are implemented, the
financial interests of the Union are protected by the application of preventive
measures against fraud, corruption and any other illegal activities, by effective
checks and by the recovery of the amounts unduly paid and, if irregularities are
detected, by effective, proportional and dissuasive penalties. The Commission is
authorised to carry out checks and verifications in situ under this Decision, in
compliance with Council Regulation (Euratom, EC) No. 2185.96 of 11 November
1996 concerning on-the-spot checks and inspections carried out by the Commission
in order to protect the European Union’s financial interests against fraud and other
irregularities. If need be, investigations shall be carried out by the European Anti-
Fraud Office and shall be governed by Regulation (EC) No. 1073/1999 of the
EN 10 EN
Eureopan Parliament and of the Council of 25 May 1999 concerning investigations
conducted by the European Anti-Fraud Office.
EN 11 EN
3. ESTIMATED FINANCIAL IMPACT OF THE PROPOSAL/INITIATIVE
The estimated impact on expenditure and staffing for 2028 and beyond is added for
illustrative purposes only and does not pre-judge the 2028-2034 Multiannual
Financial Framework (MFF). The source of financing and scope of Union financial
commitment in the post-2027 period remain subject to the outcome of
interinstitutional negotiations on the 2028-2034 MFF and thereafter shall be
determined through the annual budgetary procedure. All appropriations and staffing
allocations as of 2028 are indicative.
3.1. Heading(s) of the multiannual financial framework and expenditure budget
line(s) affected
• Existing budget lines
In order of multiannual financial framework headings and budget lines.
Heading of
multiannual
financial
framework
Budget line Type of
expenditure
Contribution - to be determined at later stage for
EFTA, (potential) candidate countries and third
countries
Number
Diff./Non-
diff.24
from
EFTA
countries 25
from
candidate
countries
and
potential
candidates 26
From
other
third
countries
other assigned
revenue
2
To be determined after the adoption of the
MFF and in the context of the annual
budgetary procedure – successor of 07 03
02 – Erasmus+
Diff. YES/NO YES/NO YES/NO NO
2
To be determined after the adoption of the
MFF and in the context of the annual
budgetary procedure – European
Competitiveness Fund
Diff. YES YES YES YES
24 Diff. = Differentiated appropriations / Non-diff. = Non-differentiated appropriations. 25 EFTA: European Free Trade Association. 26 Candidate countries and, where applicable, potential candidates from the Western Balkans.
EN 12 EN
3.2. Estimated financial impact of the proposal on appropriations
3.2.1. Summary of estimated impact on operational appropriations
– The proposal/initiative does not require the use of operational appropriations
– The proposal/initiative requires the use of operational appropriations, as explained below
3.2.1.1. Appropriations from voted budget
EUR million (to three decimal places)
Heading of multiannual financial framework Number 2 - Competitiveness, prosperity and security
DG: EMPL
Year Year Year Year Year Year Year
TOTAL MFF 2028-2034 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033
2034 and
subsequent
years
Operational appropriations
Erasmus+ Commitments (1a) 0.500 1.200 1.100 0.815 0.815 0.815 0.815 6.060
Payments (2a) 0.500 1.200 1.100 0.815 0.815 0.815 0.815 6.060
European Competitiveness Fund Commitments (1b) p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
Payments (2b) p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
Appropriations of an administrative nature financed from the envelope of specific programmes27
Budget line (3) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
TOTAL appropriations Commitments =1a+1b+3 p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
for DG EMPL Payments =2a+2b+3 p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
27 Technical and/or administrative assistance and expenditure in support of the implementation of EU programmes and/or actions (former ‘BA’ lines), indirect research, direct research.
EN 13 EN
This proposal builds on two financial envelopes that work in synergy: Erasmus+ and the European Competitiveness Fund (ECF) for skills
development and for the objective of implementing the Union of Skills, including making use of EU digital identity wallets.
Year Year Year Year Year Year Year TOTAL
MFF 2028-
2034 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033
2034 and
subsequent
years
TOTAL operational
appropriations
Commitments (4) p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
Payments (5) p.m p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
TOTAL appropriations of an
administrative nature financed from the
envelope for specific programmes
(6) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
TOTAL
appropriations
under HEADING 2 Commitments =4+6 p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
of the multiannual
financial framework Payments =5+6 p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
Year Year Year Year Year Year Year
TOTAL
MFF
2028-2034
2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033
2034 and
subsequent
years
• TOTAL
operational
appropriations (all
operational
headings)
Commitments (4) p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
Payments (5) p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
• TOTAL appropriations of an
administrative nature financed from (6) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
EN 14 EN
the envelope for specific programmes
(all operational headings)
TOTAL
appropriations
Under Heading 1
to 3
Commitments =4+6 p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
of the multiannual
financial framework Payments =5+6 p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
(Reference amount)
EN 15 EN
Heading of multiannual financial framework 4 ‘Administrative expenditure’28
DG: EMPL Year Year Year Year Year Year Year TOTAL
MFF
2028-2034 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034
Human resources 1.568 1.568 1.568 1.568 1.568 1.568 1.568 10.976
Other administrative expenditure 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
TOTAL DG EMPL Appropriations 1.568 1.568 1.568 1.568 1.568 1.568 1.568 10.976
TOTAL appropriations under HEADING 4 of
the multiannual financial framework
(Total
commitments
= Total
payments)
1.568 1.568 1.568 1.568 1.568 1.568 1.568 10.976
28 The necessary appropriations should be determined using the annual average cost figures available on the appropriate BUDGpedia webpage.
EN 16 EN
The staff needed to implement this proposal has been assessed at 9 full time equivalent (FTE), of which 3 AD and 2 contract agents are redeployed from existing staff in the
DG, 3 AD and1 AST are to be covered by the redeployment pool of the Commission.
EN 17 EN
EUR million (to three decimal places)
Year Year Year Year Year Year Year TOTAL
MFF 2028-
2034 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034
TOTAL
appropriations under
HEADINGS 1 to 4
Commitments p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
of the multiannual
financial framework Payments p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
EN 18 EN
3.2.2. Estimated output funded from operational appropriations (not to be completed for decentralised agencies)
Commitment appropriations in EUR million (to three decimal places)
Indicate
objectives
and outputs
Year 2028
Year 2029
Year 2030
Year 2031
Year 2032
Year 2033
Year 2034
TOTAL
OUTPUTS
Type 29
Aver
age
cost
N o
Cost N o
Cost N o
Cost N o
Cost N o
Cost N o
Cost N o
Cost Total
No
Total
cost
Specific objectives 1
and 2
- Output Activ
ities
funde
d
under
Eras
mus+
30
1 0.500 1 1.200 1 1.100 1 0.815 1 0.81
5
1 0.815 1 0.815 7 6.060
29 Outputs are products and services to be supplied (e.g. number of student exchanges financed, number of km of roads built, etc.). 30 This includes mainly work on Europass (comparison tool, back office to connect databases on qualifications, accreditation and awarding bodies).
EN 19 EN
- Output Activ
ities
funde
d
under
the
Euro
pean
Com
petiti
venes
s
Fund 31
1 0 1 p.m. 1 p.m. 1 p.m. 1 1 p.m. 1 p.m. 7 p.m.
Subtotal for specific
objectives
1 p.m. 1 p.m. 1 p.m. 1 p.m. 1 p.m. 1 p.m. 1 p.m. 7 p.m.
TOTALS 1 p.m. 1 p.m. 1 0p.m. 1 p.m. 1 p.m. 1 p.m. 1 p.m. 7 p.m.
31 These include activities such as supporting Member States in setting up the trust framework needed for the digitalisation of qualifications in line
with the eIDAS Regulation under the EUDI Wallet (i.e. national registries of qualifications, awarding bodies and accreditations), putting in place the
verification software and preparing the digital issuing infrastructure for qualifications.
EN 20 EN
3.2.3. Summary of estimated impact on administrative appropriations
– The proposal/initiative does not require the use of appropriations of an administrative nature
– The proposal/initiative requires the use of appropriations of an administrative nature, as explained below
3.2.3.1. Appropriations from voted budget
VOTED APPROPRIATIONS Year Year Year Year Year Year Year TOTAL 2028 -
2034 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034
HEADING 4
Human resources 1.568 1.568 1.568 1.568 1.568 1.568 1.568 10.976
Other administrative expenditure 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0000.0000.000 0.000
Subtotal HEADING 4 1.568 1.568 1.568 1.568 1.568 1.568 1.568 10.976
Outside HEADING 4
Human resources 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0000.0000.000 0.000
Other expenditure of an administrative
nature 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0000.0000.000 0.000
Subtotal outside HEADING 4 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
TOTAL 1.568 1.568 1.568 1.568 1.568 1.568 1.568 10.976
The appropriations required for human resources and other expenditure of an administrative nature will be met by appropriations from the DG that are already
assigned to management of the action and/or have been redeployed within the DG, together, if necessary, with any additional allocation which may be granted to the
managing DG under the annual allocation procedure and in the light of budgetary constraints.
The estimated impact on expenditure and staffing for 2028 and beyond is added for illustrative purposes only and does not pre-judge the 2028-2034 Multiannual
Financial Framework (MFF). The source of financing and scope of Union financial commitment in the post-2027 period remain subject to the outcome of
interinstitutional negotiations on the 2028-2034 MFF and thereafter shall be determined through the annual budgetary procedure. All appropriations and staffing
allocations as of 2028 are indicative.
3.2.4. Estimated requirements of human resources
– The proposal/initiative does not require the use of human resources
– The proposal/initiative requires the use of human resources, as explained below
EN 21 EN
3.2.4.1. Financed from voted budget
Estimate to be expressed in full-time equivalent units (FTEs)32
VOTED APPROPRIATIONS
Year Year Year Year Year Year Year
2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033
2034 and
subsequent
years
Establishment plan posts (officials and temporary staff)
20 01 02 01 (Headquarters and Commission’s
Representation Offices) 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
20 01 02 03 (EU Delegations) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
(Indirect research) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
(Direct research) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Other budget lines (specify) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
• External staff (inFTEs)
20 02 01 (AC, END from the ‘global envelope’) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
20 02 03 (AC, AL, END and JPD in the EU Delegations) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Admin. Support line • at Headquarters 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
[XX.01.YY.YY] • in EU Delegations 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
(AC, END - Indirect research) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
(AC, END - Direct research) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Other budget lines (specify) - Heading 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
32 Please specify below the table how many FTEs within the number indicated are already assigned to the management of the action and/or can be redeployed within your DG
and what are your net needs.
EN 22 EN
Other budget lines (specify) - Outside Heading 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
TOTAL 9 9 9 9 9 9 9
The staff required to implement the proposal (in FTEs):
To be covered by
current staff
available in the
Commission
services
Exceptional additional staff*
To be financed
under Heading 4
or Research
To be financed
from BA line
To be financed
from fees
Establishment
plan posts
6 AD and 1 AST
N/A N/A
External staff
(CA, SNEs, INT)
2 CA N/A N/A
*
5 staff (3 AD, 2 CA) will be redeployed from existing staff in the DG to work on the implementation of the Skills Portability Act, but the
implementation of this entirely new initiative will require 4 additional staff (3 AD, 1 AST) from the redeployment pool of the Commission
The tasks related to the implementation include the oversight and coordination of the project, the management of the Qualifications Digitalisation
Group, the digital implementation of the Regulation, the monitoring and future reporting of the Regulation, as well as the policy steer. . The
implementation of the regulation will require the drafting of several implementing acts (with the bulk of the work expected to take place within 18
months of the adoption) and the adoption of the implementing acts as soon as possible to allow Member States to prepare the entry into force of the
regulation on time. This will require also technical work (including IT development) and technical support to ensure that Member States are ready for
implementation within the legal deadline. After these initial years, staff will be needed to continue providing support in the implementation of the
Member States, updating the implementing acts and preparing delegated acts when necessary, as well as monitoring and enforcement of the
EN 23 EN
regulation’s implementation. Throughout the entire period, staff will be needed for the running of governance, communication and awareness-raising
activities, and technical support for the Member States.
The Skills Portability Act, will require investing in IT solutions that will support its implementation (e.g. supplying a reference application to verify
whether a digitalised qualification has not been forged since its issuance, improving the IMI solution to better support recognition of qualifications in
the domain of regulated professions). To support the policy units in the implementation of these IT activities, besides the requested IT budget that will
be used to procure the IT activities (e.g. acquisition of IT service providers, or full outsourcing). Additional staff is required, to cover all project
management related tasks (i.e. planning the work, drafting the project charter, managing a team of IT service providers, monitoring and controlling the
work plan and deliverables, etc.).
Description of tasks to be carried out by:
Officials and temporary staff 1 AST for IT unit to cover all project management related tasks (i.e. planning the
work, drafting the project charter, managing a team of IT service provicers, monitoring
and controlling the work plans vs deliverables, etc.).
6 AD to draft the implemention acts, to provide for technical support to Member
States, to run the Qualifications Digitalisation Grouop, to implement communication
and awareness raising activities. Oversight and coordination of the project for the
digital implementation of the Regulation, the monitoring and future reporting of the
Regulation, as well as policy steer.
External staff To second the 6 AD in all their tasks.
3.2.5. Overview of estimated impact on digital technology-related investments
Compulsory: the best estimate of the digital technology-related investments entailed by the proposal/initiative should be included in the table
below.
Exceptionally, when required for the implementation of the proposal/initiative, the appropriations under Heading 4 should be presented in the
designated line.
The appropriations under Headings 1-3 should be reflected as “Policy IT expenditure on operational programmes”. This expenditure refers to
the operational budget to be used to re-use/ buy/ develop IT platforms/ tools directly linked to the implementation of the initiative and their
associated investments (e.g. licences, studies, data storage etc). The information provided in this table should be consistent with details
presented under Section 4 “Digital dimensions”.
EN 24 EN
TOTAL Digital and IT
appropriations
Year Year Year Year Year Year Year TOTAL MFF
2028 - 2034
2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034
HEADING 4
IT expenditure (corporate) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Subtotal HEADING 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Outside HEADING 4
Policy IT expenditure on operational programmes
0.5 p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
Subtotal outside HEADING 4 0.5 p.m. p.m. p.m.p.m. p.m.p.m. p.m.
TOTAL 0.5 p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
3.2.6. Compatibility with the current multiannual financial framework
The proposal/initiative:
– can be fully financed through redeployment within the relevant heading of the multiannual financial framework (MFF)
– requires use of the unallocated margin under the relevant heading of the MFF and/or use of the special instruments as defined in the
MFF Regulation
– requires a revision of the MFF
EN 25 EN
3.2.7. Third-party contributions
The proposal/initiative:
– does not provide for co-financing by third parties
– provides for the co-financing by third parties estimated below:
Appropriations in EUR million (to three decimal places)
Year Year Year Year Year Year Year Total
2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034
Specify the co-financing
body EEA EFTA countries
p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
TOTAL appropriations
co-financed p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
3.3. Estimated impact on revenue
– The proposal/initiative has no financial impact on revenue.
– The proposal/initiative has the following financial impact:
– on own resources
– on other revenue
– please indicate, if the revenue is assigned to expenditure lines
EUR million (to three decimal places)
EN 26 EN
Budget revenue line:
Appropriations available
for the current financial
year
Impact of the proposal/initiative33
Year 2028 Year 2029 Year 2030 Year 2031 Year 2032 Year 2033 Year 2034
Article ………….
For assigned revenue, specify the budget expenditure line(s) affected.
Other remarks (e.g. method/formula used for calculating the impact on revenue or any other information).
4. DIGITAL DIMENSIONS
4.1. Requirements of digital relevance
If the policy initiative is assessed as having no requirement of digital relevance:
Justification of why digital means cannot be used to enhance policy implementation and why the ‘digital by default’ principle is not applicable
N/A
Otherwise:
High-level description of the requirements of digital relevance and related categories (data, process digitalisation & automation, digital solutions
and/or digital public services)
Reference to the
requirement Requirement description
Actors affected or
concerned by the
requirement
High-level Processes Categories
Article 3 (1-3) Member States shall designate issuers
who shall issue digital qualification
attestations within the European
Issuing authorities in the
Member States:
o Qualified trust
Issuance of digital
credentials
Data
Digital public
service
33 In the case of traditional own resources (customs duties, sugar levies), the amounts indicated must be net amounts, i.e. gross amounts after deduction of 10 % for collection
costs, as proposed in COM(2025)574.
EN 27 EN
Reference to the
requirement Requirement description
Actors affected or
concerned by the
requirement
High-level Processes Categories
Digital Identity Wallet as:
• Qualified Electronic
Attestation of Attributes in
accordance with Article 45(d)
of Regulation (EU) No
910/2014;
• An electronic attestation of
attributes issued by or on
behalf of a public sector body
responsible for an authentic
source in accordance with
Article 45(f) in that
Regulation.
Digital qualification attestations shall
be issued in one or more official
languages of the Union of their choice
plus a mutually‑agreed common
language.
service providers
as defined in
Article 3, point 20
of Regulation (EU)
No 910/2014;
o Public sector
bodies responsible
for an authentic
source or other
entities acting on
their behalf.
Process
digitalisation &
automation
Digital solution
Article 3 (4)
Member States should transmit to the
Commission up‑to‑date lists of
awarding bodies, accreditations and
qualifications (covering the previous
ten years).
Member States
European Commission
Preparation, updating and
transmission of trusted lists
Data
Process
digitalisation &
automation
Digital solution
EN 28 EN
Reference to the
requirement Requirement description
Actors affected or
concerned by the
requirement
High-level Processes Categories
Article 3 (5)
Holders of qualifications must be able
to retrieve digital qualification
attestations electronically free of
charge upon their application for such
attestations.
EU citizens and EU
residents (Qualification
holders)
Identity check/matching of
wallet holder
Provision of the credential
(free, electronic)
Data
Digital public
service
Process
digitalisation &
automation
Digital solution
Article 3 (6)
The Commission shall adopt
implementing acts laying down
detailed provisions concerning the
agreed common language; formats and
protocols for the issuance of digital
qualification attestations across the
Union; and the formats of and transfer
protocols for the lists of awarding
bodies, accreditations and
qualifications included in national
qualifications frameworks. Those
implementing acts shall be adopted in
accordance with the examination
procedure referred to in Article 15(2)
Member States
European Commission
Issuance of digital
credentials
Exchange of information:
lists of awarding bodies,
accreditations and
qualifications included in
the NQF
Data
Digital public
service
Process
digitalisation &
automation
Digital solution
Article 4 (1‑3) Member States must evidence
qualifications by means of digital
qualification attestations that meet
Issuing authorities in the
Member States
Identity check/matching of
wallet holder
Issuance of digital
Data
Digital public
EN 29 EN
Reference to the
requirement Requirement description
Actors affected or
concerned by the
requirement
High-level Processes Categories
the Union‑wide standard
specifications (Annex I).
Digital attestations shall comply with
the data fields specifications laid down
in Annex I, except for digital
qualification attestations issued in
accordance with Article 9.
Digital qualification attestations shall
constitute evidence of qualifications
awarded to the holder and shall be
valid across the Union.
Awarding bodies
EU citizens and EU
residents (Qualification
holders)
credentials
Qualifications are quality
assured as part of a Member
State’s National
Qualifications Framework
service
Process
digitalisation &
automation
Digital solution
Article 4(4‑5)
From [entry into force plus 36
months], Member States shall ensure
that digital
qualification attestations are issued
without delay upon request of the
qualification holder as the default
format for evidencing
qualifications which meet the
following conditions:
(a) they are part of a
Member State’s
national qualifications
framework;
Issuing authorities in the
Member States
Awarding bodies
EU citizens and EU
residents (Qualification
holders)
Identity check/matching of
wallet holder
Issuance of digital
credentials
Data
Digital public
service
Process
digitalisation &
automation
EN 30 EN
Reference to the
requirement Requirement description
Actors affected or
concerned by the
requirement
High-level Processes Categories
(b) they have
been awarded after
[date of entry into force
minus 10 years].
For qualifications awarded between
[date of entry into force minus 10
years] and [date of entry into force],
Member States shall issue digital
qualification attestations upon request
of the qualification holder, to the
extent possible, without delay, and in
any case no later than within two
weeks from receipt of that request.
Article 5 (1)
Digital qualification attestations shall
be issued to the European Digital
Identity Wallets to the holders of
qualifications who meet the following
conditions:
• They have been awarded a
qualification from an awarding
body; and
• They hold an active European
Digital Identity Wallet
• They request the issuance of a
Issuing authorities in the
Member States Awarding
Bodies
EU citizens and EU
residents (Qualification
holders)
Issuance of digital
credentials
Identity check/matching of
wallet holder
Provision of the credential
Data
Digital public
service
Process
digitalisation &
automation
Digital solution
EN 31 EN
Reference to the
requirement Requirement description
Actors affected or
concerned by the
requirement
High-level Processes Categories
digital qualification attestation.
This includes re-issuance where the
holder no longer has access to a
previously held attestation.
Article 6 (1‑3)
Digital credentials must be refused,
revoked or suspended when the
underlying qualification has been
withdrawn or suspended in either the
issuing or a receiving Member State
by an awarding body or another
competent authority. The status is
reflected in the verification system
within 24 hours.
The information on revocation and
suspension of digital qualification
attestations should be made available
to relying parties by issuers.
Issuing authorities in the
Member States
Relying parties
EU citizens and EU
residents (Qualification
holders)
Receiving Member States
Decision to refuse issuance
Revocation or suspension
Updating of revocation lists
and making the status
available through the
verification process
Data
Digital public
service
Process
digitalisation &
automation
Article 7 (1‑2)
No later than [entry into force plus 36
months], Member States shall provide
a digital verification tool that enables
relying parties to verify that:
3. the digital qualification
attestation was issued by an
issuer referred to in Article
Relying parties (employers,
regulators, Competent
Authorities etc.)
European Commission
Verification‑software
developers
Credentials verification
process
Development/sharing of
verification tools
Compliance with procedural
rules
Data
Digital public
service
Digital solution
Process
digitalisation &
EN 32 EN
Reference to the
requirement Requirement description
Actors affected or
concerned by the
requirement
High-level Processes Categories
3(2);
4. the qualification evidenced by
the digital qualification
attestation was awarded by an
awarding body accredited at
the time of the award;
5. the digital qualification
attestation has not been
tampered with since it was
issued;
6. the digital qualification
attestation has not been
suspended or revoked.
The Commission shall adopt
implementing acts laying down
formats and procedures for
verification by relying parties in
accordance with paragraph 1,.
The implementing acts shall be
adopted in accordance with the
examination procedure referred to in
Article 15(2).
Qualification holders automation
EN 33 EN
Reference to the
requirement Requirement description
Actors affected or
concerned by the
requirement
High-level Processes Categories
Article 8 (1)
Member States shall provide
information on the qualifications,
awarding bodies and accreditations to
the Europass online platform in
accordance with:
• a common semantic model laid
down in point 1, of Annex I,
• the minimum requirements
provided in Annex IV,
• for the description of
qualifications, to the extent
possible, making use of skills
terminology from the
European classification of
skills and occupations (ESCO)
based on a mapping between
Member States’ classification
systems and the European
classification.
Member States shall, to the extent
possible, submit updates of this
information in real time and in any
case at least each month.
Member States
European Commission
Comparable information on
qualifications
Data
Digital public
service
Digital solution
Process
digitalisation &
automation
EN 34 EN
Reference to the
requirement Requirement description
Actors affected or
concerned by the
requirement
High-level Processes Categories
Article 8 (3-5)
National Qualifications Frameworks
(NFQ) shall include all qualifications
awarded under the jurisdiction of a
Member State and be kept up to date.
To the extent possible, Member States
shall include micro-credentials in their
national qualifications frameworks.
Member States shall use the European
Qualifications Framework (EQF) to
reference national qualifications
frameworks or systems and to
compare all types and levels of
qualifications in the Union that are
part of national qualifications
frameworks or systems, in particular
by referencing their qualification
levels to levels of the European
Qualifications Framework set out in
Annex III.
Member States national
authorities
Qualification providers
Mapping to EQF and
updating NQF registers
Data
Digital public
service
Digital solution
Process
digitalisation &
automation
Article 8 (6)
The Commission shall provide a
digital tool to facilitate an
automated comparison of qualification
s listed in national qualifications
frameworks referenced to
European Commission
National authorities (for the
provision of the data)
Publication of NQFs data
on Europass
Compare two single
qualifications side-by-side
Export the comparison view
Data
Digital solution
Process
digitalisation &
EN 35 EN
Reference to the
requirement Requirement description
Actors affected or
concerned by the
requirement
High-level Processes Categories
the European Qualifications
Framework and make it available
through Europass platform.
(for information purposes)
Find an EQF level based on
a qualification title
Compare two national
qualifications frameworks
automation
Article 9 (1‑4)
For qualifications awarded more than
ten years ago, Member States must, on
request, issue a digital credential based
on existing evidence (using eIDAS
(Regulation (EU) 910/2014) Annex VI
or OOTS common services (Single
Digital Gateway Regulation (EU)
2018/1724)) and in accordance with
the Union standard specification.
Member States shall use Union
standard specifications for data fields
laid down in Annex V, for these
digital qualification attestations.
EU citizens and EU
residents (Qualification
holders)
Issuing authorities
Retrieval of historic
evidence
Creation of a digital
credential for legacy
qualifications
Alignment with standard
specification
Data
Digital public
service
Process
digitalisation &
automation
Digital solution
Article 12 (1‑2)
Personal data shall be processed in the
context of this Regulation only in so
far as it is necessary for issuance and
verification of digital qualification
attestations in accordance
with Chapter 2.
Data controllers (issuing
authorities and verifiers)
Data Protection Officers
EU citizens and EU
residents (Qualification
Collection, storage,
retention, and deletion of
personal data related to
credential issuance and
verification
Data
EN 36 EN
Reference to the
requirement Requirement description
Actors affected or
concerned by the
requirement
High-level Processes Categories
Personal data processed in the
context of this Regulation shall be
retained no longer than [45] years.
holders)
Article 13 (1‑4)
By [[48] months from the date of the
entry into force of this
Regulation], and every
year thereafter, Member States shall
submit to the Commission the
following data concerning the past 12
months:
(a) the number of digital
qualification attestations
issued, revoked and suspended;
(b) the share of qualifications
issued in the form of digital
qualification attestations
among all qualifications
awarded;
(c) the number of relying parties
registered to and requesting access to
digital qualification attestations. By
[48] months from the date of the entry
into force of this Regulation], and
every two years thereafter, Member
National reporting units
European Commission
Evaluation bodies
Data collection for
statistical reporting,
preparation of annual and
biennial reports, and
transmission to the
Commission
Data
Process
digitalisation &
automation
EN 37 EN
Reference to the
requirement Requirement description
Actors affected or
concerned by the
requirement
High-level Processes Categories
States shall submit a report to the
Commission on the application of this
Regulation. The report shall include:
(c) the data referred to in paragraph
1;
(d) the information on respective
average processing time of a
request for issuance of a digital
qualification attestation in
accordance with Article 4(5)
and Article 9.
Member States shall collect feedback
from holders of qualifications,
employers, awarding institutions,
issuers, recognition authorities for
regulated professions and other
stakeholders necessary for preparing
the report as laid down in this
paragraph.
The information submitted to the
Commission in accordance
with paragraphs 1 and 2 shall not
include personal data.
By [the same date as the date of
application plus five years], the
EN 38 EN
Reference to the
requirement Requirement description
Actors affected or
concerned by the
requirement
High-level Processes Categories
Commission shall review and evaluate
the application of this Regulation and
shall present a report to that effect to
the European Parliament and the
Council.
EN 39 EN
4.2. Data
High-level description of the data in scope
Type of data Reference to the requirement(s) Standard and/or specification (if applicable)
Digital qualification attestations Article 3 (1-3)
Article 3 (4-6)
Article 4 (1‑5)
Article 5 (1)
Article 6 (1‑3)
Article 7 (1‑2)
Article 8 (1)
Article 8 (3-5)
Article 9 (1‑4)
Article 12 (1‑2)
EUDI electronic attestations of attributes, standards
and processes described in Annex I, Annex II,
Annex IV and Annex V.
Revocation/suspension data Article 6 (1‑3) Revocation lists managed by Member States and
made accessible to others
Lists of awarding bodies Article 3 (4)
Article 3 (6)
Article 5 (1)
Article 8 (1-2)
Standards and processes described in Annex IV.
EN 40 EN
List of accreditations Article 3 (4)
Article 3 (6)
Article 5 (1)
Article 8 (1-2)
Standards and processes described in Annex IV.
Lists of current and past 10 years of qualifications
and data on qualifications listed in Member State’s
National Qualifications Frameworks (NQFs)
Article 3 (4)
Article 3 (6)
Article 8 (3-6)
ESCO, EQF, and ISCED classifications should be
used where possible.
Standards and processes described in Annex IV.
Annual statistical summary on numbers of digital
credentials issued/renewed/withdrawn/suspended,
processing times, user experience and stakeholder
feedback.
Article 13 (1‑4)
Personal data of qualification holdersArticle 12 (1‑2) Processed under Regulation (EU) 2016/679
(GDPR); data minimisation and storage limitation
Alignment with the European Data Strategy
Explanation of how the requirement(s) are aligned with the European Data Strategy
In terms of compliance with GDPR, the main roles and responsibilities related to personal data protection are already set out in Article 12.
Qualifications and accreditation data are already made available as Open data on the data.europa.eu portal34. Qualifications, awarding bodies,
and accreditation information does not contain any personal data.
34 https://data.europa.eu/data/datasets/european-learning-data?locale=en
EN 41 EN
The initiative supports the European Data Strategy by making qualification data interoperable, portable and reusable across borders under the
holder’s control.
Digital credentials are stored in the citizen’s EUDI Wallet, which enables selective disclosure and user-controlled sharing, in line with the
Strategy’s objective of empowering individuals over their data.
EN 42 EN
Alignment with the once-only principle
Explanation of how the once-only principle has been considered and how the possibility to reuse existing data has been explored
Reusing the EUDI Wallet framework will guarantee the once only principle, as it will reuse the existing wallet and the accompanying trust
framework.
Reuse of the Europass framework, in particular the Qualification Dataset Register, is foreseen, as this mechanism is already in place for the
publication of accreditation and qualifications in Europass. Furthermore, the Europass qualifications comparison tool will draw upon the
qualifications database, and upon existing functionality within Europass.
Reuse of the European Learning Model (ELM) is planned for semantic interoperability for digital qualification attestations and for information
on qualifications, awarding bodies and accreditation information.
Explanation of how newly created data is findable, accessible, interoperable and reusable, and meets high-quality standards
Personal data (including qualifications or information within recognition procedures) is in general not supposed to be findable or reusable.
Interoperability of attestations about qualifications is guaranteed through the use of the EUDI framework and infrastructure and by the
common standards described in the Annexes and the use of a common semantic data model. Such standards will ensure mutual understanding
of the qualifications in cross-border contexts.
Information on national qualifications frameworks will be kept up-to-date by Member States and published on Europass (according to Article
8)
EN 43 EN
Data flows
High-level description of the data flows
Type of data Reference(s) to the
requirement(s)
Actors who
provide the
data
Actors who
receive the
data
Trigger for the
data exchange
Frequency (if
applicable)
Digital Qualification Attestations Article 3 (1-3)
Article 4 (1‑5)
Article 5 (1)
Article 6 (1‑3)
Article 7 (1-2)
Member States
Issuing
Authorities
Awarding
Bodies
EU Citizen/EU
resident
EU Citizen/EU
resident
Relying Parties
Request from the
EU citizen/EU
resident
Automatic
renewal of
credentials (e.g.
after expiry)
Request from the
relying party (e.g.
during an
application
process)
Lists of awarding bodies Article 3 (4) Member States
National
Authority
European
Commission
Update to the
awarding body
data
Lists of accreditations Article 3 (4) Member States
National
Authority
European
Commission
Update to the
accreditation data
Lists of qualifications and data on
qualifications listed in National
Article 8 (1-2)
Article 8 (3-5)
Member States
National
European
Commission
Update to the
qualifications data
EN 44 EN
Qualifications Frameworks (NQFs) Authority (Europass)
Annual statistical summary on numbers
of digital credentials
issued/renewed/withdrawn/suspended,
processing times, user experience and
stakeholder feedback.
Article 13 (1‑2) Member States
National
Authority
European
Commission
Annually
Revocation/ Suspension data Article 6 (1‑3)
Member State
issuing
authority
Other Member
States / relying
parties
Withdrawal or
suspension event
As it occurs
Comparable information on
qualifications
Article 8 (1-2)
Member States Europass
platform
European
Commission
Updates on the
information on the
qualifications,
awarding bodies
and accreditations
As the update
happens
EN 45 EN
4.3. Digital solutions
High-level description of digital solutions
Digital solution Reference(s) to the
requirement(s)
Main mandated
functionalities
Responsible
body
How is
accessibility
catered for?
How is reusability
considered?
Use of AI
technologies
(if
applicable)
Digital
Qualification
attestations
issuing and
revocation
System
Article 3 (1-3)
Article 4 (1‑5)
Article 5 (1)
Article 6 (1‑3)
Article 9 (1‑4)
Article 12 (1‑2)
Issuance of digital
credentials to EUDI
Wallets in the form of
EUDI electronic
attestations of attributes.
Retrieval of historic
evidence by embedding
attributes in the body of
the digital credential.
Revocation list
management, and making
such lists available to
Relying Parties
Member States
issuing
authorities
Following
EUDI
specifications
By definition, the
issuing systems will
reuse EUDI
infrastructure
(including EUDI
trust framework and
relevant ETSI
standards) and
specifications
N/A
Digital
Qualification
attestations
Verification
Tool
Article 7 (1-2) Digital verification tool
to ensure that the
relying parties are able to
verify digital
qualification
attestations in accordance
with common minimum
verification requirements
Member States Article 7 (1-
2) requires
Member
States to
implement a
verification
application
suitable for
If deemed useful, the
Commission might
provide a reference
implementation of
the app to be
reused/configured by
Member States, on a
voluntary basis as
N/A
EN 46 EN
and processes use by all
their
qualification
holders.
described in the
supporting measures
(and Recital 16)
Europass System Article 8 (1)
Article 8 (6)
Storing data on
qualifications, awarding
bodies and
accreditations.
Presenting the
information on
qualifications and
accreditations.
Qualifications
information is also used
in the Europass
comparison of single
qualification tool.
In order to fully support
the SPI, the following
developments must be
carried out:
1. Support for an
awarding body
registry
2. Versioning, and
timestamping of
qualifications and
accreditations
3. Improving
European
Commission and
Member States
(data providers)
Built on
existing
Europass
tools which
already
follow Web
Content
Accessibility
Guidelines
(WCAG) 2.1
Enhancement of
existing Europass
tools
N/A
EN 47 EN
performance and
scalability
4. Adaptations
following ELM
modifications
Enhancement of the
existing qualifications
comparison tool
functionality to include:
1. Mechanism to
determine the
EQF level of a
given
qualification and
export it
Search for similar
national qualifications in
other MSs
For each digital solution, explanation of how the digital solution complies with applicable digital policies and legislative enactments
EN 48 EN
Digital Qualification attestations issuing and revocation System
Digital and/or sectorial policy (when these are
applicable)
Explanation on how it aligns
AI Act It is not foreseen to create or use any AI systems for this solution.
EU Cybersecurity framework All issuance protocols will be compliant with EUDI protocols and standards for the
digital attestation format.
No additional cybersecurity requirements will be added by the regulation.
eIDAS Since the issuing systems need to issue EUDI attestation, they need to rely on
specifications set out in EUDI regulation (by definition compliant with eIDAS).
Single Digital Gateway and IMI The Once Only Technical System can be leveraged for confirming information to
be included in a digital qualification attestation and for issuers to identify the
authentic source.
GDPR (Reg. 2016/679) Processing of personal data is limited to what is necessary for issuance (article 13);
data minimisation and storage limitation apply.
Others N/A
EN 49 EN
Digital Qualification attestations Verification Tool
Digital and/or sectorial policy (when these are
applicable)
Explanation on how it aligns
AI Act It is not foreseen to create or use any AI systems for this solution.
EU Cybersecurity framework All verification protocols will be compliant with EUDI protocols and standards for
the digital attestation format.
No additional cybersecurity requirements will be added by the regulation.
eIDAS The verification of EUDI digital attestation will be compliant with EUDI protocols
and standards, based on eIDAS.
Single Digital Gateway and IMI No interface with the Single Digital Gateway or IMI foreseen.
Others N/A
Europass
Digital and/or sectorial policy (when these are
applicable)
Explanation on how it aligns
AI Act It is not foreseen to create or use any AI systems for this solution.
EU Cybersecurity framework No new specific cybersecurity requirements mandated by the regulation.
eIDAS N/A
Single Digital Gateway and IMI N/A
EN 50 EN
GDPR (Reg. 2016/679) Europass publishes NQF/Qualification metadata, not personal data of individual
holders.
Others N/A
EN 51 EN
4.4. Interoperability assessment
High-level description of the digital public service(s) affected by the requirements
Digital public service or
category of digital public
services
Description Reference(s) to the
requirement(s)
Interoperable
Europe Solution(s)
Other interoperability
solution(s)
Digital Qualification
attestations issuing and
revocation service
Service provided by Member
States issuing authorities to
issue digital credentials for
qualifications to citizens.
Service provided under the
EUDI Wallet framework and
implemented by the Member
States issuing authorities to
revoke or suspend a credential
when the underlying
qualification has been
withdrawn or suspended in
either the issuing or a
receiving Member State.
Qualification life-event
procedure and Digital
Credentials output added to
the Single Digital Gateway
Article 3 (1-3)
Article 4 (1‑5)
Article 5 (1)
Article 6 (1‑3)
Article 9 (1‑4)
Article 16
N/A EUDI Wallet, EUDI trust
framework, EQF alignment,
European Learning Model35
Your Europe and the Single
Digital Gateway
Digital Qualification
attestations verification
Service provided by relying
parties in the Member States
(employers, regulators, etc.)
Article 7 (1‑2)
N/A EUDI trust framework, ELM,
Reference Implementation of the
verification service (Recital 16
35 ELM was CAMSS assessed: https://interoperable-europe.ec.europa.eu/collection/common-assessment-method-standards-and-specifications-camss/solution/camss-
assessment-elm-eif-scenario
EN 52 EN
service to accept and verify digital
credentials
(Reference to section 4.5:
Measures to support digital
implementation))
Publication of National
Qualifications data service
(Europass and EU open
data portal)
Service provided by the
European Commission (on
Europass and EU Open Data
portal)
Article 3 (4)
Article 8 (3-6)
N/A European Learning Model
EN 53 EN
Impact of the requirement(s) as per digital public service on cross-border interoperability
Digital Qualification attestations issuing and revocation system
Assessment Measure(s) Potential remaining barriers (if applicable)
Alignment with existing digital and
sectorial policies
Please list the applicable digital and
sectorial policies identified
Issuance:
• EUDI Regulation for the issuing of digital
credentials which will require an
amendment to the ETSI profiles to
support W3C VCDM.
• Skills Portability Initiative Regulation
• SDG Regulation
Revocation:
• EUDI Regulation
• Skills Portability Initiative
N/A
Organisational measures for a
smooth cross-border digital public
services delivery
Please list the governance measures
foreseen
Issuance:
• Registration of issuers in the EUDI trust
framework to be recognised as an
authorised issuer
• Communication to the Commission of list
of lists of awarding bodies, accreditations
and qualifications, and publication on
Qualifications Digitalisation Group
Revocation:
Governance: separate and binding roles (the
issuer refuses issuance, revokes or suspends,
and maintains the information; relying parties
N/A
EN 54 EN
across the Union must refuse validity), with
the conditions for recovery of the
qualification left to the awarding Member
State – a national decision with Union-wide
effect.
Management: a cross-border
status/revocation service making the
information accessible within 24 hours of the
request, with a record of revocation and
suspension statuses, a distinction between
permanent and temporary states, and a re-
issuance workflow conditional on
verification of national requirements.
Measures taken to ensure a shared
understanding of the data
Please list such measures
• Data specifications described in Annex I
II, IV and V
• CAMMS assessment performed on the
ELM model
• A publicly available ELM Browser which
precisely describes the ontology, all the
application profiles, and properties.
• Futurium peer exchange group for ELM
N/A
Use of commonly agreed open
technical specifications and
standards
• Technical specifications described in
Annex I, II, IV and V.
N/A
EN 55 EN
Please list such measures
Digital Qualification attestations verification service
Assessment Measure(s) Potential remaining barriers (if applicable)
Alignment with existing digital and
sectorial policies
Please list the applicable digital and
sectorial policies identified
• Adoption of technologies and standards
foreseen by the EUDI regulation
• EUDI Regulation for the verification of
digital credentials
• SPI regulation
N/A
Organisational measures for a
smooth cross-border digital public
services delivery
Please list the governance measures
foreseen
• Registration of relying parties in the
EUDI trust framework to be recognised as
authorised verifiers
N/A
Measures taken to ensure a shared
understanding of the data
Please list such measures
• Data specifications described in Annex I
and II, IV, V
N/A
Use of commonly agreed open
technical specifications and
standards
Please list such measures
• Technical specifications described in
Annex I
N/A
Publication of National Qualifications data service (Europass and EU open data portal)
EN 56 EN
Assessment Measure(s) Potential remaining barriers (if applicable)
Alignment with existing digital and
sectorial policies
Please list the applicable digital and
sectorial policies identified
• Europass Decision (Decision (EU)
2018/646)
• Council Recommendation on the
European Qualifications Framework
• Council Recommendation on a European
approach to micro-credentials
•
N/A
Organisational measures for a
smooth cross-border digital public
services delivery
Please list the governance measures
foreseen
• As mentioned in Article 9, Member States
have the obligation to provide information
on qualifications listed in National
Qualifications Frameworks (NQFs), to be
published on Europass. This is already
possible today, but on a voluntary basis.
N/A
Measures taken to ensure a shared
understanding of the data
Please list such measures
• As per article 9(1,2), alignment of
National Qualifications Frameworks
(NQFs) level to European Qualifications
Framework (EQF) levels
• As per article 9(6), use of common ESCO
classification for skills terminology.
• Enhancement of the existing
Qualifications Comparison Tool in
Europass
N/A
Use of commonly agreed open
technical specifications and
standards
• No new technical specifications foreseen
compared to current situation.
N/A
EN 57 EN
Please list such measures
EN 58 EN
4.5. Measures to support digital implementation
High-level description of measures supporting digital implementation
Description of the measure Reference(s) to the
requirement(s)
Commission
role
(if applicable)
Actors to be
involved
(if applicable)
Expected timeline
(if applicable)
As indicated in Article 3(6), “the
Commission shall adopt implementing
acts laying down detailed provisions
concerning the agreed common language,
issuance formats and protocols for digital
qualification attestations across the Union
and the formats and protocols for
transfers of lists of awarding bodies,
accreditations and qualifications included
in national qualifications frameworks for
issuing and verifying digital qualification
attestations. Those implementing acts
shall be adopted in accordance with the
examination procedure referred to in
Article 15(2).
Article 3 (1-3)
Article 3 (4-5)
Article 4 (1‑5)
Article 5 (1)
Article 6 (1‑3)
Article 7 (1‑2)
Article 8 (1)
Article 8 (3-5)
Article 9 (1‑4)
Article 12 (1‑2)
Article 13 (1‑4)
Drafting and
adoption of
implementing
acts
As per Article
14, “the
Commission
shall be assisted
by a committee.
That committee
shall be a
committee
within the
meaning of
Regulation (EU)
No 182/2011”
Reference implementation of the
verification tool
To ensure trust in and interoperability of
digital qualification attestations across
the Union, Member States
should establish mechanisms and tools
Recital 16 Provision of a
reference
software
European
Commission
Member States
EN 59 EN
enabling relying parties such
as employers and public authorities to
verify the authenticity and validity of a
qualification and the accreditation of
an awarding body.
To facilitate common verification
processes and reduce administrative
burdens, the Commission may support
Member States by providing a reference
software supporting secure, efficient and
non-discriminatory verification
processes.
Pilot with Member States/issuers - Run a pilot Member States
authorities,
awarding
bodies, digital
issuers (QTSPs
or PUB-Issuers),
qualification
holders
EN EN
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
Strasbourg, 15.9.2026
COM(2026) 992 final
ANNEXES 1 to 5
ANNEXES
to the
Proposal for a REGULATION OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE
COUNCIL
on portability of qualifications and skills and amending Regulation (EU) 2018/1724
("Skills Portabilty Act")
{SEC(2026) 992 final} - {SWD(2026) 992 final} - {SWD(2026) 993 final} -
{SWD(2026) 994 final}
EN 1
EN
Annex I
Union standard specifications for digital qualification attestations
1. The digital qualification attestation and the tools and systems relevant for its
issuance and verification shall comply with W3C Verifiable Credential Data Model
and with Regulation (EU) No 910/2014.
2. The digital qualification attestation and information on the awarding body,
accreditation and qualification shall use a common semantic model which is the
European Learning Model(1).
(1) https://op.europa.eu/en/web/eu-vocabularies/dataset/-
/resource?uri=http://publications.europa.eu/resource/dataset/snb-model
EN 2
EN
Annex II
Specifications for data fields in digital qualification attestations referred to in Article
4(2)
1. Mandatory data fields:
FIELD NAME DESCRIPTION
Given Name The holder's given name
Family Name The holder's family name
Date of Birth The holder's date of birth
Birthplace
The country as an alpha-2 country code as specified ISO
3166-1, or the state, province, district, or local area or the
municipality, city, town, or village where the user to
whom the holder's data relates was born
Nationality
One or more alpha-2 country codes as specified in ISO
3166-1 representing the nationality (or nationalities) of
the holder
Qualification Title The official title of the qualification provided in at least
one specified language
Qualification Title in
commonly agreed
language
The official title in commonly agreed language
Field of Education
and/or Training
The field of study, classified in accordance with the
International Standard Classification of Education Fields
of Education and Training (ISCED-F-2013)
Valid From The date and time when the digital qualification
attestation was issued
Valid Until The date and time the digital qualification attestation
ceases to be valid
EQF Level The applicable level of the European Qualifications
Framework
NQF Level The qualification level as specified in the national
qualifications framework
Issuer
The legal identifier, name and location of the issuing
organisation which issued the digital qualification
attestation
Awarding Body/Bodies The legal identifier, name and location of the awarding
EN 3
EN
body/bodies that awarded the qualification
Country/countries of
Award
The Member State(s) in which the qualification was
awarded
Where applicable,
Region of Award
The code of the region in which the qualification was
awarded, where applicable
Date of Award The date on which the qualification was officially
awarded
Learning
Outcomes(1) OR
Description of the
Qualification(2)
Summary of learning outcomes OR description of the
qualification composed of knowledge, skills and
responsibility and autonomy
Accreditation Details
Information on the accreditation of the awarding body,
including jurisdiction and the relevant regulatory
framework
Professional Experience,
where applicable Professional experience gained to obtain the qualification
Professional Title,
where applicable
Professional title obtained as a result of qualification
being awarded
Access Rights, where
applicable
A statement on the access rights to regulated professions
conferred by the qualification
2. Optional data fields:
FIELD NAME DESCRIPTION
Holder's National ID
and the country National ID and country issuing it
Uniform resource
Identifier (URI)
to qualification standard
URI to qualification standard published in a qualification
database such as Europass established by Decision (EU)
2018/646 of the European Parliament and of the
Council1
(1) To be provided for qualifications issued as of [date of entry of application of the Regulation] or, if
available in Member State's NQF, before that date. Leaning outcomes shall be described in accordance with the
European Guidelines for the development and writing of short, learning outcomes-based descriptions of
qualifications, see https://www.cedefop.europa.eu/files/6222_en.pdf (2) Description shall be provided where no Learning Outcome is available. However, for digital
qualification attestations awarded between [date of adoption date of this regulation minus 10 years], the
description of qualification may become an optional data field. (3) Decision (EU) 2018/646 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 18 April 2018 on a
common framework for the provision of better services for skills and qualifications (Europass) and
repealing Decision No 2241/2004/EC (OJ L 112, 2.5.2018, pp. 42–50), ELI: https://eur-
lex.europa.eu/eli/dec/2018/646/oj )
EN 4
EN
ESCO Skills reference Reference to European Skills, Competences, and
Occupations classification
Duration of Study
The official duration of the learning programme
expressed in time or credits of the European Credit
Transfer and Accumulation System2
Grades / Marks The grades or marks achieved, accompanied by an
explanation of the grading scale used
Mode of Learning The mode of delivery, such as full-time, part-time,
distance learning
Main subjects / modules A list of the main subjects or modules covered by the
programme of study
Practical Training Details of a mandatory practical training that
was completed
Assessment Methods Information on the methods used for assessment (e.g.
examination, project work)
Language of Study The primary language(s) in which the programme was
taught
Thesis/ Final Project
Title The title of the final thesis or project, if applicable
International Mobility Information on any international mobility periods
undertaken as a part of the programme
3. Data fields covered in this Annex can be supplemented by additional data only as far
as it is necessary for the functioning of the relevant data in the EUDI Wallet system.
Otherwise, no other data fields than those covered by this Annex shall be included in
digital qualification attestation referred to in Article 4(2).
(4) https://education.ec.europa.eu/education-levels/higher-education/inclusive-and-connected-higher-
education/european-credit-transfer-and-accumulation-system
EN 5
EN
Annex III
European Qualifications Framework
Each of the 8 levels is defined by a set of descriptors indicating the learning
outcomes relevant to qualifications at that level in any system of qualifications.
Knowledge Skills Responsibility and
autonomy
Knowledge
is described
as
theoretical
and/or
factual.
skills are described as
cognitive (involving the
use of logical, intuitive
and creative thinking)
and practical (involving
manual dexterity and
the use of methods,
mate rials, tools and
instruments).
responsibility and
autonomy is
described as the
ability of the learner
to apply knowledge
and skills
autonomously and
with responsibility
Level 1 The
learning outcomes
relevant to Level 1
are
basic
general
knowledge
basic skills required to
carry out simple tasks
work or study under
direct supervision in
a structured context
Level 2 The
learning outcomes
relevant to Level 2
are
basic
factual
knowledge
of a field of
work or
study
basic cognitive and
practical skills required
to use relevant
information in order to
carry out tasks and to
solve routine problems
using sim ple rules and
tools
work or study under
supervision with
some autonomy
Level 3 The
learning outcomes
relevant to Level 3
are
knowledge
of facts,
principles,
processes
and general
concepts, in
a field of
work or
study
a range of cognitive and
practical skills required
to accomplish tasks and
solve problems by
selecting and applying
basic methods, tools,
materials and
information
take responsibility
for completion of
tasks in work or
study adapt own
behaviour to
circumstances in
solving problems
Level 4 The
learning outcomes
relevant to Level 4
are
factual and
theoretical
knowledge
in broad
con texts
within a
a range of cognitive and
practical skills required
to generate solutions to
specific problems in a
field of work or study
exercise self-
management within
the guidelines of
work or study
contexts that are
usually predictable,
EN 6
EN
Knowledge Skills Responsibility and
autonomy
field of
work or
study
but are subject to
change supervise the
routine work of
others, taking some
responsibility for the
evaluation and
improvement of
work or study
activities
Level 5 (*) The
learning outcomes
relevant to Level 5
are
comprehens
ive,
specialised,
factual and
theoretical
knowledge
within a
field of
work or
study and
an
awareness
of the
boundaries
of that
knowledge
a comprehensive range
of cognitive and
practical skills required
to develop creative
solutions to abstract
problems
exercise management
and supervision in
con texts of work or
study activities
where there is
unpredictable change
review and develop
performance of self
and others
Level 6 (**) The
learning outcomes
relevant to Level 6
are
advanced
knowledge
of a field of
work or
study,
involving a
critical
understandi
ng of
theories and
principles
advanced skills,
demonstrating mastery
and innovation,
required to solve
complex and
unpredictable problems
in a specialised field of
work or study
manage complex
technical or
professional
activities or projects,
taking responsibility
for decision-making
in unpredictable
work or study
contexts take
responsibility for
managing
professional
development of
individuals and
groups
Level 7 (***) The
learning outcomes
relevant to Level 7
are
highly
specialised
knowledge,
some of
specialised problem-
solving skills required
in research and/or
innovation in order to
manage and
transform work or
study contexts that
are complex,
EN 7
EN
Knowledge Skills Responsibility and
autonomy
which is at
the
forefront of
knowledge
in a field of
work or
study, as the
basis for
original
thinking
and/or
research
critical
awareness
of
knowledge
issues in a
field and at
the interface
between
different
fields
develop new knowledge
and procedures and to
integrate knowledge
from different fields
unpredictable and
require new strategic
approaches take
responsibility for
contributing to
professional knowled
ge and practice
and/or for reviewing
the strategic
performance of
teams
Level 8 (****) The
learning outcomes
relevant to Level 8
are
knowledge
at the most
advanced
frontier of a
field of
work or
study and at
the interface
between
fields
the most advanced and
specialised skills and
techniques, including
synthesis and
evaluation, required to
solve critical problems
in research and/or
innovation and to
extend and redefine
existing knowledge or
professional practice
demonstrate
substantial authority,
innovation,
autonomy, scholarly
and professional
integrity and
sustained
commitment to the
development of new
ideas or processes at
the forefront of work
or study contexts
including research
Compatibility with the Framework for Qualifications of the European Higher
Education Area
The Framework for Qualifications of the European Higher Education Area provides
descriptors for three cycles agreed by the ministers responsible for higher education
at their meeting in Bergen in May 2005 in the framework of the Bologna process.
Each cycle descriptor offers a generic statement of typical expectations of
achievements and abilities associated with qualifications that represent the end of
that cycle.
EN 8
EN
(*) The descriptor for the short cycle developed by the Joint Quality Initiative as part
of the Bologna process, (that can be within or linked to the first cycle), corresponds
to the learning outcomes for EQF level 5.
(**) The descriptor for the first cycle corresponds to the learning outcomes for EQF
level 6.
(***) The descriptor for the second cycle corresponds to the learning outcomes for
EQF level 7.
(****) The descriptor for the third cycle corresponds to the learning outcomes for
EQF level 8.
EN 9
EN
Annex IV
Minimum data requirements referred to in Article 8(1) point (b)
1. Minimum data requirements for information on qualifications:
DATA Mandatory / Optional
Title of qualification Mandatory
Field(1) Mandatory
Country(countries)/Region(s) (code) Mandatory
EQF Level Mandatory
NQF level Mandatory
Description of learning outcomes Mandatory
Awarding body/bodies3 Mandatory
Credit points/ notional workload needed
to achieve the learning outcomes Optional
Internal quality assurance processes Optional
External quality assurance / regulatory
body Optional
Further information on the qualification Optional
Identifier of related degrees for the same
study programme Optional
Source of information Optional
Link to relevant supplements Optional
Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) of the
qualification Mandatory
Entry requirements to obtain a
qualification Optional
Expiry date (if relevant) Optional
Ways to acquire qualification Optional
(1) ISCED FoET2013 (2) The minimum required information on the awarding body/bodies should facilitate to find information
about it, which would include its name, or if applicable the name of the group of awarding completed with a URI
or contact information.
EN 10
EN
Relationship to occupations or
occupational fields Optional
2. Minimum data requirements for information on awarding bodies:
PROPERTY DESCRIPTION MANDATORY/OPTION
AL
Unique Identifier Unique identifier for the
awarding body record Mandatory
Legal Name
The organisation's legal
name (multilingual, one
per language)
Mandatory
Address The identifiable address of
the organisation Mandatory
Registration Identifier
Legal registration
identifier with the
registering authority
Optional
Accreditation URI Link to associated
Accreditation record(s) Optional
Type Nature/genre of the
organisation Optional
Status Publication status Optional
Contact Information Contact Information Optional
Publisher Entity responsible for
publishing the record Optional
Historical Awarding Body
Reference
Link to another awarding
body in case of succession Optional
3. Minimum data requirements for information on accreditations
PROPERTY DESCRIPTION MANDATORY/OPTION
AL
Unique Identifier A unique identifier for the
accreditation record Mandatory
Title
A name given to the
resource (multilingual,
one per language)
Mandatory
EN 11
EN
Accrediting Agent
The Quality Assuring
Authority issuing the
accreditation decision
Mandatory
Awarding Body URI
The awarding body whose
activities are being
accredited, expressed as a
URI
Mandatory
Type
The nature/genre of the
accreditation (controlled
vocabulary)
Mandatory
Jurisdiction
Administrative territories
where the accreditation is
valid
Mandatory
Description A free-text account of the
resource Mandatory
Decision The decision issued by the
quality assuring authority Mandatory
Report Date of formal issuance Mandatory
Date of Issuance
Period in which the
accreditation is/was
applicable
Optional
EQF Level EQF levels the
accreditation covers Optional
[Abstract] Programme
Specific
programme/qualification
the accreditation applies to
Optional
Supplementary Document Additional public
documentation Optional
Publisher Entity responsible for
publishing the record Optional
EN 12
EN
Annex V
Specification for data fields in digital qualification attestations referred to in Article 9(4)
1. Minimum mandatory data fields
FIELD NAME DESCRIPTION
Given Name The holder's given name
Family Name The holder's date of birth
Date of Birth
The country as an alpha-2 country code as
specified ISO 3166-1, or the state, province,
district, or local area or the municipality, city,
town, or village where the user to whom the
holder's data relates was born
Birthplace
The country as an alpha-2 country code as
specified ISO 3166-1, or the state, province,
district, or local area or the municipality, city,
town, or village where the user to whom the
holder's data relates was born
Nationality
One or more alpha-2 country codes as specified in
ISO 3166-1 representing the nationality
(nationalities) of a holder
Qualification Title The official title of the qualification provided in at
least one language
Valid From The date and time when the digital
qualification attestation was issued
Valid Until The date and time the digital qualification
attestation ceases to be valid
EQF Level (if applicable)
If available, and only for qualifications awarded
after 2008 and in accordance with the relevant
national qualifications framework referencing to
the European Qualifications Framework: the
applicable level of the European Qualification
Framework
NQF Level (if applicable) If available, for the qualification specified in the
national qualifications framework
Issuer
The legal identifier, name and location of the
issuing organisation which issued the digital
qualification attestation
Awarding Body/Bodies The legal identifier, name and location of the
EN 13
EN
awarding body/bodies that awarded the
qualification
Country/countries of Award The Member State(s) in which the qualification
was awarded
Where applicable, Region of
Award
The code of the region in which the qualification
was awarded, where applicable
Date of Award The date on which the qualification was officially
awarded
Accreditation Evidence
Formal evidence of the awarding body's
accreditation at the time of award, including,
where the awarding body no longer exists in its
original legal form, evidence of succession
establishing the chain of continuity to the entity
providing the evidence
Professional Experience, where
applicable
Professional experience gained to obtain the
qualification
Professional Title, where
applicable
Professional title obtained as a result of
qualification being awarded
Access Rights, where
applicable
A statement on the access rights to regulated
professions conferred by the qualification
2. Optional data fields:
FIELD NAME DESCRIPTION
Holder's National ID and the
country National ID and country issuing it
Qualification Title in a
commonly agreed language The official title in commonly agreed language
Field of Education and/or
Training
The field of study, classified according to the
ISCED fields of Education and Training (ISCED-
F-2013)
Description of the
Qualification
Description of the qualification composed of
knowledge, skills and responsibility and autonomy
ESCO Skills reference Reference to European Skills, Competences, and
Occupations classification
Duration of Study
The official duration of the learning programme
expressed in time or credits of the European Credit
Transfer and Accumulation System
EN 14
EN
Grades / Marks The grades or marks achieved, accompanied by an
explanation of the grading scale used
Copy of Original Qualification
Document
An embedded image or scan of the original
physical qualification issued to the holder, where
available 4
Mode of Learning The mode of delivery, such as full-time, part-time,
distance learning
Main subjects / modules A list of the main subjects or modules covered by
the programme of study
Practical Training Details of a mandatory practical training that was
completed
Assessment Methods Information on the methods used for assessment
(e.g. examination, project work)
Language The primary language(s) in which the programme
was taught
Thesis/ Final Project Title The title of the final thesis or project, if applicable
International Mobility Information on any international mobility periods
undertaken as a part of the programme
3. Data fields covered in this Annex can be supplemented by additional data only as far
as it is necessary for the functioning of the relevant data in the EUDI Wallet system.
Otherwise, no other data fields than those covered by this Annex shall be included in
digital qualification attestations referred to in Article 9(4).
4 https://education.ec.europa.eu/education-levels/higher-education/inclusive-and-connected-higher-
education/european-credit-transfer-and-accumulation-system
EN EN
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
Strasbourg, 15.9.2026 SWD(2026) 992 final
COMMISSION STAFF WORKING DOCUMENT
SUBSIDIARITY GRID
Accompanying the document
Proposal for a REGULATION OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE
COUNCIL
on portability of qualifications and skills and amending Regulation (EU) 2018/1724
("Skills Portabilty Act")
{COM(2026) 992 final} - {SEC(2026) 992 final} - {SWD(2026) 993 final} -
{SWD(2026) 994 final}
1
Subsidiarity Grid
1. Can the Union act? What is the legal basis and competence of the Unions’ intended action?
1.1 Which article(s) of the Treaty are used to support the legislative proposal or policy initiative?
The proposal is based on Article 46 TFEU which provides the legal basis for adopting measures to facilitate the free movement of workers. Pursuant to Article 46 TFEU, the European Parliament and the Council are mandated to adopt the necessary measures to bring about the freedom of movement for workers. This includes, among several elements, the systematic removal of administrative and legislative obstacles hindering the search, application for, and take-up of employment across Member States (Article 46(b) TFEU), as well as setting up appropriate mechanism to bring offers of employment into touch with applications for employment and facilitating the balance between supply and demand and level of employment in the various regions and industries (Article 46(d) TFEU).
1.2 Is the Union competence represented by this Treaty article exclusive, shared or supporting in nature?
The initiative concerns the functioning of the internal market, which is an area of shared competence between the Union and the Member States pursuant to Article 4(2)(a) TFEU. Accordingly, the principle of subsidiarity applies.
Subsidiarity does not apply for policy areas where the Union has exclusive competence as defined in Article 3 TFEU1. It is the specific legal basis which determines whether the proposal falls under the subsidiarity control mechanism. Article 4 TFEU2 sets out the areas where competence is shared between the Union and the Member States. Article 6 TFEU3 sets out the areas for which the Unions has competence only to support the actions of the Member States.
2. Subsidiarity Principle: Why should the EU act?
2.1 Does the proposal fulfil the procedural requirements of Protocol No. 24: - Has there been a wide consultation before proposing the act? - Is there a detailed statement with qualitative and, where possible, quantitative indicators
allowing an appraisal of whether the action can best be achieved at Union level?
The preparation of the initiative was supported by extensive stakeholder consultation activities to gather a broad and representative evidence base on the portability of skills and qualifications across EU Member States. The stakeholder consultations showed that labour market actors lack a sufficient understanding of qualifications from other Member States to assess what the holder’s knowledge or skills. They expressed broad support for improving the availability and interoperability of qualifications information, in particular where these help make skills more visible, portable and verifiable. In addition, digitalisation through the use of verifiable digital credentials in the EUDI Wallets was strongly supported. In this context, stakeholders also supported the need to build on existing EU tools such as the European Qualifications Framework.
1 https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/HTML/?uri=CELEX:12008E003&from=EN 2 https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/HTML/?uri=CELEX:12008E004&from=EN 3 https://eur-lex.europa.eu/LexUriServ/LexUriServ.do?uri=CELEX:12008E006:EN:HTML 4 https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/HTML/?uri=CELEX:12016E/PRO/02&from=EN
2
These consultations, the Commission's assessment of how they have been reflected in the proposal, and the explaination of why the proposed actions can best be achieved at Union level are summarised in the explanatory memorandum accompanying the draft legal act and further detailed in the impact assessment supporting the proposal.
2.2 Does the explanatory memorandum (and any impact assessment) accompanying the Commission’s proposal contain an adequate justification regarding the conformity with the principle of subsidiarity?
The explanatory memorandum and impact assessment provide a clear justification demonstrating the conformity of the proposal with the subsidiarity principle.
Barriers related to the portability of qualifications and skills are one of the factors hindering individuals to make full use of their free movement rights and to work in another Member State. Without an EU-level action aimed at improving information on qualifications and skills obtained in other Member States and providing tools facilitating effectively the portability of such qualifications and skills, businesses and workers will continue to face difficulties when considering opportunities across the EU.
Given the cross-border nature of the problems, effective solutions are best pursued at the EU level to allow for interoperability across Member States instead of 27 different national frameworks and systems, thereby avoiding fragmentation and reducing administrative burdens by facilitating the cross-border use and recognition of digital qualifications attestations, without prejudice to Member States’ competence for education and training.
An EU-level action creating a common legal and technical framework underpinning the digitalisation of qualifications will allow digital qualifications attestations issued in any Member State to become more trustworthy and easier to verify for employers and, in case of regulated professions in accordance with Directive 2005/36/EC, recognition authorities in different Member States. Digital qualification attestations issued in a standardised manner will be better understood across the EU. This in turn can make job applications less cumbersome and facilitate smoother access to jobs in all Member States.
The EU-level action will help accelerate the digitalisation of public services on cross-border interoperability, contribute to a well-functioning, integrated digital single market, ultimately benefitting European competitiveness. By building on and reinforcing key digital EU initiatives - such as the Single Digital Gateway Regulation (SDGR), the Once Only Technical System (OOTS), and the EUDI Wallet framework – the EU-level action can help maximise the impact of prior EU investments, being part of a coherent and cohesive EU digital landscape that serves the interest of the EU and its Member States. The EU-level action at this stage will help ensure coordinated and interoperable solutions across Member States, while ensuring alignment with existing EU initiatives. Acting now will also help maximise the benefits of these initiatives and avoid additional costs and complexity that could arise from having to align or replace divergent solutions at a later stage.
2.3 Based on the answers to the questions below, can the objectives of the proposed action be achieved sufficiently by the Member States acting alone (necessity for EU action)?
(a) Are there significant/appreciable transnational/cross-border aspects to the problems being tackled? Have these been quantified?
3
(b) Would national action or the absence of the EU level action conflict with core objectives of the Treaty5 or significantly damage the interests of other Member States?
(c) To what extent do Member States have the ability or possibility to enact appropriate measures?
(d) How does the problem and its causes (e.g. negative externalities, spill-over effects) vary across the national, regional and local levels of the EU?
(e) Is the problem widespread across the EU or limited to a few Member States?
(f) Are Member States overstretched in achieving the objectives of the planned measure?
(g) How do the views/preferred courses of action of national, regional and local authorities differ across the EU?
The problems addressed by the proposal have a strong cross-border dimension by nature, as they relate to the use of qualifications and skills in other Member States than the one in which they were awarded. In this context, the problem is widespread across the EU, with border regions- where businesses rely more than elsewhere on daily or seasonal cross-border mobility of workers - being particularly affected. Differences in the format, content, classification and verification of qualifications affect their use across Member States.
The digitalisation of qualifications will facilitate their portability across the EU only if it is carried out in a harmonised and interoperable way across Member States. Solutions implemented at the level of a single country may not ensure the full benefits for the Single Market but rather deepen its fragmentation. While Member States can improve their national systems, they cannot individually ensure cross-border interoperability, common verification arrangements and mutual reliance on digital qualifications. Coordinated action at the EU level can help ensure that labour market actors have access to reliable and comparable information on skills and qualifications issued in the EU and can benefit from interoperable and verifiable digital attestations of qualifications and skills.
The proposal nevertheless allows for flexibility in the implementation to take account of Member States’ differences, in particular for older qualifications. While Member States will, to the extent possible, provide the same level of content description for newly awarded qualifications and use the same trust framework, for qualifications issued in the past 10 years, some flexibility will be allowed through optional data fields. Moreover, for older qualifications, automatic issuance would not be required, and issuance within a reasonable time on demand with fewer mandatory data fields would allow Member States to take account of the time needed to retrieve and verify the relevant information.
Currently, important differences between Member States exist in relation to updating the referencing of their national qualifications frameworks to the European Qualifications Framework (EQF), the state of play of national qualifications databases and the sharing of qualifications information with the EU-level platform, Europass. Furthermore, Member States are at different levels of readiness regarding digital infrastructures and the rollout of digital credentials. Although Member States are yet to use the EUDI Wallets, the requirements for digital attestations of qualifications still need to be laid down in sectoral legislation. The proposal contains measures ensuring that there is a balanced situation across Member States regarding the availability of comparable information on qualifications, which is also required to have a qualifications comparison
5 https://europa.eu/european-union/about-eu/eu-in-brief_en
4
tool in place that contains information on national qualifications framework qualifications from across the EU.
The proposal is also timely because the EUDI Wallets will come into application at the end of 2026: the EUDI framework regulates and harmonises the issuance of attestations via a trust service and public bodies, which can include education and training credentials. Moreover, some Member States have already introduced or announced the possibility to request electronic qualifications under their jurisdiction. To avoid a situation where digitalised qualifications cannot be relied on in other countries due to a lack of interoperability, it is timely for the Union to act by adopting common standards for digital qualifications across the EU. A transitional period requiring an initial investment, and support to Member States in their implementation of issuance systems for the digital qualification attestations aims to create a situation of comparable conditions in Member States.
Finally, the free movement of people is a fundamental principle of the European Union. To fully benefit from this right, individuals must be able to rely on the qualifications awarded in any Member State when they apply for, take up or pursue a professional occupation in another Member State. The digitalisation of qualifications will facilitate their portability across the EU. In the absence of an EU-level action, there is a risk that differences between Member States will deepen, further exacerbating existing obstacles (as Member States continue to rely on paper-based or fragmented digital systems when issuing qualifications) and there will be different situations across Member States with regard to the available and comparable information on qualifications.
2.4 Based on the answer to the questions below, can the objectives of the proposed action be better achieved at Union level by reason of scale or effects of that action (EU added value)?
(a) Are there clear benefits from EU level action?
(b) Are there economies of scale? Can the objectives be met more efficiently at EU level (larger benefits per unit cost)? Will the functioning of the internal market be improved?
(c) What are the benefits in replacing different national policies and rules with a more homogenous policy approach?
(d) Do the benefits of EU-level action outweigh the loss of competence of the Member States and the local and regional authorities (beyond the costs and benefits of acting at national, regional and local levels)?
(e) Will there be improved legal clarity for those having to implement the legislation?
The proposal provides clear EU added value as only a common approach will ensure that digital qualifications can be used, verified and relied upon across Member States, rather than requiring separate national solutions and arrangements. The EU-level action will provide common technical, interoperability and trust arrangements and build on existing EU investments and infrastructure, including the Single Digital Gateway, the Once Only Technical System and the EUDI framework. It will also improve the functioning of the internal market by avoiding fragmentation and reducing administrative burden and costs associated with different national approaches, thereby introducing economies of scale.
5
At the same time, the proposal respects Member States’ competence for education and training: Member States retain responsibility for determining qualifications, their content and their national qualifications frameworks, as well as the organisation of their education and training systems, while the common framework covers their digital portability, verification and interoperability, and measures for the provision of comparable information on qualifications, including through a new qualifications comparison tool. The common framework will provide greater legal certainty for Member States, issuers, employers, workers and other actors using digital qualification attestations across borders and having a better overall access to information on qualifications and skills. Overall, the benefits of a coordinated EU approach in terms of interoperability, economies of scale and greater portability of qualifications outweigh the limited constraints arising from common requirements for their digitalisation.
3. Proportionality: How the EU should act
3.1 Does the explanatory memorandum (and any impact assessment) accompanying the Commission’s proposal contain an adequate justification regarding the proportionality of the proposal and a statement allowing appraisal of the compliance of the proposal with the principle of proportionality?
As underlined in the explanatory memorandum accompanying the Commission’s proposal, the proposal is necessary and proportionate to the objective of facilitating the portability of qualifications and skills between Member States, ensuring that they provide a consistent and reliable indication of the skills and qualifications held by an individual, regardless of the Member State in which they were issued. It does so by establishing common rules on and standards for the digitalisation of qualifications and the access to reliable and comparable information on skills and qualifications issued in the EU. Without such common requirements, Member States would continue to rely on paper-based or fragmented digital systems when issuing qualifications.
The proposal does not go beyond what is necessary to achieve the objectives of ensuring an improved portability of skills and qualifications in the context of the freedom of movement of workers. The objective of achieving a quick impact was carefully balanced against the financial and administrative burden created for public administrations. The action focuses on the most relevant segment of qualifications and takes a pragmatic approach to data fields required. While newly issued qualifications would be digitalised into the EUDI Wallets by default, recent qualifications, i.e. those issued in the past ten years, would be digitalised as soon as possible, and in any case no later than two weeks after request for their issuance and without the need for manual processing. Member States may limit the issuance of digital attestations for older qualifications to the cases where it is requested for the purpose of pursuit of employment in another Member State. Preparing the infrastructure for digitalisation of recent qualification attestations requires a certain upfront investment but strongly reduces the recurring cost for issuance at a later stage. Data availability is expected to be high for this ten-year period since it coincides with the time after adoption of the Council Recommendation on a European Qualifications Framework (EQF) in which archives tend to be already digital. Indeed, 25 EU Member States have had their NQFs referenced to the EQF for ten years or more. However, going further back would mean reviewing qualifications from before these frameworks existed, requiring substantially more effort. Conversely, a shorter cut-off would not proportionally reduce Member States' effort, since the core verification and mapping tasks remain largely fixed regardless of the period covered. Ten years therefore offers a proportionate balance between comprehensiveness and administrative burden. In terms of policy impact, it allows for a rapid rollout for the younger cohorts who tend to change jobs most frequently and are most likely to move to another Member State.
6
For qualifications obtained more than 10 years ago, digital qualification attestations need to be issued within a reasonable timeframe i.e. maximum two weeks. In addition, for such older qualifications, the data fields need be adapted whereby Member States need to provide the certain degree of minimum information, with some other data fields being optional. Overall, only minimum common requirements are provided for digital qualification attestations. By relying on existing EU frameworks, in particular the EUDI Wallet framework and existing transparency tools such as the EQF, the proposal complies with the principle of proportionality.
3.2 Based on the answers to the questions below and information available from any impact assessment, the explanatory memorandum or other sources, is the proposed action an appropriate way to achieve the intended objectives?
(a) Is the initiative limited to those aspects that Member States cannot achieve satisfactorily on their own, and where the Union can do better?
(b) Is the form of Union action (choice of instrument) justified, as simple as possible, and coherent with the satisfactory achievement of, and ensuring compliance with the objectives pursued (e.g. choice between regulation, (framework) directive, recommendation, or alternative regulatory methods such as co-legislation, etc.)?
(c) Does the Union action leave as much scope for national decision as possible while achieving satisfactorily the objectives set? (e.g. is it possible to limit the European action to minimum standards or use a less stringent policy instrument or approach?)
(d) Does the initiative create financial or administrative cost for the Union, national governments, regional or local authorities, economic operators or citizens? Are these costs commensurate with the objective to be achieved?
(e) While respecting the Union law, have special circumstances applying in individual Member States been taken into account?
The proposed action is limited to aspects that require EU-level intervention, namely establishing a common framework and set of standards for digital qualification attestations that are understood, trusted, verifiable and interoperable across the Union and for the provision of comparable information on qualifications, including through a new qualifications comparison tool, while leaving Member States responsible for the organisation of their education and training systems and for determining the content and award of qualifications. Given the cross-border nature of the problem and the need to prevent regulatory fragmentation, a regulation is considered the most suitable, effective and proportionate instrument. As a directly applicable act, it ensures uniform application, legal certainty and a common set of rules and formats across Member States, in line with the identified legal basis. At the same time, the proposal leaves flexibility for national implementation, including regarding the organisation of national issuing systems and the information available for older qualifications, while common requirements are limited to what is necessary to ensure interoperability and trust. The proposal entails costs for the Union, principally related to the development and improvement of the Europass comparison tool, the reference software for digital verification, the back-office tool supporting Member States in sharing information on qualifications, governance, communication and awareness raising activities and implementation support to Member States. Member States will incur costs related to establishing and maintaining national qualification registries, integrating
7
qualifications issued over the previous ten years into the trust framework, deploying the national verification infrastructure required for the EUDI Wallet ecosystem and adapting national issuing systems. These costs are considered proportionate to the objectives pursued, as a common framework avoids the higher costs and administrative burdens associated with developing and aligning separate national solutions. Finally, the proposal is designed to apply across the Union while allowing for differences in national systems and levels of readiness, including through flexibility in the implementation of the requirements for older qualifications.
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
24.08.2026
SEC(2026) 992
REGULATORY SCRUTINY BOARD OPINION
{COM(2026) 992}
{SWD(2026) 992-994}
Impact assessment accompanying a proposal to facilitate worker mobility through improved transparency of skills and qualifications and digitalisation (Action 1 – Skills Portability Initiative)
________________________________ Commission européenne/Europese Commissie, 1049 Bruxelles/Brussel, BELGIQUE/BELGIË - Tel. +32 22991111
EUROPEAN COMMISSION REGULATORY SCRUTINY BOARD
Brussels, RSB
Opinion
Title: Impact assessment accompanying a proposal to facilitate worker
mobility through improved transparency of skills and qualifications and
digitalisation (Action 1 – Skills Portability Initiative)
Overall 2nd opinion: POSITIVE WITH RESERVATIONS
(A) Policy context
The initiative is part of the broader Skills Portability Initiative (SPI), which comprises
three complementary actions: improving availability of reliable, comparable and
verifiable digitalised information on qualifications and skills in the EU (action 1);
modernising and expanding the recognition of qualifications for access to regulated
professions (action 2); improving the recognition of qualifications and skills for third-
country nationals (action 3).
The aim of this action therefore is to make qualifications easier to understand and verify
for labour market actors across the Single Market and facilitate comparison of the level
and content of qualifications issued in the EU. It will notably do so by requiring
digitalisation of qualifications and giving a legal value to digital credentials.
(B) Summary of findings
The Board notes the improvements to the quality of the report. However, the report
still contains significant shortcomings. The Board gives a positive opinion with
reservations because it expects the DG to rectify the following aspects:
(1) The preferred option is not clearly defined regarding the ‘automatic issuance on
demand for the purpose of the employment in another Member States’ of
qualifications issued over the last ten years.
(2) The analysis of costs and cost savings is not clear, including regarding the
baseline as well as in relation to the digitalisation of qualifications issued in past
ten years under the preferred option. The report does not sufficiently explain
some of the key assumptions and the resulting uncertainties.
2
(C) What to improve
(1) Based on the Europass and EQF evaluations, the report should provide more
information on the use of existing tools and systems (Europass, ESCO) across Member
States and the underlying reasons for the diverse take up. The rationale for leaving out
upper secondary schools should be substantiated reflecting the evidence related to the
practices of labour market actors in different Member States. The report should explain
what share of qualifications in the scope, i.e. EQF 2 to 8, will not be covered by the
initiative and it should analyse related consequences.
(2) The report should more precisely describe the baseline and the main elements of the
preferred option, specifically regarding the digitalisation of qualifications issued in the
past ten years as well as the trust framework. It should be clear and granular enough on
which elements (including IT systems, registries, and data needed for records of
individuals) are part of the baseline and which ones are new mandatory elements
introduced by the proposed initiative, notably for Member States and for issuers. The
report should be clearer on existing gaps or delays in relation to the implementation by
MS of elements relating to other initiatives and belonging to the baseline, which are
nonetheless critical to the success of this initiative. The impact of the preferred option on
all affected issuers in national systems should be better analysed including the related
costs. The report should provide a clearer analysis of the distribution of the costs between
the private sector and public administrations as well as the differences between MS.
(3) The estimates of key parameters used for the calculation of costs and cost-savings
should be substantiated with appropriate evidence, in particular related to the digitalisation
of past qualifications to allow for an automatic issuance and the marginal costs of manual
and automatic issuance under the different options. The choice of parameters for the cost
savings quantification tables in Annex 4, in particular for how the 10-year backlog was
incorporated in this calculation, should be better explained and reflected in the main report
to the extent that it has an impact on the cost and cost saving estimates. The report should
be clear which samples used to derive input parameters are representative. For example,
the extrapolation used to quantify the costs for including micro-credentials under PO1 and
PO3, based on a survey of 69 issuers (to arrive at a total number of 45,000 providers),
seems to be based on a non-representative sample. The report should discuss the
uncertainties related to the input parameters and their impact on the calculations.
(4) The coherence of this initiative with existing legislation and/or voluntary initiatives,
in particular in the field of digitalisation, should be further developed, with a view to
clarifying what this initiative will add to elements which are already underway under those
other initiatives.
(5) The monitoring and reporting framework should provide more information on how
data would be collected, in particular for monitoring the impact indicators.
3
(D) Conclusion
The lead Service(s) may proceed with the initiative.
The lead Service(s) must revise the report and its executive summary in accordance
with the Board’s findings before launching the interservice consultation.
Full title Impact Assessment Report accompanying a Legislative Proposal
to facilitate worker mobility through improved transparency of
skills and qualifications and digitalisation. Action 1 under the
Skills Portability Initiative.
Reference number PLAN/2025/2641
Submitted to RSB on 7 August 2026
Date of RSB meeting Written Procedure
4
EUROPEAN COMMISSION REGULATORY SCRUTINY BOARD
Brussels, RSB
Opinion
Title: Impact assessment accompanying a proposal to facilitate worker
mobility through improved transparency of skills and qualifications and
digitalisation (Action 1 – Skills Portability Initiative)
Overall opinion: NEGATIVE
(A) Policy context
The Skills Portability Initiative comprises three complementary actions: (i) to facilitate
worker mobility across the EU through skills transparency and digitalisation (Action 1); (ii)
to modernise and expand the recognition of qualifications for access to regulated professions
(Action 2); and (iii) to improve the recognition of qualifications and skills of third-country
nationals (Action 3).
The aim of Action 1 is twofold. First, it aims to provide legal clarity on how to treat
qualifications and skills obtained in another EU Member State in non-regulated professions,
by requiring the use of European Qualifications Framework (EQF) levels in job postings
across the EU and adopting the legal presumption of equivalence. Second, Action 1 should
improve the availability of information on qualifications and skills obtained in the EU, which
is relevant for regulated and non-regulated professions, by requiring digitalisation of
qualifications and giving a legal value to digital credentials.
(B) Key issues
The Board notes the additional information provided.
However, the Board gives a negative opinion because the report contains the following
serious shortcomings that the lead Service must address:
(1) The report does not demonstrate the proportionality of preferred option.
(2) The report does not sufficiently demonstrate the problems to be tackled, their root
causes and their magnitude, building on appropriate evidence-base. The
intervention logic is not substantiated. The report does not establish that an
obligation to refer to EQF levels in labour market contexts can effectively support
the free movement of workers in the EU.
(3) The report does not sufficiently describe the dynamic baseline, including existing
digital tools and projects under development, and their expected effects. The
5
definition of some policy measures is not sufficiently clear for the purposes of
assessing their impacts.
(4) The coherence of this initiative with the other SPI actions as well as with other
legislation and initiatives in the field of labour, skills and qualification is not
sufficiently assessed.
(C) What to improve
(1) Based on an improved evidence-base and building on recent evaluations, including on
the EQF and Europass, the problem definition should demonstrate the direct
contribution of obstacles related to the skills and qualification portability to EU workers’
mobility and the scale of the problems that the initiative aims to address. It should
demonstrate to what extent the lack of understanding of non-national qualifications
plays a role in the workers’ and employers' decisions and to what extent fraud is
pervasive and hence constitutes an issue in relation to proof of qualification in the labour
market context.
(2) The report should consider how the findings of the EQF and Europass evaluations affect
the design of the measures and the potential impacts. In particular, the report should
assess to what extent the EQF can be considered an effective tool for facilitating
recruitments, considering that the EQF evaluation found that effects on employability,
mobility and social integration of workers and learners were less tangible. The relevant
evidence should be reflected in the intervention logic.
(3) The report should improve the description of the dynamic baseline, explaining better the
current situation, practices in Member States related to the use of qualifications
including the practise related to qualifications in job postings. For example, to the extent
possible, the report should provide an estimation of the share of job advertisements
referring to qualifications, which would be affected by the obligation to refer to EQF
levels, in large companies and SMEs. The report should describe relevant existing
initiatives, tools and projects to support labour mobility (e.g. EQF, NQF, Europass and
its certificate supplement, ESCO), including IT ones (DC4EU, EUDI Wallet etc.). It
should also provide a clear overview of the situation in Member States regarding both
the various types of different organisations and practices for issuing qualifications and
the different levels of readiness of issuers for issuing qualifications digitally,
distinguishing the qualifications issued in the past and the qualifications to be issued in
the future. It should also provide a deeper analysis on how AI-enabled solutions could
address the identified problems and/or their drivers.
(4) The report should explain the content of the options more precisely and describe how
the measures would work in practice. It should also clearly demonstrate the expected
outputs, outcomes and impacts of the proposed measures, considering the evidence base.
It should clarify whether the proposal will include supporting non-legislative measures.
(5) The costs and benefits analysis should be revised. The main report should provide a
transparent overview of the assumptions that drive the results, their rationale and
corroborating evidence, their limitations and uncertainties. It should be clear and
consistent throughout the report and its annexes as to whether cost and savings allocated
to employers include public and private entities. The report should consider recurrent
6
costs affecting employers. The report should be clear on how many entities would be
impacted under each option over the assessment period and to what extent. The report
should provide robust analysis of costs for issuers, allowing to establish the costs to
different types of issuers. Any efficiency gains estimate for enterprises as well the
increased productivity due to reduced mismatch and higher mobility should be
substantiated.
(6) The report should better justify the proportionality of the preferred option which includes
a legal presumption of equivalence; mandating the systematic inclusion of the EQF
levels in labour market situations and requiring the digitalisation of all newly issued
qualifications and those issued in the past 10 years that are part of MS NQF. The report
should assess a sufficient range of options to allow for demonstrating proportionality.
(7) The analysis of the interplay between this action and the other actions of the Skills
Portability Initiative, in particular Action 2 should be reinforced, including as regards
digital aspects. The report should also further develop the analysis of the coherence of
this initiative with on-going projects and initiatives both in the field of the Skills and
qualifications on the EU labour market or in relation to the EU digital strategy
(e.IDAS.2.0, Interoperability regulation).
(8) The report should present better how the stakeholders views have informed the design
and the analysis of the measures.
Some more technical comments have been sent directly to the author Service.
(D) Conclusion
The lead Service must revise the report and its executive summary in accordance with
the Board’s findings and resubmit it for a final RSB opinion.
Full title Impact Assessment Report accompanying a Legislative Proposal
to facilitate worker mobility through improved transparency of
skills and qualifications and digitalisation. Action 1 under the
Skills Portability Initiative.
Reference number PLAN/2025/2641
Submitted to RSB on 17 June 2026
Date of RSB meeting 15 July 2026
Electronically signed on 24/08/2026 12:36 (UTC+02) in accordance with Article 11 of Commission Decision (EU) 2021/2121
EN EN
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
Strasbourg, 15.9.2026 SWD(2026) 993 final
COMMISSION STAFF WORKING DOCUMENT
IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT
Accompanying the document
Proposal for a REGULATION OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE
COUNCIL
on portability of qualifications and skills and amending Regulation (EU) 2018/1724
("Skills Portabilty Act")
{COM(2026) 992 final} - {SEC(2026) 992 final} - {SWD(2026) 992 final} - {SWD(2026) 994 final}
i
Table of contents
1. INTRODUCTION: POLITICAL AND LEGAL CONTEXT ......................................................... 6
1.1. Overall context of the Skills Portability Initiative and the Fair Labour
Mobility package ............................................................................................. 6
1.2. Coherence of the package ............................................................................... 8
2. PROBLEM DEFINITION ................................................................................................................ 10
2.1. Background .................................................................................................... 10
2.2. What is the problem? .................................................................................... 13
2.3. What are the problem drivers? .................................................................... 17
2.4. How likely is the problem to persist? .......................................................... 26
3. WHY SHOULD THE EU ACT? ...................................................................................................... 28
3.1. Legal basis ...................................................................................................... 28
3.2. Subsidiarity: Necessity of EU action ............................................................ 28
3.3. Subsidiarity: Added value of EU action ...................................................... 28
4. OBJECTIVES: WHAT IS TO BE ACHIEVED? ........................................................................... 29
4.1. General objective ........................................................................................... 29
4.2. Specific Objectives ......................................................................................... 30
5. WHAT ARE THE AVAILABLE POLICY OPTIONS? ................................................................ 30
5.1. What is the baseline from which options are assessed? ............................. 30
5.2. Description of the Policy Options ................................................................ 37
5.3. Options discarded at an early stage ............................................................. 47
5.4. Intervention logic ........................................................................................... 47
6. WHAT ARE THE IMPACTS OF THE POLICY OPTIONS? ..................................................... 48
6.1. Economic impacts .......................................................................................... 48
6.2. Social impacts ................................................................................................ 66
6.3. Environmental impacts ................................................................................. 68
7. HOW DO THE OPTIONS COMPARE? ........................................................................................ 68
7.1. Effectiveness ................................................................................................... 69
7.2. Efficiency ........................................................................................................ 70
7.3. Coherence ....................................................................................................... 71
7.4. Overall comparison of Policy Options ......................................................... 73
8. PREFERRED OPTION .................................................................................................................... 73
8.1. Summary of cost and benefits for the preferred Policy Option ................ 74
8.2. Application of the ‘one in, one out’ approach ............................................ 75
9. HOW WILL ACTUAL IMPACTS BE MONITORED AND EVALUATED? ............................ 75
ANNEX 1: PROCEDURAL INFORMATION ........................................................................................ 77
1. Lead DG, Decide Planning/CWP references .............................................. 77
2. Organisation and timing ............................................................................... 77
3. Consultation of the Regulatory Scrutiny Board ......................................... 78
ii
4. Evidence, sources and quality ...................................................................... 87
ANNEX 2: STAKEHOLDER CONSULTATION (SYNOPSIS REPORT) ........................................... 89
1. Consultation strategy .................................................................................... 89
2. Results of the consultation strategy ............................................................. 91
3. Summary overview of results ....................................................................... 99
ANNEX 3: WHO IS AFFECTED AND HOW? ..................................................................................... 101
1. Practical implications of the initiative ....................................................... 101
2. Summary of costs and benefits ................................................................... 101
3. Relevant Sustainable Development Goals ................................................. 104
ANNEX 4: ANALYTICAL METHODS ................................................................................................. 106
1. For the calculations of all the costs and the calculations cost-savings
for employers: The SPI Marginal Cost Model ......................................... 106
2. For the calculations of cost-savings for workers and issuers of
qualifications ................................................................................................ 121
ANNEX 5: COMPETITIVENESS CHECK ........................................................................................... 126
1. Overview of impacts on competitiveness ................................................... 126
2. Synthetic assessment ................................................................................... 126
3. Competitive position of the most affected sectors .................................... 127
ANNEX 6: SME CHECK ......................................................................................................................... 128
1. Overview of impacts on SMEs ................................................................... 128
ANNEX 7: EXPLANATION OF MAIN EU TOOLS SUPPORTING SKILLS PORTABILITY ..... 131
1. Policies and tools for improving transparency and portability of
qualifications and skills ............................................................................... 131
2. Policies and tools for assessment and recognition of qualifications and
skills for the purpose of employment ......................................................... 134
3. Instruments and legislation facilitating interoperable digitalisation of
qualifications ................................................................................................ 135
ANNEX 8: MAPPING OF INFORMATION PER MEMBER STATE ............................................... 139
1. Purpose of this Annex ................................................................................. 139
2. TABLE 1 - Non-regulated professions ...................................................... 141
3. TABLE 2 - Digital credentials .................................................................... 145
4. TABLE 3 - EQF/NQF architecture ........................................................... 151
5. Member-State Readiness for Digital Qualification Issuance .................. 157
6. TABLE 5 - Provisions in collective agreements in MS related to
qualifications ................................................................................................ 165
7. MS Education Providers - VET institutions and HE institutions ........... 171
8. MS: Annual Issuance Attestation Volume ................................................ 174
ANNEX 9: POLICY OPTIONS DISCARDED AT AN EARLY STAGE............................................ 177
ANNEX 10: DRAFT MONITORING FRAMEWORK ........................................................................ 179
Table 1: Proposed output and result indicators ............................................. 179
Table 2: Proposed impact indicators ............................................................... 180
iii
ANNEX 11: VISUALS FOR DIGITAL IMPLEMENTATION AND OVERVIEW OF THE
CONTENT OF A DIGITAL QUALIFICATION UNDER SPI .................................................. 182
1. Overview of an example of an education and training provider issuing
a digital qualification .................................................................................. 182
2. Overview of an example of an EU jobseeker using their qualification to
apply for a job in another EU Member State ........................................... 182
3. Overview of an example of an employer requesting and verifying a
digital qualification from another Member State .................................... 183
4. Data elements for a digital qualification awarded after SPI (all POs)
and in the past 10 years (PO2) ................................................................... 185
5. Data elements for a digital qualification awarded before SPI (all POs) 188
ANNEX 12: LIST OF TABLES, FIGURES AND DIAGRAMS IN THE MAIN TEXT OF THE
IMPACT ASSESSMENT ............................................................................................................... 192
ANNEX 13: COMBINED IMPACTS OF SPI PREFERRED OPTIONS UNDER ACTION 1, 2,
AND 3 ............................................................................................................................................... 194
ANNEX 14: DESCRIPTORS DEFINING LEVELS IN THE EUROPEAN QUALIFICATIONS
FRAMEWORK (EQF) – ANNEX II OF THE COUNCIL RECOMMENDATION ON THE
EQF ................................................................................................................................................... 197
iv
Glossary
Acronyms and key terms Meaning or definition
Comparability statement A document that shows how a foreign (non-national) qualification
compares with a domestic or national qualification
Competent Authority
An authority empowered by a Member State (MS) to receive
applications for recognition decisions under Directive 2005/36/EC
(Professional Qualifications Directive)
Credential A paper or digital document record of a qualification
Cross-border worker
Any person pursuing an activity as an employed or self-employed
person in a MS and who resides in another MS to which he returns as a
rule daily or at least once per week
Labour market actors
Key actors who shape how work is organised, accessed, and regulated
(such as workers and jobseekers, employers, trade unions, employer
associations, government and public authorities, Competent Authorities,
or employment agencies and intermediaries such as public and private
employment services)
Learning outcomes
Statements regarding what a learner knows, understands and is able to
do on completion of a learning process, which are defined in terms of
knowledge, skills and responsibility and autonomy
Micro-credential A record of learning outcomes acquired following a small volume of
learning. For more information see Annex 7
Mobile worker EU citizen in the labour force who resides in a MS other than their
country of citizenship
National Qualifications
Framework
An instrument for the classification of qualifications according to a set
of criteria for specified levels of learning achieved, which aims at
integrating and coordinating national qualifications subsystems and
improve the transparency, access, progression and quality of
qualifications in relation to the labour market and civil society.
National worker
In the context of this IA, the term “national worker” is used for
individuals, who have obtained the qualification in the country where
they work or look for a work.
Non-regulated profession
Profession whose access is not reserved by law to the holders of specific
professional qualifications. Those professions are not falling under the
scope of the Professional Qualifications Directive
Qualification
A formal outcome of an assessment and validation process which is
obtained when a competent authority determines that an individual has
achieved learning outcomes to given standards.
Regulated profession
Profession whose access is reserved by law to the holders of specific
professional qualifications, as defined under the Professional
Qualifications Directive
Skill The ability to apply knowledge and know-how to complete tasks and
solve problems
v
List of abbreviations
Acronyms and key terms Meaning or definition
AG Advisory Group
AI Artificial intelligence
EDC European Digital Credentials for learning (for more information see
Annex 7)
eIDAS Electronic Identification, Authentication and trust Services
ELM European Learning Model (for more information see Annex 7)
ENIC/NARIC European Network of Information Centres/National Academic
Recognition Information Centre
ESCO European multilingual classification of Skills Competences and
Occupations (for more information see Annex 7)
EUDI European Digital Identity
EQF European Qualifications Framework (for more information see
Annex 7)
GDPR General Data Protection Regulation
IA Impact Assessment
MS Member State(s)
NQF National Qualifications Framework
OO Operational Objective
OOTS Once-Only Technical System
PO Policy Option
PQD Professional Qualifications Directive
QDR Qualifications Dataset Register (for more information see Annex 7)
SDGR Single Digital Gateway Regulation
SDGs Sustainable Development Goals
SMEs Small and medium-sized enterprises
SO Specific Objective
SPI Skills Portability Initiative
TCN Third-country nationals
TFEU Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union
VET Vocational Education and Training
6
1. INTRODUCTION: POLITICAL AND LEGAL CONTEXT
1.1. Overall context of the Skills Portability Initiative and the Fair Labour Mobility
package
While the EU’s labour market has reached record-high employment levels and shown
remarkable resilience in the post-pandemic era,1 its strong performance masks a structural
challenge: widespread skilled labour shortages that threaten business growth and the EU’s
global competitiveness.2
Critical sectors – ranging from healthcare and ICT to construction and transport – struggle to
find the talent they need to scale up and drive the twin transitions. These shortages are
structural, not cyclical, and expected to worsen due to demographics and evolving demand for
new skills and occupations.3 They are not evenly distributed across the economy and most
acutely felt by Small and Medium-sized Enterprise (SMEs), which have fewer resources
to navigate complex recruitment channels.4 Labour and skills gaps also threaten the delivery
of essential public services like healthcare, education and long-term care.5
Paradoxically, the EU also suffers from ‘skills waste’. Overqualification and the
underutilisation of skills remain structural features of the labour market. This mismatch is
significantly more pronounced among EU mobile workers and third-country nationals
(TCN).6
Uncertainty about whether qualifications and skills will be fully understood, valued, and
formally recognised (in the case of regulated professions)7 in another MS, may discourage
professionals from seeking employment opportunities outside their MS.8 It can also deter
companies, especially SMEs, from tapping into the potential pool of talent of the Single
Market.
1 The employment rate for people aged 20-64 equalled 76.3% in the Q1 of 2026. 2 With minor fluctuations, labour market slack in the EU has been decreasing steadily from 18.6% in 2015 to
10.9% in Q1 2026 while the job vacancy rate in the EU stood at 2.0% in Q4 2025. 3 The EU's working-age population is projected to shrink from 265 million in 2022 to 258 million by 2030
(ESDE 2023, based on Eurostat EUROPOP2023 projections), while job vacancy rates have more than
doubled over the past decade. Cedefop's skills forecast to 2035 further confirms that in key shortage sectors
— health, care and construction — shortages stem primarily from replacement demand. 4 51% EU firms reported that the scarcity of skilled workers was a major barrier to investment in 2024 – up from
38% in 2016. EIB 2024/2025. A 2026 Eurobarometer survey shows that 46% of SMEs are finding it difficult
or very difficult to finding staff with the right skills over the past 24 months. For SMEs, the inability to
recruit has immediate consequences. In an earlier survey, 48% of them reported that shortages lead to an
increased workload for existing staff, directly impacting productivity and the ability to innovate. 5 According to the OECD, in 2022, the EU faced a shortfall of 1.2 million health professionals, with shortages
reported by 20 MS for doctors and 15 for nurses. The crisis is driven by an ageing population increasing
demand while over one-third of doctors and a quarter of nurses approach retirement. This trend is expected to
worsen, causing a projected shortfall of around 2 million health and long-term care workers by 2030, with
demand continuing to grow thereafter due to ageing populations. Cf. OECD (2024) and European
Commission (2021). 6 In 2024, there were 14 million European citizens living in another EU MS, of which 10.1 million of working
age. In addition, there were 1.9 million cross-border commuters. In 2024, 12.8 million non-EU citizens were
employed in the EU in 2025. Cf. European Commission (2026), Eurostat LFS 2025. The overqualification
rate among EU workers employed in their own country stood at 20.8% in 2023. For mobile EU-citizens and
TCN the equivalent rate equalled 31.4% and 39.8% respectively. Eurostat LFS, lfsa_eoqgan. 7 Regulated professions are the focus of Action 2 of the Skills Portability Initiative; the definition of the concept
and its practical scope are explained in the accompanying IA. 8 In a recent Eurobarometer 18% of respondents indicated an interest in working abroad, higher than the actual
number of mobile workers. Cf. European Commission (2022).
7
Beyond economic efficiency, skills portability is a prerequisite for exercising the
fundamental rights enshrined in the Treaties, including the right to free movement (Article
21 TFEU), the freedom of movement for workers (Article 45) and the freedom of
establishment (Article 49 TFEU). While individual decisions on relocating to another EU
MS depend on many factors, limited skills portability contributes to difficulties that many
citizens experience when exercising these rights. In border regions, skills-related barriers to
mobility limit job opportunities in neighbouring countries which could be accessed without
the need for relocation.9 Improving skills portability across borders thus also contributes to
the ‘right to stay’.
The Letta report on the Single Market to theEuropean Councilhighlightedthat: “Free
movement of people has been and remains the least developed of the four freedoms”. It also
stressed that fragmented national labour markets hinder European growth and competitiveness
and that “extending the system of automatic recognition of professional qualifications and
reviewing the need for and extent of professional regulation would facilitate mobility and help
to respond to persistent labour shortages”. 10
In response, the Political Guidelines of Commission President von der Leyen, committed
to a “Skills Portability Initiative to ensure a skill acquired in one country is recognised in
another”.11 They also underscored the need to “support MS and companies with legal
migration based on the skills needs of our economies and our regions” and to “make it easier
to attract the right talent with harmonised rules on the recognition of qualifications”.
At its meeting on 19 March 2026, the European Council urged swifter action, calling for
measures to “enhance free movement of workers by improving mutual recognition of
professional qualifications and strengthening the portability of qualifications and skills
across national borders, including through digitalisation and interoperability, on the basis of
a Commission proposal to be presented by autumn 2026”.12 On 24 April 2026, the European
institutions agreed on a roadmap to achieve 'One Europe, One Market' to strengthen
Europe’s competitiveness, with a commitment for concrete actions and targets for agreements
by end of 2027. The Skills Portability Initiative is one of the priority deliverables to
contribute to a more integrated Single Market.13
This political direction is supported by the broader institutional landscape. The European
Economic and Social Committee has called for further discussions among governments,
social partners, and stakeholders to consider expanding the list of automatically recognised
regulated professions and creating common training frameworks under Directive 2005/35/EC,
addressing barriers to its implementation.14 The Committee of the Regions has highlighted
the importance of enhancing the portability and recognition of qualifications across the EU,
which are essential for fostering labour mobility, combating brain drain and fully harnessing
the Single Market and talent within regional economies.15
As part of the Fair Labour Mobility package,16the Skills Portability Initiative aims to
empower European businesses to recruit the skilled labour force they need to remain
9 ITEM study on challenges and solutions for recognising professional qualifications in cross-border regions. 10 Letta (2024). 11 Von der Leyen (2024). 12 European Council meeting (19 March 2026) – Conclusions 13 One Europe, One Market Roadmap of the European Parliament, the Council of the European Union and the
European Commission 14 SOC/837-EESC-2025 15 CDR-1105-2025 16 For more context, see CWP 2026 Commission work programme 2026 - European Commission.
8
competitive in the global economy, effectively safeguard the right to free movement and
allow talent to flow seamlessly to where it adds most value. By simplifying and improving the
transparency of recognition, and validation, the initiative strengthens coherence between
migration pathways, labour market needs and skills systems; supporting improved labour
market matching, enhanced productivity and reduced skills underutilisation across the EU.
The initiative aligns with the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development, in particular SDG
8 (Decent work and economic growth), SDG 9 (Industry, innovation and infrastructure), SDG
10 (Reduced inequalities) and SDG 1 (No poverty).
1.2. Coherence of the package
Underemployment, overqualification and ‘skills waste’ stem inter alia from imperfect
information and regulatory or administrative barriers to free movement. Mobile
professionals struggle to valorise the qualifications and skills they acquired abroad because
labour market actors find it relatively more difficult to interpret and verify non-national
credentials. This putsqualifications and skills acquired in a non-national context at a
disadvantage. The Skills Portability Initiative aims to address these barriers through a set of
three distinct but interrelated actions:
Action 1: Improving availability of reliable, comparable and verifiable digitalised
information on qualifications and skills in the EU
This action aims to bring simplification for employers and workers by making qualifications
instantly understandable and verifiable for labour market actors across the Single Market and
facilitating comparison of the level and content of qualifications issued in the EU. It aims to
do so by building on existing tools such as the European Qualifications Framework, Europass
and the European Digital Identity Wallet, and through setting common standards for digital
attestations of qualifications to be interoperable, secure, and machine-readable. This will
reduce the ‘interpretative burden’ on hiring managers and preventing further fragmentation
between MS resulting from uncoordinated investments in digitalisation.
This action is relevant for all workers using qualifications obtained in other EU MS in any
labour market context, including for access to regulated professions. In the context of
unregulated professions, which constitute 78% of EU labour force, the improved availability
of digitalised and comparable information on qualifications and skills will contribute to
decreasing the uncertainty about how to treat qualifications obtained in another MS, which at
the moment leads employers to request costly and time-consuming comparisons with national
qualifications even though these are not legally required. In regulated professions, the digital
attestations set up thanks to Action 1 are a key element of the simplification of the recognition
procedures under Action 2. The various problem drivers, Policy Options and impacts are
discussed in this IA.
Action 2: Targeted Intervention for Regulated Professions
The second action focuses specifically on improving cross-border recognition procedures for
access to regulated professions.17 There are currently over 5,700 professions regulated across
17 Article 3 of the Professional Qualifications Directive defines a regulated profession as “a professional activity
or group of professional activities, access to which, the pursuit of which, or one of the modes of pursuit of
which is subject, directly or indirectly, by virtue of legislative, regulatory or administrative provisions to the
possession of specific professional qualifications.”.
9
the EU18 covering an estimated 22% of the labour force,19 with considerable variations in how
these professions are governed and diverging access requirements between MS. This
exacerbates the issue of allocative inefficiency as imperfect information is compounded by
legal and administrative hurdles to skills mobility. Under the TFEU, regulation of access to
professions is MS competence within the limits of EU law, and in particular, non-
discrimination and proportionality.20 Consequently, there is a high variety of approaches to
regulating the access to professions between MS which creates barriers to professional
mobility within the EU. To address those barriers, the EU has established the Professional
Qualifications Directive21 (PQD) which provides a robust, legally binding framework that sets
out rules on the recognition of professional qualifications in a cross-border context. Thus, the
Directive facilitates professional mobility, ensuring that individuals who have acquired their
professional qualifications in one MS for access to a given profession, can access and pursue
the same profession in another MS under the same conditions as nationals. However, the
experience of professionals navigating the existing regulatory framework reveals that
recognition often remains a complex and time-consuming process. While the framework’s
foundations are fundamentally sound, lengthy procedures, uneven digitalisation of national
processes and procedures, and heavy documentation requirements risk undermining its
potential. Action 2 aims to facilitate cross-border recognition of professional qualifications
required to access regulated professions is organised into two primary work strands. The first
work strand focuses on applying the automatic recognition system to additional regulated
professions. Currently, automatic recognition exists for certain sectoral professions with
harmonised minimum training requirements (such as doctors and nurses). For specific
economic activities in trade and commerce there is automatic recognition based on
professional experience. The action aims to extend automatic recognition to professions
which are not currently covered using Common Training Frameworks. It is covered as part of
the baseline in the dedicated IA for action 2.22 The second work strand on Modernisation
and Digitalisation of Procedures aims to simplify and speed up recognition of professional
qualifications for regulated professions, by streamlining the existing recognition procedures
under the Directive, leveraging the potential of digital tools. Action 2 is based on articles 46,
49, 53 and 62 TFEU. The various problem drivers and Policy Options in this second work
strand are discussed in a dedicated IA.
Action 3: Attracting and Empowering Global Talent
Acknowledging that intra-EU mobility alone cannot solve all labour market needs, Action 3
focuses on making the Single Market a more attractive destination for TCN by enabling them
to have their qualifications recognised and their skills validated more easily. This will both
benefit the TCN already residing and working in the EU and those who intend to migrate to
18 According to the ECA, the combined data on professions that are regulated in the MS show that the total
increased from around 5 400 in 2016 to around 5 700 in 2023 (average per MS: 212 regulated professions).
Annex 8 of the IA accompanying Action 2 of the Skills Portability Initiative provides more background on
regulated professions in the MS, for illustrative purposes. The European Commission’s RegProf allows to
verify which professions are regulated at national level in the EU, by MS. 19 See COM (2016) 820 final. 20 Directive (EU) 2018/958 on proportionality tests obliges MS to assess, before adoption, whether new or
amended regulation of professions is justified, necessary, and proportionate to legitimate public-interest
objectives, and to document this assessment transparently: by doing so, it indirectly supports recognition by
reducing barriers and promoting consistency across MS. 21 Directive 2005/36/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 7 September 2005 on the recognition
of professional qualifications. The PQD, based on articles 46, 53(1), 53(2) and 62 TFEU is part of a broader
acquis governing the free movement of professionals. The links between the PQD and other instruments on
the free movement of professionals in the Single Market are explained in more detail in Annex 7. 22 The link between this strand of work and the modernisation and digitalisation of recognition procedures is
explained in Annex 9 of the relevant IA.
10
the EU, making the Single Market a more attractive destination for global talent. Action 3 is
based on article 79 (2) points (a) and (b) TFEU. The various problem drivers and Policy
Options in this third work strand are discussed in a dedicated IA.
Actions 1, 2 and 3 are closely interlinked and coherent.
The interoperable, secure and verifiable digital attestations developed under Action 1 are a
foundation, on which actions to simplify and speed up recognition procedures in the context
of regulated professions under the PQD (Action 2) build,by reducing administrative burdens
on Competent Authorities enabling smoother, faster assessments of qualifications.
Action 3 addresses a critical gap: the PQD’s recognition procedures do not cover third-
country nationals (TCNs). TCNs and EU citizens holding non-EU qualifications do not
always benefit to the same extent from the existing EU transparency tools. This puts them at a
disadvantage compared to EU citizens holding EU qualifications, undermining the
attractiveness of the Single Market as a destination for global talent. To address these issues,
specific action to facilitate recognition of qualifications of TCN is warranted. This is the
purpose of Action 3. Just like Action 1, Action 3 uses the European Qualifications Framework
as a key tool to enable comparability and portability of qualifications across borders,
implemented in particular through comparisons between the EQF and qualifications
frameworks of third countries, such as in the context of Talent Partnerships, or other EU
partnerships.
Together the three actions form a coherent package, each addressing distinct but interlinked
dimensions of skills portability: 1) the framework for availability of digitalised information
about qualifications and skills which forms the foundation for the other actions, 2) the
recognition of qualifications for intra-EU mobility in regulated professions, and 3) the
recognition of qualifications of TCN. As such, the three actions are mutually reinforcing and
contribute to the broader objectives of supporting labour mobility, reducing skills
mismatches, and improving the functioning of the Single Market.
This IA focuses on Action 1 of the Skills PortabilityInitiative: “Improving availability of
reliable, comparable and verifiable digitalised information on qualifications and skills in the
EU”.
2. PROBLEM DEFINITION
2.1. Background
Qualifications and their signalling role on the labour market
Employability, broadly defined as the capability of an individual to secure and sustain
employment, is determined by a wide range of factors relating both to personal attributes and
the prevailing economic context. There is clear statistical evidence that that among the
personal attributes, the level of educational attainment, i.e. the successful completion of an
education programme being validated by a recognised qualification influences employability
(see Eurostat LFS).23
This does not mean that qualifications are the only element that employers consider when
recruiting people, and many internal and external factors can influence their choice. It
23 [lfsi_educ_a] Employment by educational attainment level - annual data
11
nevertheless ultimately means that a significant number of them24 take into account, at least to
a certain extent, the qualification of their potential future workers in their hiring decisions.
The role of qualifications in reducing the uncertainty of firms as regards the future
productivity25 of the recruited labour force has been long established in the literature. For
Arrow, higher education serves as a screening mechanism of the differing abilities of
individuals and in this respect conveys information to the purchasers of labour in a context of
imperfect information on workers potential job performance.26 Spence presents the level of
education as a signal on the job market for employers who cannot directly observe
productivity ex ante recruitment. Spence also underlines the existence of a feed-back loop: the
conditional probability of productivity level attached to one signal (a qualification) is adjusted
after each round of hiring which allow observing the productivity level of recruited workers
holding this qualification.27 Stiglitz further elaborates on the features of education that make
information a natural by-product of its activity of providing skills (including through the self-
selection of individuals who, if they are rational, will try and acquire qualification depending
on their ability) and explains how education reveals individual productivity in markets with
imperfect information.28
In view of the above, companies consider qualifications when selecting future employees. The
exact individual decision-making process cannot be observed, nor aggregated but one can
postulate that companies who require qualifications when advertising a vacancy and/or in the
application file will take them into consideration. An ad-hoc query on the Skills Online
Vacancy Analysis Tool for Europe yield that 23% of online vacancies include a least one
wording directly related to qualifications.29 This figure is in the same order that the
percentage (29%) of SME panel’ respondents indicating that they require a qualification when
hiring. Empirical works at national level also point toward the fact that qualifications are
requested in job applications. For instance, an analysis of the French Ministry of labour30
found that 38% of the surveyed employers were requesting candidates to include their
diplomas and training certificates in their file. A study from Poland shows that in 42%
vacancies employers ask for suitable education.31
The weakened signal of foreign qualifications
The Eurobarometer on the Thirtieth anniversary of the EU Single Market32 reports that a
recurrent theme across multiple focus groups involved the difficulties individuals faced when
their degrees and qualifications acquired in one EU country were not promptly acknowledged
or recognised in another. Some participants spoke about challenges linked to the recognition
of qualifications as an issue that they faced themselves or knew other people who did.
24 This number must represent a mass critical enough to translate into a statistical relationship observable at
macro-level through the above referred Eurostat data. 25 Productivity and quantity of factors (capital and labour) are the sole determinants of the output of the firm in
the standard economy theory used by the quoted authors. This is the reason of its mention here, however
productivty increase will not be used as an argument to justify this initiative. 26 Arrow, K.J. (1973) Higher Education as a Filter. Journal of Public Economics, 2, 193-216. 27 Spence M. (1973) Job Market Signalling; The Quarterly Journal of Economics, Vol. 87, No. 3 (Aug., 1973),
pp. 355-374. 28 Stiglitz J.E. (1975) The Theory of "Screening," Education, and the Distribution of Income. The American
Economic Review, Vol. 65, No. 3, pp. 283-300. 29 Skills-OVATE Skills Online Vacancy Analysis Tool for Europe by Cedefop: Digital Skills and Jobs Platform 30 V. Remy et M. Bergeat. « Comment les employeurs recrutent-ils leurs salariés ? », Dares Analyses N°064 31 The other elements requested being: experience (58%), availability (32%), and knowledge of a foreign
language (22%). Rynek pracy, edukacja, kompetencje (czerwiec 2025). 32 https://europa.eu/eurobarometer/surveys/detail/2962 (p. 84).
12
It is not possible to quantify the weight of the different factors that may hamper EU labour
mobility as they relate to individual decisions of workers and/or employers. Some insights can
nevertheless be drawn from a survey of the Austrian Chamber of Commerce among their
members in 2024. 59.0% view the assessment of professional qualifications as a very or
somewhat significant barrier; while 54.4% point to the high rent and housing costs in the
region. 47.5% view the evaluation of foreign educational credentials, and 40.0% view the
search for and recruitment of non-Austrian skilled workers as a very or somewhat significant
problem. The need to make foreign educational credentials more understandable and
comparable in terms of the content they cover is raised by nearly half (47%) of the Austrian
companies surveyed; 18% do not see this need, and 35% declined to give a specific answer
(“don’t know”). This example from one Member State gives an indication that employers may
have difficulties understanding qualifications acquired in another one. Answers from the SME
Panel Consultation point in the same direction: when asked about the specific challenges they
face in assessing qualifications from other EU countries, the most frequently cited challenge
was insufficient familiarity with foreign education systems.33
The signalling role of qualification has also been used in the literature addressing the
transferability of immigrants’ human capital on the American, the Swedish34 or German35
labour markets. In these cases, the authors argue, based on empirical analysis, that foreign
education has lower returns because employers refrain from hiring workers with foreign
educational credentials that they do not fully understand. Lancee and Bol36 also attribute the
wage penalty observed for non-Western degrees after controlling for different forms of skills
to the fact that employers are less likely to be familiar with them.
One can also argue that foreign qualifications as a signal benefit less from the feedback loop
described by Spence (1973). The feedback loop occurs when a firm observes the productivity
of a hired worker with a qualification and is then able to improve the information conveyed
by the said qualification. Qualifications acquired in foreign countries are likely to benefit less
from this feedback loop then the domestic qualifications as firms are still likely to recruit
fewer workers in a firm holding a qualification from a foreign country.
Policy initiatives and existing EU tools relevant for the comparison of qualifications across
the EU37
The need to improve the understanding of qualifications and skills obtained in different MS
has long been acknowledged, and the EU has invested in a number of policies and tools in
that context.
The European Qualifications Framework (EQF) aims to increase the transparency and
comparability of qualifications. It connects the national and European qualification levels.
The national qualifications are part of national qualifications frameworks (NQFs) and NQF is
33 See section 2.1. for further details and reference 40 Tibajev and Hellgen, The Effects of Recognition of Foreign Education for Newly Arrived Immigrants
European Sociological Review, 2019, Vol.35, N 4, 506-521 35 Damelang & Abraham, You CAn Take Some of It with You, Zeitschrift füt Soziologie, 2016, 45(2): 91-106 36 Lancee & Bol, The Transferability of Skills and Degrees: Why the Place of Education Affects Immigrant
Earnings, Social Forces, Volume 96, Issue 2, December 2017, Pages 691–716 37 This section briefly introduces selected relevant policy initiatives and tools, interacting with the Action 1.
More details on them is provided in relevant sections (in particular problem drivers, baseline and options) and in
the Annex 7.
13
referenced to the EQF. The EQF consists of 8 levels from basic (level 1) to advanced (level
8), based on learning outcomes (knowledge, skills, autonomy and responsibility).38
The Europass platform39 operates as a one-stop shop for different skills, qualifications and
labour mobility tools, including an e-portfolio with a smart CV, information on qualifications
(from NQF registers) and learning opportunities (from national registers/databases) and an
infrastructure for digital credentials (the European Digital Credentials for Learning).
ESCO (European Skills, Competences, Qualifications and Occupations) is the EU's
multilingual classification of skills, competences, qualifications and occupations, designed to
improve transparency and matching across EU labour markets. It enables employers and
employment services to describe vacancies and worker profiles in a common language that
crosses national boundaries.
The use of these tools is voluntary which limits their potential to fully address the lack of
understanding of a qualification acquired in another Member State (for a full description of
these limitations, see Section 2, sub-Driver 2.1). Annex 7 provides a full overview of these
tools, as well as of the various actors involved in recognition and assessment of qualifications
obtained in other MS (e.g. ENIC/NARICs) and more recent developments related to
digitalisation which have impacts on portability of qualifications (e.g. EUDI Wallet and
DC4EU pilot).
2.2. What is the problem?
The portability of qualification and skills is limited across the EU and makes it more
difficult for employers to hire, and EU mobile and cross-border workers to get hired.
Employers and other labour market actors that need to read, understand, and verify
qualifications obtained in another MS (e.g. public employment services matching jobseekers
to jobs, recognition authorities in case of regulated professions), face two interconnected
problems of information asymmetry. The first one related to uncertainty about what a
qualification contains (e.g. the learning outcomes). The second one stems from the technical
‘envelope’ (for example paper vs digital format) as well as its level of security (for example,
seal on paper or encrypted digital credential) that may lead to adverse selection (e.g. risk of
fraud).
Employers navigate a hiring process, where they may lack understanding of the language the
diploma is issued in and the type of information the qualification contains may be very
different from the national context. As shown in the consultation, labour market actors do not
understand qualifications from other MS well enough to assess what the holder truly knows or
is able to do – i.e. the qualification level and content.40 Confidence of SMEs falls significantly
when assessing qualifications from other EU countries, compared to from their own country.
In the SME Survey,41 for qualifications from other EU countries, 31 (out of 159) report
feeling very confident, 86 (out of 159) are confident, compared to 84 (out of 159) feeling very
confident and an additional 59 (out of 159) feeling confident in assessing qualifications from
their own country. The most frequently cited challenge when assessing qualifications from
other EU countries by SMEs, was insufficient familiarity with foreign education systems (70
out of 159), difficulty verifying the authenticity of qualifications (63 out of 159) and language
38 EQF is in place since 2008 and was revised in 2017. 39 Decision of 2018 (replacing the Decision of 2004) 40 SPI Consultation Social Partners; Expert workshop: Recognition of VET qualifications for the purpose of
worker mobility.
14
barriers (61 out of 159).
The Europass evaluation42 pointed out that verifying the authenticity of a candidate’s
qualifications is very important for employers when hiring (71% of respondents consider it
very important or somewhat important). At the same time, 59% of the employers consider the
process of verifying the authenticity of candidates’ qualifications or experience to be often or
sometimes difficult and slightly more than half of them (54%) consider receiving digitally
certified documents proving qualifications to be important.
As reported by stakeholders consulted in the supporting study, non-digital credentials are
subject to an increased risk of fraud. Over half of the respondents (298 out of 574) to the
survey of issuers of qualifications (strongly) agreed that paper certificates cause problems
with verification checks, and five submissions to the Call for Evidence reported that remote
verification is “impossible” with analogue systems.43 The concerns about the growth of
diploma mills and fraudulent qualifications across Europe were raised in the Council of
Europe's Recommendation on countering education fraud and the Lisbon Recognition
Convention Committee.44 Empirical analysis by CIMEA45 similarly documents a thriving
landscape of forged and fabricated credentials, distinguishing between "fake degrees" issued
by entirely fictitious institutions and "fraudulent degrees" that mimic genuine ones, and notes
that new digital tools are making both easier to produce and harder to detect.
Imperfect information about the level and content of qualifications acquired in another MS
and the format in which they are presented may reduce trust, increase transaction costs and
make acceptance and recruitment decisions more difficult. Further, they may lead to
unnecessary and burdensome procedures and to suboptimal outcomes for both workers and
employers.
The problem tree (diagram 1) illustrates the problem, main drivers, their causes and
consequences.
42 EUR-Lex - 52024SC0071 - EN - EUR-Lex 43 Call for evidence submissions, Public consultation. 44 Council of Europe Recommendation on countering education fraud - ENIC-NARIC 45 Finocchietti and Lantero, 2025 https://rivistauniversitas.it/document/r/rivista_01_2025.pdf
15
Diagram 1: Problem tree
The problem identified above has distinct implications for different stakeholders.
Employers
Employers may spend time trying to understand qualifications coming from different
education and training systems, have to invest ex-post recruitment in supplementary training
when skills cannot be verified, and face significant indirect and opportunity costs.
The determination of the exact number of employers who undertake to verify the
qualifications of the applicants acquired in another MS is not possible. No empirical study has
been identified on this matter and since this would mean a controlled experiment on a
representative sample of EU companies it was not possible to undertake such an analysis for
this impact assessment. Having said that using job scraping,46 from the CEDEFOP Skills
Online Vacancy Analysis Tool for Europe yield the result of about one quarter of the job
advertisements containing a reference to qualification(s). One can assume that EU employers
mentioning qualification when publishing a vacancy will take this into consideration and
verify the qualification at least of the selected applicant. Estimating the number of verified
qualifications to about one quarter of the flow of mobile workers per year seems a reasonable
(low range) assumption. This estimate could even be considered as conservative as it takes as
a basis only the flow of mobile workers (hence mobile workers who apply to change jobs in
the MS they already reside are not counted) and does not include cross-border workers.
In addition, reduced access to talent, in a context where many of them are already not finding
candidates with the right skillset, worsens existing labour and skills imbalances. In the
Eurobarometer 2023, skills shortages were reported as the most serious problem by 53% of
micro companies, 65% of small companies, 68% of medium-sized companies, and 72% of
46 Job scraping or automated job board scraping is a process used to collect data on job titles and descriptions.
Eurostat together with CEDEFOP are using these tools to produce skills related experimental statistics. For
methodology and limitations see WIH - OJA Data | Eurostat CROS
U n d er ly in g c au se s
D ri v er s
o n se q u en ce s ndirect:
educed professional mobility, skills waste of overqualified EU
mobile workers, untapped potential of Single Market
irect
urdensome cross border hiring processes, high transaction costs
o re
P ro b le m
. arying level of available information on qualifications across the EU
various degree of amount and quality of data, e.g. on learning outcomes
qualifications typically issued only in the local language(s)
E x te rn al
fa ct o rs anguage barriers for EU workers or language
requirements for EU workers to take up work
in another EU Member State
Diverse education and training systems in
Member States (particularly in vocational
education and training professions)
ther factors that hinder workers to move for
work to another Member State (limited
housing, costs of relocation, etc.)
abour market actors have insufficient understandin and uncertainty
about level and content of the qualifications and skills obtained in another EU
MS
abour market actors cannot verif and workers cannot
efficiently prove) the authenticity of qualifications and skills
credentials issued in another EU MS
. redential systems are diverse:
patchwork of cryptography of credentials (paper and digital)
and how credentials are composed (file format, e.g. digital,
PD , paper) leading to a patchwork of verification methods
2. Shortcomings of EU and MS landscape of comparison tools:
omparison tool at EU level not effectively working since Q database
not complete implementation of EQ and Europass is incomplete
EU MS tools incomplete and doubling efforts between MS
Portability of qualification and skills is limited across the EU
and makes it more difficult for employers to hire, and EU mobile and cross border workers to get hired
16
large companies.47 In the 2025, out of 423 occupations identified as being in shortage in at
least one country, 416 (or 98%) also appear as surplus occupations in at least one other
country. Even in case of one of the occupations most frequently reported as being in shortage
– welders and flame cutters (flagged by 22 countries), two countries reported a surplus.48
Potential EU mobile workers
The most affectedareindividuals seeking to access or exercise a regulated profession in
another MS for whom the recognition of their qualifications is compulsory. Many MS still
require physical submission of documents as fully digital procedures are not always available.
For applicants, this reliance on physical documentation increases costs, administrative burden,
and delays.49
Individuals wishing to move and work in a non-regulated profession, may also be requested
to undertake a qualification assessment procedure, not for legal reasons but to provide
prospective employers with further information on the level, content and the authenticity of
their qualifications, which are also costly and entail significant administrative burden. Around
one in three of respondents in the SME panel request some kind of qualification assessment
procedures to verify the authenticity of the qualifications (52 out of 159), or to better
understand what candidates have learnt compared to domestic equivalents (42 out of 159) in
non-regulated professions. In response to employers’ request to obtain some formal
assessment of qualifications in non-regulated professions, workers use recognition pathways
designed for other purposes, such as statements of comparability issued by ENIC-NARIC
centres.50 Most ENIC-NARIC centres were not able to estimate the percentage of statements
issued for non-regulated professions. However, in countries where estimates were submitted,
they represented more than half of all statements (see Annex 8, Table 1).
In some instances, although not required from hiring purpose, the necessity of the formal
assessment may stem from the prevailing collective bargaining agreement - determining the
working conditions. For example, in Italy, while contractual grading is determined primarily
by the tasks assigned rather than by formal qualifications, a comparability statement or
qualifications mapped to the EQF is often used to facilitate recruitment by making workers'
qualifications and skills obtained in another EU MS more transparent and understandable to
employers. In Poland, the collective agreements also link grading and remuneration to
education levels, seniority and qualification requirements for specific positions, but they
generally do not address the treatment of qualifications obtained in another MS.51
The financial burden of these processes was one of the most cited challenges in the call for
evidence, and the cost falls often on the workers themselves. While most respondents reported
spending less than EUR 250, cases around EUR 1 000 were also reported. Beyond direct
costs, nearly half of the respondents to the consultation reported processes lasting longer than
three months, generating significant lost opportunity costs (periods without income).
Such costs can be difficult to bear especially for individuals from vulnerable backgrounds and
younger workers. Young people, especially those entering the labour market, are likely to be
more affected since qualifications are likely to play a stronger role in their ability to access
47 https://europa.eu/eurobarometer/surveys/detail/2961 48 European Labour Authority (2026), EURES – Report on labour shortages and surpluses – 2025, Publications
Office of the European Union, Luxembourg. 49 ECA special report 10/2024 on the recognition of professional qualifications in the EU 50 The primary purpose of ENIC-NARIC statements is for further learning. When applied for employment in
non-regulated professions, the criteria or procedures are not changed and don’t consider labour market aspects. 51 A more comprehensive overview of how collective agreements refer to qualifications across MS is provided in
annexe 8, table 8.6: Summary of the Eurofound reports on collective agreements in MS.
17
entry-level jobs which per definition do not require professional experience. In addition, the
cost and length of the recognition procedures are likely to weigh more on them than on
workers already employed. However, the available data do not allow to estimate the extent of
this happening.
Issuers of qualifications
Issuers of qualifications are frequently contacted by third parties, such as employers,
recognition authorities or other organisations, to verify the authenticity of qualifications.
According to the Qualification Issuers Survey, 290 out of 574 respondents (50.5%) reported
having received requests from third parties to verify the authenticity of diplomas. The annual
requests per issuer are estimated in range from 16 to 30 contacts per year, with the lower and
upper values reflecting different interpretations of the open-ended “once a week or more”
category.52
2.3. What are the problem drivers?
The underlying drivers stem from market failures related to an imperfect information on
qualifications and skills. This leads to asymmetries of information on level and content of
qualifications (driver 1) and on the authenticity of the qualification (driver 2).
The two drivers are mutually reinforcing. Because of uncertainty on the level or content of a
qualification and skills (Driver 1), the same applicant may face additional hurdles about its
authenticity when presenting their qualifications to an employer in another Member State
(Driver 2). Within each MS, a highly diverse landscape of qualifications exists. The
fragmentation of IT systems being developed in an uncoordinated and un-interoperable way is
making more complex for employers to verify easily digital qualifications (Driver 2) and
access its content (Driver 1).
Driver 1: Labour market actors have insufficient understanding and uncertainty about
level and content of the qualifications and skills obtained in another EU MS
The education and training systems, as well as what credentials delivered, are organised
differently across 27 MS, since this falls under the responsibility of the EU MS.53 As a result,
when an individual with qualification from another MS applies for a job, the employer will
receive qualifications credentials that diverge in language, content, descriptions compared to a
job application from a native worker. This is a problem for all, regulated and non-regulated
professions.54
The qualifications credentials are typically written in the local language(s) and the same time
across the EU, qualifications contain various amount and quality of data, e.g. on learning
outcomes (see illustrative example).
Illustrative example:
Qualification from Bulgaria in cybersecurity (extracted from Europass):55
52 The annual frequency of such contacts was estimated by annualising the survey response categories on contact
frequency (i.e. once a week or more, several times per month, a few times per year, once a month, and less than
once a year). 53 Education and training are enshrined as supporting competence of EU in Article 6 of TFEU. 54 In regulated professions, imperfect information also affects the efficiency of recognition procedures (see IA
for Action 2 of the SPI). 55 Find a course | Europass
18
Machine translated with AI-based online tool:
Thus, even with AI-translation, the “signal” of the foreign qualification is limited, if the learning outcome is
described in a generic way, not telling the employer in another MS what tasks the person can actually perform
and at which competency level this qualification was done.
A good example of learning outcomes, applying the applicable guidelines56 and enhancing the signalling role
of qualifications, could be:
Title: Cybersecurity
Awarding body: Technical University of Varna
Learning outcomes:
The qualification holder (EQF/NQF 4) is able to ensure the smooth running of IT systems. They can
develop, adapt and/or maintain these and look after users. He/she has practical knowledge from computer
science, electrical engineering and production engineering.
He/she works independently and/or as part of a team in companies that develop and offer information and
communication technology products and services or in public authorities and institutions. This is school
based initial vocational training.
Optionally, the higher education entrance qualification can be acquired.
The qualification holder can:
a) analyse, assess and optimise operational processes, workflows and framework conditions with
regard to the use of IT systems;
b) design work processes using technical and organisational aids;
c) develop and adapt application software for operational processes;
d) analyse, plan, build, commission and network IT systems;
e) analyse, build, connect to IT systems, programme and commission automation systems;
f) plan, create and maintain databases using appropriate programming languages and software
development tools;
g) secure the energy supply for IT systems and optimise energy consumption;
h) observe industry and legislative standards and regulations and use of technical rules and
regulations;
i) observe data security, data protection and copyrights;
j) responsibly shape and reflect on his/her working environment and processes;
56 Under the EQF and Europass Advisory Groups European guidelines have been developed on short
descriptions of learning outcomes in the context of publishing transparent information about qualifications,
which also help to make qualifications more comparable across the EU.
Title: Киберсигурност
Awarding body: Technical University of Varna
Learnin outcomes Придобиване на знания и умения по Киберсигурност
Thematic area: Проектиране и управление на бази данни и мрежи
Level:
Title: Cybersecurity
Awarding body: Technical University of Varna
Learning outcomes: Acquisition of knowledge and skills in: Cybersecurity
Thematic area: Database and Network Design and Management
Level:
19
k) apply standards and guidelines to ensure process and product quality;
l) cooperate and communicate in teams;
m) analyse customer requirements and advise customers also in English;
n) obtain, prepare and present information and documents in English in relation to the activity
For an employer, what matters is to compare and understand how the foreign qualification
credentials/learning outcomes relate to their national system. The EU and MS have developed
transparency tools that aim to ensure reliable information on qualifications from across the
EU and allow, to a certain extent, their comparison but their implementation is incomplete.
The transparency tools are the European Qualifications Framework, Europass and ESCO,
which are closely interlinked. The backbone of this toolbox is the European Qualifications
Framework (EQF), in place since 2008 (and reviewed in 2017), aiming at enhancing the
transparency, comparability and portability of people's qualifications. The EQF is a reference
framework consisting of 8 levels of proficiency of learning outcomes (knowledge, skills,
autonomy and responsibility) that operates as a translation tool between national systems and
supports both lifelong learning and employability. MS are invited to relate their national
qualifications frameworks (NQFs) to the EQF, in order to establish a clear and transparent
relationship between their national qualification levels and the eight EQF levels, through a
process called referencing.
The referencing process uses the EQF referencing criteria as assessment benchmarks. The 10
referencing criteria include the way in which MS use the learning outcomes approach, how
qualifications are included in NQFs and how qualifications are quality assured in line with
national and international standards. National quality assurance bodies and international
experts (at least two) must sign off each referencing report, which needs the endorsement of
the EQF Advisory Group through a specific peer review process. Overall, the referencing
criteria and the governance of the EQF referencing process provide a solid foundation for
trust in NQFs and the EQF as a whole, as also confirmed in the EQF evaluation of 2024.57
However, there is diversity and unevenness across the EU in terms of the implementation of
the EQF through NQFs. While all NQFs are based on learning outcomes, which is a condition
for EQF referencing, they vary in their maturity and the amount and quality of information
they provide on qualifications.
Cedefop has provided information on the stage of development of NQFs.58 Eighteen MS
have reached the operational stage:59 their NQFs provide a map of NQF qualifications and a
reference point for development and review of standards and curricula; NQF levels are
indicated on certificates and diplomas, qualifications registers/databases are functional, and
quality assurance mechanisms are in place. Other nine MS60 are in the activation phase
meaning that the implementation structures and the criteria and procedures for allocation of
qualifications to levels have been set, and the main instruments are being put in place (e.g.
databases, quality assurance arrangements); awareness of end-users is gradually growing.
Another weakness in the use of the EQF and NQFs is the uneven updating of the original
referencing. The recommendation to update the referencing was included with the revision of
the EQF Recommendation in 2017, while mentioning that it should be done with due regard
to the national context. However, as the EQF evaluation concluded, particular focus would be
57 Evaluation of the Council Recommendation of 22 May 2017 on the European Qualifications Framework for
lifelong learning, SWD(2024)141 58 Cedefop, National Qualifications frameworks (NQFs) online tool, 59 BE(NL), CZ, DK, DE, EE, FR, IE, LU, LV, LT, MT, NL, AT, PL, PT, RO, SI, FIN 60 BE(FR), BG, EL, ES, HR, HU, IT, KY, SE, SK
20
needed by MS to ensure referenced reports are up to date. In 10 of the 13 MS that have not
updated their referencing yet, the initial referencing report dates back 10 years or more,61
while 14 MS have updated their referencing report since the EQF revision of 2017.62 While
MS agreed to possible criteria indicating the need to update referencing reports (such as a
national legislative and institutional developments in NQFs), implementation depends on
voluntary choices by MS as to when review and update their EQF referencing; decisions to
update referencing do likely depend on prioritisation and available resources at the national
level.
These weaknesses affect the usefulness of the EQF for employers, who at the same time are
interested in reinforcing the tools. Eurochambres, an EU-level association of employers
exemplified this in their written input: “Companies have an interest in ensuring that
qualifications obtained in other MS are transparent and comparable. This is particularly
relevant in border regions, where businesses rely on daily or seasonal cross-border mobility
of workers. Existing transparency instruments such as the European Qualification
Framework (EQF) and National Qualification Frameworks (NQFs) provide an important
foundation and should be further strengthened and better connected, including through
improved data exchange at EU level”.
The Europass platform intends to operate as a one-stop shop for skills and career
management, with different skills, qualifications and labour mobility tools, including an e-
portfolio, information on qualifications (from NQF registries) and learning opportunities, an
infrastructure for digital credentials (European Digital Credential for Learning infrastructure)
and Europass supplements with a common structure and template: Diploma Supplements
(higher education), Certificate Supplements (VET), and Europass Mobility (learning
mobility). Thanks to their standardised format, the supplements improve the transparency and
comparability of qualifications in an international context, supporting skills portability.
The data shared with Europass consists of an EU database on qualifications77 and the data is
also republished as open data on the EU open data portal. However, ensuring that databases
and registers of qualifications are connected to the Europass platform was still mentioned as
an area of attention by the EQF evaluation. So far 14 MS share data on qualifications with the
Europass platform,78 while an additional two MS79 are testing the system. The other MS have
either not connected their database with Europass,80 or do not have a database at all.81 Among
the 14 MS that do share qualifications data, these do mostly not cover the full scope of the
NQF (some MS share only VET or higher education qualifications), do not contain
permanently updated datasets, and regularly contain poor data quality, in particular on
learning outcomes. Differences in implementation can be explained by the voluntary nature63
of these activities and do likely depend on prioritisation and available resources at the national
level. Transparency, recognition and matching tools, have more recently been complemented
by instruments facilitating the interoperable digitalisation of information related to
qualifications and skills. These include the European Digital Credentials for Learning
(EDC)82 as a multilingual format for electronically sealed, digital presentations of learning
credentials. The EDC Infrastructure is part of the Europass platform and includes ready-to-use
tools for building, issuing and viewing these digital credentials. Issued digital credentials can
be stored directly in the My Library section of a person holding a Europass account. EDCs are
signed using an electronic seal, ensures credential integrity and which must be acquired from
Trusted Service Providers, in line with the EU legal framework for electronic seals, the
61 BE (fr), BG, CZ, DE, EE, EL, HU, LU, PL, SI, SE 62 NL, LV (2019), IE (2020), FR (2021), IT (2022), BE(nl), MT, DK (2023), LT, HR (2024) and RO (2025) 63 While the Europass Decision stipulates the tasks by the Commission and the MS, its article 7 paragraph 2
specifies that the provision of information to the Europass online platform under Article 3(2) shall not create
any additional obligations for MS.
21
eIDAS Regulation. EDCs are designed to promote cross-border recognition of credentials. To
this aim, they are based on a multilingual European standard for semantic interoperability,83
the European Learning Model (ELM). However, EDC is a voluntary tool for any organisation
wishing to issue digital credentials. It was not designed to serve as the single solution for the
digital transformation of all credentials across the Union. Moreover, it was developed before
the EUDI Wallet and is not linked to the digital identity of credential holders, nor does it
provide the same safeguards against fraud. Upgrading EDC to meet such requirements would
require substantial investment. Therefore, EDC is not currently suitable for a Union-wide
rollout.
Some MS have put in place their own measures to overcome information asymmetry on
qualifications and skills obtained in another EU MS (and beyond). Several MS have
developed databases of foreign qualifications helping the understanding and recognition of
these by employers and other stakeholders. These databases do generally have a broad
geographic scope, including EU and non-EU qualifications.64 MS databases and/or country
profiles that include EU qualifications are those of the BE French-speaking Community,
France, Germany, Greece, Ireland, Italy, Netherlands, Poland and Sweden65. For Ireland, the
Netherlands, Poland, and Sweden, - the EQF level of qualifications functions as reference
point. In Ireland an open database of foreign qualifications run by the Quality and
Qualifications Ireland (QQI) covers over 2,000 qualifications from across the world, mapped
to the Irish Q . The Polish “Qualificator” database allows users to obtain an automated
comparability statement with a Polish reference qualification, while the Swedish database
provides for comparisons between foreign qualification types (e.g. a bachelor's in science) in
relation to Swedish qualification types. According to the German Recognition Act, since 2012
all holders of a foreign professional qualification have a legal right to have their professional
qualification assessed for equivalence with a corresponding German reference qualification,
including for non-regulated professions. The German BQ Portal supports this right by
focusing on comparing curricula (learning activities), but it does not use the EQF levels as
reference point. Similarly, the Anabin database facilitates classification of foreign
qualifications for regulated professions within the German education system, also without
reference to the EQF.
While these different databases fulfil different national needs, they do not use the same terms
and definitions, they do not use the same reference points, and there is no coordination
between them. Taken together, there is fragmentation, a lack of interoperability and
duplication of work, time and resources by MS.
Driver 2: Labour market actors cannot verify (and workers cannot efficiently prove) the
authenticity of qualifications and skills credentials issued in another EU MS
As noted in the Europass evaluation, “(…) employers face difficulties when verifying the
authenticity of candidates’ qualifications or experience (59% of them consider this process to
be sometimes difficult or often difficult). erifying the authenticity of a candidate’s
qualifications is very important for employers when it comes to hiring (71% of respondents
consider it very important or somewhat important). Slightly more than half of them (54%)
consider receiving digitally certified documents proving qualifications to be important”.
64 See Cedefop National qualifications frameworks (NQF) online tool: www.cedefop.europa.eu/en/tools/nqfs-
online-tool/overview64 See Cedefop National qualifications frameworks (NQF) online tool:
https://www.cedefop.europa.eu/en/tools/nqfs-online-tool/overview. 65 Non-exhaustive list, based on preliminary findings of the ENIC Bureau and NARIC Advisory Board
Preliminary survey conducted in 2025.
22
The education and training systems are organised differently across 27 MS. Combined with
the diversity of credential systems and related verification methods across MS, it makes it
difficult for labour market actors to verify the authenticity of credentials.
This is a problem across all professions, regulated and non-regulated. In fact, for the regulated
professions, for which a recognition process is observable, authenticity verification is one of
the most resource-intensive elements of the recognition procedure, and a recurring source of
both direct and indirect delay. In regulated professions, trust between MS is the foundation on
which the recognition system built by Directive 2005/36/EC (PQD) rests. The general system,
the automatic recognition regime for sectoral professions and the various forms of
administrative cooperation established under the Directive all depend on the assumption that a
qualification document presented by an applicant genuinely corresponds to training actually
completed and genuinely awarded by the institution named on it. Where that assumption
cannot be relied upon, the whole architecture of mutual recognition is put at risk. Competent
Authorities (CA) survey evidence collected for the SPI Action 2 impact assessment confirms
that the time required for authenticity checks is cited as a distinct source of delay in
recognition procedures, and that core assessment activities, including document authenticity
checks alongside equivalence assessment and drafting of decisions, frequently require 30 or
more man-days annually. This burden is compounded by the continued reliance on paper-
based documentation in many MS and professions, since paper documents are not inherently
verifiable and require additional authenticity checks that are increasingly complex in light of
evolving fraud risks, including AI-based falsification. The consequences extend beyond CA
workload: the survey evidence also indicates that a degree of institutional caution, including
doubts about the authenticity of documents, contributes to the broader pattern of procedural
prudence that CAs apply when assessing qualifications obtained in another Member State,
even though this is not formally identified as a problem driver in the impact assessment.
The shift to interoperable, verifiable digital attestations is the single most consequential
structural response available to this problem. In case of regulated professions, for example, an
automatic authenticity checks at the point of verification thanks to the digital attestations,
rather than through a subsequent, resource-intensive process, would remove the need for the
manual, document-by-document authenticity checks that currently consume significant CA
staff time. This is reflected in the policy options considered for Action 2, which assume as a
pre-condition that as a result of Action 1 a legal obligation would be set on MS to issue
qualifications as interoperable digital attestations meeting common EU requirements on
verifiability, authenticity, trust and interoperability, and a corresponding obligation on host
MS to accept such attestations as valid evidence without further authenticity confirmation
from the home Member State.
The rollout of digital credentials has been uneven between MS so far. Based on Annex 8.3
table 2 on digital credentials66, an initial assessment of MS readiness to issue digital
credentials was developed. The variables used were the digital credentials tools that are in
use and the infrastructure that is already in place, the digitalisation status (whether digital
credentials are actually in use or not) and the digital diploma legislation (whether an enabling
legal basis exists or not for their issuance). This led to an identification of three types of MS:
• Type A: Advanced (6 MS): EE, ES, HR, IT, LT, NL. National or multi/regional
infrastructure in place and confirmed use.
• Type B: Developing (14 MS): BE, BG, CZ, DK, FI, FR, LU, LV, MT, PL, PT, RO,
SE, SI. Some infrastructure present but use limited, partial, or unconfirmed — or
partial use without stable national infrastructure.
66 Developed based on structured mapping of the study supporting the impact assessment, the survey of the EQF
NCPs, Cedefop and ReferNet survey on digital credentials.
23
• Type C: Early development (7 MS): AT, CY, DE, EL, HU, IE, SK. No national
infrastructure; where a tool type is coded, reliance is on EU-level tools only with no
confirmed national uptake.
This progressive digitalisation of qualification credentials in MS is occurring in an
uncoordinated manner. Achieving interoperability requires technical alignment67 and shared
semantics (e.g. common skills taxonomies and qualification descriptions). Many systems rely
on national standards or closed networks, which hinder EU-wide scalability. This entails the
risk of a fragmented digitalisation across MS that could ultimately make even more difficult
for employers to simply read and verify the qualification credential acquired in other MS
because they would not have at their disposal the software necessary to understand the digital
credentials.
A key development in the context of interoperable digitalisation has been the Regulation on
electronic identification, authentication and trust services (eIDAS) of 23 July 2014
(Regulation (EU) No 910/2014). The eIDAS Regulation has created standards for electronic
signatures, qualified digital certificates, electronic seals, timestamps, and other proof for
authentication mechanisms which enable electronic transactions, with the same legal standing
as transactions performed on paper. The eIDAS Regulation was reviewed in 2024. The
eIDAS 2.0 includes the European Digital Identity Wallet (EUDI Wallet), which requires that
MS have a compliant wallet available by the end of 2026, the use of which by citizens is
voluntary. Each version of the wallet will be interoperable and will work across the EU.
EUDI Wallets will be able to store and share a wide range of digital documents, including
driving licence,68 social security documents69 and the digital travel credentials70.
Qualifications are listed among the individual's attributes that could be included in an EUDI
Wallet. To this end however, specific sectoral requirements (e.g. on the trust framework, the
attestation content, the governance) need to be laid down in sectoral legislations, as it is the
case of the driving licence and will be proposed for social security documents.
To test the use of the EUDI wallet in relation to the issuance, storage and presentation of
verifiable digital credentials through wallet-based solutions for educational qualifications and
learning achievements, the Digital Credentials for the European Union (DC4EU) was
conducted as a large-scale pilot project.71 The target system explored by the DC4EU project
was an integrated digital ecosystem that addresses potential fraud and credential validation
challenges, complies with European educational and professional qualification standards,
increases acceptance among all relying parties (employers, educational institutions,
professional bodies) and supports the free movement of professionals and students across the
EU. The DC4EU framework for educational and professional qualification credentials is
based on an architecture that includes the European Learning Model (ELM) as semantic
foundation, and the W3C Verifiable Credentials Data Model for technical implementation.
67 In the survey of issuers of qualifications, among the 89 respondents who already issued verifiable credentials,
14 issued W3C Verifiable Credentials, 12 issued JSON Web Tokens and JWS, 1 issued IETF SD-JWT VC, 13
another format (in particular EDCs which are W3C Verifiable Credentials and Open Badges which are
transitioning towards the W3C Verifiable Credential format or a combination of formats, including XML or
JSON metadata in a signed PDF) and 49 did not know. 68 Directive (EU) 2025/2205 69 With the upcoming ESSPASS proposal 70 https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=celex:52024PC0671 71 MS involved include AT, BE, CZ, DE, DK, EL, ES, FI, FR, HU, IE, IT, LT, LU, MT, NL, PL, PT, RO, SE +
NO, CH, UA (14 MS + NO and UA were involved for the pilot on education attestations, the others piloted only
the social security use case). The types of organisations include higher education institutions (DK, EL, FR, IE,
IT, LU, PT), a combination of Higher education institutions and Ministry of education and training (ES, NL,
RO), a Ministry/agency only (FI, SE, NO, UA), a foundation working on education (MT), and the National
Information Processing Institute supervised by the Ministry of Education and Science (PL)
24
The EUDI Wallet complements the Single Digital Gateway Regulation (SDGR) (Regulation
(EU) 2018/1724) which facilitates the online access to information, administrative
procedures, and assistance services that EU citizens and businesses may need in another EU
Member State. It includes procedures for the academic recognition of diplomas, certificates or
other proof of studies or courses. There is no procedure today in the SDGR to request a
diploma for the purpose of applying for a job in another EU MS. To implement the SDGR,
the Once-Only Technical System (OOTS) was created as the core infrastructure. It aims to
save EU citizens and businesses time and money by allowing the automatic exchange of
official documents and data (such as diplomas, certifications or permits) between the
‘competent authorities’ that issue this data and the public body requesting the data. The E M
was recently complemented with new data fields to cover the education-related use cases
from the OOTS, allowing for the exchange of structured data.
In addition, paving the way for a potential inclusion of qualification in the EUDI Wallet, a
common floor of standardisation is already in place: all MS have referenced their NQFs to the
EQF. MS are aware of the European Learning Model (ELM), which provides a shared
vocabulary for describing learning outcomes. As indicated earlier, 14 MS share data on
qualifications with the Europass platform,72 while an additional two MS73 are testing the
system and are therefore able to share data in the European Learning Model (ELM)
format.74 As of July 2026, the other MS have either not connected their database with
Europass,75 or do not have a database at all.76 All MS have been invited to training sessions
on the ELM over the years and MS are kept informed and shape the changes in the data
model via the EQF AG and the Europass AG. ELM has also been discussed to become a
semantic model to be supported in OOTS for exchanging structured data for the
studying procedures. While a formal decision has not yet been made for its inclusion, there
is a strong awareness of the semantic model across the MS in the SDGR group.
All 27 MS participate in the implementation of Europass and discuss the topic of digital
credentials in the Europass AG and are familiar with verifiable digital credentials. 18
countries piloted the Europass digital credentials between 201977 and the official launch
of EDC in 2021.78 As the implementation of EDC is voluntary and open, there is no official
MS participation in its implementation. No complete data of EDC issuers exist due to the
absence of tracking of the issuers and users. Certain MS, such as MT,79 LU80 and ES81 are
among the most active EDC users.
72 AT, BE (nl), CZ, DE, EE, FR, IE, LV, LT, MT, NL, PL, SE, SI 73 BE (fr), EL 74 Two other MS (HU, PT) used to share qualifications information with Europass in legacy data formats that are
no longer supported and have not yet started to use ELM 75 DK, ES, FI, HR, HU, PT, RO, SK 76 BE (de), BG, CY, IT, LU 77 Europass Digital Credentials Infrastructure | FUTURIUM | European Commission and the Europass evaluation
report: EUR-Lex - 52024SC0071 - EN - EUR-Lex 78 Launch Event Report - European Digital Credentials for Learning | Europass 79 European Digital Credentials for Graduates - Newspoint - University of Malta 80 La formation professionnelle adopte les European Digital Credentials, des attestations de réussite numériques
reconnues en Europe - News - Education nationale, Enfance et Jeunesse - Luxembourg and a mise en œuvre
des attestations de réussite numériques dans la formation professionnelle sacrée « meilleur projet de
transformation digitale de l’année » - Actualités - Education nationale, Enfance et Jeunesse - Luxembourg 81 Proyecto CertiDigital | Credenciales Digitales para el Sistema Universitario Español
25
On the readiness regarding the implementation of the EUDI Wallet, no MS has yet certified
a production wallet compliant with eIDAS 2.0, which can be explained by the fact that the
latest specifications detailed in the Commission Implementing Regulation of 15 July 202682
are yet to enter into force and the fact that MS have until December 2026 to offer an EUDI
Wallet to their population. During the EUDI Wallets launchpad event of December 2025,83
“the demos revealed different levels of readiness across MS, alongside a powerful
opportunity: some countries are ready to lead, while others bring complementary strengths,
sectoral expertise, or user reach”.84 Figure 1 presents the overview of MS maturity and
readiness in December 2025.
Figure 1 - MS digital wallet readiness (from the 2025 EUDI Wallet launchpad event key takeaways)
The analysis of MS readiness was further refined when cross-checked with DC4EU data and
data from the EMREX network. On education credential infrastructure the ordering is
close to inverted: several of the MS operating the most mature national diploma registers,
sector agencies and student data exchange arrangements are among those least advanced on
the wallet substrate into which those credentials would have to be issued. Different
governance exists across the 27 EU MS, which also needs to be accounted for when
proposing issuance solutions of qualifications. This analysis led to the clustering of MS into
four groups (see point 5 in Annex 8 for additional information):
• Cluster A (4 MS): DE, DK, FR, IT. Wallet-ready front-runners (production or public
sandbox)
82 Implementing regulation - EU - 2026/1730 - EN - EUR-Lex 83 EUDI Wallets Launchpad - EU Digital Identity Wallet - 84https://ec.europa.eu/digital-building-
blocks/sites/download/attachments/924975727/EUDI%20Wallets%20Launchpad%20-
%20Event%20Key%20Takeways%20report.pdf
26
• Cluster B (4 MS): EE, FI, NL, SE. Education-credential leaders, slower wallet
substrate
• Cluster C (9 MS): AT, BE, EL, ES, IE, LU, MT, PL, PT. Engaged fast followers
(Tier 2 eID app or strong governance role)
• Cluster D (10 MS): BG, CY, CZ, HR, HU, LT, LV, SI, SK, RO. Building / lagging
substrate
Issuance is at the same time organised around two persistent topologies, with the trust chain
running either through a national research and education agency acting as an aggregation
layer for autonomous institutions, or through a ministry or a central diploma register,
and both are expected to coexist. The consequence for the labour market actors of the
digitalisation described above is that the ability to verify a qualification depends less on the
qualification itself than on where it was awarded and on the sequencing of national digital
programmes pursued for unrelated reasons.
In addition, there is the issue of lack of legal clarity regarding the acceptance of digital
documents from another MS, leading to a digital trust gap where even when digitally issued
credentials are available, they may not always be understandable, verifiable and trusted across
MS. The Beyond DC4EU report85 highlights the risk of fragmentation, writing that “If MS
develop divergent interpretations of which credentials must be accepted and under what
conditions, cross-border recognition risks becoming contingent on bilateral practices rather
than on the uniform application of Union law. In such a scenario, a credential that is routinely
accepted in one Member State may be questioned or rejected in another, not because of
differences in cryptographic security or issuance quality, but because national authorities have
formed different views on acceptance obligations, liability exposure, or supervisory
responsibility. Pilot experience indicates that once such interpretations are embedded in
operational systems and verifier workflows, they are difficult and costly to reverse”.
Overall, this complex landscape shows that there is a diversity of credentials systems in the
EU, complicating authenticity checks, and while digitalisation offers a way to simplify
authenticity checks and at the same time improve the availability of standardised and reliable
information on qualifications, the take up among the MS is varied, and even with tools such
as EUDI Wallet, Europass and the SDG interoperability is not possible to achieve without
sectoral legal standardisation.
Stakeholder views: When asked about concerns regarding EU-level digital credentials, 351
out of 581 public consultation respondents cited technical complexity or lack of compatibility
between systems, and 303 out of 581 pointed to data privacy or security concerns. In the
issuer survey, 228 of 574 identified limited technical capacity as the main barrier to
digitalisation.
2.4. How likely is the problem to persist?
Evidence available from across all stakeholder consultation activities indicates that the
problem and its drivers are likely to persist in the short- to medium-term without EU action.
The imperfect information on qualifications obtained in another MS will continue to
complicate hiring procedures for employers and mobile workers.
MS have made efforts to develop databases which facilitate comparability with non-national
85 https://www.3cl.org/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Beyond-DC4EU-Final-Report-January-2026-1.pdf
27
qualifications.86 However, these national efforts would continue to duplicate work and cost
time and resources for individual MS. The only current EU level database on qualifications
is the Europass platform. However, without further measures its completion will be slow and
its effectiveness as a tool for labour market actors to compare qualifications from other MS to
national qualifications will remain limited.
Despite MS advancing in digitalisation efforts, progress remains uneven and risks
producing a growing divide between early and late adopters. In the long term, in the
absence of EU coordination and standards, fragmentation would persist and deepen as MS
would adopt non-interoperable digital solutions87 at varying speed and scope and digital
credentials would not necessarily be accepted across MS because of lack of clarity on their
legal status.
Technological developments, including AI-enabled solutions, are expected to facilitate
certain aspects of cross-border qualification recognition over time, but they are unlikely
to address the identified problems on their own. Current evidence suggests that AI is likely
to complement rather than replace existing recognition processes. The Council of Europe
survey of 138 recognition institutions88 found that AI applications are currently used mainly
for fraud detection, document verification and translation, while automated comparability
assessments remain limited. The survey also identified barriers to wider deployment,
including concerns related to data protection and security, legal certainty, technical expertise,
funding, and the availability of high-quality, structured and trusted data. As further addressed
in the section 5.1.1. of the Impact Assessment, AI relies on the availability of reliable and
trusted information and cannot replace authoritative sources of qualification information.
Consequently, official NQF databases and registers will remain essential as quality-assured
reference sources for cross-border recognition. The Council of Europe further emphasises that
AI should support, rather than replace, human decision-making in recognition procedures.
While AI is therefore expected to support certain aspects of the recognition process, it is
unlikely to remove the underlying barriers identified in this Impact Assessment.
Similarly, SPI Action 2 impact assessment's own baseline projection anticipates that the
gradual uptake of digital credentials and authentication tools may reduce fraud risks in those
MS and professions where such tools are fully integrated into administrative workflows, but
that these improvements are unlikely to translate into system-wide efficiency gains, given the
voluntary and non-binding nature of most relevant EU instruments and the continued reliance
on hybrid or paper-based procedures in many jurisdictions. Fraud techniques are, moreover,
becoming more sophisticated rather than less, with AI-based falsification identified as a
growing complicating factor for CAs' existing manual authenticity checks. Left unaddressed,
authenticity risk will therefore continue to generate both a direct administrative cost for CAs
and a broader, harder-to-measure cost in the form of continued institutional caution towards
qualifications obtained elsewhere in the Union, which in turn constrains the trust on which
faster and less document-intensive recognition procedures depend.
87 The eIDAS Regulation 910/2014 article 45e (and the annex VI) lists the elements Qualified Trust Service
Providers can ask public authorities to verify before issuing electronic attestations of attributes. This includes
educational and professional qualifications, titles and licences. However, this is not an obligation for MS to
issue such documents, and even when individual MS decide to issue qualifications into the EUDI Wallet,
other MS would still be unable to read or give legal meaning to such digital qualification attestations. 87 The eIDAS Regulation 910/2014 article 45e (and the annex VI) lists the elements Qualified Trust Service
Providers can ask public authorities to verify before issuing electronic attestations of attributes. This includes
educational and professional qualifications, titles and licences. However, this is not an obligation for MS to
issue such documents, and even when individual MS decide to issue qualifications into the EUDI Wallet,
other MS would still be unable to read or give legal meaning to such digital qualification attestations. 88 Situational Analysis Report Highlights Human-Centred AI in Qualification Recognition,
https://rm.coe.int/situational-analysis-report-ai-may-2026/48802c0145
28
Overall, if the current fragmentation of availability of digitalised, secured and interoperable
information on qualifications and skills and the underlying imperfect information persists, EU
workers are likely to continue experiencing less favourable conditions in accessing the labour
market in other MS, and business are going to continue bearing higher costs when recruiting
workers across the Single Market. The digital fragmentation in particular is estimated to
become more costly each year, as MS that start to adopt digitalisation of credential systems
will have no incentive to adopt a system which allows for full interoperability across the EU.
Despite the EUDI Wallet rollout, the EU interoperability, and, thus, seamless portability of
qualifications and skills across the EU, would not be guaranteed89.
3. WHY SHOULD THE EU ACT?
3.1. Legal basis
The initiative is based on Articles 45 and 46 TFEU which provide the legal basis for adopting
measures to facilitate the free movement of workers. Pursuant to Article 46 TFEU, the
European Parliament and the Council are mandated to adopt the necessary measures to bring
about the freedom of movement for workers. This includes, inter alia, the systematic removal
of administrative and legislative obstacles hindering the search, application for, and take-up of
employment across MS (Article 46(b) TFEU), as well as setting up appropriate mechanism to
bring offers of employment into touch with applications for employment and facilitating the
balance between supply and demand and level of employment in the various regions and
industries (Article 46(d) TFEU).
3.2. Subsidiarity: Necessity of EU action
The free movement of people is a fundamental principle of the European Union. To fully
benefit from this right, individuals must be able to rely on the qualifications awarded in any
MS when they apply for, take up or pursue a professional occupation in another MS. The
digitalisation of qualifications will facilitate their portability across the EU only if it is
carried out in a harmonised and interoperable way across MS. Solutions implemented by
a single country will not ensure the benefits for the Single Market but rather deepen its
fragmentation. The Commission initiative in this area is timely, because the EUDI Wallet will
come into application at the end of 2026: the EUDI framework regulates and harmonises the
issuance of attestations via a trust service and via public bodies (which can include issuance
of education and training credentials). Moreover, some MS have already introduced or
announced to introduce the possibility to request electronic qualifications under their
jurisdiction (e.g. FR, FI, IT and ES). To avoid a situation where digitalised qualifications
cannot be relied on in other countries due to a lack of interoperability, it is timely for the
Union to act by adopting a measure harmonising digital qualifications across the EU. In
absence of EU-level legislation, there is a risk that the differences between MS will deepen
which could further exacerbate the existing obstacles.
3.3. Subsidiarity: Added value of EU action
Barriers related to qualifications and skills contribute to the existence of obstacles to the free
movement of people who wish to work in another MS. They have a negative impact on the
functioning of the single market by creating costs for businesses and individuals and
indirectly affecting the potential of labour mobility in addressing labour shortages in the EU.
Without improved information on qualifications and skills obtained in other MS and tools
facilitating effectively the portability of such qualifications and skills, businesses and workers
89 Ibid.
29
face difficulties when considering opportunities across the EU. Given the cross-border nature
of these problems, effective solutions are best pursued at the EU level, rather than through
individual efforts by MS.
The added value of ensuring availability of verifiable, secure, digitalised and interoperable
information on qualifications and skills obtained in the EU is that EU citizens will be
equipped with digital qualifications that are easily accessible to them as holders of
qualifications, their potential employers and in case of regulated professions in accordance
with Directive 2005/36/EC the recognition authorities in MS. Employers will also have access
to tools enabling better understanding and comparison of qualifications issued in different
MS. Thanks to the common legal and technical framework underpinning the digitalisation of
qualifications, digital qualifications issued in another MS will become more trustworthy and
easier to verify. Digital qualifications issued in a standardised manner will be understood
everywhere in the EU. This in turn will make job applications less cumbersome and facilitate
smoother access to jobs in all MS. While fully respecting MS’s responsibility for education
and training, the expected added value of this action will be greater portability of
qualifications and skills listed by MS in their national qualification frameworks and issued in
a harmonised digital format.
Creating momentum in advancing European digital policies and contributing to
transforming the EU into a modern, resource-efficient and competitive economy. An EU
action will help accelerate the digitalisation of cross-border public services90, ensure a well-
functioning, integrated digital single market, ultimately benefitting European competitiveness.
By building on and reinforcing key digital EU initiatives - such as the SDGR, the Once Only
Technical System (OOTS), and the EUDI framework – an EU action will maximise the
impact of prior EU investments, being part of a coherent and cohesive EU digital
landscape that serves the interest of the EU and its MS. If the EU does not act now, actions
by MS would likely lead to fragmented, uncoordinated, incompatible solutions that fail to
integrate with existing EU initiatives. This could result in suboptimal outcomes and be more
costly to reverse at a later stage. An initiative in digitalising diplomas could furthermore pave
the way for the adoption of similar solutions for other documents relevant for individuals and
companies in cross-border situations.
4. OBJECTIVES: WHAT IS TO BE ACHIEVED?
4.1. General objective
The general objective of the initiative is to facilitate portability of qualifications and skills
between MS in the context of free movement of workers. In practice, this means ensuring
that labour market actors in the EU have access to simplified, effective and cost-efficient
ways to carry, prove, read, understand and compare qualifications and skills obtained in
another Member State.
This general objective builds on existing EU tools and solutions supporting the use of
qualifications and skills across borders and is aligned with several Commission priorities. It
responds directly to the agreed roadmap of the European Institutions to achieve “One
Europe, One Market” to “strengthen the portability of qualifications and skills across
national borders, including through digitalisation and interoperability”. It reinforces the
simplification agenda of the European Commission by aiming at faster, less burdensome,
digital-by-default processes for workers moving between MS. It also supports the EU
90 State of the Digital Decade 2025 - Factsheet | Shaping Europe’s digital future where the percentage of digital
services to individuals and businesses are key indicators.
30
Competitiveness Compass, which identifies retaining and mobilising talent across the EU as
key to boosting the Union’s competitive standing, by ensuring that skills and qualifications
acquired in one MS are readily usable in another. It further contributes to the European
Pillar of Social Rights, notably its principles on fair access to employment and support for
labour mobility, and the Single Market Strategy, which aim to remove remaining barriers to
companies and workers operating across the EU. Taken together, these links position the
initiative as a concrete step forward towards the completion of the Single Market, reinforcing
the free movement of workers.
4.2. Specific Objectives
Specific Objective 1. By the end of the transition period, labour market actors have access to
reliable and comparable information on skills and qualifications issued in the EU.
Specific Objective 2. By the end of the transition period, labour market actors in the EU can
benefit from interoperable and verifiable digital attestations of qualifications and skills.
These Specific Objectives are further broken down into Operational Objectives (OO) in
Section 9, where, considering the preferred Policy Option (PO), the means to measure them
for a given timeframe are defined for monitoring and evaluation purposes.
The Specific Objectives 1 and 2 positively contribute to multiple SDGs:91
• SDG 8 (Decent Work and Economic Growth). Enhances labour mobility, improving
job matching and equal opportunities (Targets 8.2, 8.3, 8.5).
• SDG 10 (Reduced Inequalities). Supports cross-border qualifications acceptance and
reducing disadvantages faced by EU mobile workers (Targets 10.2, 10.3).
• SDG 9 (Industry, Innovation and Infrastructure). Strengthens digital
infrastructure, interoperability and EU innovation (Target 9.1), aiding cross-border
talent mobility.
5. WHAT ARE THE AVAILABLE POLICY OPTIONS?
5.1. What is the baseline from which options are assessed?
This section describes the most likely evolution of the current situation in the absence of
additional EU-level intervention. The baseline follows a 'no-policy-change' approach,
incorporating existing and possible future developments in national, EU-level and global
policies, as well as relevant Commission proposals not yet adopted by co-legislators. It builds
on the policy and problem contexts described in Sections 1 and 2, and accounts for expected
economic and social developments by drawing on available foresights and forecasts.
Availability of reliable and comparable information on qualifications
The EQF Council Recommendation will continue to invite MS to establish National
Qualifications Frameworks, to reference them regularly against the EQF in a peer reviewed
process, and to maintain registries of national qualifications connected to the Europass
platform. However, whether MS do so will remain entirely at their discretion, which limits the
value of the public good that aggregated, up-to-date, and comparable official information
would otherwise provide. The effectiveness of the existing qualifications comparison tool on
Europass will remain limited without continues and up-to date official information supplied
by MS.
91 See point 3 of Annex 3 for a more developed overview of relevant SDGs for the preferred options.
31
14 MS have already connected their national qualifications databases/registries with Europass
and more MS with an existing database/registry may decide to connect with Europass (e.g.
some MS are already testing the system). The update of the information, once the MS have
connected their databases/registries, depends on the willingness of MS. The accreditation
database for higher education is already connected with Europass.
The increasing role of AI in comparing qualifications
While AI-enabled tools are expected to play an increasing role in supporting the comparison,
translation and verification of qualifications, they are unlikely to eliminate the underlying
problem drivers identified in this initiative. AI systems can facilitate access to information
and improve administrative efficiency, but they remain dependent on the availability, quality
and interoperability of authoritative qualification data.92 Where official, structured and up-to-
date information is unavailable, incomplete or inconsistent across MS, AI systems are likely
to reproduce these shortcomings and may generate inaccurate or biased results.93
Moreover, AI systems cannot, on their own, establish the authenticity of a qualification or
confirm that a qualification is genuinely linked to the individual presenting it.94 The future
deployment of AI solutions in this area will also take place within the framework established
by the AI Act.95 In particular, AI systems used in education, vocational training and
employment are subject to specific requirements where they qualify as high-risk AI systems,
including obligations relating to risk management, data quality and governance, transparency,
human oversight, accuracy and record-keeping. Actually, workers whose qualifications are
issued in non-standardised formats, or whose credentials are less readily interpretable by
automated systems, may consequently be disadvantaged in digital recruitment.96 The
safeguards of the AI Act are expected to support the trustworthy deployment of AI in
qualification-related processes, but they do not remove the need for reliable, quality-assured
and interoperable qualification information and verifiable digital credentials, which remain
the primary objective of this initiative.
Interoperability of digital attestations
While digital tools hold promises for improving the comparability and verification of
qualifications, uneven and uncoordinated adoption in MS is expected to deepen rather than
resolve fragmentation across MS. Most credentials will likely remain paper-based or non-
verifiable, and without EU-level coordination on semantic frameworks, data standards, and IT
infrastructure, cross-border interoperability will remain limited as none of the MS has an
incentive to act as first. Some MS have already established digital diploma registers,
digitalising their diploma archives, while some MS may take other approaches: keeping
archives decentralised or creating digital archives for recent documents only. Please refer to
Annex 8 for a full breakdown of the information by MS. MS will continue implementing the
Single Digital Gateway Regulation (SDGR) and the Once-Only Technical System
92 Symeonidis, V. & Blomqvist, C., 2025, Policies and tools for comparing and recognising VET qualifications
in Europe: an overview, Cedefop working paper, p. 33 93 CIMEA, 2023, Artificial intelligence and recognition of qualifications: opportunities and risks from an
ENIC-NARIC perspective; Symeonidis, V. & Blomqvist, C., 2025, Policies and tools for comparing and
recognising VET qualifications in Europe: an overview, Cedefop working paper, pp. 33 and 36. 94 Finocchietti, C. & Lantero, L., 2025, Diploma mills and fraudulent credentials: The cost of fraud in education,
pp. 127–128 95 AI Act Single Information Platform | AI Act Service Desk 96 SPI study, ase study on Shipbuilding Socoliuc, . ., icolae, ., Pleșea, D. A., & Suciu, D. A., 2024, EU
maritime industry blue-collar recruitment: Sustainable digitalization; OECD, 2026, Why data matters for
shipbuilding industrial policy
32
(OOTS). It is expected that they will finalise the provision of fully online procedures for the
three studying procedures, which will lead to the connection of evidence providers related to
qualifications information between public institutions. The digitalisation of diplomas is not
explicitly covered by the SDGR97 and will likely be even more limited and fragmented. In
addition, the format of the documents is expected to remain diverse as the SDGR provides
MS the flexibility to choose their own output format (e.g., PDF, structured data), while still
adhering to certain requirements.
Independently of the SPI, MS will progressively make available standardised EU Digital
Identity wallets to all EU citizens and residents by December 202698. EUDI Wallets will
provide a safe, reliable, and private means of digital identification for everyone in Europe.
Every MS will provide at least one wallet to all its citizens and residents allowing them to
prove who they are and securely store, share, and sign important digital documents (such as
an ID card or a driving licence). This IT infrastructure is therefore considered to be part of the
baseline for this initiative. However, whilst the eIDAS 2.0 impact assessment99 highlighted
educational qualifications as a key sector benefiting from the EUDI Wallet rollout100, the
eIDAS Regulation101 only covers personal identity, the legal trust framework and the general
wallet functionality. It is not guaranteed that all MS will use it to digitalise qualifications and
skills. Furthermore, those MS that do choose to use it will have the freedom to choose the
scope, the layout, the content and the underlying technical format of their qualifications
making interoperability increasingly difficult. The DC4EU large-scale pilots clearly
demonstrated the business case for a harmonised approach across the education and training
landscape in order to facilitate cross-border use. Unilateral actions - without EU level legal
harmonisation of the sectoral use particular sectors to ensure uniformity in formats, standards
and rules - could pose challenges regarding the acceptance and verification of these
documents in other MS with consequences for individuals and employers.
The EUDI Wallet will be free of charge for citizens to use. Relying parties (the public and
private entities that wish to request or verify credentials from a citizen's wallet) will instead be
subject to a mandatory registration process. Depending on how MS implement this at national
level, this registration may involve moderate administrative costs or fees, though the precise
cost for relying parties is still being defined in several MS.
The Interoperable Europe Act establishes structured EU cooperation on interoperability,
introduces mandatory assessments to evaluate the impact of changes in IT systems, promotes
the sharing and reuse of interoperable solutions through the Interoperable Europe Portal, and
provide innovation and support measures for policy experimentation. As a horizontal
framework, its implementation alone will not resolve the cross-border sector-specific
challenges identified in the report.
The Europass EDC infrastructure already enables education and training providers to issue
digital learning credentials and allows users to store them in their Europass wallet. However,
the current uptake is not expected to improve or increase, as those who bear the burden of
97 Digitalised documents under the SDGR studying procedures are the decision on the application for financing
or acknowledgement of receipt; the confirmation of the receipt of an application to public tertiary education; and
the decision on the request for academic recognition. For these procedures, qualifications may be used as
supporting documents. 98 The impact assessment for the EUDI framework estimates the total costs for public authorities to range
between EUR 850 million and 910 million. 99 https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/HTML/?uri=CELEX:52021SC0124 100 Educational and professional qualifications are listed in the Annex VI of the Regulation as an obligation for
MS to verify the information when requested to do so by Qualified Trust Service Providers. 101 https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX:32024R1183
33
issuing digital qualifications (education and training providers) are not necessarily the same
actors who benefit most from them (those who need to understand and verify the
qualifications, such as employers). As with the EUDI Wallet, it is not guaranteed that MS
which independently choose to digitalise their qualifications will select Europass as their IT
infrastructure.
Demographic ageing and labour shortages
Demographic ageing and shrinking working-age populations are increasing the pressure on
employers, particularly in shortage sectors, to recruit across borders. Many are already
responding by accepting non-national qualifications even if they do not fully understand them
and use digital tools to verify them informally. However, these ad hoc solutions are
inconsistent and unreliable in the absence of common standards. This will leave EU talent
underutilised and constrain the Single Market's capacity to match skills to labour demand,
even as demographic pressures make such matching increasingly urgent.
5.1.1. Key figures and considerations in the baseline
Different levels of digital readiness for MS
MS are assumed to have different levels of digital readiness in the baseline. This digital
readiness is expressed as a probability (from 0 to 1) and relates to issuing digital
qualifications as verifiable credentials into a wallet or a fractional percentage readiness for
database connection.
On the one hand, there is the probability of MS adopting the baseline of issuing digital
qualifications as verifiable credentials into a wallet. It is based on the analysis carried by
DC4EU as well as additional analysis on MS readiness (see section 2.3 and point 5 in Annex
8 for more details). In particular, the clustering into four groups related both to their EUDI
Wallet readiness and readiness to issue digital qualifications, the adoption of other joint IT
systems (such as EMREX), actual participation in DC4EU, the existence of diploma registers
and the MS topology of issuance contribute to the probability factor.
On the other hand, there is the database connection readiness of MS. MS which already
have a connected database in the current ELM format receives the highest level of readiness
(while not 100% as SPI will also introduce the awarding body and accreditation information,
which can be combined with the qualifications information); MS with a database not
connected to Europass receives a lower score and MS without any database receive the lowest
readiness score.
Table 1 Levels of digital readiness per Member State102
Member State
Baseline probability of MS
adopting the EUDI Wallet
for digital qualifications in
their jurisdiction (0-1)
Qualification database
connection readiness (0-
1)
Austria 0.6 0.8
Belgium 0.55 0.75
Bulgaria 0.3 0.15
Croatia 0.35 0.25
Cyprus 0.35 0.15
102 All details for the elaboration of this table can be found in Annex 8.
34
Czechia 0.4 0.8
Denmark 0.7 0.8
Estonia 0.7 0.5
Finland 0.75 0.5
France 0.65 0.8
Germany 0.6 0.8
Greece 0.7 0.6
Hungary 0.4 0.5
Ireland 0.65 0.8
Italy 0.7 0.25
Latvia 0.35 0.8
Lithuania 0.45 0.8
Luxembourg 0.5 0.25
Malta 0.45 0.8
Netherlands 0.85 0.8
Poland 0.5 0.8
Portugal 0.45 0.8
Romania 0.4 0.5
Slovakia 0.4 0.8
Slovenia 0.4 0.8
Spain 0.75 0.5
Sweden 0.8 0.8
Number of verifications of qualifications issued in another Member State
As previously underlined, the individual decision-making processes of employers cannot be
observed, nor aggregated. The number of qualifications issued in another Member State that
employers verify each year must therefore be estimated.
The annual flow of EU mobile workers is approximately 957,000103. It is assumed that
companies requiring qualifications when advertising a vacancy and/or as part of the
application process will verify at least the authenticity of the qualification of the selected
applicant.
An ad-hoc query of the Skills Online Vacancy Analysis Tool for Europe yield that 23% of
online vacancies include at least one wording directly related to qualifications. In the SME
Pannel 29% of respondents declared that they request qualifications when hiring. Applying
these percentages to the annual flow of EU workers yields an estimated range of 220,110 -
277,530 qualifications issued in another MS verified per year.
This estimate can be considered as conservative as it takes as a basis only the flow of mobile
workers (hence mobile workers who apply to change jobs in the MS they already reside are
not counted) and does not include cross-border workers104.
Number of comparability statements for qualifications issued in another Member State
The estimate is based on an ENIC-NARIC survey on the number of comparability statements
processed by MS. Since survey coverage was incomplete, responses are weighted by each
Member State's share of the inflow of other EU citizens (2019–2023), and missing values for
non-responding MS are extrapolated using the average of those that did respond. This
103 Annual report on intra-EU labour mobility - Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion (2025) 104 For further justification of these percentages and reference, see Section 2 on problem definition
35
produces an estimated total of 196,261 comparability statements annually. Since only about
half of these concern EU citizens, the figure is halved to roughly 98,000, then rounded down
to 90,000, which is used as a deliberately conservative baseline estimate.
Number of education and training providers in the EU that issue qualifications relevant for
the labour market
Both VET and HE institutions are counted as providers issuing qualifications relevant for the
labour market. For VET institutions, two methodological approaches are used to produce the
lower and upper bounds of the range: a conservative approach and a comprehensive approach.
The conservative approach entirely excludes specialised schools and, for mixed-curriculum
institutions offering both vocational and general education, applies a 50% weighting factor to
balance the representation of programmes; this yields a baseline of 27,762 VET institutions.
The comprehensive approach includes specialised schools and counts mixed-curriculum
institutions at full (100%) capacity, yielding 39,328 VET institutions.
For VET, institutions were further categorised into Public and Non-Public, with government-
dependent private and private institutions consolidated into the non-public category; no
equivalent public/non-public distinction was made within the HE sector. VET data is drawn
from Eurydice105, while HE data is drawn from EQAR's Higher Education Institutions (HEIs)
dataset106, with both datasets relating to 2024. One exception applies to Hungary, where the
public/non-public distinction for VET schools could not be applied. Combining VET and HE
figures, the final estimated range of education and training providers considered is 32,788 -
44,354. The full matrix of education providers by VET and HE institution, including source
data and detailed methodology, is presented in Annex 8(7).
Table 2. VET and HE providers per Member State
MS Vocation Educational School
(VET) Conservative Approach
Vocation Educational School (VET)
Comprehensive Approach
Higher
Education
Public Non-
Public VET_MS Public
Non-
Public VET_MS HE_MS
AT 196 137 333 196 137 333 79
DE 1 1 2 1 2 3 7
FR 103 112 215 213 254 467 130
NL 145 330 475 327 745 1072 39
BG 1062 66 1128 1345 93 1438 135
HR 182 22 204 397 43 440 138
CY 50 48 98 54 44 98 50
CZ 491 190 681 970 376 1346 66
DK 374 1 375 374 1 375 45
EE 30 3 33 30 3 33 20
FI 55 91 146 55 96 151 46
FR 3374 598 3972 3833 706 4539 615
DE 4003 1327 5330 4003 1327 5330 507
EL 411 3 414 573 3 576 57
HU 0 0 462 0 0 462 65
IE 248 248 248 0 248 40
105 https://eurydice.eacea.ec.europa.eu/eurypedia/austria/statistics-educational-institutions) 106 https://www.eqar.eu/qa-results/download-data-sets/
36
IT 2717 818 3535 5435 1637 7072 259
LV 39 8 47 39 8 47 54
LT 47 8 55 47 8 55 43
LU 21 5 26 50 5 55 21
MT 2 0 2 10 0 10 16
NL 93 294 387 187 525 712 130
PL 3363 498 3861 3363 498 3861 545
PT 229 45 274 353 346 699 288
RO 925 21 946 926 21 947 104
SK 300 108 408 392 123 515 33
SI 71 3 74 143 6 149 105
ES 2059 1324 3383 4119 2648 6767 1341
SE 415 233 648 922 606 1528 48
Totals 21006 6294 27762 28605 10261 39328 5026
To convert institution counts to awarding-body counts, different awarding-governance models
across MS are considered, as shown in Annex 4.1, Table 23. Upper secondary schools
offering only general programmes are excluded from the institution count, as they already
share grade results electronically with the awarding body today107. Instead, they are captured
via the (mostly centralised) awarding bodies for secondary school qualifications, based on a
simplifying assumption of an average of 2 'school certificate' issuers per Member State. This
reflects the range of national governance models, from a single centralised issuing authority
(e.g. a Ministry of Education) to a split between school-level and state-level issuers (see e.g.
Eurydice, National Education Systems, 'Assessment in general upper secondary education,'
country reports108) and is used here as a working estimate rather than an empirically derived
EU-wide figure.
Number of non-NQF micro-credentials providers
The number of non-NQF micro-credential providers cannot be directly quantified, as no
official EU-level repository of private and non-formal issuers for micro-credentials currently
exists. Cedefop's mapping study109 confirms this gap, noting that EU-level data are lacking
due to the diversity of providers and national systems. In the absence of such data, the
approach taken here relies on modelling, using available proxy indicators to assess the size of
the provider landscape. As detailed in Annex 4.1.1, this draws on membership data from the
Lifelong Learning Platform (LLLP)110, whose networks represent over 60,000 organisations
across formal, non-formal and informal learning, adjusted to exclude formal education and
training institutions already captured as qualification issuers.
Given the absence of a representative dataset, the resulting estimate of 45,000 non-formal and
informal learning organisations should be treated as indicative rather than precise, while the
107 Eurypedia 108 Ibid. 109 Cedefop (2022). Microcredentials for labour market education and training: first look at mapping
microcredentials in European labour-market-related education, training and learning: take-up, characteristics
and functions. Luxembourg: Publications Office. Cedefop research paper, No
87. http://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2801/351271 110 https://www.lllplatform.eu/aboutus
37
input parameters used to derive it carry a significant degree of uncertainty. This uncertainty
stems both from the proxy nature of the underlying data (LLLP membership figures were not
designed to measure micro-credential provision specifically) and from the assumptions
applied to disaggregate that membership by provider type. Eurostat data showing that 67.4%
of EU enterprises with 10 or more employees were "training enterprises" in 2020111 further
suggest that the true pool of potential providers may extend considerably beyond this
estimate.
5.2. Description of the Policy Options
Three policy options are considered for detailed assessment. They were identified based on
the analysis of technical feasibility, Member State readiness and the state of development of
key EU level tools such as the EQF, Europass and EUDI Wallets.
Some elements to facilitate the understanding of the options
• Options refer to two categories of documents: i) ‘qualifications’ is used for any
document in an NQF as well as formal school, VET and higher education diplomas
predating the establishment of NQFs and ii) ‘other skills document’ refers todocuments
not included in the NQF which also signal a person's skills, such as micro-credentials
from non-formal training courses112, or Diploma Supplements. Any of the two categories
of documents can have EQF levels 2-8 (i.e. all formal education certificates and diplomas
from lower secondary VET education to PhD113).
• Two tools are considered to digitalise qualifications: i) the EUDI Wallet: Its introduction
will significantly improve the way electronic documents are exchanged in the EU. The
DC4EU project showed that it is a viable option for the digitalisation of qualifications;
and ii) the Europass Wallet: The European Digital credentials for Learning (EDC) is
an infrastructure that is available to issue digital credentials in the field of learning. Its use
by issuers is currently voluntary and the tool is mostly used today to issue non-formal
micro-credentials. For citizens, both EUDI Wallet and the Europass Wallet are voluntary
and free of charge. and theuse of the applications is entirely up to the individual’s
decision. The European Learning Model, which has been assessed according to the
Common Assessment Methodology for Standards and Specifications (CAMSS)114 will be
the semantic foundation for the digitalisation of qualifications and the comparison tool
under all options.
Any delays by MS in the implementation and rollout of the EUDI Wallet (by end of 2026)
would not directly affect the timeline and success of the Skills Portability Initiative. Even
if the Wallet constitutes part of the baseline infrastructure on which this initiative relies,
the Skills Portability Initiative has a transition period that would offset any
implementation delays. Nonetheless, the calculations underpinning this impact assessment
have adopted a deliberately conservative approach to the projected uptake of the EUDI
Wallet, in line with the assumptions used in the impact assessment for ESSPASS115. This
111 Share of training enterprises decreases in 2020 - News articles - Eurostat 112 Micro-credentials (records of learning outcomes from a small volume of learning) and the outputs of skills
validation procedures can also be part of an NQF (whether as a qualification or as a micro-credential). 113 EQF levels between 2 and 8 cover all qualifications that are labour market relevant. Level 1 is considered out
of scope for labour mobility. Only 6 MS include any VET qualifications at EQF level 1 (LV, LT (but none
awarded), LU, MT, NL, AT, RO), 14 MS have EQF level 1 for elementary/primary school (BE, BG, ES, CZ,
EE, EL, HR, HU, IE, KY, SI, SK, SE) and 3 MS do not include any qualifications at EQF level 1 (DK, FR, FI). 114 CAMSS Assessment of ELM - EIF Scenario | Interoperable Europe Portal 115 European Commission, Impact Assessment accompanying the proposal for a European Social Security Pass
(ESSPASS), Commission Staff Working Document, not yet published.
38
conservative approach ensures that the estimated costs and benefits of the Skills
Portability Initiative are not overly dependent on an optimistic rollout scenario and helps
mitigate the risk that gaps or delays in MS' implementation of the Wallet could undermine
the validity of the assessment's conclusions. For the Europass Wallet, this conservatism is
further reinforced by an additional factor specific to its scope: unlike the EUDI Wallet,
which will be used to hold a broad range of credentials such as national ID cards and
driving licences, the Europass Wallet is dedicated specifically to learning-related
credentials, meaning its uptake trajectory is likely to be more gradual and cannot rely on
the pull of other, more frequently encountered use cases. In addition, for both wallets, the
calculations only count Year 1 as starting after the three-year transition period foreseen for
this initiative, which further limits the projected uptake figures used across the
assessment.
Table 3 Cumulative wallets uptake (conservative assumption)
Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 Year 6 Year 7 Year 8 Year 9 Year 10
EUDI
Wallet 0% 0% 20% 40% 50% 60% 70% 75% 75% 75%
Europass
Wallet 0% 0% 10% 20% 25% 30% 35% 38% 38% 38%
•“Automatic” issuance of digital attestations means that the proof of qualification would
be issued into the user Wallet instantaneously, without manual processing. The “on
demand” issuance of older qualifications means that an exchange between various actors
is needed to issue a qualification, using the SDGR mechanism or a manual verification
process.
• Roles of different bodies in in issuing of digital attestations:
o the education and training providers, they provide the training and gather the results
of their learners and, share the data with awarding bodies ahead of the issuance of a
qualification (unless they carry both roles),
o the awarding bodies, the formal bodies/authorities that award the qualification to a
learner. They, either issue the qualifications directly or use an issuer (in the same way
they may rely on the national printing house) for the actual creation of the paper proof.
Some MS have also developed diploma registers to facilitate this process 116.
o the issuer of the digital document, which is in charge of creating the digital
document.
o Under all options, the organisation of the issuance process would depend on the
MS organisation, for example regional structures or chambers of commerce and
industry could continue to play a role similar to the role they play today.
• In all options newly issued qualifications would be digital by default, consistent with the
vision established in the Commission's 2030 Digital Compass Communication. This is
also coherent with SPI Action 2 which relies (1) on the swift issuance of digital
qualifications and (2) on a high level of reliability regarding the authenticity and the
identity of the awarding body and of the qualification holders. Each of the options
considered has considered this dual requirement, ensuring that speed of issuance is not
116 In several MS, a national database of learning records/students’ degrees has also been set up (e.g. with the
DUO platform, FR with Cyclades, FI with KOSKI-palvelu)
39
achieved at the expense of verifiability, or vice versa.
Design of the policy options
The policy options were formulated in a manner to allow comparison between key
parameters for the approach to digital attestations of qualifications:
• the choice of the specific tool: two options (PO1 and PO2) rely on the EUDI Wallet.
On the other hand, PO3 relies on the Europass wallet.
• the scope of digitalisation: all options include documents most relevant for the
labour market and quality assured through the NQF (EQF levels 2-8, including
some more formalised micro-credentials which have fulfilled NQF quality assurance
criteria set by the MS). Two options (PO1 and PO3) are even broader and include also
other skills documents, notably micro-credentials outside the NQF – these are of
growing importance in the labour market but are less formalised and are not quality
assured in the same way as NQF documents.117
• The time window of information covered by digitalisation: Two options (PO1 and
P 3) consider the digitalisation of all the past qualifications and skills documents “on
demand” and one option (P 2) in addition extends the automatic issuance as far as
possible to the previous 10 years on demand.118 Digitalising past documents is
important to meet objectives, as it benefits larger share of the existing workforce. In
all options past qualifications are only issued to support workers access
employment in another MS. New qualifications do not have the same limitation
because for new graduates it is more difficult to establish what the primary use of the
qualification would be (national or EU labour market or further education).
The POs are built in a complementary manner and are mutually exclusive. All retained
options are legislative, as the achievement of a standardised approach to digitalisation
requires making some elements obligatory for MS and issuers.
Table 4: Overview of Policy Options
Tool Scope Applicable Time Window
PO1 EUDI Wallet Qualifications (EQF 2-
8) and other skills
documents
New automatic + older on demand
(for cross border labour mobility)
PO2 EUDI Wallet Qualifications (EQF 2-
8)
New automatic +10 years
automatic (for cross border labour
mobility) + older on demand (for
cross border labour mobility)
PO3 Europass
Wallet
Qualifications (EQF 2-
8) and other skills
documents
New automatic + older on demand
(for cross border labour mobility)
117 DC4EU considered such a large scope in their pilot, however they proposed a different trust framework for
the different types of documents, where non-NQF micro-credentials were issued with the lowest level of
assurance in the eIDAS ecosystem and a basic trust framework. 118 This includes qualifications issued since 2017, since the entry into force of the revised EQF
Recommendation.
40
Common
elements of
all options
• Ensuring legal value of digital qualification attestations
• Mandatory comprehensive NQF, obligation for NQFs to be clearly
and regularly referenced to the EQF and for NQF qualifications
database to be linked to Europass.
• Trust framework (database of qualifications standards, awarding
bodies and accreditation)
• Provision of verifier/viewer application
• Reinforced qualifications comparison tool in Europass
• Encouragement to include micro-credentials in NQF and use the
common approach to micro-credentials as established in the relevant
Council Recommendation.
• Transition period
Supporting
measures
(non-
legislative)
• Awareness campaigns
• Encouragement to use EU funding
• Continued support to existing EU level tools
All the options share some common elements and supporting measures (proc) are
envisaged to accompany all three options. In particular, awareness of the opportunities related
to the availability of digitalised information on qualifications could be raised through
promotion campaigns at EU, national and regional levels. In addition, MS could be
encouraged to make use of available funding at EU and national levels, e.g. to fund their
digital transformation. Moreover, the Commission would continue the support to the
implementation of existing tools and initiatives (EQF, Europass, the Council
Recommendations on validation of non-formal and informal learning, and on the EU
approach to micro-credentials and the Europass Decision). These measures are not assessed
for the costs and benefits as they are either ongoing efforts or voluntary initiatives and choices
of the MS.
Detailed description of the options
PO1
This option uses EUDI Wallet as the tool to issue digital attestations of qualifications (see
visualisation in Annex 11).
It has a broad scope: qualifications (included in an NQF and covering EQF levels 2-8) and
other skills documents.
All new qualifications would need to be issued “automatically” – i.e. without delay, and
without the need for manual processing. Issuance would follow a different model between
public issuers and private issuers, having to rely on a qualified trust service provider119. They
would be issued according to the trust framework of linking qualification, accreditation and
awarding body information into the credentials.
Regarding qualifications awarded before SPI and no later than 45 years120 prior, they
would be issued digitally on request of the citizen for cross border purposes and within a
119 It is unlikely that a private education and training providers become a qualified trust service provider
considering the very high auditing costs to become (and later remain) a qualified trust service provider. In
addition, the legal responsibility this function entails are very high. 120 45 years is the assumed span of a person’s professional career. Qualifications issued more than 45 years
before the entry into force are considered of limited importance in the labour market and are therefore excluded
from all the options.
41
reasonable time allowing MS time to gather the data and check the information (no later than
two weeks when those qualifications are requested as part of a professional recognition
procedure as described under Directive 2005/36/EC). As part of the eIDAS Regulation, MS
shall already ensure that measures are taken to allow qualified trust service providers of
electronic attestations of attributes to verify by electronic means, at the request of the user, the
authenticity of the educational qualifications, titles and licences. In order to issue digitally
qualifications that have already been awarded to workers and jobseekers in a paper and/or
PDF format, MS would be able to leverage the Single Digital Gateway and the OOTS
common services to check information before issuing a digital qualification in the EUDI
Wallet121 and rely on trusted information. The content of the qualifications would differ
between the new and existing qualifications, so that MS can provide the necessary
information, with many fields being optional (see Annex 11.5).
For other skills documents outside NQFs (e.g. micro-credentials, Europass Supplements),
new ones would be issued digitally to the EUDI Wallet by default, while existing ones would
be digitalised only upon request.
Based on consultations and the DC4EU project a common framework of obligatory and
optional data fields is identified for the new qualifications and skills documents (see Annex
11.4), to facilitate common understanding and comparability of the available information. The
content of the older qualifications would be more limited, so that MS can provide the
necessary information, with many fields being optional (see Annex 11.5).
PO2
This option uses EUDI Wallet as the tool to issue digital attestations of qualifications.
It has a narrower scope: only qualifications (included in an NQF and covering EQF levels
2-8). This option excludes other skills documents for reasons of practical implementation (the
landscape of micro-credentials is very diverse, with a high number of issuers and less stability
than formal qualifications), lower level of quality assurance and relatively lower value in the
labour markets as they signal a narrower scope of skills.
The issuance of new qualifications into the EUDI Wallet would be the same as in PO1. The
same mechanism as what is foreseen for older qualifications in PO1 is used here for
qualifications issued more than 10 years before the SPI and up to 45 years before.
As PO2 focusses on labour market relevant qualifications, this PO also considers however a
more generalised digitalisation of the qualifications issued in the past 10 years122. The
more general digitalisation effort would ensure that more workers would be covered by this
new opportunity, and more employers could benefit from time saving. 10 years is considered
the maximum time allowing for the proposed reliance on consistent quality assurance through
NQFs, since 2017 was the year when the new EQF Council Recommendation was adopted.
The qualifications from the previous 10 years would need to be issued automatically to the
extent possible and in any case within a reasonable timeframe into the EUDI Wallet123. To
ensure proportionality, this service would be provided only when requested by workers for the
purpose of labour mobility, provided that they have an EUDI Wallet. The main efforts would
be for MS to connect the databases containing qualifications, awarding bodies and
accreditation information from the previous 10 years (thus providing the trust framework
121 This would leverage the OOTS-EUDI Wallet synergies: Two systems one vision: OOTS-EUDI Wallet
synergies final report published - OOTSHUB - 122 10 years is considered the maximum time allowing for the proposed reliance on consistent quality assurance
through NQFs, since 2017 was the year when the new EQF Council Recommendation was adopted. 123 E.g., in case a MS does not have a digitalised diploma register, they may need to have a manual process to
finalise the digitalisation of the qualification
42
for the EUDI Wallet) so that the information for the automatic issuance would be available
upfront. In many MS, this information would be available according to the state of play on
NQF implementation presented with the proposal for the revision of EQF Recommendation in
June 2016124 while in certain cases, MS would need to either to still digitalise this information
or collect the information.125 Several MS record the information of individual diplomas126
and a few countries127 already have such a register128. This information was taken into
account when considering feasibility of this approach. The verification of these
qualifications would then align with the trust framework of the new qualifications and would
present the same level of trust and authenticity.
To the extent possible, MS would have to have the same level of content description of
qualifications of the past 10 years as for new qualifications and should use the same trust
framework129 - see Annex 11130 . However, implementation of this option would include some
mitigating measures ((1) introducing more flexibility in the data fields, for example using
the same data fields as older qualifications regarding the description of the qualification while
maintaining the same trust framework; (2) not requiring the automatic issuance of the
digital qualification and aligning with the time needed for MS to access information with
older qualifications).
The extension of the automatic issuance to the last 10 years is an important element of this
option and to ensure that its feasibility is fully considered, a sensitivity analysis was
conducted to compare the costs and employer savings compared to no such special treatment
for the backlog (see Annex 4).
PO3
This option uses the alternative tool (Europass wallet) to issue digital attestations of
qualifications.
It has the same broad scope as PO1: qualifications (included in an NQF and covering EQF
levels 2-8) and other skills documents.
The digitalisation would take place by issuing new digital documents by default in the
Europass wallet, thus leveraging the existing Europass framework that would be further
updated for supporting mass issuance of documents across the whole EU. Issuers would be
able to make use of the European Digital Credentials for Learning (EDC) infrastructure
124 The proposal for a revised EQ ecommendation stated that “ y early 20 6, 22 MS and five non-MS had
finalised the process of referencing their national qualifications levels to the EQF. Three MS had presented a
first referencing report, but their reports were still in the process of being endorsed by the EQF Advisory
Group.” EUR-Lex - 52016DC0383 - EN - EUR-Lex. 125 Eighteen MS have reached the operational stage: their NQFs provide a map of NQF qualifications and a
reference point for development and review of standards and curricula; NQF levels are indicated on certificates
and diplomas, qualifications registers/databases are functional, and quality assurance mechanisms are in place.
Other nine MS are in the activation phase meaning that the implementation structures and the criteria and
procedures for allocation of qualifications to levels have been set, and the main instruments are being put in
place (e.g. databases, quality assurance arrangements); awareness of end-users is gradually growing. 126 In several MS, a national database of learning records/students’ degrees has also been set up (e.g. with the
DUO platform, FR with Cyclades, FI with KOSKI-palvelu) 127 Z for example shared that “all types of education regulated by law (School Act, Tertiary Education and
National Register of Qualifications) provide archive in cooperation of educational institutions and registers of
the relevant Ministries”. 128
Minutes of the meeting can be found at: https://ec.europa.eu/transparency/expert-groups-
register/screen/meetings/consult?lang=en&meetingId=66003&fromExpertGroups=3613 129 As the trust framework relies on having databases of qualifications, accreditation and awarding bodies, some
MS may not be in a position to have the same trust framework as they will set up for new qualifications.
Similarly, the same level of information on the older qualifications might be difficult to achieve in some cases. 130 Many customisable data fields related to individual learners, including grades, are considered as optional.
43
to issue qualifications, where the key requirement is to have an electronic seal that is eIDAS
compliant. The EDC infrastructure would rely on the same trust framework as PO1 and PO2,
which is hosted in Europass. Individuals would store their digital credentials in the Europass
wallet.
New qualifications would be issued automatically. Past qualifications awarded before SPI
and no later than 45 years before would be issued into the Europass Wallet upon demand
and for the purpose of employment in another MS. These qualifications would have to be
issued within a reasonable time, and no later than two weeks when those qualifications are
requested as part of a professional recognition procedure as described under Directive
2005/36/EC, thus allowing MS time to gather the data and check the information (data to be
included is described in Annex 11.5). For other skills documents outside NQFs (e.g. micro-
credentials, Europass Supplements), new ones would be issued digitally to the Europass
wallet by default, while existing ones would be digitalised upon request131.
Contrary to the EUDI Wallet, the Europass wallet does not provide any link to the identity
of the account holder and does not provide the same level of authenticity as the EUDI Wallet
since the eIDAS Regulation brings a complete trust framework for ensuring trustworthiness of
(qualified) issuers, identity of wallet holders and the registration of all parties who are
interacting with the ecosystem and sets standard protocols and interfaces. On the other hand,
the Europass platform is the EU platform for career management and in that option, the
platform would evolve forimproving the authentication of digital credentials issuers132.
Regarding the obligatory and optional data fields the requirements would be the same as in
the other options, with a more comprehensive set for the new documents (see Annex 11.4),
and a more limited set for the older ones (see Annex 11.5).
Common elements
Under all options, MS would need to give legal value to the qualifications and other skills
documents issued digitally and recognise the legal value of digital qualifications and
skills documents issued in other MS. This ensures legal interoperability of the digital
attestations.
All options include the same approach to NQF and EQF: it would become mandatory for
MS to have a comprehensive NQF, and for their NQFs to be clearly and regularly
referenced to the EQF. The NQF and EQF are important to ensure that the digitalised
qualifications are quality assured and comparable. The EQF peer review process ensures a
level of mutual understanding of qualifications levels from another MS, of qualifications
types in different MS and brings trust of the qualifications that become included in the
framework. The EQF brought a learning-outcome approach to the description of
qualifications which brings the necessary information to employers in terms of knowledge,
skills and responsibility and autonomy of the qualifications’ holders. Such an approach can
help employers better understand what an applicant can do based on these comparable
descriptions and can have trust that the qualification had a minimum level of quality to
become part of the NQFs, which can strengthen the signalling aspect of the qualifications. MS
would be obliged to include the EQF level in all new qualifications that are issued in their
territory, as it would be a mandatory field in the digital qualification. In addition, MS would
131 Like PO1, skills documents outside of NQFs issued in the past, the digitalisation would happen only upon
request. 132 Europass is only considered for the most ambitious scope and depth of digitalisation: since Europass is
already voluntarily and successfully used to digitalise micro-credentials by non-formal providers, this
ambitious scope would be feasible. Because the Europass wallet has a softer (and thus less demanding to set
up) trust framework than EUDI Wallet, it would provide more flexibility to non-formal providers while
giving less assurance about the formal NQF awarding bodies than EUDI Wallet.
44
be encouraged to use skills and knowledge concepts from the ESCO classification, as an
optional field to complement the mandatory description of the learning outcomes133.
Figure 2 The reinforced trust framework required for qualification attestations
While the EUDI Wallet framework provides legal proof of origin in terms of the issuance of
digital attestations, it does not, by default, provide proof of authorisation to award or issue. In
order to ensure that digital qualification attestations are only awarded and issued by
authorised bodies it is necessary to supplement the EUDI Wallet Trusted Lists with an
additional trust framework, specifically for qualifications. This reinforced trust framework
encompasses databases of qualifications, awarding bodies and accreditations, which are
connected to Europass 134. At the time of attestation issuance, these three data elements will be
triangulated, combined with the issuer information and cryptographically locked into the
digital qualification attestation as referenceable information. This information can be
subsequently verified independently by employers, using the verification software. As part of
the EQF Recommendation and the Europass Decision, MS are already invited to provide
comprehensive and up-to-date information on qualifications. Transforming this invitation into
an obligation under all the options would be needed to have a robust trust framework for the
digital qualifications and for the access to publicly and reliable information on qualifications
standards. In all POs, MS also need to provide information on awarding bodies and
accreditation in order to complete the trust framework described above. The information on
133 In the survey of issuers of qualifications and in the EQF AG surveys, the majority of respondents shared that
the content of the future digital qualification attestation should align with Annex VI of the EQF
Recommendation and/or the Annex I of the Recommendation on Micro-Credentials, which are quite similar in
content. Regarding the survey of issuers, out of 574 total respondents, 34.49% (n=198) selected Annex I, 25.26%
(n=145) selected Annex VI which account for the majority of respondents as 33. 0% (n= 90) responded “Don't
know/ ot applicable”. As for the EQ AG survey, out of 5 total respondents, 46.67% (n=7) selected Annex I
and 53.33% (n=8) selected Annex VI (more than one option could be selected). 134 The use of this trust frameworks already happens with Europass (in the EDC infrastructure), and the same
trust framework was explored during an internal DG EMPL-CNECT pilot regarding the EUDI Wallet options.
The EDC infrastructure can already reference accreditation information hosted in Europass. DC4EU piloted two
versions of the trust framework, including one on the European Blockchain Service Infrastructure (EBSI)
blockchain, which was not retained as the blockchain technology does not bring added value compared to the
eIDAS trusted list.
45
awarding bodies is available in some qualifications databases already (when a qualification
can only be awarded by a single awarding body). Accreditation is available for higher
education thanks to the connection with the European Quality Assurance Register135 and
during a consultation of EQF AG members in June 2025, MS clarified that inclusion into an
NQF is considered a form of accreditation and that accreditation can take many shapes but
could be referenced in future digital credentials.
Figure 3 Approach for historical qualifications that fall outside the trust framework
For historical qualifications, such a comprehensive trust framework will not be available, and
in these cases the issuer will need to rely on an alternative method of instilling trust in the
attestation in order to complement proof of origin provided by the EUDI Wallet Trusted Lists.
Here, the issuer will be required to embed evidence of accreditation and optionally embed a
copy of the original qualification document into the digitally signed attestation. Once signed,
the embedded evidence is cryptographically locked into the attestation and will be tamper-
evident at the time of verification by employers.
For the information in the Wallets to be easily readable and verifiable, employers need a
specific viewer/verifier application, and the provision of such an application is foreseen
under all the options. In case of the EUDI Wallet POs a generic verifier exists (and can be
used for the development of a reference software) but it would need to be adapted to the needs
of a specific sector in terms of rendering the information in a useful way for employers and of
providing verification of the sectoral trust framework of the credentials. In case of the
Europass Wallet, EDC also includes a viewer/verifier that allows employers to view
credentials and know instantly if the credential has been tampered with.
To support the two specific objectives, under all options the Commission would also provide
on the Europass platform a reinforced qualifications comparison tool, which would bring
together the existing comparison of qualifications framework and comparison of single
qualifications tools together as well as a tool to find your EQF level based on your
qualification title for an improved user experience. The outcome of the comparison could be
exportable so that a jobseeker can attach it to their applications, for information purpose only.
The comparison of qualifications would be instrumental to ensure that employers can access
135 European Digital Credentials for Learning - EQAR
46
comprehensive information on the content of qualifications beyond the information
presented in a diploma. The tool would allow users to use a search, for example to find easily
the national qualification(s) that are similar to another qualification or even class of
qualifications from a different MS.
In all options MS would remain free regarding the qualifications that they include in their
NQFs, and they would keep the possibility to include micro-credentials or not to their NQFs.
However, micro-credentials included in NQFs would need to follow the Council
Recommendation on the EU approach on micro-credentials to the extent possible. 136
The implementation of all the options would require some transition periods to implement.
The transition period would give time for the MS and the issuers to prepare the necessary
infrastructure. In addition, implementing acts would need to be prepared during that time to
clarify technical implementation details (e.g. related to formats, semantic model), the eIDAS
rulebook would need to be finalised (based on a current DG CNECT-DG EMPL internal
pilot) and adopted for PO1 and PO2 or the Europass issuer updated in the case of PO3. The
Commission would also organise a pilot during this preparation phase to ensure all standards
and rulebooks are aligned with the issuers and verifiers’ needs and update specifications if
needed. This transition period is estimated to be three years in after the adoption of the initial
legislative act.
Stakeholder views:
The options were developed taking into account views of the stakeholders:
Employers saw strong potential in digital solutions, including digital credentials and the
EUDI Wallet, to improve access to portable and trusted information for mobility and
matching purposes, provided that common standards and broad implementation are ensured.
At the same time, they stressed that transparency tools and digital documentation do not in
themselves amount to recognition, since employers need information that is not only formally
comparable but also meaningful in practice.
Trade unions likewise supported digital tools as enablers of transparency, while insisting
that they must remain voluntary, accessible (without excluding older workers), multilingual
and complemented by non-digital channels and appropriate safeguards. Taken together,
stakeholder feedback points to broad support for options that use digitalisation to strengthen
transparency and interoperability of qualifications information, while ensuring usability, trust
and fair access in practice.
The focus group with youth stakeholders strongly supported digitalisation while underlining
that there would be “a need for a regulatory framework to ensure their acceptance”.
Differences in support for the POs
While views differed on the need for further EU legislation, the consultation pointed to broad
support for options that improve the availability and interoperability of qualifications
information, particularly where these help make skills more visible, portable and verifiable.
Digitalisation through verifiable digital credentials through the EUDI Wallet was strongly
supported by many stakeholders consulted (PO1-2). Little support was expressed for a
targeted approach, suggesting that overall, stakeholders favour a general implementation of
136 This would continue the work that the EQF AG started with the peer-learning activity on the “inclusion of
qualifications from outside formal education and training in Q s referenced to the EQ ” that took place in
April 2025 (see EQF AG note 66-6).
47
digital credentials. Similarly, a much smaller number of stakeholders supported the use of
Europass for storing digital credentials (PO3) and envisaged its integration with the EUDI
Wallet. Stakeholders consulted generally supported the importance of ensuring that the
NQF/EQF are clearly and regularly referenced, noting that in several EU MS this is already
the case137.
5.3. Options discarded at an early stage
A number of policy measures considered at the preparatory stages of this initiative or put
forward in the consultation process have been discarded without a detailed assessment of their
impacts, either because it was not possible to establish sufficient evidence to confirm the issue
that those measures would have aimed to address, or because the measures were unsuitable to
achieve the policy objectives, clearly disproportionate, or incoherent with the existing legal
framework. For more detail, see Annex 9.
• Setting up a European wide system of quality assurance of qualifications (discarded for
reasons of proportionality and lack of competence at EU level on education and training)
• Harmonisation of the content and of the organisation of MS’ education and training
systems (lack of competence at EU level)
• Forbidding the issuance of paper credentials (discarded due to proportionality, legal
feasibility and inclusivity reasons).
• Limiting the digitalisation of qualifications to qualifications leading to regulated
professions (discarded due to the difficulty of implementation and lack of harmonisation
at EU level)
5.4. Intervention logic
The intervention logic of the initiative is based on the premise that companies face uncertainty
about the expected productivity of job applicants. Qualifications serve as a signal, reducing
the imperfection of information of employers. However, when qualifications have been
obtained in another Member State, the value of this signal is weakened because employers
(and other labour market actors) may understand less the level, content of the qualifications,
and may have doubts about its authenticity. In a context of imperfect information in cross-
border hiring, this weakened signal makes it more difficult for EU mobile and cross-border
workers to have their skills and qualifications understood, trusted and effectively used in
another Member State.
The initiative addresses two interrelated underlying causes of information asymmetry.
First, it aims to improve the availability and accessibility of reliable and comparable
information on the content, level and learning outcomes associated with skills and
qualifications obtained in another Member State. This is intended to make skills and
qualifications more understandable and comparable for employers and other relevant labour
market actors, thereby strengthening their signalling value across borders. Second, it aims to
facilitate the efficient proof and verification of the authenticity of qualifications and skills
credentials through interoperable and verifiable digital attestations. This should reduce
uncertainty and verification costs, while increasing trust in credentials presented across
borders. By addressing these two dimensions of imperfect information in parallel, the
initiative is expected to improve the portability of qualifications and skills and, ultimately,
facilitate the matching of workers with employment opportunities across MS.
137 Interviews: Recognition authority (AT, SK) Validation authority (BG) Ministry / Digitalisation body (BG)
Accreditation authority (CZ) Multiple (HR, HR, LV) Employers' organisation (PL).
48
The intervention logic is structured around the two specific objectives. SO1 addresses the
information asymmetry concerning the content and level of skills and qualifications by
ensuring that labour market actors have access to reliable and comparable information.
SO2 addresses the information asymmetry concerning the authenticity and technical
verifiability of skills and qualifications by enabling interoperable and verifiable digital
attestations. Together, these objectives are expected to strengthen the signalling value of
skills and qualifications across borders, reduce the uncertainty and transaction costs faced by
employers and other labour market actors, and make it easier for workers to carry, prove and
use their skills and qualifications when moving between MS.
The identified POs respond to those objectives and each of them, when implemented, would
cover all the elements of the identified problem:
- Information on the level and content of qualifications and skills will be provided in a
structured and systematic way in the workers’ digital qualification attestation, and
additional information on how the content compares to familiar, national
qualifications will be made available through the Europass comparison tool
- Reliability of the information will be ensured through the reliance on MS NQFs,
which also give assurance of quality of qualifications concerned
- Comparability of the information will be ensured through the reliance on the EQF,
which already provides a translation between qualifications from various MS and will
be additionally reinforced by making some of its elements mandatory; as well as
standardisation of information provided through the digital attestations and in the
Europass comparison tool
- Authenticity of the information will be, in case of new qualifications, instantly
verifiable, and in case of older qualifications verification it will be facilitated
- Interoperability will be ensured through setting common legal, technical and
semantic standards for the digital attestations.
6. WHAT ARE THE IMPACTS OF THE POLICY OPTIONS?
The expected economic and social impacts of the POs are assessed below. While economic
impacts are mainly monetised, social impacts on employment and labour mobility, working
conditions, social inclusion and fundamental rights are assessed qualitatively. Environmental
impacts are also considered. The dynamic baseline scenario is described in chapter 5.1 and
considered in this chapter as a reference point for the IA of each option.
6.1. Economic impacts
6.1.1. Direct costs
In essence, Action 1 of the Skills Portability Initiative requires an initial investment from
administrations (both the European Commission and the MS) to set up everything needed to
issue interoperable digital attestations for qualifications, to provide verifier software for these
digital attestations, and to make official information on qualifications publicly available for
the benefit of labour market actors who use these qualifications across borders. This
investment will also carry associated maintenance costs over time. As discussed in the section
below, this investment from administrations will have positive effects in any context where
qualifications may have signalling value.
Other than this, PO1 and 3, which cover all skills documents beyond NQF qualifications, will
also generate costs for providers of non-NQF micro-credentials. As defined in the Council
49
Recommendation on an EU approach to micro-credentials138, these providers can include
employers, trade unions, civil society organizations, public employment services, and any
other actor that delivers a short learning experience and issues a micro-credential certifying its
learning outcomes. Under PO 1 and 3, these issuers of non-NQF micro-credentials will also
be required to issue digital attestations for their skills documents.
Therefore, except if they take on a role as micro-credentials providers, neither workers nor
employers bear any direct costs (one-off or recurrent) related to the three policy options
presented, nor do they hold any implementation obligations. The success of the initiative is, of
course, linked to the uptake of the tools, both the use of digital attestations for qualifications
and the comparison tool, since these will only be used if they are considered to have value for
workers and employers. As discussed in section 5.2., the cost assessments have applied
conservative assumptions for the uptake of the wallet, in line with the Impact Assessment for
ESSPASS.
However, most respondents, both individuals and businesses, to the public consultation and
the SME panel indicated that they were likely or very likely to use digital qualifications. In
the public consultation, 91.9% of EU citizens (272 out of 296 respondents) and 91.3% of
businesses (21 out of 23 respondents) indicated they were likely or very likely to do so. In the
SME panel, this figure was somewhat lower, with 71.7% of SMEs (114 out of 159
respondents) expressing the same likelihood.
6.1.1.1 European Commission
Costs of the comparison tool in Europass
The European Commission will bear the costs of making a more user-friendly NQF and
qualifications comparison tool available to the wider public through the Europass website.
However, this comparison tool139 already exists under the baseline scenario, and its revision,
maintenance and further improvement are covered by the contract managing the suite of
Europass tools (including, for example, the CV builder140). Considering experts criteria and
the overall volume of this ongoing contract, a one-off cost of €300,000 and recurring
maintenance costs of € 5,000 for improving the comparison tool to address the objectives of
the SPI can be attributed to the initiative, which is common to all three policy options.
Cost of the back-office tool connecting national databases
The European Commission will need to provide and maintain a back-office tool connecting
all national databases. This tool is the backbone of the trust framework for the EUDI Wallet
and the Europass Wallet. Besides, it also feeds reliable information into the comparison tool
in Europass provided by the European Commission.
This back-office tool is built and maintained as an EU-side shared database, which covers the
trust registry and catalogue infrastructure underpinning the system. Building this database
means according to the experts’ criteria a one-off cost of €2,500,000, covering the trust
registry, catalogue population as set out in Implementing Regulation (EU) 2025/1569, and the
reference implementation. This figure is the same regardless of which issuance option is
chosen, since the database constitutes the shared trust-framework infrastructure rather than
something built separately for each option. Under the baseline scenario, by contrast, the one-
138 Council Recommendation of 16 June 2022 on a European approach to micro-credentials for lifelong learning
and employability 2022/C 243/02 EUR-Lex - 32022H0627(02) - EN - EUR-Lex 139 Compare Qualifications | Europass 140 Create your Europass CV | Europass
50
off build cost for the NQF database is set to zero, and the ongoing costs are instead captured
within the annual costs. Ongoing technical maintenance is calculated as 0.18% of the build
cost annually, consistent with the maintenance-rate convention used elsewhere in the model.
In addition, SPI requires €400,000 per year for EU-side coordination and governance: day-to-
day running of the shared database, including onboarding support for MS, data-quality
monitoring, and EDICG-style coordination. This coordination cost is genuinely additional to
technical maintenance and is assumed to be zero under the baseline, since no SPI-wide
coordination effort would be needed without SPI. The baseline scenario instead has its own
annual running cost of €400,000, covering both IT and support costs for maintaining existing
tools such as ETER and DEQAR.
Table 5: Cost for the EC to provide a back-office tool to connect national databases
One-off costs Annual costs
Baseline 0 0.4
PO1
2.5 0.8 PO2
PO3
Figures are expressed in millions of euros.
Costs of the reference verifier software
Under PO1 and PO2, which rely on the EU Digital Identity (DI) Wallet, the European
Commission may develop and maintain a reference verifier software for the wallets. This
reference verifier should demonstrate the required business rules to verify digital attestations
consistently across MS, and to give national authorities a common technical basis on which to
build their own verification services, rather than developing this capability independently. As
no equivalent verifier currently exists for this purpose, it must be built from scratch, at a one-
off cost of € ,500,000, according to experts’ criteria. This covers core functions such as
credential parsing, signature validation, status-list and revocation checking, and accreditation-
database lookups. Maintaining the reference implementation is estimated to cost € 00,000
annually, covering both keeping the implementation current and providing central support to
MS as they deploy it.
Under PO3, which relies on the Europass Wallet, the verification infrastructure builds on the
Europass European Digital Credentials (EDC) verifier already operated by DG EMPL, rather
than requiring a new reference verifier as under PO1 and PO2. As this system already
underpins around 76,000 credentials issued to date, EDC experts estimate a one-off cost of
€500,000 covers adapting it to add accreditation-database lookups and NQF schema
validation, rather than building the underlying infrastructure from scratch. The annual
maintenance cost of €450,000 reflects ongoing maintenance of the verifier (€ 25,000), first-
line support (€ 00,000), second-line support (€ 00,000), and business support (€ 25,000).
Because this approach extends an existing, operational system rather than building a new one,
both the one-off and annual costs are substantially lower than the equivalent reference verifier
costs under PO1 and PO2.
Table 6: Cost for the EC to provide a reference verifier software
One-off costs Annual costs
PO1 (EU DI Wallet) 1.5 0.1
PO2 (EU DI Wallet)
PO3 (Europass Wallet) 0,5 0.45
51
Figures are expressed in millions of euros.
Costs to support non-formal providers of micro-credentials
Under PO1 and PO3, providers of non-NQF micro-credentials will also be required to issue
digital attestations for the skills documents they provide. The European Commission will
incur costs to support non-NQF micro-credential issuers.
Micro-credentials that are not included in National Qualifications Frameworks will not fall
within the trust framework established for qualifications. They will therefore be issued as
non-qualified attestations, with a comparatively low level of assurance. For example, unlike a
digital attestation for a driving licence, which requires a high level of assurance due to its
legal and regulatory implications, these attestations would have a level of assurance more
comparable to that of digital attestations used for services such as cinema tickets or gym
memberships. There are no individual approval processes or ongoing management duties for
these providers. Consequently, associated costs would be limited to fixed IT infrastructure
rather than variable administrative casework
On the one-off side, publishing an open, non-qualified EAA schema together with self-service
adoption guidance is estimated at €400,000, reflecting the work of designing and releasing a
generic schema with no accreditation logic attached. A further € 50,000 one-off cost covers
the production of generic guidance and helpdesk material aimed specifically at non-accredited
issuers, to support voluntary adoption. On the recurring side, maintaining and versioning the
open schema as EAA/European Learning Model (ELM) standards evolve is estimated at
€ 50,000 annually, while ongoing helpdesk support for voluntary adopters is estimated at
€60,000 annually. This support is deliberately light-touch, since there is no registration
process or per-organisation casework to administer, in contrast to the accreditation-based
costs incurred for the issuance of qualifications. These figures are Commission estimates
based on the scale of comparable one-off publication and helpdesk exercises, as well as on the
European ommission’s experience in developing application profiles in the European
Learning Model (ELM) to address different use cases and stakeholder needs.
Table 7: Cost for the EC to support non-formal micro-credential issuers
One-off costs Annual costs
PO1 0.6 0.2
PO2 0 0
PO3 0.6 0.2
Figures are expressed in millions of euros.
6.1.1.2 Member States
Cost of having a national registry of qualifications, accreditation and awarding bodies
and to connect it to Europass
One of the main efforts under this initiative will be for MS to connect (one-off) and maintain
(recurrent) the databases containing information on qualifications, awarding bodies, and
accreditation. As explained in the description of the policy options, in many MS this
52
information would already be available, while in others, MS would need to either digitalise or
collect it. For these calculations, the baseline considers differences in MS readiness141.
Under PO2, these databases will need to contain information not only on new qualifications,
but also on those awarded over the past ten years. This is why the one-off costs for PO2 are
expected to be higher than for PO1 and PO3.
The ten-year cut-off is anchored to 2017, the year in which the EQF Recommendation was
revised and by which most MS had established or referenced their national qualifications
frameworks (NQFs) to the EQF. By the end of 2017, 34 of the then 39 participating European
countries had referenced their NQFs to the EQF, with the EQF acting as a catalyst for the
development of NQFs across Europe. Going further back would mean reviewing
qualifications from before these frameworks existed, requiring substantially more effort for
comparatively little gain. Conversely, a shorter cut-off would not proportionally reduce MS'
workload, since the core verification and mapping tasks remain largely fixed regardless of the
period covered. Ten years therefore offers a proportionate, defensible balance between
comprehensiveness and administrative burden.
Once qualifications are included in the national registry of qualifications, they become part of
a trust framework that enables both the automatic issuance of a digital attestation and the
automatic verification of a digital attestation within that trust framework. Such attestations
can then be treated in the same way as the newly awarded digital qualification attestations,
with minimal marginal unit costs for the issuance and verification of these digital attestations
(set at €3.5 and €3 respectively per attestation). These minimal costs reflect the fact that, once
requested, the issuance and verification of qualifications within the trust framework should
require no further human interaction: the process is fully automated from that point onward,
meaning the marginal unit cost is low.
Therefore, the 10-year backlog included in PO2 can be considered an initial investment that
will pay off, since it will be far cheaper to automatically issue digital attestations for
qualifications already included in the databases than to issue them for past qualifications,
where the administration would need to manually collect all the necessary information each
time a citizen requests one for working across borders. It will also be cheaper for employers
to verify these qualifications that belong to the 10 years backlog of PO2 than the historical
ones (details are presented below, in the direct benefits section).
Table 8: Cost for MS to have, connect and maintain national registries of qualifications,
awarding bodies and accreditation
One-off costs Annual costs
PO1 2.5 0.9
PO2 (+ 10 years backlog) 3.1 1.4
PO3 2.5 0.9
Figures are expressed in millions of euros.
A sensitivity analysis can be found below to show how this extra effort of creating a 10-year
backlog would pay off (further details can be found in Annex 4.1.3). With the 10-year
backlog, an estimated share of past qualifications benefits from the cheaper unit cost of
issuance and verification. Without the 10-year backlog, however, all past qualifications are
issued and verified at the higher unit cost.
141 See annex 8 (5).
53
Table 9: Sensitivity for the 10 years backlog
Costs With the 10 years
backlog
Without the 10 years
backlog
Cost for MS to
have, connect and
maintain national
registries of
qualifications,
awarding bodies
and accreditation
One-off costs 3.1 2.5
Annual costs 1.4 0.9
Cost for MS to
issue past
qualifications
Recurrent
costs over 10
years
(discounted)
68.4 – 86.3 147.2 – 185.6
Cost savings for
employers to
assess
qualifications
Recurrent
costs over 10
years
(discounted)
67.5 – 85.1
72 – 90.8
Figures are expressed in millions of euros.
Cost of providing a verification software
Reading digital attestations requires dedicated verification software, and the cost structure
differs sharply by policy option. Under PO1 and PO2, which rely on the EUDI Wallet, labour
market actors are free to develop their own verification software, but they can always use the
version MS must make available to any third party.
Therefore, MS, must localise and integrate the EU reference verifier (built centrally by the
European Commission) into their own national wallet trust infrastructure, at an estimated one-
off cost of €280,000 per Member State, plus €70,000 annually to host, update, and support it
thereafter. This is a considerably lighter lift than building verifier software from scratch, but
still a new requirement for all MS under SPI, regardless of their existing digital readiness.
Under PO3, by contrast, labour market actors simply use the existing Europass Viewer142 to
read qualifications stored in people's Europass wallets, and since the underlying Europass
EDC verifier is already hosted and centrally operated at EU level, no Member State needs to
provide extra verification software or build separate national infrastructure, so this cost is set
at zero.
Table 10: Cost for MS to provide a verification software
One-off costs Annual costs
PO1 7.6 1.52
PO2
PO3 0 0
Figures are expressed in millions of euros.
Cost of providing an issuing infrastructure for qualifications
For the calculation of the costs associated with the issuance infrastructure for new
qualifications, the model used is relatively complex (see Annex 4.1 for further details) and
142 EDCI Viewer
54
distinguishes between three types of actors, as they are not interchangeable and are affected
differently across the policy options:
• Education and training institutions/issuers of qualifications are the entities that
actually deliver learning and award qualifications (e.g. a university or training centre).
The calculations consider the different number of institutions per MS as presented in
the baseline (see annex 4.1. for further information).
• Awarding bodies are the entities formally accredited to award a given qualification.
In many cases this is the same organisation as the education and training provider, but
not always (for example, a national exam board may award a qualification on behalf
of multiple training providers). The model that is used for calculating these costs
considers these differences across MS (see Annex 4.1).
• Issuers of digital attestations only exists in the context of the EUDI Wallet. This is
the entity that digitally signs and issues the attestation into the wallet. Under PO1 and
PO2, this role is separate from the awarding body; under PO3, it is not, the awarding
body performs both roles itself.
This last distinction is the main driver of cost differences between the policy options and is
explained below.
Under PO1 and PO2, issuance is centralised through national or sub-national Qualified Trust
Service Providers (QTSPs) or public-authority platforms. Awarding bodies do not hold their
own signing capability; instead, a delegated issuer signs digital attestations on their behalf,
under a formal mandate. This reflects a real regulatory barrier: becoming a QTSP, or an
equivalent public-body electronic attestation of attributes (PuB-EAA) issuer, involves
requirements that most awarding bodies would not meet or want to meet on their own. As a
result, under PO1 and PO2 a separate issuer infrastructure needs to be built and maintained.
Under PO3, issuance instead relies on the existing Europass European Digital Credentials
(EDC) ecosystem. This ecosystem is gated by the same trust framework as under PO1 and
PO2, an accreditation database and a register of authorised awarding bodies and is granted
legal equivalence to EUDI-native attestations. However, because EDC does not carry the
same QTSP/public-authority barrier, issuance under PO3 is distributed: each authorised
awarding body acquires and holds its own e-seal and issues attestations directly, without
needing a separate delegated issuer. This extends EDC's existing "any institution with a seal"
model to a gated, accredited population, and removes the need to build a national issuer
platform.
Several one-off costs apply regardless of policy option. At the national level, a Member State
designing a fully bespoke attestation profile faces a one-off cost of €350,000, or €60,000 if it
instead adopts the common, harmonised SPI profile; this is a national-level cost, independent
of how many institutions or awarding bodies later connect to it. At the institutional level,
integrating an education or training provider's systems (mapping to SIS/E M) costs €20,000
per institution, plus a €4,000 harmonisation delta where the institution needs to align with the
common profile; this cost applies regardless of how attestations are later issued. Setting up an
awarding body (covering the mandate, accreditation evidence, and trust registration) costs
€25,000 per body, plus a €6,000 harmonisation delta this reflects the cost of formally
accrediting and registering an awarding body and is the same across all three policy options
since they share the same underlying accreditation database.
By contrast, the one-off cost of establishing the separate "issuer" role differs sharply
depending on the policy option, since this is where PO1 and PO2 diverge from PO3. Under
55
PO1 and PO2, setting up a centralised issuer platform costs €250,000 per issuer, covering the
national signing infrastructure (HSM, high availability, revocation, and onboarding), plus a
€45,000 harmonisation delta for issuers that are already established; this is the direct cost of
overcoming the QTSP/PuB-authority barrier described above. Under PO3, there is no
separate issuer platform to build: instead, each awarding body acquires its own e-seal directly,
at a one-off cost of €8,000 per body, plus a €2,000 harmonisation delta for bodies that already
hold a seal (for example, existing EDC issuers). This is significantly cheaper, since the
awarding body is issuing on its own behalf rather than requiring a separate issuer
infrastructure to be built for it.
The annual unit costs reflect the ongoing operational expenses required to maintain the
issuance infrastructure once it is in place, and here too the policy options diverge in how
issuance capability is maintained. Under PO1 and PO2, maintaining the centralised issuer
platform is estimated by experts to cost €60,000 per issuer annually, covering platform
operations, seal renewal, and conformity reassessment, a cost that applies only under these
two policy options, given their reliance on a national issuer platform. Under PO3, by contrast,
there is no national platform to maintain; instead, seal maintenance takes place at the
awarding-body level, at a considerably lower annual cost of € ,500 per body, reflecting the
more distributed maintenance burden of this model.
Several other annual costs, however, are shared across all three policy options. Maintaining
each awarding body, including mandate maintenance and updates to accreditation evidence,
which is estimated by experts to cost €4,500 per body annually, regardless of policy option.
ased on experts’ criteria, supporting each institution costs €3,500 annually, covering
helpdesk services, connector maintenance, and retraining.
The calculations are based on the actual number of qualification issuers across the EU (32,788
- 44,354) and consider differences between MS in terms of their level of digitalisation
readiness and governance structures for issuing qualifications. The number of qualifications
issued is not considered in these calculations, as the individual cost of issuing digital
attestations for new qualifications is not attributed to the SPI. The reason is that under the
baseline scenario, MS would in any case provide an attestation of their qualification (whether
in paper or digital format) to new graduates.
Table 11: Costs for MS to provide an issuing infrastructure
One-off costs Annual costs
PO1 417.0 - 529.9 68.5 – 82.5
PO2
PO3 457.0 – 578.4 70.2 – 84.4
Figures are expressed in millions of euros.
Cost of issuing past qualifications in a digital interoperable format
Unlike new qualifications, for which the baseline already assumes that MS issue an attestation
irrespective of the SPI, this impact assessment attributes the costs associated with issuing
digital attestations for past qualifications when these are requested by citizens for labour
mobility across the EU. The model therefore distinguishes between the one-off costs required
to establish the necessary verification and issuance capability and the marginal cost of
processing each individual request.
The cost estimates assume that MS having to issue digital attestations for historical
qualifications obtained before the establishment of their National Qualifications Framework
56
(NQF) would first need to put in place a dedicated archive-verification capability.
onsidering the experts’ criteria, a one-off cost of € 50,000 per Member State is assumed to
cover the establishment of the organisational and technical capacity required to locate
historical records, verify their authenticity, assemble the supporting accreditation evidence
and to provide the means to encode the information required to issue a trustworthy digital
attestation. The one-off cost is likely to vary significantly by Member State. For example, the
Netherlands has an extensive centralised register of qualifications dating back to around 1988.
However, the picture is less clear for other MS, with varying degrees of centralisation and
digitalisation windows. Therefore, the one-off cost estimate used in this assessment assumes
the creation of procedures based on a fully paper archive-based system. This cost is common
to the 3 policy options, and it does not depend on the level of readiness of the MS.
No empirical data currently exists on the marginal costs of digitalising past qualifications or
on the costs of manual versus automatic issuance, as no Member State has yet implemented
the automatic issuance of already awarded qualifications at scale. In the absence of such data,
the parameters used in the calculations reflect plausible estimates based on expert judgement
about what each process actually entails.
Specifically, the estimates distinguish between two scenarios: a) issuing a qualification that is
already part of a trust framework, where the qualification's data is structured, verified and
readily accessible, allowing for a largely automated process at minimal marginal cost; and
b) issuing a qualification that requires additional administrative steps to gather the necessary
information (for instance, retrieving and validating data held in non-digitised or non-
standardised formats) which involves manual effort and therefore carries a higher marginal
cost. The cost parameters used in the calculations were derived from this reasoning about the
underlying process steps, rather than from observed cost data.
Therefore, once the capability to issue digital attestations for historical qualifications has been
established, a unit cost of €300 per qualification is assumed for the manual verification
process, reflecting the effort required to retrieve archived records, validate them against paper
or legacy sources where necessary, compile the evidence in line with the embedded-evidence
approach used for historical qualifications, and translate the information into the required
structured digital format required for issuance as a digital attestation. These figures are
Commission estimates based on expert criteria, drawing upon typical costs to replace a lost
paper certificate (€50 - € 50) and taking into account the additional work of creating a digital
attestation from it. No harmonised EU-wide process or cost benchmark currently exists for the
digitisation and verification of legacy qualification records. Institutions may find ways to
optimise the process, for example, by using AI or other digitalisation techniques.
However, for PO2, a distinction must be made for the subset of past qualifications falling
within the 10-year backlog. Under this option, MS have to make the extra effort to bring these
qualifications into the same trust framework as newly issued qualifications (this extra effort
has already been quantified for P 2 under the ‘cost of having a national registry of
qualifications, accreditation and awarding bodies and to connect it to Europass’). As a result,
once this initial integration has been completed, the issuance of digital attestations for these
recent qualifications becomes an automated process triggered upon request by the
qualification holder, with only a marginal unit cost estimated at €3.5 per qualification. This
marginal unit cost is based on an estimate of the fees that a QTSP may charge per attestation
issuance, although it is recognised that QTSP charging models are not available at the time of
writing. In reality, the unit costs may vary by QTSP, volume and time. In addition, the unit
costs could be lower for attestations issued by public authorities. This is the main cost
difference between Policy Options 1 and 2.
57
Since the EU has no direct data on the vintage of qualifications used for labour mobility
across MS, the model estimates their distribution using a proxy based on the age profile of EU
movers, as younger movers are more likely to hold recently acquired qualifications. The fact
that 15–34-year-olds made up around 36% of EU movers in 2024143 provides a starting point,
leading to an assumption that roughly 40% of qualifications presented by movers are either
newly issued or issued within the previous 10 years, with the remainder classified as older
historical qualifications. This distribution is then projected forward over the 10-year appraisal
period, with the share of newly issued qualifications growing as new cohorts accumulate,
historical qualifications declining as older cohorts are replaced, and the 10-year backlog
category remaining broadly stable, since these qualifications' holders are expected to stay
active in the labour market throughout the period144.
By contrast, the difference between Policy Options 1 and 3 does not arise from the issuance
process itself, but from the higher uptake of the EU Digital Identity Wallet under Policy
Option 1, which increases the number of requests for historical qualifications.
The calculations are based on the estimated annual range of EU movers whose qualifications
are expected to be verified (220,110–277,530) and on the projected progressive uptake of
each of the two wallets. For this reason, the recurrent costs cannot be presented as a simple
annual figure. They assume that all mobile citizens who possess a wallet and need to present a
historical qualification in another EU MS will actively request its issuance as a digital
attestation. The model also incorporates the projected distribution of qualification vintages
over the 10-year period, distinguishing between recent (those within the 10 years backlog145)
and older qualifications in accordance with the assumptions set out in Annex 4.
Table 12: Cost for MS to issue past qualifications
One-off costs Cumulative recurrent costs over 10
years (discounted)
PO1 (EU DI Wallet)
4.1
147.2 – 185.6
PO2 (EU DI Wallet +
10 years backlog) 68.4 – 86.3
PO3 (Europass Wallet) 73.6 – 92.8
Figures are expressed in millions of euros.
6.1.1.3 Issuers of non-formal micro-credentials
Cost of issuing digital attestations for micro-credentials
Under Policy Options 1 and 3, non-NQF micro-credential issuers would also be required to
issue verifiable and interoperable digital attestations for their skills documents and would
therefore incur the associated implementation costs. As discussed in the baseline, the number
of affected issuers cannot be determined precisely; a lower-bound estimate of 45,000 non-
NQF micro-credential providers across the EU-27 is therefore used. Given the lack of
sufficiently robust data, the model does not attempt to disaggregate this population by
Member State. Each provider is assumed to incur a one-off capability cost of €5,000 to
acquire a seal and establish the technical capacity to issue digital attestations according to
expert criteria, resulting in an estimated total one-off cost of €225 million. In addition, each
143 Annual report on intra-EU labour mobility - Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion 144 Further details are presented in Annex 4. 145 Annex 4 includes a sensitivity analysis to show the difference in case the backlog is not included in this
option.
58
provider is assumed to bear an annual maintenance cost of €800, corresponding to an
estimated €36 million per year across the EU. These costs are borne entirely by the issuing
organisations rather than by public authorities. The model further assumes full adoption of
SPI-compatible, harmonised issuance, reflecting the legal obligation under Policy Options 1
and 3. In practice, however, such an obligation would be difficult to enforce given the nature
of the non-formal education and training sector, as providers could choose not to issue micro-
credentials following the completion of training rather than comply with the new
requirements. This uncertainty should also be considered alongside the fact that it is not
possible to establish an upper bound for the number of organisations affected by this
obligation. In principle, the obligation could extend to any organisation that issues a micro-
credential following the provision of a short course or other learning activity in a non-formal
learning setting.
Table 13: Cost for issuers of non-NQF micro-credentials to issue digital attestations
One-off costs Annual costs
PO1 (EU DI Wallet) 225 36
PO2 (EU DI Wallet) 0 0
PO3 (Europass Wallet) 225 36
Figures are expressed in millions of euros.
6.1.2. Direct benefits
Three main stakeholder groups will directly benefit from any of the three policy options under
Action 1 of the Skills Portability initiative:
• Employers (and other labour market actors who check qualifications): It will be
cheaper for them to assess the meaning and authenticity of a qualification issued in
another Member State.
• Workers: It will be cheaper for them to present official proof of their qualification to
an employer in another Member State.
• Issuers of qualifications: They will be contacted less often by employers and other
labour market actors seeking to verify the authenticity of a qualification they have
issued.
In addition, this section discusses, without quantifying, two further areas where the initiative
is expected to have considerable unintended positive impacts: national labour markets and
access to further education and training.
6.1.2.1 Employers
Cost savings for assessing qualifications issued in another Member State
Leaving aside the regulated access to certain professions, employers have full discretion to
decide how much weight to give a qualification presented by an applicant, whether to
consider them eligible for a vacancy, or to place them in a wage category linked to their
qualification level.
Like any economic actor, however, employers benefit from reliable information to make
informed decisions and reduce risk and uncertainty. When employers lack the understanding
of level and content or the capacity to verify the authenticity of a qualification issued in
another Member State, that qualification's signalling value in the labour market is
59
reduced. This creates an incentive for both workers and employers to spend time and money
obtaining a comparability statement, even when they are not required to.
Some employers may want greater reassurance and spend more time on this or ask the
applicant for a comparability statement issued by an assessment body (a trusted third party to
which they outsource the assessment). Others may accept the qualification at face value.
Employers with less HR capacity (presumably SMEs) may have less capacity to carry out this
assessment, even though their understanding of the qualification would be equally valuable to
them. Similarly, employers facing greater labour shortages, regardless of size, may be under
pressure to fill vacancies quickly and have less time to spend on assessment. AI is expected to
facilitate this in-house assessment. However, the reliability of information available online
cannot be guaranteed unless MS are obliged to share official, standardised information on
their qualifications. Also, the fact that the qualification is genuine and linked to the holder
cannot be easily established with AI.
Given the uncertainty and variability in employers' behaviour regarding the effort spent
understanding and comparing a qualification from another Member State, this impact
assessment does not quantify these benefits for employers. However, under all three policy
options, all employers and labour market actors, including SMEs, will benefit from access to
reliable and comparable information on qualifications across the EU, displayed in a user-
friendly manner through the Europass comparison tool. For this cost saving quantification
exercise, the focus is placed on the time spent by employers verifying the authenticity of a
qualification. The model assumes in the baseline an average of 2 hours (i.e. 0.25 staff-days)
needed to check the authenticity of a paper qualification from another EU Member State at an
average day rate of €4 .68146, which translates into a paper-based cross-border employer
assessment cost of €103 per qualification. This is the baseline rate, held flat throughout,
regardless of what any MS builds independently. Under SPI, this rate continues to apply to
whichever share of movers has not adopted the wallet. Again, in the dynamic baseline, it is
not possible to make a precise quantitative estimation of how employers go about checking
the authenticity of a qualification. However, the uncertainty around these figures is not
necessarily a major concern from a cost-benefit perspective. Employers who were already
spending time and money checking the authenticity of qualifications will, under any of the 3
policy options, face only marginal residual costs (not created by this initiative but rather
remaining despite of it), so net benefits are guaranteed. Employers who previously could not
afford these checks or waiting for a comparability statement and were pushed to accept or
reject qualifications without verifying them, will now benefit from automatic verification of
qualifications at marginal cost if they wish so. It could be argued that this will be of particular
help to SMEs, which, having fewer human resources at their disposal, will benefit on an equal
footing from automatically verifiable digital credentials at marginal cost.
Under Policy Options 1 and 2, the model estimates that employers will still face a marginal
residual cost of €3 per verification (the verification is fully automatic, though there is an
expectation that the employer may wish to view the information), which remains flat
throughout the period. This applies only to the share of EU movers with "new" qualifications,
or, in the case of Policy Option 2, qualifications from the past 10 years. However, "historical
qualifications" will still carry a cost of €20, since they contain embedded evidence that must
be checked, so the verification is not that automatic.
Under Policy Option 3, the model estimates that employers will face a cost of € 0 per
verification of the new digital attestations. This is higher than under PO1 and PO2 due to the
additional checks still required under the Europass wallet, such as identity verification.
146 See annex 4 for further details.
60
However, for the share of historical qualifications converted into digital attestations, the
remaining verification cost for employers is still €20.Each of the options considers the range
of annual EU movers for whom their qualification will have a use in the labour market
(220,110 –277,530), and the progressive uptake of the wallets over the 10-year period. The
vintage distribution of qualifications used for labour mobility across MS is apportioned as
explained in the section above and detailed in Annex 4. In this exercise of quantification, the
calculations for the baseline scenario yield total costs to employers of €226.7–285.9 million
over 10 years.
The calculations of benefits (cost savings) for employers are deliberately conservative, as they
assume that each jobseeker holds only one qualification, and that an employer needs to check
the authenticity of only one qualification per vacancy in which a qualification is listed as a
requirement. There is no official data147 on how many applications a jobseeker submits before
securing a job, nor on how many applications an employer receives or reviews per vacancy. It
is nonetheless reasonable to guess that the actual figure is higher than one, meaning the true
benefits for employers are likely correspondingly larger than estimated here.
Table 14: Cost savings for employers to assess qualifications
Cumulative recurrent cost savings over 10 years (discounted)
PO1 67.5 – 85.1
PO2 72 – 90.8
PO3 32.8 – 41.4
Figures are expressed in millions of euros. Costs savings start in year 4. Present value 2026-
2040.
Finally, it is also relevant to discuss here the potential cost savings for other labour market
actors that also check the meaning and the authenticity of qualifications issued in another
Member State: competent authorities in charge of issuing recognition decisions to access a
regulated profession and assessment bodies that conduct thorough comparability statements.
Regardless of the evolution of their volume of work, they all would benefit from the
availability of official and comparable information on qualifications from another Member
State and from automatically verifiable digital attestations for qualifications.
6.1.2.2 Workers
Costs savings due to fewer and cheaper comparability statements
Either to ensure that their qualifications have signalling value in another Member State, or
because a potential employer has requested it, some workers seek to obtain a comparability
statement issued by an assessment body. The annual cost of issuing comparability statements
in the baseline is estimated by combining the expected annual volume of requests (90,000)
with the average cost of processing each request (€ 25–€375). n this basis, the total annual
cost is estimated to range from €11.3 million to €33.8 million.
147 For this Impact Assessment, Public Employment Services were consulted via email, and none reported ever
having conducted an estimation exercise for this number. Some studies have attempted to do so. For example, a
survey conducted by StepStone Belgium among 44,500 Belgian candidates found that it took an average of 18
applications to obtain an interview, and around 3 interviews to secure a job offer, suggesting an order of
magnitude of roughly fifty applications to obtain a job. These results should nonetheless be interpreted with
caution, as the survey dates from 2018 and covered users of just a recruitment platform
Persbericht_AntwoordOpSollicitatie_FR.pdf
61
Under all three policy options, reductions are assumed both in the number of comparability
statements requested and in the cost of obtaining them. Based on SME Panel results, 62% of
employers request comparability statements primarily to: (i) better understand learning
outcomes in relation to domestic qualifications, (ii) verify qualification authenticity, (iii)
determine the appropriate wage or pay category, and (iv) recognise and value employees'
qualifications. Since digital attestations and readily available official information on
qualifications would address these needs directly, it is assumed that, under full adoption, these
employers would no longer require a separate comparability assessment. This potential
reduction is reflected in a 62% decrease in demand under PO1. A slightly lower reduction is
assumed for PO2 (60%), reflecting its more limited coverage, which nonetheless retains the
qualifications most relevant to the labour market. PO3, meanwhile, is assumed to reduce
demand by 45%, reflecting the comparatively weaker trust framework associated with the
Europass wallet relative to the EU Digital Identity Wallet.
The assumed reduction in the cost of comparability statements is more conservative: 20%
under PO1 and PO2, and 15% under PO3. These estimates are based on stakeholder feedback
indicating that digitalisation is likely to streamline assessment procedures and reduce
administrative effort. As no robust evidence is available to quantify this effect, a cautious
reduction factor is applied, with a lower estimate for PO3 for the reasons outlined above.
The projected uptake of the different wallets over 10 years is also factored into the
calculations to present the cumulative benefits.
Table 15. Cost savings for workers in comparability statements
Cumulative recurrent cost savings over 10 years (discounted)
PO1 27 – 81
PO2 26.3 – 79.1
PO3 10.4 – 31.2
Figures are expressed in millions of euros. Costs savings start in year 4. Present value 2026-
2040.
This cost saving for workers could potentially overlap with the cost saving for employers
presented above. However, since the benefits for employers are estimated very
conservatively, it remains relevant to present this saving separately, as it is likely to capture
value not already reflected in the employer-side estimate.
Finally, there is another direct economic benefit for workers that could be considered in this
impact assessment, relating to comparability statements: the time it takes to obtain one.
However, since it is difficult to prove that this time would directly translate into earlier access
to a job in another Member State, it is preferable not to monetise it, and instead to mention it
only as a qualitative consideration.
6.1.2.3 Issuers of qualifications
Cost savings due to fewer third-party requests to verify the authenticity of a
qualification
In the baseline scenario, qualification issuers are frequently contacted by third parties, such as
employers, recognition authorities or other organisations, to verify the authenticity of
qualifications. According to the Qualification Issuers Survey, 290 out of 574 respondents
(50.5%) reported having received requests from third parties to verify the authenticity of
diplomas. The annual frequency of such contacts was estimated by annualising the survey
62
response categories on contact frequency (i.e. once a week or more, several times per month,
a few times per year, once a month, and less than once a year). The resulting estimate ranges
from 16 to 30 contacts per year, with the lower and upper values reflecting different
interpretations of the open-ended “once a week or more” category.
This cost in the baseline is estimated by combining the number of qualification issuers
(32,788 - 44,354), the share of issuers expected to receive requests for information on
qualifications (50.5%), the average number of requests received each year (16–30), the
average time required to respond to each request (estimated at 0.25 working days), and the
average daily wage in the public sector (€3 9). n this basis, the annual cost in the baseline is
estimated to range from approximately €24.9 million to €53.6 million.
Under all policy options, digital attestations will enable the automatic verification of
qualification authenticity, substantially reducing the need for third parties to contact
qualification issuers directly for this purpose. For PO1 and PO2, the robustness of the EU
Digital Identity Wallet trust framework is expected to ensure that only a residual 10% of
verification requests for digital attestations will still require direct contact with qualification
issuers. The estimated impact is the same for PO1 and PO2.
Under PO3, given that the Europass trust framework is less robust, 30% of cases are still
expected to be verified by issuers of qualifications. The projected uptake of the different
wallets over 10 years is also factored into the calculations to present the cumulative benefits.
Table 16: Cost saving for issuers of qualifications to verify them
Cumulative recurrent cost savings over 10 years (discounted)
PO1 65.5– 166.10
PO2 65.5– 166.10
PO3 25.6 – 65
Figures are expressed in millions of euros. Costs savings start in year 4. Present value 2026-
2040.
On top of this, PO1 and PO3 could consider cost savings for an extra pool of issuers: issuers
of non-NQF micro-credentials. Under these policy options, they would also have the
obligation to issue digital attestations, and therefore they would also have the potential cost
saving of not having to carry out this verification. However, it is difficult to say whether the
extent to which non-NQF micro-credentials are verified is like that of qualifications.
For this quantification exercise, we take as a basis the answers to the Survey of Issuers of
Qualifications. Among respondents to the survey, 69 indicated that they issue Adult and
Continuing Education Certificates, Micro-credentials, or Professional Licenses/Certifications.
Of these, 27 reported having been contacted to provide information about the micro-
credentials they issue, corresponding to approximately 39% (27/69). Applying the same
annualisation convention used for issuers of qualifications, this yields an estimated weighted
average of approximately 10 contacts per year. As explained in the baseline, we take 45,000
as the bare minimum number of non-NQF micro-credentials providers and also factor in the
uptake of the wallets over 10 years.
Table 17: Cost saving for issuers of non-NQF micro-credentials to verify them
Cumulative recurrent cost savings over 10 years (discounted)
PO1 43.5
PO2 0
63
PO3 17
Figures are expressed in millions of euros. Costs savings start in year 4. Present value 2026-
2040.
These numbers are presented separately because they need to be interpreted with more
caution. It could reasonably be argued that employers are less likely to verify the authenticity
of non-NQF micro-credentials with issuers (e.g. a certificate for an upskilling course issued
by a non-profit organisation) than they would for a formal qualification (e.g. a bachelor’s
degree issued by a university).
6.1.2.4 Unintended positive impacts
This impact assessment only calculates and includes as direct benefits those that are related to
the free movement of workers. However, qualifications are used for many other purposes148
other than signalling skills when applying for jobs in another MS. Therefore, coordinated
digitalisation under the SPI is expected to generate significant unintended positive impacts in
other areas.
National labour markets, including national workers holding a qualification from
another EU country. Verifiable digital credentials will make verification and assessment
processes cheaper for employers, including for purely domestic qualifications, not only cross-
border ones. This spillover would not materialise in MS that had already developed their own
national digital credential systems for qualifications, since they would already capture these
efficiency gains. However, by accelerating and effectively mandating digitalisation, the SPI
ensures that MS which would otherwise have continued to rely on paper-based or fragmented
systems also benefit from these efficiency gains, extending them beyond the cross-border use
case that motivates this initiative. In terms of magnitude, this would affect all the workers that
apply for jobs in a qualification-relevant position and that are not mobile workers. Within this
group, there is also the specific case of national workers who hold qualifications issued in
another Member State. These are not considered EU mobile workers, but insofar as they were
EU mobile students, they will now benefit from the Skills Portability Initiative to use their
qualifications in their own Member State. To get an idea of the potential magnitude of this
case, according to Eurostat149, in 2024 there were 413,700 tertiary students from abroad who
graduated in the EU. These are degree-mobile graduates: students who completed their entire
qualification in a Member State other than the one where they finished secondary education.
Around 43% of students from abroad studying in the EU come from elsewhere in Europe,
suggesting that a substantial share of these full-degree graduates are EU nationals who, after
completing their studies abroad, may potentially return to their home Member State to enter
the labour market with a qualification obtained in another MS.
Access to further education and training. Interoperable and verifiable digital credentials
will also facilitate access to further education and training, both in a national context and in
another Member State. Many comparability statements are currently requested precisely for
this purpose150, to support applications for further studies in another Member State, and a
trusted, easily verifiable digital credential would streamline this process, reducing reliance on
148 As mentioned in the EQF recommendation, qualifications serve a variety of purposes. They signal to
employers what their holders in principle know and are able to do (‘learning outcomes’). They may be a
prerequisite for accessing certain regulated professions. They help education and training authorities and
providers to determine the level and content of learning acquired by an individual. They are also important for an
individual as an expression of personal achievement. 149 Learning mobility statistics - Statistics Explained - Eurostat 150 No formal data is available about the number of comparability statements that ENIC-NARIC issues for the
purpose of accessing further learning.
64
the same cumbersome, paper-based comparability procedures that currently affect labour
mobility. To get an idea of the potential magnitude of this area, according to Eurostat, there
were 19.1 million tertiary education students in the EU in 2024, and of the 1.83 million
students from abroad undertaking tertiary level studies across the EU that same year, 43%
came from within Europe151. This gives a sense of the scale of students in the EU that could
use their digital attestations for qualifications to access further learning and the intra-
European student mobility that could benefit from smoother, digitally verifiable recognition
of qualifications.
6.1.3. Overview of cost and benefits
Table 18: Summary overview of total costs and benefits (present value, 2026-2040, in
EURO million, the benefits start to occur from year 4, after transition period)
PO1 PO2 PO3
Cost for the
European
Commission
13.5 11.0 16.6
Costs for the MS 1,183.2 – 1,363.8 1,032.7 - 1,266.3 1,142.4 - 1309.9
Costs for issuers of
non-NQF micro-
credentials
281.2 0 281.2
TOTAL COSTS 1477.9 - 1658.5 1,043.7 - 1,277.3 1440.2 1607.7
Costs savings for
employers 67.5 - 85.1 72 - 90.8 32.8 - 41.4
Costs savings for
workers 27 - 81 26.3 - 79.1 10.4 - 31.2
Cost-savings for
issuers of
qualifications
65.5 - 166 65.5 - 166 25.6 - 65
Cost-savings for
issuers of non-NQF
micro-credentials
43.5 0 17
TOTAL
QUANTIFIED
BENEFITS
203.5 - 375.6 163.8 - 335.9 85.8 - 154.6
Net present value
(highest) -1102.30 -707.7 -1,285.76
Net present value
(lowest) - 1455,0 -1,113.5 -1521.9
6.1.4. Indirect benefits
All POs are expected to bring some indirect benefits, which are potentially significant but
cannot be estimated reliably given the uncertainties concerning the exact extent to which
portability of qualifications impacts labour market outcomes.
151 Learning mobility statistics - Statistics Explained - Eurostat
65
Levels of overqualification are higher among EU citizens working in another Member State
and overqualification results in a wage penalty. Overqualification can have different causes
(e.g. insufficient knowledge of the language of the host country, or wage arbitrage, where
workers accept a lower-skilled position because the absolute wage still exceeds what they
would earn in their home Member State). In cases where currently the relatively lower
signalling value of qualifications from another MS leads to lack of or only partial acceptance
of these qualifications, the POs would improve the opportunities for EU mobile workers to
make a fuller use of their qualifications. This could contribute to increased wages for those
workers.
The POs could also have some indirect impacts on productivity and labour market
participation. The literature on labour market mismatches, of which overqualification is a
specific case, assumes that reducing mismatches stemming from misunderstandings of
information about skills or qualifications could increase overall productivity by about 5% on
average, and by more than 8% in some countries.152 In terms of labour market participation,
workers are presumed to actively search for employment (and find it) when their perceived
chances of securing a well-paid job increase.153 Addressing the information problem of
foreign qualifications and credentials within EU could increase both the chances of finding a
job abroad and of finding a well-paid job. This in turn could contribute to a (slight) increase in
the number of active people in the labour force.
The effects are expected to be similar across the three POs. Given that the labour market value
of micro-credentials is lower, these impacts under PO1 and PO3 are not expected to be
significantly higher. Similarly, the automatic inclusion of qualifications from the previous 10
years in PO2 would mean for workers that they get their digital qualifications quicker
compared to PO1 and PO3 but eventually those workers would also benefit from the digital
attestations under PO1 and PO3, meaning that high level indirect benefits are likely to be
similar.
Finally, ensuring a standardised approach to digital qualifications and embedding legal,
and technical interoperability in the early stages of MS’ digitalisation efforts can potentially
lead to costs savings in the future and support effective investment of public funds. While
these benefits cannot be reliably established, they would likely be more pronounced in PO1
and PO2 given that in these POs use is made of a more general framework of the EUDI
Wallet rather than investing in a system dedicated only to qualifications.
152 OECD (2024), “Adult skills and productivity: ew evidence from PIAA 2023”, E D Policy riefs, o.
11, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/8bc2c556-en.) 153 Teulings & Gautier (2004) show that the extent of the market has direct effects on the search behaviour,
effectively increasing the participation rate, which has been shown empirically in Gautier & Teulings, 2006).
Using the opening of the Swiss labour market, Beerli & Peri (2015) show positive wage and participation effects
of border opening. For displaced workers, Harmon (2013) shows the positive impact of the size (in
Teulings&Gautier terms, "thickness") of the market; a larger labour market leads to longer employment spells
and higher wages (Harmon, 2013). See: Beerli, A., & Peri, G. (2015). The Labor Market Effects of Opening the
Border: Evidence from Switzerland (NBER Working Paper Series, No. 21319). National Bureau of Economic
Research. https://doi.org/10.3386/w21319. Gautier, P. A., & Teulings, C. N. (2006). How Large are Search
Frictions? Journal of the European Economic Association, 4(6), 1193–1225. NA Harmon (2013): Are workers
better matched in large labor markets?, SOLE Job Market. Paper. Teulings, C. N., & Gautier, P. A. (2004). The
Right Man for the Job. The Review of Economic Studies, 71(3), 553–580. https://doi.org/10.1111/0034-
6527.00296
66
6.1.5. Indirect costs
No indirect costs have been identified for the POs.
6.1.6. Functioning of the internal market
The POs are expected to contribute positively to internal market functioning and EU
competitiveness by reducing information asymmetries and administrative barriers
around qualifications, lowering recruitment uncertainty and shortening hiring timelines.
While mobility decisions are driven by a wide range of non-economic factors, family ties,
language barriers, housing and personal preferences, facilitation of cross-border hiring can
have some effect on skills mismatches and improve labour allocation, particularly in tight
labour markets and border regions.
SMEs are expected to benefit relatively most from the initiative. Currently, SMEs face higher
relative costs when assessing non-national credentials due to limited HR capacity and
expertise. The availability of information on qualifications including fully verifiable digital
credentials specifying level and content of qualifications would substantially reduce the time
and resources required for qualification verification, lowering recruitment costs and barriers
to hiring mobile workers. This is particularly relevant for SMEs operating in sectors with high
mobility needs or short recruitment cycles, where the ability to assess and trust non-national
qualifications quickly can be decisive.
While PO1 and 3 offer the broadest credential coverage and would in principle maximise the
pool of verifiable credentials, their inclusion of credentials outside NQFs raises quality
assurance concerns that may undermine employer trust, particularly among SMEs with
limited capacity to assess credential reliability. PO2, by restricting coverage to qualifications
included in NQFs while providing retroactive digitalisation for the cohort that is most likely
to be mobile, strikes a more effective balance between coverage and credibility, and is
therefore expected to deliver the most tangible and reliable benefits for SMEs. It is also worth
stressing that employers can rely on MS-provided verifier software, particularly useful in the
case of SMEs, so that they need not bear any cost of integrating verification software into
their HR or recruitment procedures.
Beyond internal market effects, the initiative has the potential to strengthen EU
competitiveness at the global level. By setting up a harmonised framework for the digital
issuance and verification of qualifications, built around the EUDI Wallet and common data
standards for POs 1 and 2, and based on tools facilitating comparability of qualifications, the
EU could position itself as a standard-setter in the emerging global infrastructure for skills
and credential portability. As third countries and international organisations develop their own
digital credential systems, EU standards are likely to serve as a reference model, creating a de
facto basis for comparability and interoperability at the international level. This dynamic is
directly relevant to Action 3 of the SPI, which covers third-country nationals. 154
6.2. Social impacts
The proposed policy options are expected to positively impact labour mobility,
employment, and working conditions for EU mobile workers, though effects on
employment and mobility levels may remain modest as explained in the section above.
Primary benefits will relate to working conditions and job quality, with impact expected to
154 Many third countries and regions outside the EU already use the EQF as a referencing framework. See Annex
7.
67
grow as labour market actors adapt to new procedures and systems and awareness-raising
measures build trust and ensure uptake.
All options improve on the baseline by facilitating access to reliable and comparable
information on qualifications issued across the MS and allowing labour market actors to
benefit from interoperable digital credentials for qualifications displaying a comparable type
of information. This would improve employer job matching, including wage and task
allocation, and contribute to reducing overqualification155. All options are also expected to
improve social inclusion in relation to the baseline through cost and time savings for EU
mobile workers. However, barriers such as country-of-origin bias may persist, limiting these
overall effects.
PO1 has the broadest scope and strongest expected impact, covering all qualifications and
skills documents. This supports job matching, reduces overqualification, and makes the skills
of workers with non-formal or informal learning backgrounds156 visible and portable.
However, it carries significant implementation risks: treating all learning credentials equally
regardless of quality assurance standards risks diluting the credibility of higher-standard
credentials while burdening flexible alternative training providers with requirements not
designed for them in a context of uncertainty in the overall number of providers157.
PO2 strikes a balance158 by restricting the scope of digitalisation and information availability
to qualifications and micro-credentials included in the NQFs, which guarantee a baseline
standard regardless of whether they come from formal institutions, non-formal providers, or
skills validation processes. This option covers past qualifications without delay for the
purpose of employment in another Member State for the ten most recent years and beyond on
request, within a reasonable timeframe and for access to employment in another MS, ensuring
the broadest possible reach in comparison to the baseline while maintaining quality assurance
PO34 matches the level of ambition of PO1; however, the absence of identity verification in
Europass would leave workers in a weaker position when seeking to prove their qualifications
and skills, particularly in cases where an employer questions the authenticity or ownership of
a credential.
For young people, all options are expected to bring positive outcomes. As young people enter
the labour market with limited work experience, qualifications are often the primary signal of
skills available to employers. Making available reliable and comparable information on skills
and qualifications in the EU as well as providing for interoperable and verifiable digital
attestations could therefore support better job matching and reduce the risk of
underemployment at the start of a career, while limiting costs of going through qualification
assessment procedures which are relatively more difficult to bear for people at the start of
their career. Besides, as a non-legislative supporting measure, strengthening validation
systems in line with the Council Recommendation is particularly important for individuals
who mainly acquired skills through non-formal or informal learning, such as on-the-job
experience or employer-provided training. By encouraging that the outputs of such validation
procedures are included in NQFs, whether as qualifications or micro-credentials in line with
155 Expert workshop: ENIC-NARIC recognition of VET qualifications for the purpose of worker mobility. 156 Expert workshop: Skills not captured in a qualification and the use of technologies; Call for evidence: social
partners. 157 European Commission: Directorate-General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion, Building trust in
micro-credentials for improving employability – Synthesis report from the peer learning activity 28-29 May
2024, Publications Office of the European Union, 2024, https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2767/942576 158 Striking a balance between liberalisation of education and training systems and quality assurance and
reliability of credentials is also one of the major points of the EU approach to micro-credentials.
68
the EU approach, the initiative supports these individuals in making their skills visible and
portable across borders.
6.2.1. Impacts on Fundamental Rights
The proposed POs positively impact fundamental rights as enshrined in the Charter of
Fundamental Rights of the European Union and support the European Pillar of Social Rights
(EPSR) notably by:
• Enhancing labour mobility and employment rights (Articles 15 and 45 of the EU
Charter) by improving availability of verifiable, secure, digitalised and interoperable
information on skills and qualifications, aligning with EPSR Principle 4 (active
employment support).
• Promoting equality and non-discrimination (Articles 21 and 23 of the EU charter)
through providing labour market actors access to reliable and comparable information,
supporting EPSR Principles 2 and 3 (gender equality and equal opportunities).
Data protection (Article 8 of the EU Charter) is safeguarded, as digital solutions (e.g.
Europass and EUDI Wallet) comply with GDPR/EUDPR, with Options PO1 and
PO2applying the highest standards, supporting EPSR Principle 10. No significant risks to
personal data are anticipated.
6.3. Environmental impacts
The principal infrastructural development in the broader policy context for PO1 and PO2, the
EUDI Wallet, will serve as the technical backbone for storing and sharing digital credentials,
including qualifications. However, the EUDI Wallet is being developed independently of the
SPI under the revised eIDAS Regulation, meaning its environmental footprint cannot be
attributed to this initiative. While operators using the EUDI or the Europass Wallet (PO3) for
digital credentials may generate some environmental impact, stakeholder consultations
(including large employer associations) suggest that this shift to digital infrastructure would
likely have occurred regardless of the SPI. Thus, no additional environmental burden is
expected.
Indirect environmental effects may arise from economic growth driven by improved skills
matching, potentially increasing resource use and emissions, though these effects are likely to
align with the existing economic structure’s environmental profile, without systematically
favouring more or less polluting sectors. Conversely, the SPI could support the green
transition by enhancing efficiency in skills identification, helping employers, workers, and
policymakers address green skills gaps more effectively. Therefore, the SPI could facilitate
the deployment of workers with environmental competencies into key sectors, contributing to
decarbonisation and benefiting fast-growing green sectors.
Overall, while indirect growth-related pressures may occur, the SPI’s role in improving skills
alignment for sustainability, coupled with its negligible direct and infrastructural impact,
suggests a modest but positive environmental contribution.
7. HOW DO THE OPTIONS COMPARE?
This section evaluates the relative performance of each policy option by assessing their
effectiveness, their efficiency and their coherence with broader EU policy objectives, on the
basis of criteria that can be found in the respective tables. The options are scored on a scale
from '-/+' to '---/+++' based on their impact relative to the baseline. A single '-/+' indicates a
minor effect, while ‘--/++’ and '---/+++' signal a moderate and significant impact respectively.
69
‘+/-’ means that efficiency is slightly better compared to baseline, 0 means that it is the same
as in the baseline.
7.1. Effectiveness
On effectiveness, PO2 scores highest for specific objective 1 on reliable and comparable
information. (+++). It makes available more standardised and thus better comparable
information on content (skills) and level of all European qualifications to labour market actors
due to the mandatory updating of NQFs referenced to the EQF, and the requirement to have
complete and up-to-date databases on NQF qualifications linked to the Europass platform.
The data is reliable because it is based on quality-ensured information (through the NQFs,
that must be regularly referenced to the EQF) and comes from official, i.e. trusted, sources.
The expected high uptake of the EUDI Wallet with a focus on the digitalisation of the most
recent (-10 years) qualifications which are the ones most relevant for the labour market,
allows this PO2 to provide the highest increase of standardised information. The reliability of
digitalised NQF qualifications (that are quality-assured) is high under the strong trust
framework that is used for this option.
In spite of the broad scope of PO1 (also skills documents), it scores only ++ because fully
standardised information (based on EQF and ELM) is only provided for new qualifications. In
addition, the skills documents included under PO1 have lower standards in terms of trust
framework. This may erode the trust in all digitalised qualifications and skills documents,
which may make the wallets (EUDI or Europass wallet respectively) a less trusted source of
information.
PO3 is similar to PO1, but the expected lower uptake of the Europass wallet would lead to a
moderate increase of available information, despite the broad scope (also skills documents
and older qualifications). This is why this option scores lowest (+).
For objective 2 (on interoperable and verifiable digital attestations of qualifications and
skills), PO2 scores also best (+++): it ensures full legal interoperability through the legal
value of digital attestations even if issued in another MS, full technical interoperability thanks
to a common technical standard and full semantic interoperability as it is based on a
standardised data model not only for new qualifications, but also for recent qualifications (-10
years).
In addition, the strong identity verification and anti-fraud safeguards under the EUDI Wallet
are decisive for its high score.
PO1 scores ++ as it ensures only partial semantic interoperability for older (including recent)
qualifications and other skills documents. While it is also based on the EUDI Wallet, a part of
the included documents (other skills documents) has a weaker trust framework.
PO3 scores lowest (+) because of, although otherwise similar to PO1, the Europass wallet
does not allow to link the identity of the account holder, which weighs on its performance on
the second criterion. In addition, its lower uptake also makes it score lower on the verifiability
of digital attestations.
Table 19: Effectiveness of policy options
Option PO1 PO2 PO3
SO1 Rating ++ +++ +
70
Criterion Increase in labour market relevant qualifications and skills documents on which
standardised information from trusted sources is available.
SO2
Rating ++ +++ +
Criteria
• Degree to which technical, semantic and legal interoperability is ensured
• Degree to which authenticity of the documents and link to identity can be
verified
7.2. Efficiency
Efficiency is evaluated in terms of the benefits of each option relative to its associated costs.
As not all benefits can be expressed in monetary terms because of limitations in available
data, the efficiency assessment takes into account also non-monetised benefits, such as fairer
working conditions for mobile workers, easier cross-border mobility in particular for young
people as well as a contribution to improved functioning of the European labour market and
competitiveness, the safeguarding of fundamental rights, and spillovers into national labour
markets and areas such as further learning as well as simplification.
PO2 is considered the most efficient option, with a score of + due to its ability to deliver
extensive benefits in comparison to the costs involved. The monetised costs are lowest while
its effectiveness in reaching the policy objectives has the highest score. In particular, PO2
combines the high benefits of a relatively fast and wide expected uptake of the EUDI wallet
which influences the cost savings. Beyond the monetised benefits, PO2 has positive social
impacts such as contributing to fairer working conditions for mobile workers. It is the option
with the most positive effects for young people who benefit from the digitalisation of recent
qualifications (-10 years) and who are the most likely to move across borders. With its focus
on digitalising NQF qualifications (which are most labour market relevant), it directs the
investment to the segment with the highest return, with positive spillovers on national labour
markets and the area of further learning. PO2 contributes to simplification as the availability
of the Europass platform centralising reliable and comparable information will reduce the
need for multiple efforts at Member State level to make available and keep track of
information on each other’s Q s. Indirect benefits can also be expected: P 2 contributes
positively to the functioning of the internal market and EU competitiveness: it is expected to
facilitate cross-border hiring with some effect on skills mismatches and improved labour
market allocation. It also safeguards fundamental rights.
PO1 reaches a score of +/- for efficiency. It combines a lower effectiveness in terms of
reaching the policy objective with higher costs. The higher amounts are mainly driven by the
larger scope that includes the other skills documents – a cost that is mainly placed on private
providers of micro-credentials for whom this investment will not pay off as the benefits are
spread over different groups. The option has similar non-monetised benefits as PO2, but
without the automatic digitalisation of recent qualifications (-10 years), the positive effect on
young people is weaker.
PO3 reaches the lowest score (0) as comparable costs will lead to the least effective solution
with the lower take-up of the Europass wallet weighing particularly on efficiency. Non-
monetised benefits are similar to PO1.
Table 20: Efficiency of policy options
Option PO1 PO2 PO3
Rating +/- + 0 Criterion Cost-savings from easier verifications, better access to reliable and comparable
71
information on qualifications and skills, better interoperability of digital
attestations of qualifications across the EU, fairer working conditions for EU
mobile workers, enhanced fairness, positive impact on young EU movers, and the
safeguarding of fundamental rights functioning of the EU labour market,
competitiveness benefits, simplification spillovers into national labour markets
and the area of further learning total costs.
7.3. Coherence
The coherence assessment is split between internal coherence, i.e. coherence with the other
actions of the Skills Portability Initiative and external coherence, i.e. coherence with the
broader policy context.
7.3.1. Internal coherence
PO2 is the policy options which scores highest (+++) in terms of internal coherence with
other SPI actions. By establishing common information standards and standards for digital
credentials, as well as qualifications databases, the initiative reduces the cost of presenting,
verifying, and recognising qualifications under the other SPI actions. In particular, using the
EQF as a universal reference framework across all three actions ensures internal coherence
and makes qualifications easier to compare, understand, and verify, minimising information
asymmetries and fostering greater trust within the EU.
PO2 ensures the availability of interoperable and verifiable digital qualifications, which is
crucial to allow for faster and less burdensome cross-border recognition processes under
Action 2. The use of the EUDI wallet which provides a link to the identity of the account
holder and makes use of the EUDI Wallet overall trust framework creates particularly strong
synergies. The expected quick uptake of the EUDI wallet and the digitalisation of recent
qualifications (-10 years) without delay (to the extent possible) will create early savings for
the Competent Authorities under Action 2 on regulated professions.
PO1 also supports the other actions in similar ways, but the missing digitalisation of recent
qualifications (-10 years) will create fewer immediate benefits for Action 2. The score of PO1
for internal coherence is thus ++.
PO3 scores only + because of the shortcomings already outlined under PO1 and the missing
link to the identity of the Europass wallet holder, which is crucial for recognition procedures.
7.3.2. External coherence
PO2 is highly coherent (+++) with existing EU legal frameworks and policy objectives,
particularly those related to the free movement of workers (including Regulation (EU) No
492/2011 on freedom of movement for workers within the Union) and the functioning of the
Single Market. It is consistent with the PQD (Directive 2005/36/EC) and reinforces the EQF
Recommendation objective of improving the transparency, comparability and portability of
qualifications.
PO2 is also coherent with the EU's broader digitalisation agenda, including the EU Digital
Decade and the Single Market Strategy. PO2 aligns well with the General Data Protection
Regulation (GDPR) (Regulation (EU) 2016/679) the Interoperable Europe Act (Regulation
(EU) 2024/903), the EUDI Wallet and the eIDAS Regulation 910/2014 for all digitally issued
qualifications. Adding another set of documents into the EUDI Wallet also benefits the EUDI
Wallet users. This is also coherent with the ESSPASS proposal: the use of the EUDI Wallet in
72
both initiatives gives a single storage place for the documents mobile and cross-border
workers need. PO2 also demonstrates high external coherence by combining the EUDI Wallet
with the Single Digital Gateway (SDG) Regulation (Regulation 2018/1724) and the Once
Only Technical System for qualifications already awarded. The new procedure under the
SDG allows citizens to have access to a fully digitalised procedure to request their
qualifications.
PO2 uses existing EU tools, including the Europass platform and the Open Data Portal, for
the publication of accessible information on qualifications, which is strengthened in their use
thanks to improved data provision by MS and a reinforced qualifications comparison tool.
The digitalisation of micro-credentials in NQFs is coherent with both the EQF and micro-
credentials Council Recommendations and would ensure that the data fields established in
those Recommendations are properly used. PO1 achieves the same external coherence score
as PO2. The coherence with the micro-credentials Recommendation is even stronger than in
PO2 as all skills documents are digitalised under this PO.PO3 aligns also with the EU Digital
Decade by digitalising qualifications, it conforms with the GDPR requirements, and like PO1
and PO2 gives legal value to digital credentials. However, it does not align with the EUDI
Wallet and therefore does not provide any link to the identity of the account holder and does
not benefit from the EUDI Wallet’s overall trust framework, established under the eIDAS
Regulation. It is also incoherent with the EUDI Wallet, which will be made available by all
MS to their citizens, since it will create a parallel system of wallets and trust services. PO3
builds on the Europass infrastructure in line with Decision (EU) 2018/646, ensuring
continuity with current practices and growing familiarity for employers and workers alike and
coherent with the Europass platform at large as a one-stop-shop for skills and career
management. PO3 therefore scores ++ for external coherence. The coherence with the micro-
credentials Recommendation is the same as PO1 as all skills documents are digitalised under
this PO. PO3 therefore scores ++ for external coherence.
Table 17: Coherence of policy options
Option PO1 PO2 PO3
Internal
coherence
Rating ++ +++ +
Criterion Degree to which the policy options align with and support the other SPI actions
External
coherence
Rating +++ +++ ++
Criterion Degree to which the policy options are aligned with existing EU policy
frameworks, without undermining or duplicating other initiatives
7.4. Overall comparison of Policy Options
Table 18: Comparison of the POs across all assessment criteria relative to the baseline159
PO1 PO2 PO3
Effectiveness ++ +++ +
Efficiency +/- + 0
Coherence +++ +++ ++
159 The following ranking symbols have been used: from '+' (more effective/efficient/coherent than the baseline)
to '+++' (much more effective/efficient/coherent than the baseline); from '-' (less effective/efficient/coherent
than the baseline) to '---' (much less effective/efficient/coherent than the baseline).
73
The policy options are also assessed against the principles of proportionality and subsidiarity
as required under Article 5 of the Treaty on European Union. PO 2 is the most proportional
as it limits the scope of qualifications covered by digitalisation to those most relevant for the
labour market and therefore striking the best balance between benefits and costs. For young
people, since they are more mobile than other age groups (those aged 15-34 years constituted
36% of the entire EU mover population in 2024), future and recent issued qualifications (up to
10 years in the past) would be largely covered.160 PO1 raises significant proportionality
concerns due to its broad scope and the consequent high burden of digitalising all existing
Q qualifications and skills’ documents, and all past qualifications on demand, without
distinguishing between NQF and non-NQF qualifications, which may go beyond what is
necessary. PO3, while similarly broad in scope, is considered a bit more proportional than
PO1 as it leverages the existing Europass framework.
On subsidiarity, all options address an inherently cross-border problem that MS cannot
resolve alone and therefore justify EU-level action. Similarly, all options build on an
interoperable EU-wide digital infrastructure for qualifications, which cannot be achieved by
MS acting individually. EU-level coordination, standardisation and funding support are
therefore necessary and create clear added value for cross-border labour mobility.
8. PREFERRED OPTION
The impact assessment resulted in PO2 as the preferred way forward to achieve the specific
objectives 1 and 2 in the most effective, efficient and coherent way.
Thanks to the digital qualification attestations issued in the EUDI Wallets and the reinforced
comparison tool in Europass, employers and workers will have free and easy access to
information on the level and content of qualifications issued in the other MS. The information
will be fully reliable, as the PO focuses on qualifications included in the MS NQF, which are
quality assured and the content of the digital attestations and the information in the
comparison tool will be based solely on official administrative data. It will be comparable –
both digital attestations and the comparison tool will include up to date EQF level references,
and the presentation of the information will be standardised. The information will be instantly
verifiable for new qualifications and facilitated for older ones – both in terms of authenticity
of the qualification and its issuer and in terms of the link to the holder’s identity. The solution
is fully interoperable thanks to common legal, technical and semantic standards.
The preferred form of legal act for the PO is a regulation as an instrument which provides
advantage of establishing a uniform set of rules that are directly applicable across the Union.
Being directly applicable and setting minimal requirements without further need of any
transposition by MS, regulation will contribute to a quicker unification. It will ensure that the
envisaged tools to improve the availability of reliable, comparable and interoperable
digitalised information on skills are based on consistent data from the MS and meet the same
technical standards and specifications so that they can be trusted as authentic and quality
approved. As a directly applicable legal instrument, the regulation will also be easier and to
implement.
Setting up a comprehensive and interoperable system of digital attestations of qualification
comes at a cost to national administrations and education and training providers. The
preferred option keeps those costs to a minimum by firstly, choosing EUDI Wallet as a
technical solution where a significant part of the investment has already been decided to make
160 European Commission (2026) Young EU movers and labour market mismatches - Publications Office of the
EU
74
irrespective of this initiative, and secondly by limiting the scope of the initiative to NQF
qualifications where most of the information necessary for the establishment of the required
trust framework is already at the disposal of the MS. It also strikes a balance between
covering a larger proportion of the workforce thanks to automatic issuance of some historic
qualifications and making it practically feasible and cost-effective. Limiting the automatic
issuance to the last 10 years means that MS can to a significant degree rely on already
existing databases and ensuring that the attestations are provided solely for the purpose of
labour mobility and giving the possibility to provide a more limited set of information further
addresses potential challenges of digitalising past qualifications.
Overall, the proposed solution will be a significant step forward in how qualifications from
other MS can be used in practice in the single market. While not touching on MS competence
in organising their education and training systems, the PO builds on policies and tools
developed so far and brings them a step forward, towards a fully connected system whereby
qualifications obtained in other Member State are easily understood and verified and thus
have a signalling value which is closer to national qualifications.
This will have direct benefits for workers and employers, who will save time and money on
costly processes of verifying qualifications and comparing them to national standards. The
availability of digital attestations will be relevant for workers in regulated and non-regulated
professions. When it comes to regulated professions, it is a precondition for the modernised
and simplified system of formal recognition put forward in Action 2 of the SPI.
Broader positive effects of the PO are expected, which could not be monetised in a robust
manner such as effects on employability or overqualification levels. A significant positive
spillover effect is expected on portability of qualifications in national labour markets and in
the context of learning mobility, potentially saving time and costs to a much higher number of
citizens. In addition, setting common EU standards for digitalisation of qualification at this
stage, where national investments are starting but the national systems have not yet been fully
established, ensures interoperability by design and prevents potentially higher costs in the
future where divergent national approaches would further complicate the understanding of
qualifications from other MS for employers, and where eventually a variety of fully fledged
national systems would need to be adjusted to be interoperable.
8.1. Summary of cost and benefits for the preferred Policy Option
A breakdown of the estimated costs and benefits of the Preferred Option is provided in Annex
3, which presents each impact by stakeholder group (workers, employers and public
authorities).
8.2. Application of the ‘one in, one out’ approach
There are no expected administrative costs for citizens and businesses arising from the
initiative.
9. HOW WILL ACTUAL IMPACTS BE MONITORED AND EVALUATED?
The Commission would establish a dedicated monitoring framework covering the Operational
Objectives set out below and the corresponding output, result and impact indicators. Together,
these indicators would support both the monitoring of implementation and the future
evaluation of the initiative.
75
A report on the progress of the initiative would be envisaged five years after the date of entry
into application of the legislative act. In addition, an evaluation will be foreseen in line with
Better Regulation requirements.
To facilitate monitoring and evaluation, the Specific Objectives are translated into
Operational Objectives (OO):
Specific Objective 1: By the end of the transition period, labour market actors have access
to reliable and comparable information on skills and qualifications issued in the EU.
Corresponding Operational Objectives:
• OO1: By the end of the transition period, all MS have their NQF databases fully
connected to Europass with standardised metadata
• OO2: By the end of the transition period, all MS submit up to date EQF referencing
reports to guarantee the Europass comparison tool provides accurate, up-to-date
equivalence information.
Specific Objective 2: By the end of the transition period, labour market actors in the EU
can benefit from interoperable and verifiable digital attestations of qualifications and
skills.
Corresponding Operational Objectives:
• OO3: By the end of the transition period, all MS issue all new qualifications (EQF
levels 2–8) digitally via the EUDI Wallet
• OO4: By the end of the transition period, all MS can digitise and issue qualifications
from the past 10 years via the EUDI Wallet automatically for cross border
employment
• OO5: By the end of the transition period, all MS can digitalise and issue qualifications
awarded between the past 10 and 45 years into the EUDI Wallet within 14 days of
request (e.g., for professional recognition procedures or for other employment in
another MS purposes)
• OO6: By the end of the transition period, digital qualifications issued through the
EUDI Wallet can be automatically verified across MS.
• OO7: By the end of the transition period, all MS recognise the legal value EUDI
Wallet-issued digital qualifications.
Based on the Operational Objectives, the draft monitoring framework distinguishes between
output, result and impact indicators. Output indicators would monitor implementation of the
operational objectives, for example the share of MS capable of issuing digital qualifications
through the EUDI Wallet, or the share of MS with NQF databases connected to Europass
using the agreed metadata standard. Result indicators would capture the immediate effects of
the initiative on labour market actors, such as the share of newly awarded qualifications
issued as digital credentials, the share of employers reporting easier access to and comparison
of qualifications obtained in another Member State, or the share of mobile workers reporting
that they can successfully present and use verifiable digital qualifications in another Member
State. Impact indicators would assess broader labour market outcomes. As such, they are
influenced by a range of external economic, labour-market and policy developments and
should not be interpreted as being solely attributable to the initiative. Impact indicators
include, among others, transaction costs associated with qualification portability, and
employers' reporting that qualification-related barriers discourage them from recruiting
candidates holding qualifications obtained in another Member State. Where possible, the
framework relies on existing EU data sources and reporting mechanisms. Where suitable data
are not currently available, the Commission would first assess whether existing surveys,
administrative datasets or monitoring systems could be adapted before considering targeted
evaluation studies or other proportionate data collection methods. The detailed draft
76
monitoring framework, including indicators, data sources, baselines and reporting frequency,
is provided in Annex 10.
77
Annex 1: PROCEDURAL INFORMATION
1. Lead DG, Decide Planning/CWP references
DG Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion (DG EMPL) is the lead DG.
The Skills Portability Initiative is included in the Commission Work Programme (CWP) for
2026161, and planned for adoption in Q3 as part of the Fair Labour Mobility Package.
2. Organisation and timing
The Call for evidence162 providing an overview of the initiative and envisaged POs was
published on 5 December 2025 on “Have Your Say”163 and remained open for feedback until
27 February 2026 (a detailed assessment of the feedback received is provided in Annex 2).
The Impact Assessment report (IA report) is based on a number of studies and existing
literature, reports, surveys and background research. A study from an external contractor was
launched in October 2025 to inform the IA report.
In addition, extensive targeted consultations were conducted in the context of this initiative
between October 2025 and April 2026.
Previous evaluations were also taken into account in the preparation of the IA report, in
particular the European Qualifications Framework (EQF)164 and Europass165 evaluations
published in 2024.
Inter-Service Coordination Group
The Inter-service Coordination Group (ISCG) on the Union of Skills was used by the
Secretariat-General to assist in the preparation of the SPI. For the external studies supporting
the IAs for the three SPI actions, specific steering groups were set up.
The representatives of the following Directorates-General participated in the ISCG work:
BUDG, CNECT, COMM, EAC, ECFIN, EEAS, EMPL, ESTAT, GROW, JUST, JRC,
INTPA, MOVE, NEAR, REFORM, REGIO, RTD, SANTE, TRADE, SG and the Legal
Service.
One Cabinet/Services meeting was held in 2026 during the preparation stage of this IA. The
representatives from the following Cabinets and Directorates-General of the Commission took
part in the Cabinet/Services meetings: CAB-SÉJOURNÉ, GROW. DG EMPL has considered
the comments made by Cabinets and DGs regarding the Impact Assessment.
The ISCG met 3 times to discuss the SPI, namely on 16 September 2025 (meeting on the
overall Union of Skills with a dedicated point on the SPI), on 26 March 2026 (to discuss
preliminary elements of the three SPI IAs) and on 27 May (to discuss the three IAs before
their submission to the Regulatory Scrutiny Board).
161 Commission work programme 2026 - European Commission 162 Skills portability, action 1 – facilitating worker mobility across the EU through skills transparency and
digitalisation 163 Fair labour mobility package: Skills portability 1: digitalised cross-border portability of qualifications and
skills 164 EUR-Lex - 52024SC0071 - EN - EUR-Lex 165 EUR-Lex - 52024DC0135 - EN - EUR-Lex
78
The steering group for the external study supporting the IA on SPI Action 1 met on 13
October 2025 for the kick-off meeting, on 20 November 2025 to discuss the draft Inception
report and on 19 March 2026 to discuss the draft Interim report. The draft Final report was
discussed by written procedure with a deadline for comments by 3 June 2026.
Bilateral meetings with other Commission services
DG EMPL has held a number of bilateral meetings with several Commission services
including DG REGIO, CNECT, GROW, ENER, LS, DIGIT. .
External meetings and consultations
The initiative touches upon different policy areas including, labour moblity, employment and
recognition of qualifications related aspects. Therefore, extensive consultations were
conducted with a wide range of stakeholders and experts from different backgrounds.
Meetings and ad-hoc consultations with EU institutions and agencies, international
organisations, MS, expert groups, high-level groups, think tanks, and civil society were
organised. A full overview of the consultations conducted is available in Annex 2.
3. Consultation of the Regulatory Scrutiny Board
On 17 June 2026, DG EMPL submitted the draft IA to the Regulatory Scrutiny Board, which
has examined the draft IA on 15 July 2026. The RSB delivered a negative opinion following
the meeting. The revisions made to address the RSB opinion are summarised in the table
below.
On 24 August 2026, the RSB delivered a positive opinion with reservations. The revisions
made to address these reservations are also summarised in the table below.
Table: How RSB comments have been addressed
1st RSB Opinion (copy of the
RSB comments from the
opinion)
How and where the comments have been
addressed
The Board notes the additional
information provided. However, the
Board gives a negative opinion
because the report contains the
following serious shortcomings that
the lead Service must address:
(1) The report does not demonstrate
the proportionality of preferred
option.
(2) The report does not sufficiently
demonstrate the problems to be
tackled, their root causes and their
magnitude, building on appropriate
evidence-base. The intervention
logic is not substantiated. The report
does not establish that an obligation
The report has been substantially revised to address
the Board's comments.
As at this stage the evidence is not solid enough to
justify a specific action under objective A which
aimed at addressing specific barriers in non-
regulated professions, the options under former
objective A (including the obligation to refer to
EQF levels in labour market contexts and the legal
presumption of equivalence of qualifications of the
same level), has been removed. This allows the
report to focus on a more proportionate and
evidence-based intervention based on the former
objective B options which are expected to also
gradually address the issues identified for non-
regulated professions. The effect will be evaluated
after some years of implementation, and, should it
reveal persistent deficiencies in this respect, could
79
to refer to EQF levels in labour
market contexts can effectively
support the free movement of
workers in the EU.
(3) The report does not sufficiently
describe the dynamic baseline,
including existing digital tools and
projects under development, and
their expected effects. The definition
of some policy measures is not
sufficiently clear for the purposes of
assessing their impacts.
(4) The coherence of this initiative
with the other SPI actions as well as
with other legislation and initiatives
in the field of labour, skills and
qualification is not sufficiently
assessed.
be addressed making use of a review clause of the
legal instrument.
The problem definition and intervention logic have
been reinforced by expanding the evidence base,
integrating the findings of the EQF and Europass
evaluations, strengthening the analysis of labour
market barriers and better substantiating the role of
qualification portability in supporting worker
mobility. The dynamic baseline has been expanded
to better reflect existing EU tools, ongoing digital
initiatives and technological developments, while
the description of the policy measures has been
made more operational and implementation
oriented. Finally, the report provides a stronger
assessment of coherence with the other actions of
the Skills Portability Initiative and with relevant EU
initiatives in the fields of skills, qualifications,
digital identity and interoperability, demonstrating
more clearly how the preferred option builds on
existing EU frameworks and projects (sections 1.2
and 7.3).
What to improve:
(1) Based on an improved evidence-
base and building on recent
evaluations, including on the EQF
and Europass, the problem definition
should demonstrate the direct
contribution of obstacles related to
the skills and qualification portability
to EU workers’ mobility and the
scale of the problems that the
initiative aims to address. It should
demonstrate to what extent the lack
of understanding of non-national
qualifications plays a role in the
workers’ and employers' decisions
and to what extent fraud is pervasive
and hence constitutes an issue in
relation to proof of qualification in
the labour market context.
The revised problem definition (2.1) strengthens the
evidence base on how obstacles to skills and
qualification portability directly hinder EU
workers’ mobility and labour market efficiency. It
now explicitly frames qualifications as signals of
productivity, showing how limited understanding of
non-national qualifications creates information
asymmetries that affect recruitment decisions and
can disadvantage mobile workers. This is supported
by stakeholder evidence, including SME Panel
results showing that unfamiliarity with foreign
education systems, difficulties verifying
qualifications and language barriers are among the
main obstacles, as well as evidence that
comparability statements are widely used in
practice even where they are not legally required.
The revised analysis also includes the findings of
the EQF and Europass evaluations and better
demonstrates the scale of the problem by
highlighting the relative lower signalling value of
qualifications obtained in other MS (section 2.1)
and the risk that uncoordinated national
digitalisation could further deepen fragmentation
and uncertainty. In addition, it clarifies that
verification difficulties linked to paper-based
credentials and limited interoperability can also
create opportunities for fraud, thereby undermining
trust in non-national qualifications.
(2) The report should consider how
the findings of the EQF and
The report contains more detail on how the
proposed measures build on the outcomes of the
80
Europass evaluations affect the
design of the measures and the
potential impacts. In particular, the
report should assess to what extent
the EQF can be considered an
effective tool for facilitating
recruitments, considering that the
EQF evaluation found that effects on
employability, mobility and social
integration of workers and learners
were less tangible. The relevant
evidence should be reflected in the
intervention logic.
EQF and Europass evaluations. The outcomes of
the evaluations have been set out in more detail in
the report. The report also addresses more
specifically the role of the EQF for the labour
market, including recruitments. The EQF and the
Europass evaluation has been taken forward and is
reflected in the problem definition. These different
points are now reflected in the design of the policy
options.
(3) The report should improve the
description of the dynamic baseline,
explaining better the current
situation, practices in MS related to
the use of qualifications including
the practise related to qualifications
in job postings. For example, to the
extent possible, the report should
provide an estimation of the share of
job advertisements referring to
qualifications, which would be
affected by the obligation to refer to
EQF levels, in large companies and
SMEs. The report should describe
relevant existing initiatives, tools and
projects to support labour mobility
(e.g. EQF, NQF, Europass and its
certificate supplement, ESCO),
including IT ones (DC4EU, EUDI
Wallet etc.). It should also provide a
clear overview of the situation in MS
regarding both the various types of
different organisations and practices
for issuing qualifications and the
different levels of readiness of
issuers for issuing qualifications
digitally, distinguishing the
qualifications issued in the past and
the qualifications to be issued in the
future. It should also provide a
deeper analysis on how AI-enabled
solutions could address the identified
problems and/or their drivers.
The dynamic baseline (section 5.1) has been
adapted to the new scope of the initiative and
substantially strengthened to provide a more
granular, evidence-based and forward-looking
account of the current situation and its likely
evolution in the absence of EU action.
First, the revised baseline now better links
quantitative and qualitative evidence to actual
Member State practices, including the use of
qualifications in job postings and recruitment. The
report explains more clearly how limited use of EU
transparency tools translates into practical barriers
for employers, especially SMEs. For example, it
highlights that only 14% of SMEs recruited from
other MS in 2023, compared with 33% of large
firms, and that nearly half of SMEs report needing
better tools to understand non-national
qualifications. This is explicitly connected to the
still fragmented uptake of instruments such as EQF
and Europass. The baseline also shows that, without
further EU action, employers are likely to continue
relying on nationally familiar qualifications, with
cross-border recruitment remaining costlier and
slower, as reflected in persistent recruitment costs
and unchanged assessment times.
Second, the report now contains a fuller analysis of
how digitalisation and AI affect the problem and
are likely to shape the future baseline (sections 2.1
and 5.1). It integrates evidence from the 2026
Council of Europe survey, which shows that 73% of
institutions report no use of AI in qualification
recognition, as well as lessons from the DC4EU
pilots. These pilots confirm the potential efficiency
gains from digital credentials, while also illustrating
the risk of fragmentation if MS proceed with
different technical solutions in the absence of
common standards.
Third, the revised baseline provides a clearer
81
picture of Member State readiness, distinguishing
between the treatment of existing qualifications and
the future issuance of digital qualifications. An
overview of implementation patterns, governance
models, infrastructure and technical readiness in
MS for issuing qualifications digitally is now
included in annex 8(5). Based on this information, a
technical readiness index has been created and used
for cost calculations (section 6, annex 4) where
relevant.
Finally, the baseline now situates these
developments in relation to relevant existing EU
initiatives (which are described in more detail
across the report, e.g. in sections 2.1, 5.1, 5.2,
annex 7, annex 14E), while clarifying their limits
for the specific problem at stake. It explains that
these frameworks are important enablers, but do not
by themselves remove cross-border obstacles linked
to qualification format, comparability and
verification.
The revised baseline therefore better demonstrates
that, in the absence of EU intervention, ongoing but
uncoordinated digitalisation is likely to deepen
rather than reduce fragmentation.
(4) The report should explain the
content of the options more precisely
and describe how the measures
would work in practice. It should
also clearly demonstrate the expected
outputs, outcomes and impacts of the
proposed measures, considering the
evidence base. It should clarify
whether the proposal will include
supporting non-legislative measures.
The revised IA presents the policy options in a
more precise, comparable, and implementation-
oriented way, making it easier to understand both
the differences between the options and the
practical consequences of choosing one over
another (section 5.2).
The options are now organised around three
concrete design variables: the digital tool used
(EUDI Wallet or Europass Wallet), the scope of
qualifications covered (including EQF level and
type of documents digitalised), and how far back
the digitalisation of qualifications goes and how this
is organised. The revised framing also makes the
intervention logic more transparent by separating
automatic issuance for newly awarded
qualifications from on-demand digitalisation of
existing ones, which helps clarify what each option
would actually require in practice.
The revised IA also improves significantly the way
it explains how the options would operate.
Measures that were previously only implicit are
now set out as part of a more explicit
implementation pathway. The IA specifies elements
such as transition periods, pilot phases, and the
supporting role of existing EU instruments,
including the Single Digital Gateway and the Once-
Only Technical System, in facilitating access to
older credentials. It also explains more clearly what
82
MS and other actors would need to do under each
option. Under PO1 and PO2, for instance, MS
would need to establish databases of awarding
bodies so that qualifications can be issued
automatically through the EUDI Wallet. Under
PO3, by contrast, the existing Europass
infrastructure is used as the main vehicle, but this
would require further adaptation to function at
larger scale with the same trust framework, in order
to be truly comparable. This operational detail
makes the options more concrete and shows more
clearly how they relate to current frameworks such
as eIDAS and ESCO. Likewise, prerequisites such
as the inclusion of EQF levels in newly issued
qualifications and the development of interoperable
NQF databases are now brought into the main
narrative.
Moreover, the IA draws a stronger connection
between the design of each option and its expected
effects.
Supporting non-legislative measures are clearly
mentioned in the description of the option (section
5.2).
(5) The costs and benefits analysis
should be revised. The main report
should provide a transparent
overview of the assumptions that
drive the results, their rationale and
corroborating evidence, their
limitations and uncertainties. It
should be clear and consistent
throughout the report and its annexes
as to whether cost and savings
allocated to employers include public
and private entities. The report
should consider recurrent costs
affecting employers. The report
should be clear on how many entities
would be impacted under each option
over the assessment period and to
what extent. The report should
provide robust analysis of costs for
issuers, allowing to establish the
costs to different types of issuers.
Any efficiency gains estimate for
enterprises as well the increased
productivity due to reduced
mismatch and higher mobility should
be substantiated.
The cost and benefits analysis (section 6) has been
revised. In particular, the indirect benefits, that
included possible spillover effects and were largely
based on assumptions (such as higher productivity
due to reduced skills mismatch or higher mobility),
have been taken out or only described qualitatively.
Only the most certain and direct benefits, based on
very conservative calculations, have been
monetised. Where assumptions had to be made for
costs and benefits, their sources as well as their
limitations and uncertainties are transparently
acknowledged.
In the remaining options (i.e. after removing the
options under former objective A), employers do
not bear any direct costs, nor do they hold any
implementation obligations.
The report does not make any difference between
public and private entities as employers: for
instance, for a conservative calculation of the cost
savings for (all types of) employers it takes as a
starting point the share of vacancies that mention
qualifications (based on the OVATE database that
covers private and public vacancies) and applies
this share to the annual flow of mobile workers,
which is kept stable over the whole timeframe.
The cost calculation for different types of issuers is
based on a newly added clustering of MS
(centralised vs. decentralised MS for issuance of
83
education credentials): a table with the type and
number of issuers per MS is included in annex
8(5)).
(6) The report should better justify
the proportionality of the preferred
option which includes a legal
presumption of equivalence;
mandating the systematic inclusion
of the EQF levels in labour market
situations and requiring the
digitalisation of all newly issued
qualifications and those issued in the
past 10 years that are part of MS
NQF. The report should assess a
sufficient range of options to allow
for demonstrating proportionality.
The former Objective A addressing specific barriers
in non-regulated professions and its related policy
options, including on the legal presumption of
equivalence of EQF levels has been removed (see
above).
The new preferred option PO2 has been adjusted to
ensure proportionality: while newly issued
qualifications would be digitalised by default, those
issued in the past 10 years would be digitalised only
on demand and for the purpose of employment in
another Member State. In addition, for older
qualifications, the information needs can be adapted
so that MS can provide the necessary information,
with many fields being optional.
A comparison of costs and benefits has
demonstrated that digitalising qualifications dating
back to less than 10 years is worth the investment:
the higher cost at the start is outweighed by the
higher savings for issuers of qualifications later on.
A sensitivity analysis in included in annex 4.2.
(7) The analysis of the interplay
between this action and the other
actions of the Skills Portability
Initiative, in particular Action 2
should be reinforced, including as
regards digital aspects. The report
should also further develop the
analysis of the coherence of this
initiative with on-going projects and
initiatives both in the field of the
Skills and qualifications on the EU
labour market or in relation to the
EU digital strategy (e.IDAS.2.0,
Interoperability regulation).
The report has been strengthened to better explain
the interplay between Action 1 and the other actions
of the Skills Portability Initiative, in particular
Action 2. It now clarifies how Action 1 provides the
trusted, interoperable digital qualifications and
qualification information that underpin the digital
processes envisaged under Action 2 for the
recognition of qualifications for access to regulated
professions. In addition, the analysis of coherence
has been reinforced by explaining more clearly how
the initiative builds on and complements ongoing
EU digital initiatives and projects (see in particular
sections 1, 7.3 and annex 13). In particular,
additional references have been included on the
contribution of the DC4EU project in shaping the
preferred option, as well as on the alignment of the
initiative with the EU digital strategy,
demonstrating that the proposed measures have
been designed according to an interoperability-by-
design approach.
(8) The report should present better
how the stakeholders views have
informed the design and the analysis
of the measures.
To better present how stakeholder views inform the
analysis and design of measures,
the IA now shows in a more coherent way all the
evidence gathered from stakeholders: for example,
the SME Panel findings on comparability
84
statements and the digital-credentials survey data
appeared only in the problem-drivers section,
several pages after the corresponding problem
statement. This evidence has been relocated to
Section 2.1, alongside the claim it substantiates.
Also, the section on policy options includes an
expanded presentation of stakeholder positions,
taken into account in the design of the options.
Taken together, the revision makes stakeholder
evidence complete where it was missing and
correctly positioned where it was present but
disconnected from the argument it supports.
2nd RSB Opinion (copy of the
RSB comments from the
opinion)
How and where the comments have been
addressed
The Board notes the improvements
to the quality of the report. However,
the report still contains significant
shortcomings. The Board gives a
positive opinion with reservations
because it expects the DG to rectify
the following aspects:
(1) The preferred option is not
clearly defined regarding the
‘automatic issuance on demand for
the purpose of the employment in
another MS’ of qualifications issued
over the last ten years.
(2) The analysis of costs and cost
savings is not clear, including
regarding the baseline as well as in
relation to the digitalisation of
qualifications issued in past ten years
under the preferred option. The
report does not sufficiently explain
some of the key assumptions and the
resulting uncertainties.
The Policy Option 2 has been revised to include
more details regarding the recent qualifications (-10
years), including the approach towards automatic
issuance (section 5.2, p.37).
Annex 11 (sections 11.4 and 11.5) has been updated
to reflect the approach of flexibility for older
qualifications and recent qualifications (-10 years)
regarding the description of the data fields.
The baseline (section 5.1, pp 27-32) and impact
assessment (section 6, pp 43-6370) chapters have
been systematically reviewed, including in relation
to the digitalisation of qualifications in the past ten
years under the preferred option. They include also
more detailed explanations of key assumptions and
further discussion of the resulting uncertainties.
What to improve:
(1) Based on the Europass and EQF
evaluations, the report should
provide more information on the use
of existing tools and systems
(Europass, ESCO) across MS and the
underlying reasons for the diverse
take up. The rationale for leaving out
upper secondary schools should be
The revised report now includes an explicit
reference to the voluntary nature of updating the
EQF referencing and refers to the provision in the
EQF recommendation that mentions the due regard
to the national context. The EQF and Europass
evaluations do not contain further information on
the underlying reasons for diverse take up. Both for
updates of EQF referencing and for the Europass
the points of prioritisation and available resources
85
substantiated reflecting the evidence
related to the practices of labour
market actors in different MS. The
report should explain what share of
qualifications in the scope, i.e. EQF
2 to 8, will not be covered by the
initiative and it should analyse
related consequences.
in a national context have been referred to (section
2.3, p 19).
Regarding upper secondary schools, they actually
are included in the policy option. We changed the
wording to explain upper secondary schools
(general programme only) are excluded from the
calculation under the assumption that they already
have a way of sharing grade results electronically
with the awarding body, but the number of issuers
for secondary school qualifications issuers are
accounted for (section 5.1.1, pp 35-36). All
qualifications at EQF levels 2-8 are within the
scope of the initiative.
(2) The report should more precisely
describe the baseline and the main
elements of the preferred option,
specifically regarding the
digitalisation of qualifications issued
in the past ten years as well as the
trust framework. It should be clear
and granular enough on which
elements (including IT systems,
registries, and data needed for
records of individuals) are part of the
baseline and which ones are new
mandatory elements introduced by
the proposed initiative, notably for
MS and for issuers. The report
should be clearer on existing gaps or
delays in relation to the
implementation by MS of elements
relating to other initiatives and
belonging to the baseline, which are
nonetheless critical to the success of
this initiative. The impact of the
preferred option on all affected
issuers in national systems should be
better analysed including the related
costs. The report should provide a
clearer analysis of the distribution of
the costs between the private sector
and public administrations as well as
the differences between MS.
In the baseline some elements have been added
regarding the availability of databases and the data
needed for individual records (section 5.1, p 36). A
more detailed explanation on the trust framework
has been included in the description of the options
(section 5.2., pp 45-46).
More details are provided in the description of PO2
when it comes to the new mandatory elements
(section 5.2, pp 42-43).
The EUDI Wallet is the initiative that will be
critical to the success of the SPI. A transparent
explanation of the conservative assumptions
underlying the wallets, along with a discussion of
how these could affect the initiative's impacts, is
now included in Section 5.2. (p 38).
All the costs of this initiative fall on public
administrations (including education and training
providers, awarding bodies and issuers of
qualifications), which establish a framework for the
digitalisation of qualifications and information on
qualifications for the benefit of labour market
actors. The private sector does not need to incur any
costs as the SPI does not create obligations for
employers (public or private).
For further clarity, an explanation of the costs of the
wallet for citizens and relying parties (the public
and private entities that wish to request or verify
credentials from a citizen's wallet) is now added to
the baseline (Section 5.1., p 29).
Besides, a table with the ratios applied per Member
State for the different levels of digital readiness has
been included in the report (5.1.1, p 34). In the cost
calculations for MS to provide an issuing
infrastructure (6.1.1.2, p 55), it is made explicit that
the calculations consider the different number of
86
institutions per MS as presented in the baseline, and
reference is made to Annex 4.1 for further
information.
(3) The estimates of key parameters
used for the calculation of costs and
cost-savings should be substantiated
with appropriate evidence, in
particular related to the digitalisation
of past qualifications to allow for an
automatic issuance and the marginal
costs of manual and automatic
issuance under the different options.
The choice of parameters for the cost
savings quantification tables in
Annex 4, in particular for how the
10-year backlog was incorporated in
this calculation, should be better
explained and reflected in the main
report to the extent that it has an
impact on the cost and cost saving
estimates. The report should be clear
which samples used to derive input
parameters are representative. For
example, the extrapolation used to
quantify the costs for including
micro-credentials under PO1 and
PO3, based on a survey of 69 issuers
(to arrive at a total number of 45,000
providers), seems to be based on a
non-representative sample. The
report should discuss the
uncertainties related to the input
parameters and their impact on the
calculations.
The costs for the Commission were revised after
further analysis internally on the costs of the
qualifications comparison tool (increased to EUR
300,000 one-off and including maintenance costs),
the one-off and maintenance costs of the tool to
connect databases and the reference verifier
application (decreased estimates) (section 6.1.1.1,
p.52 and 6.1.3, p 65; Annex 3, section 3.2; Annex
4; Annex 13).
Once qualifications are included in the national
registry of qualifications, they become part of a
trust framework that enables both the automatic
issuance of a digital attestation and the automatic
verification of a digital attestation within that trust
framework. This is what allows the calculations to
assume minimal marginal unit costs for the issuance
and verification of these digital attestations (set at
€3.5 and €3 respectively per attestation). This
explanation has been included in Section 6.1.1.2,
and the footnote explaining the rationale for the 10-
year cut-off has been incorporated into the main
text (p. 53). Also, the sensitivity analysis for the 10
years backlog that was part of Annex 4 has been
included in the main text (p 54).
The assumption of 45,000 issuers of non-formal
providers of micro-credentials it is not based on a
survey. The way to arrive to this number was
explained in “Annex 4.1.1. Assumptions on the
number of non-NQF micro-credentials providers”.
To address this comment, we have added a point in
the baseline on “ umber of non-NQF micro-
credentials providers”, also addressing the
uncertainty around the numbers (section 5.1, p 37).
(4) The coherence of this initiative
with existing legislation and/or
voluntary initiatives, in particular in
the field of digitalisation, should be
further developed, with a view to
clarifying what this initiative will
add to elements which are already
underway under those other
initiatives.
The description of the internal coherence was
revised to have clearer language (section 7.3.1, pp
72-73).
The description of the external coherence was
expanded to cover other relevant initiatives: the
Interoperable Europe Act, ESSPASS, and the
micro-credentials Recommendation. This section
was also reorganised to provide the information in a
more logical order, focussing on coherence with the
labour mobility elements, digitalisation initiatives,
and the existing Council Recommendations (section
87
7.3.2, pp 73-74).
(5) The monitoring and reporting
framework should provide more
information on how data would be
collected, in particular for
monitoring the impact indicators.
The description of the monitoring framework was
revised to provide clearer and more detailed
information on the data collection methods for the
impact indicators. In particular, a table that
specifies, for each impact indicator, the data source,
the baseline, and the frequency of
collection/reporting was added in Annex 10. This
makes the methodology more transparent and
clarifies how the indicators will be monitored over
time.
4. Evidence, sources and quality
An external contractor (consortium led by Ecorys) assisted DG EMPL in conducting a study
to support the work on the IA report. The call for tenders for the study was launched in June
2025. Seven bids were evaluated in August-September 2025, leading to the award decision in
September 2025. The kick-off meeting for the study took place on 13 October 2025 and the
the draft final report was submitted on 30 April 2026. The study supporting the Impact
Assessment used a comprehensive, mixed-methods evidence base combining primary and
secondary data sources. It captured perspectives from all MS and key stakeholder groups
identified in the consultation strategy, as well as both qualitative and quantitative evidence,
allowing for robust triangulation across sources. The evidence base included:
• Relevant literature and datasets, including academic research, grey literature, policy
papers, and legal sources;
• 785 responses to the public consultation and 235 responses to the call for evidence,
including 126 position papers;
• 159 responses to a survey of SMEs;
• 94 interviews, covering 140 stakeholders;
• 8 focus groups, including 88 total participants;
• 4 expert workshops, including 41 total participants;
• 574 responses to a survey of issuers of qualifications;
• Additional consultation sources, including 8 expert meetings hosted by the
Commission, 39 position papers, 16 responses to a survey of ENIC-NARIC Centres,
and 21 responses to a questionnaire sent to EQF National Contact Points.
Quality assurance measures were applied throughout all stages of the study to ensure the
robustness and reliability of the evidence incorporated. Broad stakeholder coverage was
ensured during the consultation activities to ensure all relevant perspectives were considered,
and all findings were systematically triangulated across multiple data sources to corroborate
key study conclusions. Analytical and reporting outputs were subject to thorough internal
review by the study team to ensure consistency, accuracy, and a strong evidence base
throughout.
Overview progress of the study to support the IA
Meeting/Deliverable Proposed date/deadline
Call for Tender 25 June 2025
88
Meeting of the Evaluation
Committee on the bids for
the study
14 August 2025
Award decision and contract
signature
Contract signature : 05 October 2025
Kick-off meeting 13 October 2025
Inception report 10 November 2025
Inception report meeting 20 November 2025
Inception report for
acceptance
17 December 2025
Interim report for review 16 March 2026
Interim report meeting 19 March 2026
Interim report for
acceptance
02 April 2026
Draft final report for the
first review cycle
30 April 2026
Final report for the review
for the second review cycle
22 May 2026
Contract end date 04 January 2027
89
Annex 2: STAKEHOLDER CONSULTATION (SYNOPSIS REPORT)
This annex summarises the stakeholder consultation activities undertaken to inform the IA of
the Skills Portability Initiative (SPI), including the strategy adopted and results.
1. Consultation strategy
A comprehensive consultation strategy was designed to gather a broad and representative
evidence base on the portability of skills and qualifications across EU countries. The evidence
collected through these activities supported the problem definition and enabled the assessment
of the feasibility, suitability and potential impacts of selected policy measures166. The
consultation activities conducted are outlined in the table below.
Stakeholder perspectives make up a significant share of the study’s evidence base, so targeted
measures were integrated from the outset to mitigate any potential biases or limitations.
Firstly, breadth and balance of stakeholder coverage were ensured through a broad range of
consultation activities, including interviews, focus groups, expert workshops, surveys,
Commission-led expert meetings, a public consultation and a call for evidence. Each activity
targeted distinct audiences, complementing EU- and policy-level insights with operational
perspectives from stakeholders that would be directly affected by a Skills Portability
Initiative. These activities collectively covered all EU MS and key stakeholder groups
identified in the consultation strategy, ensuring a balanced coverage of perspectives.
Additionally, data collection instruments were designed to accommodate varying levels of
expertise through a mix of detailed and general questions, and respondents were assured of
anonymity to reduce social desirability bias. Lastly, stakeholder views were systematically
triangulated against other consultation activities, quantitative data, and reviewed literature to
ensure conclusions were drawn from representative, rather than individual perspectives.
Where viewpoints were representative of a specific stakeholder group, but not broadly shared,
this was clearly indicated in the text.
Overview of consultation strategy
Instrument Description Participation
Public
consultation
The public consultation was hosted on the
ommission’s Have Your Say portal and gathered
targeted feedback from professionals and employers
on the portability of skills and qualifications within the
EU. It focused on the current state of play, challenges
and gaps, and the suitability of potential policy
measures, particularly those involving digital
credentials.
785 respondents
Call for
evidence
The call for evidence ran in parallel with the public
consultation, and enabled stakeholders to submit
structured views and position papers on the problem
definition, EU added value and possible policy
235 responses;
126 position
papers167
166 The consultation activities were conducted prior to the final policy options being defined, so they instead
explored likely policy measures. 167 Detailed statistics are available on the webpage of the Call for evidence on the European Commission
website: https://ec.europa.eu/info/law/better-regulation/have-your-say/initiatives/15892-Skills-portability-
action-1-facilitating-worker-mobility-across-the-EU-through-skills-transparency-and-
digitalisation/feedback_en?p_id=21535.
90
directions.
Targeted
interviews
Targeted, semi-structured interviews provided an in-
depth qualitative basis for the analysis, and focused on
capturing the operational realities of recognition,
validation, accreditation and recruitment processes.
94 interviews,
covering 140
stakeholders
Survey of
qualification
issuers
The survey of qualification issuers collected evidence
from organisations responsible for issuing, awarding,
validating or overseeing qualifications and learning
credentials. It examined their level of digitalisation,
alignment with EU-level digital policies, and their
digital and portability-related challenges.
574 respondents
Focus groups
The focus groups brought together specific
stakeholder groups, including digital actors, youth
stakeholders, employers, workers, social partners,
cross-border stakeholders, qualification issuers and
employment services, and facilitated structured peer
discussion on identified problems and proposed
measures.
8 focus groups
(88 participants
in total)
Expert
workshops
The expert workshops gathered technical and policy
expertise on selected themes including hidden skills,
recognition by ENIC-NARIC and other bodies,
interoperability and infrastructure, and the matching of
skills to job requirements by public employment
services.
4 workshops (41
participants in
total)
SME Panel
Survey
The SME panel survey captured the specific
experiences and views of small and medium-sized
enterprises engaged in cross-border recruitment, and
collected their understandings of the costs,
administrative burden and expected benefits associated
with EU-level action.
159 responses
Additional
consultation
activities
In addition to the consultation activities delivered under this study, the
analysis incorporated input and perspectives shared via 8 European
Commission expert meetings168, 39 position papers received via other
consultation activities, 16 responses to a survey delivered to ENIC-
NARIC Centres on qualification comparability practices, and 21
responses to a questionnaire disseminated to EQF National Contact
Points on national qualification legal frameworks.
The consultation strategy targeted a range of stakeholder groups, reflecting the cross-cutting
nature of skills portability, with most stakeholder groups consulted via more than one activity
(outlined in the table below).
168 EY Youth Stakeholders’ group (6 ovember 2025), ES ( 4 January 2026), ross-border regions
stakeholders (16 January 2026), PES Network (20 January 2026), Social partner hearing (23 January 2026),
EURES National Coordination Offices (27 January 2026), ENIC-NARIC (28 January 2026), and ACVT-
DGVT (29 January 2026).
91
Overview of stakeholders consulted through each activity
Stakeholder
type
Public
consultation
and call for
evidence
Targeted
interviews
Survey of
qualification
issuers
Focus
groups
Expert
workshops
SME
panel
EU-level
policymakers
and
coordination
bodies169
x
National level
authorities
/bodies170
x x X x x
EU and
national social
partners and
civil society
organisations
x x x x
Workers and
jobseekers x x
Employers x x
SMEs x x x
Academics and
researchers x x
EU citizens x
2. Results of the consultation strategy
2.1. Public consultation
The consultation was open for 12 weeks, from 5 December 2025 to 27 February 2026, and
was hosted on the Have Your Say portal in all official EU languages. The questionnaire,
which comprised both closed and open-ended questions, was disseminated broadly to
European Commission networks and stakeholders.
The questionnaire received a total of 785 responses. Individuals made up 61% of respondents
(n=470), with the majority (n=336) being EU citizens. Amongst the 39% (n=306) of
organisations responding, 10% (n=81) were public authorities, 6% (n=44) were academic or
research institutions, 5% (n=43) were NGOs, 5% (n=41) were business associations, and 4%
(n=29) were businesses. The most represented sectors were the public sector (24%; n=191),
health (10%; n=75), and digital (10; n=75).
169 Including ENIC-NARIC Network, EURES coordination office, representatives from European Commission
expert groups and skills initiatives, applicants under the b-solutions initiative, and coordinators of advanced
digital skills projects under the Digital Europe programme. 170 Including ministries of labour / employment, ministries of education/skills, National Qualifications
Authorities, Recognition agencies, public employment services (PES), EURES advisers, private employment
services, Awarding bodies of qualifications or credentials, validation bodies, Quality assurance and
accreditation bodies, Cross-border regional authorities, and Chambers of commerce, industry, and skilled
crafts.
92
2.1.1. Problem definition
The most significant obstacles to skills portability cited by respondents were lengthy,
complex and costly recognition procedures for regulated professions (67%, n=524) and
limited employer understanding and trust in non-national qualifications (59%, n=462).
Other challenges included:
• Uneven usage of EU tools: Awareness of EU transparency and recognition tools was
uneven across the respondent base. The Europass Framework and EQF were each
familiar to 59% (n=462) of respondents, ECTS and ESCO to 34% (n=267 and n=263,
respectively), the EU Digital Identity Wallet to 24% (n=187), and the ELM to 13%
(n=100). Across categories, respondents identified limited usability and insufficient
coherence of existing EU instruments as the principal issues (rather than their
absence).
• Underutilisation of skills validation: Only 9% (n=44) of individuals had successfully
validated their skills in an EU country, although 32% (n=152) intended to do so.
• Lengthy recognition procedures: The challenges most frequently reported by
employers included process duration (60%, n=15) and communication with authorities
(52%, n=13). Recognitionwas generally pursued only where legally required, usually
for regulated professions (85% of those requiring recognition) or as part of due
diligence (58%).
2.1.2. Policy Options
Stakeholders expressed strong support for EU-level action. At least 90% of respondents rated
all proposed objectives as areas where EU action is at least somewhat necessary. The highest
priority objectives identified were:
• Ensuring that qualifications are transparent and uniformly understood across the EU
(94%, n=741).
• Providing a common EU skills validation certificate (93%, n=729).
• Simplifying and modernising administrative recognition procedures (92%, n=721).
A large majority of respondents indicated they would be very or somewhat likely to use or
accept EU-wide digital credentials (90%, n=714). The most frequently raised concerns about
EU-level digital credentials were related to technical complexity or compatibility (59%,
n=460), data privacy and security (52%, n=405), lack of legal validity across countries (51%,
n=404), and potential exclusion of users with limited digital skills or internet access (51%,
n=397). Respondents highlighted the importance of robust governance, inclusive design,
targeted support and paper-based or hybrid alternatives to mitigate digital exclusion.
While support for EU-level action was very broad, a minority of respondents voiced concerns
relating to over-reliance on digital tools, possible weakening of quality assurance for non-
formal learning, and the risk of devaluing established national qualifications. Public
authorities and education-related respondents generally placed greater emphasis onpreserving
national competences in education and on human oversight in digital infrastructure, while
business and individual respondents emphasised speed, simplification and cross-border
interoperability.
2.2. Call for evidence
The call for evidence ran in parallel with the public consultation (5 December 2025 to 27
February 2026). A total of 235 responses were received (excluding 22 duplicates),
accompanied by 126 position papers.
93
Most respondents reported that the existing framework of EU-level instruments has not yet
translated into an effective system for cross-border skills portability. For non-regulated
professions, respondents identified the absence of agreed legal frameworks for recognition,
the largely voluntary nature of EU instruments, fragmentation across digital credential
providers, low implementation of and limited trust in micro-credentials, and employer
uncertainty (especially among SMEs) as main challenges. Key challenges identified for
regulated professions included procedural complexity and slow digitalisation, particularly
for shortage professions such as healthcare and education.
Most contributions mentioned the need for EU-level coordination, although a minority
(largely representing professional bodies) argued that decisions about recognition and
comparability of qualifications should remain primarily at Member State level. Regarding
legislative measures, some considered new legislation (such as common procedural rules,
mandatory timelines and digital requirements) necessary, while others viewed new legislation
as premature and warned against lowering professional standards.
Overall, there was broad consensus among respondents that investments in digital credentials,
interoperability and verification systems would generate significant benefits, provided they
preserve human oversight, provide non-digital alternatives, and operate under public rather
than solely commercial governance. Some respondents also highlighted the risk of
disproportionate implementation costs for SMEs, which they suggested could be addressed
through adequate funding and implementation support.
2.3. Targeted interviews
A total of 94 semi-structured interviews were conducted between January and March 2026
with a total of 140 national, regional and EU-level stakeholders. All 27 EU MS were covered
by at least two interviews, and three additional interviews were conducted at EU level. The
table below provides a breakdown of interviewees by stakeholder type.
Number of interviews by stakeholder type
Stakeholder type Interviews
Ministries, regional authorities, PES and
digitalisation bodies
25 interviews, involving 34 stakeholders
Employers' organisations 14 interviews, involving 20 stakeholders
Accreditation authorities 14 interviews, involving 18 stakeholders
Trade unions 11 interviews, involving 12 stakeholders
Recognition authorities 10 interviews, involving 15 stakeholders
Validation authorities 7 interviews, involving 15 stakeholders
Stakeholders combining several mandates 13 interviews, involving 26 stakeholders
2.3.1. Problem definition
• Administrative burdens and fragmentation were identified as key obstacles. Most
respondents described qualification recognition procedures as slow, fragmented and
difficult to navigate, particularly where multiple authorities, certified translations or
repeated documentation requests are involved, though there was variation at the
Member State level. Recognition and validation authorities described an increasing
volume of applications without commensurate resources.
• Limited employer trust in non-national qualifications was also identified as a key
issue. Employers' organisations highlighted that many companies – particularly SMEs
- lack the time, expertise or confidence to assess non-national credentials.
94
• Skills validation systems were described by many interviewees as underdeveloped,
fragmented and unevenly known, with awareness gaps among individuals and
employers identified as the main limitation.
• Regarding EU tools, interviewees largely agreed that the EQF remains the most
consistently used and operationally relevant instrument, though several interviewees
highlighted inconsistent referencing to the EQF as undermining credibility and called
for stronger peer review or moderation.
2.3.2. Policy Options
Interviewees broadly supported EU-level action focused on simplification, coherence,
transparency and trust-building, with interviewees frequently advocating for consolidation
and improved implementation of existing instruments rather than the creation of new ones.
Regarding legislative measures, interviewees expressed varying views. Some favoured
binding EU instruments, arguing that uniform implementation requires legislative pressure.
Others cautioned against new legislation, expressing that existing instruments would suffice if
better implemented, or that increased legal rigidity could create new problems.
Interviewees broadly supported the development of interoperable digital credentials, with
the EU Digital Identity Wallet often mentioned as a key enabling instrument. Several
interviewees emphasised that this would require cryptographically verifiable, interoperable
credentials linked to shared semantics. Concerns were also raised about implementation costs,
particularly for smaller awarding bodies, and about the need for investment by verifiers to
ensure that credentials can be processed by employers and public authorities. Trade union and
civil society interviewees further emphasised that digital infrastructure should be publicly
governed, accessible to users with limited digital skills, and complemented by non-digital
alternatives.
Regarding expected impacts and costs, interviewees broadly anticipated positive medium-
and long-term improvements to transparency, mutual trust and reduced administrative burden,
while acknowledging short-term implementation costs, especially for issuers and public
administrations. Several interviewees highlighted that success would be contingent on
implementation-related arrangements, including capacity-building, awareness-raising, peer
learning between MS and dedicated EU support.
2.4. Survey of qualification issuers
The survey of issuers of qualifications and learning credentials ran from 19 January to 3
March 2026 on the EU Survey platform and was disseminated broadly across EU networks. It
gathered 574 responses from 39 countries, with the largest contingents from Poland (28%,
n=161), Romania (10%, n=57), Portugal (7%, n=38), Spain (6%, n=37) and Malta (6%,
n=36). No responses were received from Luxembourg, Liechtenstein, and Montenegro.
95
The table below provides a breakdown of survey respondents by types of issuing body.
Survey respondents by stakeholder type
Type of issuing body % / N
Public higher education institutions 24% (n=140)
Public primary and secondary schools 20% (n=114)
Private higher education institutions 13% (n=74)
Public VET institutions 7% (n=42)
Ministries of education or equivalent 6% (n=33)
Adult and continuing education centres 5% (n=27)
Private VET institutions 4% (n=21)
Recognition or certification authorities 3% (n=19)
Social partner organisations 3% (n=15)
Qualifications agencies 3% (n=15)
Professional chambers or regulatory bodies 2% (n=14)
The qualifications most frequently issued by respondents were higher education degrees
(43%, n=244), adult and continuing education certificates (36%, n=205), school certificates
(35%, n=202), vocational education diplomas (34%, n=197) and Diploma or Certificate
Supplements (32%, n=181). Half of all respondents (50%, n=286) reported that all
qualifications they issue are referenced under their NQF, with a further 23% (n=131) stating
that most of them are.
2.4.1. Problem definition
Respondents highlighted several key issues. Over half of respondents agreed or strongly
agreed with the following statements:
• Skills gained through work or non-formal and informal learning often go
undocumented due to lack of validation pathways (63%, n=363);
• Current digital credential systems remain fragmented (61%, n=354);
• Differences in national systems make qualifications hard to compare (59%, n=336);
• The lack of a common legal framework limits the cross-border acceptance of micro-
credentials (56%, n=323).
The survey also indicated that paper-based issuance remains dominant, with 82% (n=468)
of respondents issuing paper certificates, 36% (n=206) issuing digitally signed PDFs, and
16% (n=89) issuing verifiable digital credentials in a structured, machine-readable form. The
principal barriers to digitalisation identified were limited technical capacity to issue
interoperable credentials (41%, n=228), lack of guidance or national support on EU-wide
standards (34%, n=189), set-up and operational costs (34%, n=186) and limited awareness of
EU tools (33%, n=184).
2.4.2. Policy Options
Respondents anticipated significant benefits from interoperable digital credentials, including
simplification of processes (56%, n=320), improved understanding of qualifications from
other European countries (44%, n=251), faster processes (43%, n=246), and reduced
administrative burden in the longer term (43%, n=246).
96
Regarding costs, respondents reported a median current annual cost of issuing qualifications
of EUR 5 000 (with a mean of EUR 123 403) and a median expected annual cost under a
future digital system of EUR 10 000 (with a mean of EUR 79 276). Higher education
institutions reported higher levels of digital readiness than schools, adult education centres
and smaller VET providers, with respondents advocating proportionate implementation
arrangements and dedicated capacity-building for smaller institutions.
2.5. Focus groups
Between February and March 2026, eight focus groups were organised, gathering a total of 88
participants. Each was conducted online, lasting approximately 2 hours, with a tailored
discussion guide structured around the problem definition, costs and burdens, Policy Options
and digital interoperability, supported by interactive polls.
Overview of participation in the focus groups
Focus group Stakeholders represented Participants
Digital stakeholders Bodies issuing digital credentials and
digitalisation authorities 12
Youth stakeholders Civil society organisations, trade union,
employer organisations 15
User journey for
employers
Companies, VET provider, employer
organisations, chambers of commerce and
recognition bodies
12
User journey for workers Workers, trade unions, public employment
services, and civil society organisations 13
Cross-border stakeholders Mobile / cross-border workers, cooperation
platforms, and civil society organisations 9
Heterogeneous focus
group with workers,
employer and social
partners
Workers, trade unions, employers,
employers’ organisations 12
Heterogeneous focus
group for issuers of
qualifications
VET providers, higher education
institutions, employer associations 5
Public and private
employment services
EURES representatives, public employment
services, private employment services 10
The focus group findings pointed to a consistent set of cross-cutting themes:
• Persistent recognition barriers: Across sectoral, geographical and stakeholder
perspectives, participants described recognition processes as slow, costly and
administratively complex, compounded by terminological ambiguity (e.g., between
'skills' and 'competences'), regulatory divergence between MS, and structural
divergences in national education systems (e.g., three-year vs. four-year degrees).
Recognition delays of two to four months as foreseen in EU legislation were reported
in practice to extend to several months, particularly in healthcare and education, and
often become entangled with taxation and social-security regimes.
• Limited recognition of emerging and informal skills: Participants observed that
workplace-based learning, informally acquired competences, and emerging skills
remain systematically underrepresented in formal credentialing. Higher education
qualifications were noted to have limited portability beyond higher education, and
97
uptake of micro-credentials in professional and vocational education was described as
slow.
• Fragmentation and the need for digital infrastructure: A recurring theme was the
fragmentation of validation systems, tools and EU instruments, alongside a digital
trust gap and significant adaptation costs for issuers transitioning to digital
credentialing. Participants supported the development of a standardised, centralised
digital environment, comprehensive NQF databases, inclusion in EUDI Wallet
ecosystems, semantic interoperability of skills descriptions, and the consolidation of
fragmented EU tools within a single portal.
• Awareness, trust and capacity-building: Limited employer understanding of non-
national qualifications was raised across multiple groups, as was the broader cultural
challenge of how employers’ approach entry-level recruitment and emerging
qualifications. Participants emphasised that recognition or acceptance of non-national
qualifications is ultimately part of a wider labour-market integration challenge in
which trust-building, awareness-raising and capacity-building among all stakeholders
are at least as important as technical fixes.
There were some diverging views across the focus groups. For example, the user journey for
employers focus group expressed significant caution against any new EU legislation that
might increase administrative burden and emphasised that education systems and
qualification frameworks should remain nationally determined, favouring pragmatic, sectoral
pilots over comprehensive overhaul. However, the user journey for workers and cross-border
stakeholders focus groups, by contrast, argued more strongly for binding EU action to
ensure consistent implementation.
2.6. Expert workshops
Four expert workshops were organised in February 2026. The workshops were conducted
online (2–3 hours), based on detailed discussion guides, and combined plenary discussion
with interactive polling and break-out sessions. The four workshops addressed the following
dimensions:
• Skills not captured in a qualification and the use of technologies: this workshop
involved 7 participants from 5 countries, representing national authorities, sectoral
organisations, a higher education institution and an EU agency;
• ENIC-NARIC recognition of VET qualifications for the purpose of worker
mobility: this workshop involved12 participants from 10 countries, mostly
representing recognition authorities;
• Interoperability and infrastructure needs: this workshop involved 14 participants
from 9 countries, who were predominantly researchers, VET/HE representatives,
SMEs and public authorities;
• Assessing and matching skills in qualifications to job requirements: Approaches
and tools used by PES / EURES and employers: this workshop involved 9
participants from 8 countries, representing public and private employment services,
EURES advisers, employer organisations and HR associations.
2.6.1. Problem definition
A common topic discussed across the expert workshops was how non-formal and informal
learning is used in the labour market. The principal challenges mentioned were the absence of
a common language for describing skills, preference towards traditional qualifications
amongst employers and institutions, awareness gaps regarding existing frameworks (ESCO,
EQF, NQFs, Europass), and significant financial constraints affecting both individual access
to validation and the sustainability of validation infrastructures.
98
Participants broadly agreed that the technology for digital credential exchange is largely
available, but adoption is hindered by issues relating to harmonisation, trust and governance
rather than technical limitations. These issues included the absence of common cross-border
verification governance, varying interpretations of GDPR and eIDAS, and inconsistent
frameworks for non-formal and informal training. Participants emphasised the need for a
common trust infrastructure, shared semantics and ontologies, privacy features such as
selective disclosure and verifier-side investment.
2.6.2. Policy Options
Across the workshops, participants advocated for tools to facilitate comparison, regularly
updated qualification registers, improved digital access, and stronger structures for
VET recognition. The credibility of EQF referencing was seen as essential, requiring
stronger peer review, with IMI cited as a potentially scalable model.
On policy direction, several participants questioned whether voluntary uptake would be
sufficient, suggesting that an EU-level requirement in the form of a directive or regulation
might be necessary to overcome slow and uneven adoption, while others emphasised the
importance of preserving prior national investments. Across the workshops, participants
frequently underlined the importance of a cultural shift from a quality-control logic towards a
trust-based approach, accompanied by investments in awareness campaigns and capacity-
building for employers, trainers and learners.
2.7. SME panel
The SME panel was administered through the EU Survey portal in between 11 February and 1
April 2026 and gathered 159 responses from SMEs in 18 EU171 and third countries.
Respondents by enterprise size and sector were distributed as follows:
• Small enterprises constituted the largest group (31%, n=50), followed by
microenterprises (30%, n=47), medium-sized enterprises (23%, n=36), large
enterprises (11%, n=17) and self-employed respondents (6%, n=9).
• Manufacturing was the most represented sector (23%, n=36), followed by
professional, scientific and technical activities (10%, n=16).
• Most respondents were directly involved in recruitment (58%, n=93), with a further
20% (n=31) indirectly involved in recruitment.
2.7.1. Problem definition
The principal obstacles cited were administrative and bureaucratic burdens, language barriers,
difficulties verifying and comparing skills and qualifications, practical settlement barriers
(work and residence permits), and costs associated with cross-border hiring. The most
frequently reported challenges in assessing EU qualifications were insufficient familiarity
with non-national education systems (44%, n=70), difficulty verifying authenticity (40%,
n=63), language barriers (38%, n=61) and lack of clear information on the comparability of
qualifications (36%, n=57).
Respondents were asked to provide cost and internal resource estimates for the processing of
qualifications during hiring procedures, including potential formal recognition procedures.
171 The largest national samples were Spain (n=47), Greece (n=23), Poland (n=21), Italy (n=9), Germany (n=8),
France (n=8), and Romania (n=8).
99
SME panel responses on mean cost and duration of processing qualifications during
hiring procedures
Qualification origin Mean external cost
per hire
Mean person-hours
invested
Mean process
duration
National
qualifications EUR 657 40 hours 21 days
Non-national EU
qualifications EUR 814 55 hours 37 days
2.7.2. Policy Options
SMEs identified the principal benefits expected from a common EU digital system as
reduced administrative burden during recruitment (68%, n=108), easier assessment of
non-national qualifications (63%, n=100) and faster recruitment (61%, n=97). Mean
expected savings ranged from 26% on fees for recognition bodies to 36% on internal
administrative time. A clear majority (71%, n=114) indicated they would be very or
somewhat likely to use EU-wide digital credentials. When asked about what concerns they
would have about EU-level digital credentials, the most common responses were on system
compatibility (39%, n=62), legal acceptance across countries (38%, n=60), technical
complexity (35%, n=56) and data privacy (31%, n=49).
3. Summary overview of results
When brought together, the consultation activities provided a coherent evidence base to draw
from.
3.1. Problem definition
Public consultation respondents, call for evidence respondents, interviewees, focus group
participants, expert workshop participants, issuers of qualifications and SMEs broadly
identified the same set of structural challenges:
• Fragmented and unevenly implemented recognition systems;
• Persistent administrative burden, including repeated documentation requests, certified
translations and high fees;
• Limited employer trust in and/or familiarity with non-national qualifications, which
can be particularly challenging to address for SMEs;
• Underdeveloped systems for the validation of non-formal and informal learning;
• A digital landscape characterised by partial uptake, fragmented standards and limited
interoperability.
Although the intensity of these challenges varies across MS, there were no consultation
activities that contradicted this description.
3.2. Policy Options
Across all consultation activities, stakeholders supported EU-level intervention focused on
improving the coherence, usability and trustworthiness of existing instruments, deepening
digitalisation through interoperable and verifiable credentials, and strengthening systems for
the validation of skills acquired through non-formal and informal learning. Stakeholders
converged on the desirability of an EU-wide system of interoperable digital credentials
underpinned by a common trust infrastructure, while still stressing the importance of human
100
oversight, accessibility for users with limited digital literacy, and the availability of non-
digital alternatives.
Several of the expert workshops emphasised the central role of trust as the operational
foundation of any framework of mutual recognition, and the corresponding importance of
building or strengthening the institutional networks responsible for credentialing, recognition
and quality assurance. Awareness-raising and capacity-building, particularly for employers
(and especially SMEs), individuals and smaller education and training providers, were
repeatedly identified as essential complements to any technical or legal reform.
While the vast majority of stakeholders supported the need for EU action, there was nuance in
how this should be approached. In particular, stakeholders had diverging perspectives on
whether the EU should adopt new binding legislation. Public consultation respondents, trade
unions and public authorities interviewed, SMEs and respondents to the call for evidence
broadly supported strong EU action, sharing the view that binding measures would be
necessary to drive reform at the pace required. However, employers’ organisations,
several accreditation and recognition authorities, education-sector stakeholders and several
interviewees in countries with mature national systems argued for caution on grounds of
national competence, administrative burden, and the risk of lowering professional
standards.
A second tension concerns the relative weighting of qualifications and skills in the policy
approach. Higher education institutions, accreditation authorities and recognition authorities
tended to emphasise the importance of preserving qualifications-based recognition and the
protective role of quality assurance frameworks. Employers, trade unions, public employment
services and validation authorities tended to emphasise the importance of recognising skills
regardless of how they were acquired, including through non-formal and informal learning.
101
Annex 3: WHO IS AFFECTED AND HOW?
1. Practical implications of the initiative
The Preferred Option (PO2) includes the digitalisation of all new NQF qualifications with the
EUDI Wallet, of NQF qualifications issued in the past 10 years for the purpose of
employment in another MS and older qualifications issued on demand for the purpose of
employment in another MS, giving a legal value to digital credentials (EQF levels 2-8). As
part of the preferred option, having in place a comprehensive NQF that is regularly referenced
to the EQF is mandatory for MS, as is the sharing of information on qualifications in NQFs
with the Europass platform. Furthermore, the Commission will make available a
qualifications comparison tool. The practical implications differ across stakeholder groups.
Workers will be able to store and share digitally verified qualifications through the EUDI
Wallet, reducing the time and cost currently spent obtaining, translating and submitting
qualification documents to prospective employers. They will also be able to present their
qualifications more clearly when looking for work in another MS. Thanks to the comparison
tool they will be able to better understand how their qualification compares with other
qualifications in the MS where they wish to apply for a job.
Employers will benefit from the possibility to receive qualifications in a digital format,
allowing them to better understand the level and content (skills) of qualifications and to save
time and effort through the possibility to instantly verify the authenticity and validity of
qualifications of applicants. They will furthermore be able to easily compare qualifications of
applications (whether from the same MS or from another MS) with a qualification they know,
through the qualifications comparison tool and through national qualifications registers or
databases if they consider that useful. The improved possibilities to understand and verify
qualifications will allow employers to a achieve a better matching between candidates and
jobs.
Issuing institutions will need to integrate EU digital credential issuance into their existing
workflows, covering both staff training and IT system upgrades, and maintain the operational
capacity to issue and validate digital credentials on an ongoing basis. They will in turn benefit
from fewer queries regarding authenticity of qualifications they issued.
2. Summary of costs and benefits
I. Overview of Benefits (total for all provisions) – Preferred Option
Description Amount Comments
Direct benefits
Cost savings for
employers to assess
qualifications
72 – 90.8 Regardless of how employers'
behaviour in checking qualifications
evolves, digital credentials for
qualifications will lower the cost for
employers to verify their
authenticity. In addition, reliable
and comparable information will be
available for all employers to
understand the meaning of
qualifications, regardless of their
HR capacity.
102
I. Overview of Benefits (total for all provisions) – Preferred Option
Description Amount Comments
Cost savings for
workers in
comparability
statements
26.3 – 79.1 Workers will less often need to
spend time and money obtaining a
comparability statement to
demonstrate the value of their
qualifications. Where this is still
required, obtaining one will be
cheaper, as the assessment bodies
responsible will have access to
official and comparable information
to conduct the comparability
assessment.
Cost saving for
issuers of
qualifications to
verify them
65.5 – 166 Education and training institutions
will be contacted less often by third
parties to verify the authenticity of a
qualification, as qualifications will
be issued as verifiable digital
credentials within a trust framework
and linked to the identity of the
qualification holder.
Indirect benefits
It is not possible to calculate them, but they relate to increase productivity and reduced
overqualification.
Administrative cost savin s related to the ‘one in, one out’ approach
There are no expected administrative costs for citizens and businesses arising from the initiative.
The figures are presented as present value, 2026-2040, in EURO million, the benefits start to
occur from year 4, after transition period.
II. Overview of costs – Preferred option
Citizens/Consumers
(Workers)
Businesses
(Employers)
Administrations
(European
Commission and
MS)*
One-off Recurrent One-off Recurrent One-off Recurrent
Action
(a)
Direct
adjustment
costs
n/a n/a n/a n/a
European
Commissi
on:
€
4,000,000
MS:
Lower
bound €
407,075,8
32
Upper
bound
European
Commissio
n:
€
7,000,000
MS
Lower
bound
€ 625,584,42 2
103
€ 513,525,9 06
Upper
bound
€ 752,728,60 8
Direct
administrativ
e costs
n/a n/a n/a n/a
Direct
regulatory
fees and
charges
n/a n/a n/a n/a
Direct
enforcement
costs
n/a n/a n/a n/a
Indirect costs n/a n/a n/a n/a
* All costs of the preferred policy option as present value (2026–2040).
Table 21 presents a more detailed overview of costs per type of cost and stakeholder.
Table 21: Summary of cost for the preferred policy option (present value, 2026 - 2040)
Stakeholde
r Type of cost
Total per type of cost Total per stakeholder
Lower bound Upper bound Lower bound Upper Bound
European
Commissio
n
Cost of the back-
office tool
connecting
national databases
and comparison
qualifications tool
€ 8,900,000 € 8,900,000
€ ,000,000 € ,000,000 Costs of the
reference verifier
software
€ 2,100,000 € 2,100,000
Costs to support
non-formal
providers of micro-
credentials
€- €-
MS
Cost for MS to have,
connect
and maintain nation
al registries of
qualifications,
awarding bodies and
accreditation
€ 3,490,692 € 3,490,692
€ ,032,660,2
5
€ ,266,254,5
4
Cost of providing a
verification software €2 ,882,09 €2 ,882,09
104
Cost of providing an
issuing
infrastructure for
qualifications
€927,9 ,54
1
€ , 43,650,43
1
Cost of issuing past
qualifications in a
digital interoperable
format
€72,264,277 €90, 9,647
Total costs Lower bound Upper bound
€ ,043,660,254 € ,277,254,5 4
III. Contribution to the administrative burden reduction targets – Preferred option(s)
Administrat
ive costs
[M€]
New
recurr
ent
costs
(INs)
(nomin
al
values
per
year)
Remov
ed
recurr
ent
costs
(OUTs
)
(nomin
al
values
per
year)
Net cost (
INs –
OUTs)
(nominal
values per
year)
New one-off
costs (INs)
(annualised t
otal net
present
value over
the relevant
period)
Removed
one-off costs
(OUTs)
(annualised t
otal net
present
value over
the relevant
period)
All
businesses n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
• in which
SMEs n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
Public
administrati
ons
n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
Citizens n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
3. Relevant Sustainable Development Goals
IV. Overview of relevant Sustainable Development Goals – Preferred Option(s)
Relevant SDG Expected progress towards the Goal Comments
SDG no. 8 –
decent work
and economic
growth
The Preferred Option is expected to contribute positively to SDG 8
by reducing barriers to labour mobility, improving job matching
and lowering recruitment friction for businesses. By facilitating the
portability of qualifications and skills, improving access to reliable
qualification information and enabling interoperable digital
qualifications, the initiative is expected to support more efficient
labour market matching, better allocation of skills across the EU,
The reduction in administrative and
information barriers is expected to
generate lasting benefits for labour
mobility, labour market efficiency and
productivity beyond the appraisal
period.
105
and higher productivity.
SDG no. 10 –
reduced
inequalities
The Preferred Option contributes positively to SDG 10 by reducing
barriers faced by workers seeking to use qualifications obtained in
another Member State. By improving access to reliable
qualification information and interoperable digital qualifications,
the initiative is expected to reduce information asymmetries and
improve access to employment opportunities across the Single
Market. A potential risk is that the digitalisation could create a
transitional disadvantage for workers and SMEs with limited digital
access or literacy.
The risk of a digital divide is expected
to be limited given that the EUDI
Wallet is free and accessible to all EU
citizens and that analogue fallback
procedures remain available.
SDG no. 9 –
industry,
innovation and
infrastructure
The Preferred Option contributes positively to SDG 9 through the
digitalisation of qualifications. The integration of verified
qualifications into the EUDI Wallet builds on and reinforces the
EU's broader digital infrastructure, supporting the development of
trusted, interoperable digital systems across MS. For businesses, the
shift from manual, document-based credential verification to
standardised digital checks represents a modest but meaningful
improvement in organisational and administrative processes.
The contribution to SDG 9 mainly
reflects the digitalisation measures
underpinning the portability of
qualifications. Infrastructure costs
associated with the EUDI Wallet are
covered under the corresponding EU
digital initiatives and are therefore not
attributed to the costs of the Preferred
Option.
106
Annex 4: ANALYTICAL METHODS
1. For the calculations of all the costs and the calculations cost-savings for
employers: The SPI Marginal Cost Model
Purpose and core method
This model estimates the ten-year public and societal cost of the Skills Portability Initiative
(SPI), comparing two technical approaches - the EU Digital Identity Wallet (Option A: Policy
Options 1 and 2) and the Europass Digital Credentials (Option B: Policy Option 3) - against a
defined counterfactual baseline. Every cost line is a MARGINAL cost: the difference between
the harmonised SPI approach and what would most likely happen anyway without it, not the
gross cost of building a digital qualification system from nothing.
MARGINAL = OPTION (SPI-side) cost − BASELINE (counterfactual) cost
This holds for every cost element below, calculated separately for one-off and annual costs
and separately for each option - but the baseline is defined differently module by module,
since "what happens anyway" genuinely differs between issuing a credential and verifying
one across a border. Two mechanisms produce a marginal cost in this workbook: an explicit
BASELINE-vs-OPTION subtraction (most modules), or a baseline that is genuinely zero by
construction, so the gross cost already IS the marginal cost (Historical Qualifications;
Verification's own infrastructure; Micro-credentials (non-NQF)).
Cost for the EU databases (European Commission and MS)
The one shared accreditation/trust-registry build, identical whichever issuance option is
chosen. EU-side annual MARGINAL = (SPI build × maintenance rate + EU coordination) − baseline annual running cost
The baseline annual running cost (€800,000) is a genuine input representing what it costs to
keep existing partial tools (ETER, DEQAR, etc.) running today, independent of SPI.
Member State connection costs: a one-off build (€250,000, scaled down by each Member
State's own readiness score) and annual maintenance (€50,000, set as 20% of the build cost).
A separate, binary already-connected flag - distinct from the continuous readiness score -
identifies MS already connected to an existing database/registry today; this flag is now
populated for 16 of the 27 MS, driving a real baseline annual maintenance cost (€30,000/year)
for each of them.
The baseline rate for already-connected MS (€30,000) does not match the SPI-side
maintenance rate (€50,000). Each already-connected Member State shows a real €20,000/year
marginal cost: a new SPI-specific connection costs more to maintain than whatever a Member
State already has.
107
Table 22: Cost of connection and backfill cost, scaled by readiness
Member State
DB
connec
tion
readin
ess (0-
1)
Connect
ion
one-off
(scaled)
Connect
ion
mainten
ance
annual
Backf
ill
one-
off
(fixed,
scaled
,
switch
-
gated)
Baseline
connecti
on
mainten
ance
annual
(already
-
connect
ed only)
Austria 0.80 €50,000 €20,000
€ 2,00
0 €30,000
Belgium 0.75 €62,500 €20,000
€ 5,00
0 €30,000
Bulgaria 0.15
€2 2,50
0 €50,000
€5 ,00
0 €0
Croatia 0.25
€ 87,50
0 €50,000
€45,00
0 €0
Cyprus 0.15
€2 2,50
0 €50,000
€5 ,00
0 €0
Czechia 0.80 €50,000 €20,000
€ 2,00
0 €30,000
Denmark 0.80 €50,000 €20,000
€ 2,00
0 €30,000
Estonia 0.50
€ 25,00
0 €50,000
€30,00
0 €0
Finland 0.50
€ 25,00
0 €50,000
€30,00
0 €0
France 0.80 €50,000 €20,000
€ 2,00
0 €30,000
Germany 0.80 €50,000 €20,000
€ 2,00
0 €30,000
Greece 0.60
€ 00,00
0 €50,000
€24,00
0 €0
Hungary 0.50
€ 25,00
0 €50,000
€30,00
0 €0
Ireland 0.80 €50,000 €20,000
€ 2,00
0 €30,000
Italy 0.25
€ 87,50
0 €50,000
€45,00
0 €0
Latvia 0.80 €50,000 €20,000
€ 2,00
0 €30,000
Lithuania 0.80 €50,000 €20,000
€ 2,00
0 €30,000
Luxembourg 0.25
€ 87,50
0 €50,000
€45,00
0 €0
Malta 0.80 €50,000 €20,000
€ 2,00
0 €30,000
Netherlands 0.80 €50,000 €20,000
€ 2,00
0 €30,000
Poland 0.80 €50,000 €20,000
€ 2,00
0 €30,000
Portugal 0.80 €50,000 €20,000
€ 2,00
0 €30,000
Romania 0.50
€ 25,00
0 €50,000
€30,00
0 €0
Slovakia 0.80 €50,000 €20,000
€ 2,00
0 €30,000
108
Slovenia 0.80 €50,000 €20,000
€ 2,00
0 €30,000
Spain 0.50
€ 25,00
0 €50,000
€30,00
0 €0
Sweden 0.80 €50,000 €20,000
€ 2,00
0 €30,000
EU-27 MS 0.63
€2,525,
000
€870,00
0
€606,
000
€480,0
00
+ EU-side: database build (marginal) + coordination +
technical maintenance (marginal)
€4,500,
000
€760,00
0
TOTAL SHARED DATABASE COST (added
identically to every scenario)
€7,631
,000
€1,630
,000
Cost for MS to provide an issuance infrastructure (Option A and Option B)
Calculated per Member State, then summed EU-27, and split by actor (Institution, Awarding
Body, Issuer, and a residual National Coordination line):
BASELINE (per MS) = p × (national profile design + institutions × integration + awarding bodies × setup + issuers × platform cost) OPTION (per MS) = adopt-common-profile cost + institutions × (integration + delta) + awarding bodies × (setup + delta) + issuers × (platform + delta) MARGINAL = OPTION − BASELINE
p is each Member State's baseline-adoption probability (see Annex 8(5) for more detail on
this). Annual costs (per-issuer, per-awarding-body, per-attestation, per-institution-support)
follow the identical pattern. The per-attestation cost is the marginal cost of issuance into the
wallet - the additional cost of digital over paper, not the full cost of issuing a qualification at
all. Under Option B there is no separate Issuer: the awarding body self-issues, so Option B's
Issuer line is always exactly zero.
To converts institution counts to awarding-body counts (shared by both options), different
awarding-governance models are considered as shown in this table:
Table 23: Awarding-Governance Models
Code Model Verified examples
Awarding
bodies
= inst. x ratio
+ fixed
SELF Self-awarding under
accreditation ES official, DE, NL
1 0
PUB Public awarding body IE (QQI, private colleges/FET) 0 1
MIX Self-awarding + public body IE overall 0.6 1
VAL Validation by recognised
institution Business schools EU-wide
0.4 0
3P Third-party / foreign awarding
body MT, CY
0.2 0
STATE State examination / ministry
award Upper secondary, most MS
0 2
CHAM Chamber or sectoral body DE, AT dual VET 0 8
109
Bellow the detailed tables of these calculations are presented considering only the more
comprehensive approach for counting the number of education and training institutions in the
EU: 44,354 (see Annex 8(7) for further details on this figure). A parallel exercise is done in
the model considering the lower end of this range: 32,788.
Table 24: One-off costs of issuance under EU DI Wallet
Member
State
In-
scop
e
inst.
Awa
rdin
g
bodi
es
Iss
uer
s
Bas
elin
e p
BASELI
NE
one-off
OPTION A
one-off
MARG
INAL
one-off
Institu
tion
MAR
GINA
L
Awar
ding
Body
MAR
GINA
L
Issuer
MAR
GINA
L
Nat'l
Coord
.
MAR
GINA
L
Austria 412 282 9 0.60
€
9,991,500
.00 € 8,475,850
€8,484,
350
€4,284
,800
€3,835
,200
€5 4,3
50
-
€ 50,0
00
Belgium
1,71
8
180 3 0.55
€
21,751,12
5.00 €43,664,5 3
€21,913
,188
€ 9,24
1,600
€2,6 9
,000
€ 85,2
88
-
€ 32,5
00
Bulgaria
1,57
3 139 1 0.30
€
10,619,25
0.00 €37,25 ,375
€26,632
,125
€23,95
5,200
€2,682
,700
€84,82
5
-
€45,00
0
Croatia 578 142 1 0.35
€
5,450,375
.00 € 6,396,988
€10,946
,613
€8,323
,200
€2,605
,700
€80,2
3
-
€62,50
0
Cyprus 148 54 1 0.35
€
1,670,375
.00 €4,8 0, 88
€3,139,
813
€2, 3
,200
€990,9
00
€80,2
3
-
€62,50
0
Czechia
1,41
2 70 14 0.40
€
12,766,00
0.00 €34, 65,600
€21,399
,600
€ 9,20
3,200
€ ,2 8
,000
€ ,058
,400
-
€80,00
0
Denmark 420 55 5 0.70
€
7,481,250
.00 € ,875,375
€4,394,
125
€3,696
,000
€643,5
00
€239,6
25
-
€ 85,0
00
Estonia 53 55 1 0.70
€
2,028,250
.00 €3,00 ,075
€972,82
5
€466,4
00
€643,5
00
€47,92
5
-
€ 85,0
00
Finland 197 199 2 0.75
€
7,117,500
.00 € 0,7 6,875
€3,599,
375
€ ,576
,000
€2, 39
,250
€86,62
5
-
€202,5
00
France
5,15
4 6 18 0.65
€
68,643,25
0.00 € 8,975,725
€50,332
,475
€49,47
8,400
€75,90
0
€945,6
75
-
€ 67,5
00
Germany
5,83
7 517 16 0.60
€
79,089,00
0.00 € 47,589,400
€68,500
,400
€60,70
4,800
€7,03
,200
€9 4,4
00
-
€ 50,0
00
Greece 633 406 1 0.70
€
16,290,75
0.00 €26,474,275
€10,183
,525
€5,570
,400
€4,750
,200
€47,92
5
-
€ 85,0
00
Hungary 527 69 1 0.40
€
5,091,000
.00 € 3,454,400
€8,363,
400
€7, 67
,200
€ ,200
,600
€75,60
0
-
€80,00
0
Ireland 288 28 3 0.65
€
4,645,875
.00 €7,754,988
€3,109,
113
€2,764
,800
€354,2
00
€ 57,6
13
-
€ 67,5
00
Italy
7,33
1 263 20 0.70
€
109,056,5
00.00 € 77,4 9,900
€68,363
,400
€64,5
2,800
€3,077
,100
€958,5
00
-
€ 85,0
00
Latvia 101 58 1 0.35
€
1,376,375
.00 €3,9 2,788
€2,536,
413
€ ,454
,400
€ ,064
,300
€80,2
3
-
€62,50
0
110
Lithuania 98 47 1 0.45
€
1,618,875
.00 €3,6 9,9 3
€2,001,
038
€ ,254
,400
€773,
50
€70,98
8
-
€97,50
0
Luxembour
g 76 57 1 0.50
€
1,703,750
.00 €3,450,625
€1,746,
875
€9 2,0
00
€883,5
00
€66,37
5
-
€ 5,0
00
Malta 26 25 1 0.45
€
723,375.0
0 € ,440,9 3
€717,53
8
€332,8
00
€4 ,2
50
€70,98
8
-
€97,50
0
Netherland
s 842 844 1 0.85
€
32,642,12
5.00 €45,296,9 3
€12,654
,788
€5,388
,800
€7,469
,400
€34,08
8
-
€237,5
00
Poland
4,40
6 549 1 0.50
€
51,153,75
0.00 € 2,486,625
€61,332
,875
€52,87
2,000
€8,509
,500
€66,37
5
-
€ 5,0
00
Portugal 987 292 2 0.45
€
12,426,75
0.00 €29,908,225
€17,481
,475
€ 2,63
3,600
€4,803
,400
€ 4 ,9
75
-
€97,50
0
Romania
1,05
1 108 1 0.40
€
9,673,000
.00 €25,84 ,400
€16,168
,400
€ 4,29
3,600
€ ,879
,200
€75,60
0
-
€80,00
0
Slovakia 548 37 1 0.40
€
4,939,000
.00 € 3,03 ,200
€8,092,
200
€7,452
,800
€643,8
00
€75,60
0
-
€80,00
0
Slovenia 254 109 1 0.40
€
3,307,000
.00 €8,653,600
€5,346,
600
€3,454
,400
€ ,896
,600
€75,60
0
-
€80,00
0
Spain
8,10
8
1,34
5 17 0.75
€
148,535,6
25.00 €228,392, 88
€79,856
,563
€64,86
4,000
€ 4,45
8,750
€736,3
13
-
€202,5
00
Sweden
1,57
6 52 3 0.80
€
26,806,00
0.00 €38,558,900
€11,752
,900
€ ,34
7,200
€509,6
00
€ 6,
00
-
€220,0
00
EU-27 MS
44,3
37
5,98
8
12
7
€656,597
,625
€1,186,619,
813
€530,0
22,188
€449,
290,4
00
€77,1
69,40
0
€7,08
7,388
-
€3,52
5,000
TOTAL MARGINAL
ONE-OFF
€530,
022,1
88
Table 25: Annual costs of issuance under EU DI Wallet
Member
State
In-
scop
e
inst.
Awar
ding
bodies
Issu
ers
Annua
l
attest.
vol.
BASELI
NE
annual
OPTION
A
annual
MARGI
NAL
annual
Instituti
on
MARGI
NAL
Awardin
g Body
MARGI
NAL
Issuer
MARGI
NAL
Austria 412 282 9
176,3
39
€2, 42,7
12
€3,57 ,
87
€1,428,4
75
€576,80
0
€507,60
0
€344,07
5
Belgium
1,71
8 180 3
249,7
95
€4,239,5
55
€7,708,2
83
€3,500,2
27
€2,705, 850
€364,50
0
€429,87
7
Bulgaria
1,57
3 139 1
148,9
49
€2,003, 796
€6,679, 322
€4,675,5
25
€3,86 ,
200
€437,85
0
€383,82
5
Croatia 578 142 1
70,90
5
€ ,028,0
09
€2,937,
68
€1,909,1
59
€ ,3 4,
950
€4 5,35
0
€ 78,85
9
Cyprus 148 54 1
22,49
4
€303,35
5
€866,72
9 €563,374
€336,70
0
€ 57,95
0 €68,724
Czechia
1,41
2 70 14
171,8
52
€2,494,5
93
€6,236,4
82
€3,741,8
89
€2,965,
200
€ 89,00
0
€587,68
9
111
Denmar
k 420 55 5
157,0
10
€ ,68 ,4
25
€2,402,0
35 €720,611
€44 ,00
0 €74,250
€205,36
1
Estonia 53 55 1
20,58
7
€372,43
8
€532,05
5 €159,616 €55,650 €74,250 €29,7 6
Finland 197 199 2
164,0
11
€ ,659,7
79
€2,2 3,0
39 €553,260
€ 72,37
5
€223,87
5
€ 57,0
0
France
5,15
4 6 18
1,809,
993
€ 6, 76,
534
€24,886,
976
€8,710,4
41
€6,3 3,
650 €9,450
€2,387,
341
German
y
5,83
7 517 16
1,280,
256
€ 6,60 ,
338
€27,668,
896
€11,067,
558
€8, 7 ,
800
€930,60
0
€ ,965,
158
Greece 633 406 1
194,5
00
€3,325,
75
€4,750,2
50
€1,425,0
75
€664,65
0
€548, 0
0
€2 2,32
5
Hungar
y 527 69 1
153,4
02
€ ,087,5
63
€2,7 8,9
07
€1,631,3
44
€ , 06,
700
€ 86,30
0
€338,34
4
Ireland 288 28 3
178,4
21
€ , 95,6
58
€ ,839,4
74 €643,816
€352,80
0 €44, 00
€246,9
6
Italy
7,33
1 263 20
1,092,
406
€2 ,843,
795
€3 ,205,
421
€9,361,6
26
€7,697,
550
€355,05
0
€ ,309,
026
Latvia 101 58 1
28,97
9
€260,02
4
€742,92
7 €482,902
€229,77
5
€ 69,65
0 €83,477
Lithuani
a 98 47 1
47,12
2
€335,89
2
€746,42
7 €410,535
€ 88,65
0
€ 6,32
5
€ 05,56
0
Luxemb
ourg 76 57 1 8,369
€289,39
6
€578,79
2 €289,396
€ 33,00
0
€ 28,25
0 €28, 46
Malta 26 25 1
14,86
5
€ 27, 3
7
€282,52
8 €155,390 €50,050 €6 ,875 €43,465
Netherla
nds 842 844 1
413,9
58
€6,987,7
25
€8,220,8
53
€1,233,1
28
€442,05
0
€569,70
0
€22 ,37
8
Poland
4,40
6 549 1
741,9
28
€ 0,257,
624
€20,5 5,
248
€10,257,
624
€7,7 0,
500
€ ,235,
250
€ ,3 ,
874
Portugal 987 292 2
212,8
50
€2,505,3
64
€5,567,4
75
€3,062,1
11
€ ,899,
975
€722,70
0
€439,43
6
Romani
a
1,05
1 108 1
303,1
70
€2, 0 ,0
38
€5,252,5
95
€3,151,5
57
€2,207,
100
€29 ,60
0
€652,85
7
Slovakia 548 37 1
81,45
6
€958,63
8
€2,396,5
96
€1,437,9
58
€ , 50,
800 €99,900
€ 87,25
8
Slovenia 254 109 1
37,81
9
€6 5,54
7
€ ,538,8
67 €923,320
€533,40
0
€294,30
0 €95,620
Spain
8,10
8 1,345 17
1,112,
256
€29,086,
797
€38,782,
396
€9,695,5
99
€7,094,
500
€ ,5 3,
125
€ ,087,
974
Sweden
1,57
6 52 3
195,3
23
€5,2 ,7
04
€6,5 4,6
31
€1,302,9
26
€ , 03,
200 €46,800
€ 52,92
6
EU-27
MS
44,3
37 5,988 127
€134,89
5,761
€217,36
6,053
€82,470,
292
€59,448
,375
€9,767,
700
€13,254
,217
TOTAL MARGINAL ANNUAL
€82,494 ,442
Table 26: Annual costs of issuance under Europass Wallet
Membe
r State
In-
scop
e
inst.
Awar
ding
bodies
Basel
ine p
BASELI
NE
one-off
OPTION
B
one-off
MARGIN
AL
one-off
Institutio
n
MARGI
NAL
Awardin
g Body
MARGI
NAL
Nat'l
Coord.
BASEL
INE
Nat'l
Coord.
OPTIO
N B
Austria 412 282 0.60
€9,384,00
0
€ 9,948,40
0
€10,564,4
00
€4,284,80
0
€6,429,60
0
€2 0,00
0 €60,000
Belgium
1,71
8 180 0.55
€2 ,565,5
00
€44,931,6 00
€23,366, 100
€19,241, 600
€4,257,0 00
€ 92,50
0 €60,000
112
Bulgari
a
1,57
3 139 0.30
€ 0,585,5
00
€38,328,2 00
€27,742, 700
€23,909, 600
€3,878,1 00
€ 05,00
0 €60,000
Croatia 578 142 0.35
€5,4 ,00
0
€ 7,5 2,80
0
€12,101,8
00
€8,323,20
0
€3,84 , 0
0
€ 22,50
0 €60,000
Cyprus 148 54 0.35
€ ,63 ,00
0 €5, 60,400
€3,529,40
0
€2, 3 ,20
0
€ ,460,70
0
€ 22,50
0 €60,000
Czechia
1,41
2 70 0.40
€ 2, 36,0
00
€33,093,20
0
€20,957,2
00
€ 9,203,2
00
€ ,834,00
0
€ 40,00
0 €60,000
Denmar
k 420 55 0.70
€7,087,50
0
€ ,759,00
0
€4,671,50
0
€3,696,00
0
€ , 60,50
0
€245,00
0 €60,000
Estonia 53 55 0.70
€ ,949,50
0 €3,39 ,400
€1,441,90
0 €466,400
€ , 60,50
0
€245,00
0 €60,000
Finland 197 199 0.75
€6,948,75
0
€ 2,352,00
0
€5,403,25
0
€ ,576,00
0
€4,029,75
0
€262,50
0 €60,000
France
5,15
4 6 0.65
€67,327,0
00
€ 6,769,6
00
€49,442,6
00
€49,478,4
00 € 3 ,700
€227,50
0 €60,000
German
y
5,83
7 517 0.60
€78,009,0
00
€ 50,35 ,4
00
€72,342,4
00
€60,704,8
00
€ ,787,6
00
€2 0,00
0 €60,000
Greece 633 406 0.70
€ 6,2 2,0
00
€30, 64,00
0
€13,952,0
00
€5,570,40
0
€8,566,60
0
€245,00
0 €60,000
Hungar
y 527 69 0.40
€5,046,00
0
€ 3,94 ,00
0
€8,895,00
0
€7, 67,20
0
€ ,807,80
0
€ 40,00
0 €60,000
Ireland 288 28 0.65
€4,426,50
0 €7,638,400
€3,211,90
0
€2,764,80
0 €6 4,600
€227,50
0 €60,000
Italy
7,33
1 263 0.70
€ 07,48 ,
500
€ 77,358,6
00
€69,877,1
00
€64,5 2,8
00
€5,549,30
0
€245,00
0 €60,000
Latvia 101 58 0.35
€ ,337,00
0 €4,297,800
€2,960,80
0
€ ,454,40
0
€ ,568,90
0
€ 22,50
0 €60,000
Lithuan
ia 98 47 0.45
€ ,568,25
0 €3,9 6,600
€2,348,35
0
€ ,254,40
0
€ , 9 ,45
0
€ 57,50
0 €60,000
Luxemb
ourg 76 57 0.50
€ ,647,50
0 €3,84 ,000
€2,193,50
0 €9 2,000
€ ,396,50
0
€ 75,00
0 €60,000
Malta 26 25 0.45 €672,750 € ,54 ,800 €869,050 €332,800 €633,750
€ 57,50
0 €60,000
Netherl
ands 842 844 0.85
€32,546,5
00
€53,354,00
0
€20,807,5
00
€5,388,80
0
€ 5,656,2
00
€297,50
0 €60,000
Poland
4,40
6 549 0.50
€5 ,097,5
00
€ 7,305,0
00
€66,207,5
00
€52,872,0
00
€ 3,450,5
00
€ 75,00
0 €60,000
Portuga
l 987 292 0.45
€ 2,325,5
00
€32,263,80
0
€19,938,3
00
€ 2,633,6
00
€7,402,20
0
€ 57,50
0 €60,000
Romani
a
1,05
1 108 0.40
€9,628,00
0
€26,67 ,20
0
€17,043,2
00
€ 4,293,6
00
€2,829,60
0
€ 40,00
0 €60,000
Slovaki
a 548 37 0.40
€4,894,00
0
€ 3,236,20
0
€8,342,20
0
€7,452,80
0 €969,400
€ 40,00
0 €60,000
Slovenia 254 109 0.40
€3,262,00
0 €9,492,200
€6,230,20
0
€3,454,40
0
€2,855,80
0
€ 40,00
0 €60,000
Spain
8,10
8 1,345 0.75
€ 47, 0 ,
250
€238,999,0
00
€91,897,7
50
€64,864,0
00
€27,236,2
50
€262,50
0 €60,000
Sweden
1,57
6 52 0.80
€26,536,0
00
€38,672,00
0
€12,136,0
00
€ ,347,2
00
€ ,008,80
0
€280,00
0 €60,000
EU-27
MS
44,3
54 5,988
€647,81
7,000
€1,226,29
0,600
€578,473
,600
€449,29
0,400
€132,70
8,200
€5,145
,000
€1,620
,000
TOTAL MARGINAL
ONE-OFF
€578,47
3,600
Table 27: Annual costs of issuance under Europass Wallet
113
Memb
er
State
In-
sco
pe
inst
.
Awa
rdin
g
bodi
es
Ann
ual
attes
t.
vol.
Seal
annu
al
AB
annua
l
Attest
ation
annua
l
Inst.
suppor
t
annual
BASE
LINE
annual
OPTI
ON B
annual
MARG
INAL
annual
Institu
tion
MAR
GINA
L
Award
ing
Body
MAR
GINA
L
Austri
a 412 282
176,3
39
€423,
000
€ ,269
,000
€6 7,
87
€ ,442,
000
€2,250,
712
€3,75 ,
187
€1,500,
475
€576,8
00
€923,6
75
Belgiu
m
1,7
18 180
249,7
95
€270, 000
€810, 000
€874,2
83
€6,013 ,000
€4,382 ,005
€7,967 ,283
€3,585 ,277
€2,70 5,850
€879, 427
Bulga
ria
1,5
73 139
148,9
49
€208, 500
€625, 500
€52 ,3
22
€5,505 ,500
€2,058 ,246
€6,860 ,822
€4,802 ,575
€3,85 3,850
€948, 725
Croati
a 578 142
70,90
5
€2 3,
000
€639,0
00
€248,
68
€2,023,
000
€ ,093,
109
€3, 23,
168
€2,030,
059
€ ,3 4
,950
€7 5,
09
Cypru
s 148 54
22,49
4
€8 ,0
00
€243,0
00
€78,72
9
€5 8,0
00
€322,2
55
€920,7
29
€598,4
74
€336,7
00
€26 ,7
74
Czech
ia
1,4
12 70
171,8
52
€ 05,
000
€3 5,0
00
€60 ,4
82
€4,942,
000
€2,385,
393
€5,963,
482
€3,578,
089
€2,965
,200
€6 2,8
89
Denm
ark 420 55
157,0
10
€82,5
00
€247,5
00
€549,5
35
€ ,470,
000
€ ,644,
675
€2,349,
535
€704,8
61
€44 ,0
00
€263,8
61
Estoni
a 53 55
20,58
7
€82,5
00
€247,5
00
€72,05
5
€ 85,5
00
€4 ,2
88
€587,5
55
€176,2
66
€55,65
0
€ 20,6
16
Finlan
d 197 199
164,0
11
€298,
500
€895,5
00
€574,0
39
€689,5
00
€ ,843,
154
€2,457,
539
€614,3
85
€ 72,3
75
€442,0
10
Franc
e
5,1
54 6
1,809
,993
€9,00
0
€27,00
0
€6,334
,976
€ 8,03
9,000
€ 5,86
6,484
€24,40
9,976
€8,543,
491
€6,3 3
,650
€2,229
,841
Germ
any
5,8
37 517
1,280
,256
€775,
500
€2,326
,500
€4,480
,896
€20,42
9,500
€ 6,80
7,438
€28,0
2,396
€11,20
4,958
€8, 7
,800
€3,033
,158
Greec
e 633 406
194,5
00
€609,
000
€ ,827
,000
€680,7
50
€2,2 5,
500
€3,732,
575
€5,332,
250
€1,599,
675
€664,6
50
€935,0
25
Hung
ary 527 69
153,4
02
€ 03,
500
€3 0,5
00
€536,9
07
€ ,844,
500
€ , 8,
163
€2,795,
407
€1,677,
244
€ , 06
,700
€570,5
44
Irelan
d 288 28
178,4
21
€42,0
00
€ 26,0
00
€624,4
74
€ ,008,
000
€ , 70,
308
€ ,800,
474
€630,1
66
€352,8
00
€277,3
66
Italy
7,3
31 263
1,092
,406
€394,
500
€ , 83
,500
€3,823
,421
€25,65
8,500
€2 ,74
1,945
€3 ,05
9,921
€9,317,
976
€7,697
,550
€ ,620
,426
Latvia 101 58
28,97
9
€87,0
00
€26 ,0
00
€ 0 ,4
27
€353,5
00
€28 ,0
24
€802,9
27
€521,9
02
€229,7
75
€292,
27
Lithu
ania 98 47
47,12
2
€70,5
00
€2 ,5
00
€ 64,9
27
€343,0
00
€355,4
67
€789,9
27
€434,4
60
€ 88,6
50
€245,8
10
Luxe
mbou
rg 76 57 8,369
€85,5
00
€256,5
00
€29,29
2
€266,0
00
€3 8,6
46
€637,2
92
€318,6
46
€ 33,0
00
€ 85,6
46
Malta 26 25
14,86
5
€37,5
00
€ 2,5
00
€52,02
8
€9 ,00
0
€ 3 ,8
62
€293,0
28
€161,1
65
€50,05
0
€ ,
15
Nethe
rlands 842 844
413,9
58
€ ,26
6,000
€3,798
,000
€ ,448
,853
€2,947,
000
€8,040,
875
€9,459,
853
€1,418,
978
€442,0
50
€976,9
28
Polan
d
4,4
06 549
741,9
28
€823,
500
€2,470
,500
€2,596
,748
€ 5,42
1,000
€ 0,65
5,874
€2 ,3
1,748
€10,65
5,874
€7,7 0
,500
€2,945
,374
Portu
gal 987 292
212,8
50
€438,
000
€ ,3 4
,000
€744,9
75
€3,454,
500
€2,678,
164
€5,95 ,
475
€3,273,
311
€ ,899
,975
€ ,373
,336
Roma
nia
1,0
51 108
303,1
70
€ 62,
000
€486,0
00
€ ,06
,095
€3,678,
500
€2, 55,
038
€5,387,
595
€3,232,
557
€2,207
,100
€ ,025
,457
Slova
kia 548 37
81,45
6
€55,5
00
€ 66,5
00
€285,0
96
€ ,9 8,
000
€970,0
38
€2,425,
096
€1,455,
058
€ , 50
,800
€304,2
58
Sloven
ia 254 109
37,81
9
€ 63,
500
€490,5
00
€ 32,3
67
€889,0
00
€670,
47
€ ,675,
367
€1,005,
220
€533,4
00
€47 ,8
20
Spain
8,1
08
1,34
5
1,112
,256
€2,0
7,500
€6,052
,500
€3,892
,896
€28,37
8,000
€30,25
5,672
€40,34
0,896
€10,08
5,224
€7,094
,500
€2,990
,724
Swede
n
1,5
76 52
195,3
23
€78,0
00
€234,0
00
€683,6
31
€5,5 6,
000
€5,209,
304
€6,5 ,
631
€1,302,
326
€ , 03
,200
€ 99,
26
EU-
27
MS
44,
35
4
5,98
8
9,08
9,01
5
€8,98
2,000
€26,9
46,00
0
€31,8
11,55
3
€155,2
39,000
€318,5
49,861
€222,9
78,553
€84,42
8,692
€59,4
72,52
5
€24,9
56,16
7
114
TOTAL MARGINAL ANNUAL
€84,4
28,69
2
Cost of verification software (Option A – EU DI Wallet and Option B –
Europass Wallet)
Infrastructure (EU reference verifier; national deployment under Option A only) has no
baseline: nobody builds this absent SPI, so the gross cost is the full marginal cost.
erification A's reference verifier costs € ,500,000 one-off and € 00,000/year to maintain .
Verification B adapts the existing EDC verifier for €500,000 one-off and €450,000/year
(€ 25,000 verifier maintenance, € 00,000 first-line support, € 00,000 second-line support,
€ 25,000 business support) - both real figures from the EDC team.
Table 28: Cost of verification software
Deployment
one-off
Operation
annual
Option A (EU DI Wallet) €7,560,000 €1,890,000
+ EU reference verifier €1,500,000 €100,000
Option B (Europass Wallet) €500,000 €450,000
Cost savings of verification for employers
Manpower is the genuine baseline-vs-option calculation, CROSS-BORDER ONLY -
domestic verification is out of scope entirely. Every rate here is framed as an EMPLOYER
cost, since it is employers who bear the manpower cost of checking a credential. For options
1, 2, and 3, considering two ranges of cross border movement a set of variables were taken
into consideration. First, we need to take into consideration the following ITEMS:
A – Qualifications Prices (in €) for the 3 policy options
• Option 1 New (3) Historical (20) Baseline (103)
• Option 2 New (3) Historical (20) Baseline (103)
• Option 3 New (10) Historical (20) Baseline (103)
B – The ranges of cross boarder movement of worker
• 277530 (higher)
• 220110 (lower)
C – Adopted Wallets
• EUDI Wallet (options 1 and 2)
• EUROPASS (option 3)
In the table, the adopted wallet represents verifications requests dispersion throughout out the
established period of 10 years. The column NEW represents the % adopted for the new
qualification’s requests. The column ≤ 0 represents the 0 years backlog and column > 0
represents qualifications requests outside the backlog period. Therefore, for the historical a
fixed percentage of 15% was considered for the 10 years dispersion, meaning this that in
parallel with the new qualifications, 15% of the requests would be related to historical
qualifications withing the backlog period, while a variable x% was considered for
qualifications outside the considered 10 years backlog. The example (table 25) demonstrates
an expected relation between the increase of the requests for new qualifications with the
115
decrease of qualifications beyond the 10 years backlog. A discount factor of 1.03 was
considered for the period of adoption and the baseline remains constant. The Cost Saving
column illustrates the result of {baseline – (new + historical qualification)} requests.
The table below (with the full representation of the 3 options) represents the output for policy option 1,2 and 3
(according to the explained parameters and logic) considering the upper range (277530) for cross border
movement.
Table 29: Cost savings of Verification for employers
Discount Factor 1.03
Qualifications
New 3.00€
Historical 20.00€
Baseline 103€ Discount Factor CostSaving/Y
Policy Option 1
1.030
1.0609
Adopted
(wallet) Year New ≤10 >10 New Historical Baseline CostSaving/Y
1.0927
0 1 5% 35% 60% -€ -€ -€ -€ 1.1255 -€
0 2 10% 35% 55% -€ -€ -€ -€ 1.1593 -€
55506 3 15% 35% 50% 24,977.70€ 943,602.00€ 5,712,677.52€ 4,744,097.82€ 1.1941 770,990.58€
111012 4 20% 35% 45% 66,607.20€ 1,776,192.00€ 11,425,355.04€ 9,582,555.84€ 1.2299 1,791,061.03€
138765 5 25% 35% 40% 104,073.75€ 2,081,475.00€ 14,281,693.80€ 12,096,145.05€ 1.2668 2,547,336.45€
166518 6 30% 35% 35% 149,866.20€ 2,331,252.00€ 17,138,032.56€ 14,656,914.36€ 1.3048 3,423,609.95€
194271 7 35% 35% 30% 203,984.55€ 2,525,523.00€ 19,994,371.32€ 17,264,863.77€ 1.3439 4,418,183.70€
208148 8 40% 35% 25% 249,777.60€ 2,497,776.00€ 21,422,592.16€ 18,675,038.56€ 1.3842 5,183,793.36€
208148 9 45% 35% 20% 280,999.80€ 2,289,628.00€ 21,422,592.16€ 18,851,964.36€ 1.4258 5,629,575.86€
208148 10 50% 35% 15% 312,222.00€ 2,081,480.00€ 21,422,592.16€ 19,028,890.16€ 1.4685 6,071,141.91€
subtotal 1,392,508.80€ 16,526,928.00€
total 17,919,436.80€ 132,819,906.72€ 114,900,469.92€
CostSaving 114,900,469.92€
Discount 29,835,692.83€
CostSavingAfterDiscount 85,064,777.09€
Historical
Crossborder volume: 277530
Discount Factor 1.03
Qualifications
New 3.00€
Historical 20.00€ Discount Factor CostSaving/Discount
Policy Option 2 Baseline 103€
1.030
1.0609
Adopted
(wallet) Year New ≤10 >10 New Historical Baseline CostSaving/Y
1.0927
0 1 5% 35% 60% -€ -€ -€ -€ 1.1255 -€
0 2 10% 35% 55% -€ -€ -€ -€ 1.1593 -€
55506 3 15% 35% 50% 83,259.00€ 555,060.00€ 5,712,677.52€ 5,074,358.52€ 1.1941 824,663.15€
111012 4 20% 35% 45% 183,169.80€ 999,108.00€ 11,425,355.04€ 10,243,077.24€ 1.2299 1,914,518.09€
138765 5 25% 35% 40% 249,777.00€ 1,110,120.00€ 14,281,693.80€ 12,921,796.80€ 1.2668 2,721,211.08€
166518 6 30% 35% 35% 324,710.10€ 1,165,626.00€ 17,138,032.56€ 15,647,696.46€ 1.3048 3,655,040.07€
194271 7 35% 35% 30% 407,969.10€ 1,165,626.00€ 19,994,371.32€ 18,420,776.22€ 1.3439 4,713,988.73€
208148 8 40% 35% 25% 468,333.00€ 1,040,740.00€ 21,422,592.16€ 19,913,519.16€ 1.3842 5,527,569.23€
208148 9 45% 35% 20% 499,555.20€ 832,592.00€ 21,422,592.16€ 20,090,444.96€ 1.4258 5,999,411.08€
208148 10 50% 35% 15% 530,777.40€ 624,444.00€ 21,422,592.16€ 20,267,370.76€ 1.4685 6,466,277.48€
subtotal 2,747,550.60€ 7,493,316.00€
total 10,240,866.60€ 132,819,906.72€ 122,579,040.12€
CostSaving 122,579,040.12€
Discount 31,822,678.90€
CostSavingAfterDiscount 90,756,361.22€
Historical
Crossborder volume: 277530
116
Cost for MS to issue historical qualifications
Historical qualifications represent a cost of the MS in terms of issuance. For options 1, 2, and
3, considering two ranges of cross border movement a set of variables were taken into
consideration. First, we need to take into consideration the following ITEMS:
A – Historical Qualifications Prices (in €) for the 3 policy options
• Historical (3.5) within the 10 years backlog (300) beyond the 10 years backlog
B – The ranges of cross boarder movement of worker
• 277530 (higher)
• 220110 (lower)
C – Adopted Wallets
• EUDI Wallet (options 1 and 2)
• EUROPASS (option 3)
In the table, the adopted wallet represents verifications requests dispersion throughout out the
established period of 10 years for historical classifications considered under two dimensions,
within and beyond the 10 years backlog period. The column NEW represents the % adopted
for the new qualification’s requests (not relevant in the case of historical costs calculations
and only displayed for mathematical proportions). The column ≤ 0 represents the 0 years
backlog and column >10 represents qualifications requests outside the backlog period.
Therefore, for the ≤ 0 a fixed percentage of 35% was considered for the 0 years dispersion,
meaning this that in parallel with the >10, 15% of the requests would be related to historical
qualifications withing the backlog period, while a variable x% was considered for
qualifications outside the considered 10 years backlog. The examples (table 26) demonstrate
an expected relation between the increase of the requests for new qualifications with the
decrease of qualifications beyond the 10 years backlog which as a considerable impact in the
costs with historical qualifications for ALL 3 options, being more relevant the impact on
policy option 2. A value discount rate factor of 1.03 was considered for the period of
adoption, illustrated by the Value Discount Rate column.
Discount Factor 1.03
Qualifications
New 10.00€
Historical 20.00€ Discount Factor CostSaving/Discount
Policy Option3 Baseline 103€
1.030
1.0609
Adopted
(wallet) Year New ≤10 >10 New Historical Baseline CostSaving/Y
1.0927
0 1 5% 35% 60% -€ -€ -€ -€ 1.1255 -€
0 2 10% 35% 55% -€ -€ -€ -€ 1.1593 -€
27753 3 15% 35% 50% 41,629.50€ 471,801.00€ 2,856,338.76€ 2,342,908.26€ 1.1941 380,759.48€
55506 4 20% 35% 45% 111,012.00€ 888,096.00€ 5,712,677.52€ 4,713,569.52€ 1.2299 881,006.16€
69383 5 25% 35% 40% 173,457.50€ 1,040,745.00€ 7,140,898.36€ 5,926,695.86€ 1.2668 1,248,107.42€
83259 6 30% 35% 35% 249,777.00€ 1,165,626.00€ 8,569,016.28€ 7,153,613.28€ 1.3048 1,670,964.37€
97136 7 35% 35% 30% 339,976.00€ 1,262,768.00€ 9,997,237.12€ 8,394,493.12€ 1.3439 2,148,201.87€
104074 8 40% 35% 25% 416,296.00€ 1,248,888.00€ 10,711,296.08€ 9,046,112.08€ 1.3842 2,511,008.24€
104074 9 45% 35% 20% 468,333.00€ 1,144,814.00€ 10,711,296.08€ 9,098,149.08€ 1.4258 2,716,890.37€
104074 10 50% 35% 15% 520,370.00€ 1,040,740.00€ 10,711,296.08€ 9,150,186.08€ 1.4685 2,919,354.61€
subtotal 2,320,851.00€ 8,263,478.00€
total 10,584,329.00€ 66,410,056.28€ 55,825,727.28€
CostSaving 55,825,727.28€
Discount 14,476,292.51€
CostSavingAfterDiscount 41,349,434.77€
Historical
Crossborder volume: 277530
117
The difference between the policies resides in the manner historical is interpreted. For policy
options 1 and 3, the difference resides solely in the dispersion (adopted wallet) because the
prices are the same. Therefore, the calculation will be result of {Dispersions * (> 0 + ≤ 0} *
price considered for the within backlog period}. As for Option 2, the percentage considered
for the within backlog period will be multiplied by the lower price while the percentage
considered for the beyond 10 years backlog will be multiplied by the higher price. Hence for
both ranges, policy option 2 represents the lowest cost for the MS.
The table below (with the full representation of the 3 options) represents the output for policy
option 1,2 and 3 (according to the explained parameters and logic) considering the upper
range for cross border movement.
Table 30: Historical Qualifications Cost
Qualifications Price (reference $values)
>10 300.00€
≤10 3.50€
Compound factor 1.03€
Policy Option 1
Discounted cost Discount adjustment
1.030
1.0609
Adopte
d
(wallet)
Year New ≤10 >10 New Historical
1.0927
0 1 5% 35% 60% -€ -€ 1.1255 -€ -€
0 2 10% 35% 55% -€ -€ 1.1593 -€ -€
55506 3 15% 35% 50% -€ 14,154,030.00€ 1.1941 11,853,777.29€ 2,300,252.71€
111012 4 20% 35% 45% -€ 26,642,880.00€ 1.2299 21,663,099.57€ 4,979,780.43€
138765 5 25% 35% 40% -€ 31,222,125.00€ 1.2668 24,647,033.79€ 6,575,091.21€
166518 6 30% 35% 35% -€ 34,968,780.00€ 1.3048 26,800,658.10€ 8,168,121.90€
194271 7 35% 35% 30% -€ 37,882,845.00€ 1.3439 28,188,394.44€ 9,694,450.56€
208148 8 40% 35% 25% -€ 37,466,640.00€ 1.3842 27,066,697.90€ 10,399,942.10€
208148 9 45% 35% 20% -€ 34,344,420.00€ 1.4258 24,088,485.18€ 10,255,934.82€
208148 10 50% 35% 15% -€ 31,222,200.00€ 1.4685 21,260,798.93€ 9,961,401.07€
Total (undiscounted) -€ 247,903,920.00€ 185,568,945.21€
Total discount adjustment 62,334,974.79€
Total (discounted / NPV) 185,568,945.21€
Crossborder volume: 277530
Historical
Compound
factor
Qualifications Price (reference $values)
>10 300.00€
≤10 3.50€
Compound factor 1.03€
Policy Option 2
Discounted cost Discount adjustment
1.030
1.0609
Adopte
d
(wallet)
Year New ≤10 >10 New Historical
1.0927
0 1 5% 35% 60% -€ -€ 1.1255 -€ -€
0 2 10% 35% 55% -€ -€ 1.1593 -€ -€
55506 3 15% 35% 50% -€ 8,393,894.85€ 1.1941 7,029,754.79€ 1,364,140.06€
111012 4 20% 35% 45% -€ 15,122,609.70€ 1.2299 12,296,065.58€ 2,826,544.12€
138765 5 25% 35% 40% -€ 16,821,787.13€ 1.2668 13,279,274.09€ 3,542,513.03€
166518 6 30% 35% 35% -€ 17,688,374.55€ 1.3048 13,556,666.22€ 4,131,708.33€
194271 7 35% 35% 30% -€ 17,722,371.98€ 1.3439 13,187,109.14€ 4,535,262.83€
208148 8 40% 35% 25% -€ 15,866,081.30€ 1.3842 11,461,994.71€ 4,404,086.59€
208148 9 45% 35% 20% -€ 12,743,861.30€ 1.4258 8,938,287.91€ 3,805,573.39€
208148 10 50% 35% 15% -€ 9,621,641.30€ 1.4685 6,551,869.54€ 3,069,771.76€
Total (undiscounted) -€ 113,980,622.10€ 86,301,021.98€
Total discount adjustment 27,679,600.12€
Total (discounted / NPV) 86,301,021.98€
Crossborder volume: 277530
Historical
Compound
factor
118
1.1. Assumptions on the number of non-NQF micro-credentials providers
The EU Council Recommendation deliberately defines providers very broadly, including:
• education and training organisations,
• employers,
• social partners,
• civil society organisations,
• public employment services,
• and other actors issuing credentials for formal and non-formal learning.
It is important to avoid double counting for formal education and training institutions (such as
higher education or VET) because they are already counted as issuers of qualification, even
if many of them may also issue micro-credentials.
No official EU inventory exists for private and non-formal micro-
credential issuers. Cedefop's mapping study172 explicitly states that EU-level data are lacking
because of the diversity of providers and national systems. Any estimate must necessarily be
based on modelling rather than direct enumeration.
172 Cedefop (2022). Microcredentials for labour market education and training: first look at mapping
microcredentials in European labour-market-related education, training and learning: take-up, characteristics
and functions. Luxembourg: Publications Office. Cedefop research paper, No
87. http://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2801/351271
Qualifications Price (reference $values)
>10 300.00€
≤10 3.50€
Compound factor 1.03€
Policy Option 3
Discounted cost Discount adjustment
1.030
1.0609
Adopte
d
(wallet)
Year New ≤10 >10 New Historical
1.0927
0 1 5% 35% 60% -€ -€ 1.1255 -€ -€
0 2 10% 35% 55% -€ -€ 1.1593 -€ -€
27753 3 15% 35% 50% -€ 7,077,015.00€ 1.1941 5,926,888.65€ 1,150,126.35€
55506 4 20% 35% 45% -€ 13,321,440.00€ 1.2299 10,831,549.78€ 2,489,890.22€
69383 5 25% 35% 40% -€ 15,611,175.00€ 1.2668 12,323,605.70€ 3,287,569.30€
83259 6 30% 35% 35% -€ 17,484,390.00€ 1.3048 13,400,329.05€ 4,084,060.95€
97136 7 35% 35% 30% -€ 18,941,520.00€ 1.3439 14,094,269.77€ 4,847,250.23€
104074 8 40% 35% 25% -€ 18,733,320.00€ 1.3842 13,533,348.95€ 5,199,971.05€
104074 9 45% 35% 20% -€ 17,172,210.00€ 1.4258 12,044,242.59€ 5,127,967.41€
104074 10 50% 35% 15% -€ 15,611,100.00€ 1.4685 10,630,399.46€ 4,980,700.54€
Total (undiscounted) -€ 123,952,170.00€ 92,784,633.96€
Total discount adjustment 31,167,536.04€
Total (discounted / NPV) 92,784,633.96€
Crossborder volume: 277530
Historical
Compound
factor
119
The Lifelong Learning Platform (LLLP)173 alone reports that its member networks
collectively represent more than 60,000 educational institutions and associations across
formal, non-formal and informal learning.
The LLLP does not provide a breakdown of these organisations by type. Based on the
composition of its membership, it is reasonable to assume that approximately 20–33% are
formal education and training institutions operating within recognised qualification systems
(for example, EURASHE, FEDE or EfVET). This would leave an approximate estimated of
45,000 organisations in the broader non-formal and informal learning ecosystem.
Besides, the scale of the employer training ecosystem is enormous. Eurostat174 reports
that 67.4% of EU enterprises with at least 10 employees were "training enterprises" in
2020. This does not mean that 67.4% issue micro-credentials, but it demonstrates that the
pool of potential non-formal learning providers extends far beyond the LLLP's 45,000
organisations.
1.2. Assumptions on the evolution of new, recent and historical qualifications
To estimate the costs and benefits associated with the issuance and verification of digital
attestations, it is necessary to determine how the qualifications presented by EU movers
requiring cross-border recognition are distributed between newly issued qualifications,
qualifications issued during the previous 10 years, and older historical qualifications. This
distinction is required because the policy options apply different cost assumptions depending
on whether a qualification is already part of the digital trust framework or needs to be
digitised as a historical qualification. In particular, newly issued qualifications benefit from
cost-free issuance, while under PO2 qualifications issued during the previous 10 years are
also brought into the trust framework through the backlog exercise and therefore benefit from
lower issuance and verification costs. Historical qualifications remain outside the trust
framework and entail higher digitisation and verification costs.
In the absence of EU-wide data identifying the vintage of qualifications used specifically for
cross-border recognition, the model applies a proxy-based approach to estimate their
distribution over the appraisal period. The initial allocation is calibrated using the age profile
of EU movers. In 2024, people aged 15–34 represented around 36% of the EU mover
population175. As younger movers are more likely to hold recently acquired qualifications, this
provides an indication of the share of movers likely to rely on qualifications obtained
relatively recently. However, the category of recent qualifications is not limited to young
movers, as workers of other age groups may also have obtained qualifications through further
education, professional training or reskilling activities during the previous decade. On this
basis, the model assumes that, at the beginning of the appraisal period, approximately 40% of
qualifications presented by movers correspond either to newly issued qualifications or to
qualifications issued during the previous 10 years, while the remaining share corresponds to
older historical qualifications.
The distribution of qualification vintages is then projected over the 10-year appraisal period
by considering the expected replacement of qualification cohorts among mobile workers. The
share of newly issued qualifications increases progressively over time, reflecting the
accumulation of qualifications issued after the implementation of the initiative. Conversely,
the share of historical qualifications decreases as older qualification cohorts are gradually
replaced. The share of qualifications issued during the previous 10 years is assumed to remain
173 Lifelong Learning Platform | Civil Society 174 Share of training enterprises decreases in 2020 - News articles - Eurostat 175 Annual report on intra-EU labour mobility - Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion
120
broadly stable over the period considered, as these qualifications represent a relatively recent
cohort of qualifications whose holders are expected to remain active in the labour market
throughout the appraisal period. The resulting assumptions are presented in the table below.
Year New qualifications
Historical qualifications
Within the 10 years
backlog
Previous to the 10
years backlog
Y1 5% 35% 60%
Y2 10% 35% 55%
Y3 15% 35% 50%
Y4 20% 35% 45%
Y5 25% 35% 40%
Y6 30% 35% 35%
Y7 35% 35% 30%
Y8 40% 35% 25%
Y9 45% 35% 20%
Y10 50% 35% 15%
For PO2, this evolution also captures the effect of the backlog exercise, whereby
qualifications issued during the previous 10 years are incorporated into the trust framework
from the outset. Consequently, the share of qualifications benefiting from the lower-cost
verification process is higher under PO2 than under the other policy options, as it includes
both newly issued qualifications and the stock of recent qualifications digitised through the
backlog. The table therefore provides the basis for allocating the annual number of movers
requiring qualification verification across the different cost categories used in the impact
assessment model.
1.3. Sensitivity for the 10 years backlog in Policy Option 2
There are three types of costs or cost savings that are affected by the 10 years backlog that is
part of PO2:
• Cost for MS to have, connect and maintain national registries of qualifications,
awarding bodies and accreditation. Here it is where an extra effort is required to
also include past 10 years' qualifications in the same trust framework as new ones.
• Cost for MS to issue past qualifications. Once the 10-year backlog of qualifications
is included in the trust framework, issuing a digital attestation for these qualifications
upon request becomes automatic, so the marginal cost of issuance for MS is very low
(€3.5 per attestation) compared to the much higher cost of €300 needed to gather and
compile all the necessary information for a past qualification to be digitalised.
• Cost savings for employers to verify the authenticity of qualifications. Although
both are digital attestations, those issued from within the trust framework are
automatically verifiable, so their marginal verification cost for employers is only €3.
Digital attestations for historical qualifications outside the trust framework, by
contrast, may include embedded information (such as scanned PDF documents) that
requires manual human verification, bringing their verification cost to an estimated
€20.
121
With the 10-year backlog, an estimated share of past qualifications benefits from the cheaper
unit cost of issuance and verification. Without the 10-year backlog, however, all past
qualifications are issued and verified at the higher unit cost.
Table 31: Sensitivity for the 10 years backlog
Costs With the 10 years
backlog
Without the 10 years
backlog
Cost for MS to
have, connect and
maintain national
registries of
qualifications,
awarding bodies
and accreditation
One-off costs 3.1 2.5
Annual costs 1.4 0.9
Cost for MS to
issue past
qualifications
Recurrent
costs over 10
years
(discounted)
68.4 – 86.3 147.2 – 185.6
Cost savings for
employers to
assess
qualifications
Recurrent
costs over 10
years
(discounted)
67.5 – 85.1
72 – 90.8
Figures are expressed in millions of euros.
2. For the calculations of cost-savings for workers and issuers of qualifications
Cost saving for workers to get comparability statements
Total cost = Number of recognition requests/year (reduced by scenario) × Cost of
qualification assessment process (reduced by scenario)
enefit = aseline total cost − Scenario total cost
Variable Value Source / Assumption
Number of requests/year
(baseline)
90,000 (Lower
bound) or
90,000: extrapolated from the ENIC-NARIC survey
on comparability statements processed (see the key
figures in the baseline).
Cost of qualification
assessment process
(baseline)
€ 25 - 375 Based on public-consultation responses on
individual recognition costs
Reduction in
requests/year
(PO1/PO2/PO3)
62% / 60% /
45%
Same "Reduction in share of employers using
recognition " factor as used in Benefit 3.
Reduction in cost per
assesment
20% / 20% / A conservative 20% reduction (15% for PO3 based
on the reduced expected impact of this option) is
122
Variable Value Source / Assumption
(PO1/PO2/PO3) 15% assumed, based on the general expectation
expressed in the consultation that digitalisation will
simplify procedures, though no further data is
available to quantify this precisely.
Number of requests per
year
Cost of qualification assessment
process
Lower bound: 125
Total
costs Benefit
Baseline 90,000.00 125 11,250,000 0
PO1 34,200.00 100 3,420,000 7,830,000
PO2 36,000.00 100 3,600,000 7,650,000
PO3 49,500.00 106 5,259,375 5,990,625
Number of requests per
year
Cost of qualification assessment
process
Upper bound: 375
Total
costs Benefit
Baseline 90,000.00 375 33,750,000 0
PO1 34,200.00 300 10,260,000 23,490,000
PO2 36,000.00 300 10,800,000 22,950,000
PO3 49,500.00 319 15,778,125 17,971,875
These figures are then further adjusted by the gradual uptake of the wallets and by the
discount rate to present the cumulative values over the chosen period.
Costs saving for issuers to verify qualifications
Total cost = Number of education and training institutions × Share of issuers contacted
(survey) × Average contacts per year × Days spent per request × Average daily wage
enefit = aseline total cost − Scenario (P /P 2/P 3) total cost
Variable Value Source / Assumption
Number of education
and training institutions
32,788 – 44,354
Explained in annex 8(7).
Share of issuers
contacted
50.5% Qualification Issuers survey: 290 of 574
respondents (50.5%) reported being contacted by
any third party (employer, recognition authority, or
123
Variable Value Source / Assumption
other) to verify diploma authenticity.
Average contacts per
year (baseline)
16 (Lower
bound) / 30
(Upper bound)
Annualised from the survey's contact-frequency
categories (once a week or more / several times per
month / a few times per year / once a month / less
than once a year). 16 and 30 correspond to the
lower- and higher-end annualised estimates
depending on how the open-ended "weekly or
more" category is interpreted.
Days per request 0.25 days (2
hours ÷ 8-hour
day)
An estimated average of 2 hours of staff time per
verification request. Estimated using expert
judgement, consistent with the EU Standard Cost
Model approach to administrative-burden
estimation. As an order-of-magnitude cross-check,
this is roughly 10% of the SME Panel's median 18-
hour estimate for the full employer-side recognition
process, plausible for a single verification response
rather than a full assessment.
Average daily wage €3 8.73 Annual public-sector wage (€80,000) ÷ 25
working days.
Reduction in contacts
(PO1/PO2/PO3)
50% / 45% /
30%
This estimate reflects the broad agreement among
stakeholders consulted that the digitalisation option,
further enhanced by support measures, would
simplify existing processes and reduce the need to
acquire additional information on qualifications.
Number of
issuers of
qualifications
Lower bound:
32,708
Share of
issuers
requested to
provide
information
about
qualifications
(from
survey)
Average
contacts
per
year
Lower
bound:
16
contacts
Days
spent
per
request
Average
daily
wage
Total costs Benefit
Baseline 32,788 50.5% 16.00 0.25 319 21,129,724 0
PO1 32,788 50.5% 1.60 0.25 319 2,110,972 18,998,752
PO2 32,788 50.5% 1.60 0.25 319 2,110,972 18,998,752
PO3 32,788 50.5% 4.80 0.25 319 6,332,917 17,776,807
124
Number of
issuers of
qualifications
Upper bound:
44,354
Share of
issuers
requested to
provide
information
about
qualifications
(from
survey)
Average
contacts
per
year
Upper
bound:
30
contacts
Days
spent
per
request
Average
daily
wage
Total costs Benefit
Baseline 44,354 50.5% 30.00 0.25 319 53,542,876 0
PO1 44,354 50.5% 3.00 0.25 319 5,354,288 48,188,589
PO2 44,354 50.5% 3.00 0.25 319 5,354,288 48,188,589
PO3 44,354 50.5% 9.00 0.25 319 16,062,863 37,480,014
These figures are then further adjusted by the gradual uptake of the wallets and by the
discount rate to present the cumulative values over the chosen period.
Costs saving for issuers of non-NQF micro-credentials to verify
Total cost = Number of issuers of qualifications of non-NQF micro-credentials × Share of
issuers requested to provide information about qualifications (from survey) × Average
contacts per year × Days spent per request × Average daily wage
enefit = aseline total cost − Scenario (PO1/2/3) total cost
Variable Value Source / Assumption
Number of issuers of
qualifications of non-
NQF micro-credentials
45,000 Estimated as explained above. This coverage is
necessarily a lower limit on the true number of
affected institutions, as it is not possible to fully
estimate the actual number of issuers of micro-
credentials.
Share of issuers
requested to provide
information about
qualifications (from
survey)
39% 69 respondents to the survey of Issuers of
qualifications indicated they issue Adult and
Continuing Education Certificates, Micro-
credentials, or Professional Licenses/Certifications.
Of these, 27 indicated they had been contacted to
provide information about the micro-credentials
issued (27/69 ≈ 39%).
Average contacts per
year (baseline, lower
bound)
10 contacts Estimated average of ~10 contacts/year (weighted),
using the same annualisation convention as Benefit
1 (Issuers of Qualifications): weekly-or-more = 52,
several times/month = 36, a few times/year = 4,
once/month = 12, less than once/year = 0.5.
Days spent per request 0.25 days (2
hours ÷ 8-hour
day)
Same assumption as Benefit 1 (Issuers of
Qualifications).
125
Variable Value Source / Assumption
Average daily wage €3 9 onsistent with the €80,000/year public-sector
wage basis used in enefit (€80,000 ÷ 25
working days ≈ €3 8.73).
Number of
issuers of
qualifications
Share of
issuers
requested to
provide
information
about
qualifications
(from survey)
Average
contacts
per year
Lower
bound:
10
contacts
Days
spent
per
request
Average
daily
wage
Total costs Benefit
Baseline 45,000.00 39% 10.00 0.25 319 14,030,833 0
PO1 45,000.00 39% 1.00 0.25 319 1,403,083 12,627,750
PO2 - 39% 1.00 0.25 319 0 14,030,833
PO3 45,000.00 39% 3.00 0.25 319 4,209,250 9,821,583
These figures are then further adjusted by the gradual uptake of the wallets and by the
discount rate to present the cumulative values over the chosen period.
126
Annex 5: COMPETITIVENESS CHECK
1. Overview of impacts on competitiveness
Dimensions of
Competitiveness
Impact of
the
initiative
(++ / + / 0 / -
/ -- / n.a.)
References to sub-sections of the main report or annexes
Cost and price competitiveness +
Section 6.1.2: Overall, the preferred Policy Option PO2 (digitalisation
of NQF qualifications via the EUDI Wallet) is expected to contribute
to facilitating labour mobility and better cross-border matching of
labour supply and demand thanks to improving availability of
information and faster verification of non-national
qualifications, helping to address skills shortages, notably in critical
sectors. In particular, the initiative will allow companies to more easily
assess and trust non-national qualifications, reducing hiring time and
costs when qualifications are a criterion for their recruitments process.
A facilitated recruitment could have a positive, even if limited impact
on their potential to expand, innovate and scale up.
International competitiveness +
The preferred Policy ption’ direct impact on international
competitiveness is contained, but indirect benefits to broaden the EU
talent pool are positive, including to better cope with situations of
asymmetric shocks to the European labour market. An opportunity lies
in the EU becoming a standard-setter for digital credentials, which
could enhance its negotiating position in global skills recognition
dialogues.
Capacity to innovate +
Sections 6.1.2,: Overall, the preferred Policy Option is expected to
have a modest but positive impact on innovation, primarily through
improved management practices (e.g. hiring efficiency) which is
expected to contribute to facilitating labour mobility, which is
associated with firms’ innovation potential. The preferred option is also
expected to lead to better cross-border matching of labour supply and
demand, both in regulated and non-regulated professions.
SME competitiveness ++
The impact on SME competitiveness is expected to be positive. The
initiative reduces cost and administrative burden associated with
assessing non-national credentials. See also annex 6: SME Check. ..
2. Synthetic assessment
The preferred Policy Option is expected to have small positive impacts on competitiveness
and is overall anticipated to deliver positive effects for businesses across the EU. On cost and
price competitiveness, the initiative is positive, since companies stand to benefit from reduced
hiring time and administrative burden when assessing non-national qualifications, translating
into incremental cost savings, the pass-through of which to prices remains limited and
uncertain.
127
The impact on the international position of EU companies is directionally positive, insofar as
improved access – even incremental - to a broader pool of human resources strengthens
workforce flexibility. Any effect on innovation capacity is expected to be positive, both in
terms of products, process stemming from the widen talent pool effect. and in relation to
incremental organisational innovation, relating to the digitalisation of employees'
qualification. With respect to SMEs, the initiative is expected to be net positive: while the
absolute benefits of simplified credential assessment apply equally to firms of all sizes,
smaller companies stand to gain proportionally more, given that the relative burden of
navigating non-national qualifications, and the relative value of reducing it, is greater for
businesses with limited HR capacity.
3. Competitive position of the most affected sectors
The Preferred Option is horizontal in nature, applying across all sectors and firm sizes rather
than targeting specific industries. A dedicated sectoral analysis is therefore not warranted.
However, certain sectors are likely to experience more pronounced effects given their higher
reliance on mobile EU workers and greater exposure to cross-border recruitment.
Sectors facing acute skills and labour shortages, including construction, healthcare,
hospitality, transport and manufacturing, are among those most likely to benefit from
interoperable digital qualifications The digital and technology sector may also benefit
indirectly from the preferred option, given its reliance on highly qualified mobile workers.
No sector is expected to face a competitive disadvantage as a result of the Preferred Option.
128
Annex 6: SME CHECK
1. Overview of impacts on SMEs
Relevance for SMEs
Based on SME filter and the ISG discussion, this initiative is relevant for SMEs176.
(1) IDENTIFICATION OF AFFECTED BUSINESSES AND ASSESSMENT OF RELEVANCE
Are SMEs directly affected? (No) In which sectors?
The preferred policy options (i.e. the digitalisation of all new NQFs qualifications (EQF levels
2-8), qualifications issued in the past 10 years automatically on demand and older
qualifications on demand within a reasonable time as part of the European Digital Identity
Wallet) is expected to directly affect SMEs across all sectors.
Estimated number of directly affected SMEs
The initiative is expected to contribute to make cross-border recruitment easier, which could
increase the share of SMEs able to hire internationally. Survey evidence also suggests
significant untapped demand: nearly half (49%) of SMEs have indicated that they would
welcome better tools for assessing the competences of mobile workers within the EU177. This
points to considerable potential for a larger number of SMEs to benefit from the initiative in
the future.
Estimated number of employees in directly affected SMEs
The estimated number of job applicants affected (i.e. whose qualification has been verified by
an employer intending to hire them) has been estimated between 220,110–277,530. It is not
possible to establish how many of them were employed in SMEs.
Are SMEs indirectly affected? (Yes) In which sectors? What is the estimated number of
indirectly affected SMEs and employees?
Yes. The initiative is expected to bring some indirect benefits related to a reduction of
overqualification and skills mismatches (see section 6.1.4), which also affect SMEs.
(2) CONSULTATION OF SME STAKEHOLDERS
How has the input from the SME community been taken into consideration?
176 https://ec.europa.eu/docsroom/documents/63274. 177 European Commission (2023). European Year of Skills: Survey highlights skills shortages in small and
medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) - Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion.
129
A targeted consultation with SMEs – an SME panel – took place to gather input from the
SME community. The panel ran from 11 February – 1 April 2026 and gathered responses
from 159 SMEs across 18 EU MS (AT, BE, BG, CY, DE, EE, ES, EL, FI, FR, HU, IE, IT,
PL PT, RO) and third countries (CH, TR). SMEs also responded to the public consultation,
with 204 responses received across 23 EU MS (AT, BE, BG, CY, CZ, DE, DK, EL, ES, FI,
FR, HR, HU, IE, IT, LT, LV, MT, NL, PO, PT, RO, SE) and 12 third countries (BA, BR, GE,
GH, IS, MD, MK, PK, TZ, TN, TR, UA). In addition, social partners representing
employers contributed to the study through the national-level stakeholder interviews (14
interviews), the call for evidence (24 contributions), the public consultation (41 responses),
a dedicated Social Partner Hearing, focus groups (involvement in three focus groups),
expert workshops (involvement in two expert workshops), and case studies (six interviews).
Feedback from the consultations, case studies, and the SME panel in particular, indicates
that administrative and bureaucratic burdens (e.g. obtaining work and residence permits,
language barriers and difficulties in verifying and comparing skills and qualifications), as
well as limited capacity and resources (e.g. lack of in-house expertise or dedicated HR
staff, disproportionate verification or re-training costs) act as obstacles for SMEs to hire
workers from other EU MS. Confidence levels among SMEs also fall significantly when
assessing qualifications from other EU countries, primarily due to insufficient familiarity
with foreign education systems, difficulty verifying the authenticity of qualifications,
language barriers and a lack of clear information on equivalence and recognition
procedures. Increased digitalisation of qualifications, including the take-up of digital tools
and platforms, and clearer and trusted information on foreign qualifications were
highlighted by consulted SMEs as areas for action.
Are SMEs’ views different from those of lar e businesses? No
The consultations carried out for the study supporting the impact assessment of the Skills
Portability Initiative did not identify any notable differences in the views of SMEs and those
of large businesses.
(3) ASSESSMENT OF IMPACTS ON SMES178
What are the estimated direct costs for SMEs of the preferred policy option? (Fill in only
if step 1 flags direct impacts)
Qualitative assessment
The preferred option imposes no direct costs on SMEs, and not obligations for
implementation.
Quantitative assessment
What are the estimated direct benefits/cost savings for SMEs of the preferred policy
option179?
Qualitative assessment
The digitalisation of qualifications through the European Digital Identity Wallet generates
178 The costs and benefits data in this annex are consistent with the data in annex 3. 179 The direct benefits for SMEs can also be cost savings.
130
ongoing time savings on credential verification beyond the recruitment process, including for
cross-border assignments, regulatory compliance and professional licensing. Businesses that
regularly verify the credentials of mobile workers benefit from faster, standardised digital
checks in place of manual, document-based procedures.
Quantitative assessment
The cost-savings for employers have been estimated as ranging from 72 to 90.8 million euros
(present value, 2026-2040)
These figures cover all businesses; SME-specific shares cannot be disaggregated from the
current model.
What are the indirect impacts of this initiative on SMEs? (Fill in only if step 1 flags
indirect impacts)
SMEs are expected to benefit indirectly from the broader labour market improvements
generated by the preferred option. However, given these indirect benefits cannot be
quantified. Skills mismatch reduction accrues at society level as economy-wide GDP gains,
reflecting higher labour productivity from better job matching and increased participation of
qualified workers.
While these benefits are not allocated to specific stakeholder groups, businesses are the
primary vehicle through which they are realised: better-matched workers, reduced
recruitment friction and a deeper pool of available mobile labour may translate into
productivity gains and hiring advantages at firm level. SMEs stand to benefit
disproportionately from these improvements. As the consultations confirmed, SMEs are
currently more exposed than large firms to skills and labour shortages, have less capacity to
absorb the costs of suboptimal recruitment outcomes, and are less able to compete for mobile
candidates from other EU MS under the current fragmented situation. In 2023, less than 15%
of SMEs employed staff from other EU MS (as opposed to almost 35% of large companies).
A more fluid EU labour market therefore represents a structural competitive improvement for
SMEs relative to their current position.
(4) MINIMISING NEGATIVE IMPACTS ON SMES
Are SMEs disproportionately affected compared to large companies? No If yes, are
there any specific subgroups of SMEs more exposed than others?
Have mitigating measures been included in the preferred option/proposal?
No, as the effects of the preferred option on SMEs are positive and there are no running
obligations or increased administrative burden, no mitigating measures are needed.
CONTRIBUTION TO THE 35% BURDEN REDUCTION TARGET FOR SMES
Are there any administrative cost savings relevant for the 35% burden reduction target
for SMEs?
Yes, cost savings relative to the baseline as a result of lower costs credential verification
contribute to the 35% burden reduction target.
131
Annex 7: EXPLANATION OF MAIN EU TOOLS SUPPORTING SKILLS
PORTABILITY
1. Policies and tools for improving transparency and portability of qualifications
and skills
The European Qualifications Framework
The backbone of EU transparency tools is the European Qualifications Framework (EQF), in
place since 2008 (and reviewed in 2017). The EQF aims to increase the transparency,
comparability and portability of people's qualifications. The EQF as a framework consists of 8
levels from basic (level 1) to advanced (level 8), based on learning outcomes (knowledge,
skills, autonomy and responsibility). It operates as a translation tool between national
qualifications frameworks.
As part of the EQF Recommendation, MS are invited to relate their national qualifications
frameworks (NQFs) to the EQF, in order to establish a clear and transparent relationship
between their national qualification levels and the eight EQF levels, in a process called
referencing.
Given that the EQF is first and foremost a translation tool, qualifications are not directly
included in the EQF. They are instead included in the NQFs, in line with applicable inclusion
procedures by MS that need to be transparent, where their level and value abroad can be
understood with reference to the eight EQF levels. Once an NQF has been referenced to the
EQF, qualifications included in NQFs automatically receive an EQF level corresponding to
the applicable NQF level. This translation becomes visible to employers and individuals when
EQF levels are added to national certificates and diplomas and included in the NQF registers
or databases.
EQF provides comparison of levels of qualifications and also information on the skills which
are associated with the qualifications. Providing learning outcomes descriptions of
qualifications through databases according to European guidelines for writing short learning
outcomes descriptions (EQF-Europass project group, 2024) and linking them to Europass, are
two major preconditions for developing a detailed and comprehensive European map of
qualifications making qualifications and skills visible and understandable across borders,
promoting education progression, lifelong learning and employability.
The referencing process aims to make the comparison framework robust and to build trust in
qualification systems of other MS. For the referencing process MS need to prepare a detailed
referencing report that follows the 10 EQF referencing criteria included in Annex III of the
Recommendation, and which aim at ensuring coherence, transparency, quality and trust
between qualifications in Europe. The referencing criteria relate to legal and political
responsibility for the framework (1), link between the national and EQF levels (2), use of
learning outcomes and how the framework is related to arrangements for validation of non-
formal and informal learning (3), transparent procedures for inclusion of qualifications in the
framework (4), the applicable quality assurance system(s) (5), the signed agreement by
responsible quality assurance bodies (6), involvement of international experts (7), certification
of the report by competent authorities (8), publication of NQF information (9), inclusion of
EQF/NQF levels on diplomas/certification (10). The referencing is a peer reviewed process in
which MS assess other MS referencing reports, considering their alignment with the EQF
referencing criteria.
132
As Q referencing reports represent a ‘snapshot’ in time and may become outdated in case
of major changes in the MS education system the EQF Recommendation invites MS to review
and update their referencing report when relevant. This aims to ensure that information
included in the referencing reports remains accurate, as this directly influences the extent to
which the NQF is trusted, and the extent to which the EQF is able to facilitate the
comparability and portability of qualifications.
The objective of the EQF as a framework is to support both lifelong learning and
employability. In a context of employment (including cross-border labour mobility), getting a
job, or moving between jobs, requires qualifications and skills to be understood, fairly judged
and correctly valued by employers and other labour market actors. The use of learning
outcomes (knowledge, skills) to describe qualifications – and the inclusion of European and
national qualifications levels on them – aims to make it easier for employers to interpret
applicants’ qualifications from other countries and institutions not known to them. It can
facilitate understanding the level of each candidate, comparing their qualifications with
national qualifications, understanding the relevance of those qualifications and seeing how the
learning outcomes match the needs of the company or sector.
The Europass Framework
The Europass platform operates as a one-stop shop for skills and career management, with
different skills, qualifications and labour mobility tools, including an e-portfolio with a smart
CV, information on qualifications (from NQF registries) and learning opportunities (from
national registries/databases) and an infrastructure for digital credentials (European Digital
Credential for Learning infrastructure). The Europass platform is also the platform for the
EQF, where the results of the referencing process are published and where information on
qualifications can be found.
The Europass Decision stipulates that the Europass platform will contain information on
qualifications and on qualifications frameworks. The MS provide this information and share it
by interconnecting their NQF databases or registers with the Europass platform. The
qualifications data available on Europass are also republished as open data on the EU open
data portal.
The Europass framework also includes three supplements with a common structure and
template: Diploma Supplements (higher education), Certificate Supplements (VET), and
Europass Mobility (learning mobility). The supplements make it easier for e.g. employers or
education and training providers to understand qualifications and their learning outcomes.
They are usually available in the original language of the qualification and other useful
languages (in most cases at least English). Thanks to their standardised format in presenting
learning outcomes and learning achievements (for the diploma supplement and certificate
supplement), they improve the transparency and comparability of qualifications in an
international context.
The Diploma Supplement exists since 1997 and is a joint document between the European
Commission, the Council of Europe and UNESCO. It is part of the Europass Framework but
also of the European Higher Education Area. It is provided by higher education institutions.
The template was last updated following an inter-ministerial agreement in 2018, under the
Bologna Process. The inter-ministerial agreement refers to its digitalisation. Efforts to do so
were undertaken in the context of the European Digital Credentials for Learning – before the
EUDI wallet was adopted through the e-IDAS revision of 2024, but have not been
implemented so far, due to high complexity, in particular caused by national law-based
requirements to the Diploma Supplement going beyond the inter-ministerial agreement.
133
The Europass Certificate Supplement is a document accompanying VET or professional
certificates issued by the competent authorities in each country. It aims to help employers,
educational and training institutions, recognition bodies and other stakeholders understand the
qualification’s purpose, level, learning outcomes, and the corresponding national educational
or training system. This document serves to improve qualifications transparency across
borders and sectors, supporting employability and mobility. There is work ongoing to revise
the template and considering its possible digitalisation.
Europass Mobility, first introduced in 2004, describes the skills acquired abroad on mobility
experience for learning or work. Europass Mobility can help communicate the new skills and
experiences acquired during a traineeship, volunteering or a learning period abroad in a
comparable way. The Europass Mobility template was revised in 2024, bringing together
Europass Mobility with the learning agreement model from Erasmus+, creating a single
document for both pre- and post-mobility. While the pre-mobility document is available, this
is not yet the case for the post mobility document, which the Commission aims to digitalise in
the context of a revamped European Digital Credentials for Learning infrastructure.
European Skills, Competences, Qualifications, and Occupations (ESCO)
The European Skills, Competences, Qualifications, and Occupations (ESCO) is a European
multilingual classification of skills, competences, and occupations, serving as a
comprehensive dictionary to standardise terminology across 28
languages, facilitating alignment between skills, qualifications and labour market needs.
By fostering a common language, ESCO helps bridge the communication gap between
employment, education, and training sectors, enhancing job mobility across Europe. Through
its standard, multilingual, vocabulary it has high potential to support the description of
qualifications, in particular by linking learning outcomes descriptions of qualifications with
ESCO concepts for knowledge and skills, including transversal skills. Like this ESCO
improves qualification transparency and can help stakeholders describe, compare and interpret
qualifications from different MS and sectors in a consistent and understandable way across
Europe. ESCO can be used in digital tools and databases, making qualification information
more structured, searchable and comparable across platforms and borders. The EQF and
ESCO are therefore complementary. While the EQF provides a common reference point for
qualification levels in Europe based on skills proficiency, ESCO provides a multilingual
dictionary of skills terms and a European classification of occupations.
Micro-credentials, Validation of non-formal and informal learning, Quality assurance
The Council Recommendation on micro-credentials for lifelong learning and employability,
adopted in 2022, aims to improve the quality, trust, and adoption of micro-credentials, making
them more comparable and understandable across different countries and sectors. It contains a
common definition, standards elements to describe micro-credentials, and contains European
principles for the design and issuance of micro-credentials. It further encourages MS to
support the quality and transparency of micro-credentials, where appropriate, including by
integrating micro-credentials in national qualifications frameworks, which has been done by
9 MS.
The Council Recommendation on validation of non-formal and informal learning of 2012
asked MS to have in place arrangements for the validation of skills acquired through non-
formal and informal learning, including work experience. The Recommendation
distinguishes for states of validation, namely identification, documentation, assessment and
certification. Not all validation processes complete all stages, and when they do, they can lead
134
to different outcomes such as exemption to training, a micro-credential, or partial or full
qualifications, depending on country and case specific situations.
The Standards and Guidelines for Quality Assurance in the European Higher Education Area
(ESG)180 provide a framework for internal and external quality assurance in higher education,
supporting trust and mobility across systems irrespective of the delivery mode.
The European Quality Assurance Reference Framework (EQAVET)181 offers European wide
framework to support quality assurance in vocational education and training (VET) across
Europe.
2. Policies and tools for assessment and recognition of qualifications and skills
for the purpose of employment
In majority of professions in the EU (“non-regulated professions”), qualifications obtained
in other EU MS in principle do not require any formal assessments. Nevertheless, as
explained further in the IA, in some cases employers or workers seek such formal
assessments. In such cases, they may use procedures intended primarily for academic
recognition. The European Network of Information Centres (ENIC) and National
Academic Recognition Information Centres in the European Union (NARIC)
networks182 were established as network of centres for academic recognition of qualifications
under the principles of the Convention on the Recognition of Qualifications concerning
Higher Education in the European Region, also referred to as Lisbon Recognition Convention.
ENIC-NARIC centres provide advice (and depending on the national situation may take
decisions) on how foreign qualifications compare to national ones, typically resulting in
statements of comparability, that can relate to access to higher education studies and
sometimes also to labour market demands.
The situation is different in regulated professions, where the Professional Qualifications
Directive establishes a common approach to the assessment of professional qualifications and
so-called Competent Authorities carry out the formal recognition procedures. The applicable
legal framework, process and actors are described in detail in the IA for Action 2 of the SPI.
European Employment Services (EURES)
The European Employment Services (EURES) is a cooperation network of (public and
private) employment services designed to facilitate the free movement of workers within the
European Economic Area (EEA). The main goals of EURES are to improve transparency and
information on job opportunities as well as living and working conditions across borders, to
provide assistance for job placements and recruitment across borders to facilitate cooperation
between its member organisations and with stakeholders. The network has an online platform
where employers can post vacancies and search for candidates. The data structure for the
publication of vacancies includes qualification standards, which refer to the EQF levels.
EURES includes a network of EURES Advisers who offer personalised support to job-seekers
and interested workers, including help with job applications, recognition of qualifications, and
relocation advice.
Public Employment Services (PES)
180 https://www.enqa.eu/esg-standards-and-guidelines-for-quality-assurance-in-the-european-higher-education-
area/# 181 EQAVET – European Commission 182 ENIC is the European Network of Information Centres and NARIC are National Academic Recognition
Information Centres in the European Union
135
Public Employment Services play a key role in skills assessment and portability across
borders. Skills and qualifications assessment is a key activity of many PES in the context of a
shift of the labour market towards skills-based profiling for which qualifications that better
signal skills information do help. The PES Network aims to encourage cooperation between
MS within the areas of PES responsibility, in order to contribute to the implementation of the
Union’s employment policies. The PES etwork aims to compare PES performance through
benchmarking, identify evidence-based good practices and foster mutual learning, promote
the modernisation and strengthening of PES service delivery, and prepare inputs to the
European Employment Strategy and the corresponding national labour market policies.
3. Instruments and legislation facilitating interoperable digitalisation of
qualifications
The European Digital Credentials for Learning (EDC)
The EDC is a multilingual format for electronically sealed, digital presentations of learning
credentials that is part of the Europass platform. The EDC Infrastructure includes an EDC
Issuer and an EDC Viewer that are ready-to-use tools for building, issuing and viewing these
digital credentials. The EDC infrastructure allows institutions or organisations to issue digital
credentials directly to the Europass web wallet, a personal online space for storing credentials
available in the My Library section of a person’s Europass account. Individuals can securely
store their credentials and share them to apply for jobs.
EDCs are signed using an electronic seal. The use of the seal is mandatory and informs the
viewer of the credential about the origin of the credential. The electronic seal ensures the
credential integrity. These seals can be acquired from Trusted Service Providers, who issue
these electronic seals in line with the EU legal framework for electronic seals, the eIDAS
Regulation. EDCs are subject to automatic authentication, and verification checks each time a
credential is viewed, maintaining the trustworthiness of the document. These checks ensure
that any modifications to the credential content, such as an attempt to change the recipient’s
name, are detected and directly visible when viewing the credential. EDCs are designed to
promote cross-border recognition of credentials. To this aim, they are based on a multilingual
European standard for semantic interoperability183
The European Learning Model
The European Learning model (ELM) is a multilingual data model of Learning Opportunities,
Qualifications, Accreditation and Credentials in Europe, developed by the European
Commission. It is the semantic model used for sharing information on qualifications and
learning opportunities in a standardised manner with the Europass platform, as well as for
issuing European Digital Credentials for Learning (EDC). The ELM has been built using the
starting points provided in the Annex VI of the European Qualifications Framework Council
ecommendation on “Elements of data fields for the electronic publication of information on
qualifications with an EQ level” as well as Annex I “European standard elements to describe
a micro-credential” of the ouncil ecommendation on a European Approach to Micro-
credentials.
The Regulation on electronic identification, authentication and trust services (eIDAS)
183 The ELM interoperability assessment has been performed according to the Interoperable Europe Act and is
available at: https://interoperable-europe.ec.europa.eu/collection/common-assessment-method-standards-and-
specifications-camss/solution/camss-assessment-elm-eif-scenario
136
The Regulation on electronic identification, authentication and trust services (eIDAS) of 23
July 2014 facilitates secure cross-border transactions by establishing a framework for digital
identity and authentication. It aims to create confidence in electronic interactions and promote
seamless digital services in the EU. This regulation specifically targets electronic
identification (eID) and trust service providers, aiming to dismantle existing barriers
hindering seamless use of trust services and eID usage across EU MS. The eIDAS Regulation
has created standards for which electronic signatures, qualified digital certificates, electronic
seals, timestamps, and other proof for authentication mechanisms enable electronic
transactions, with the same legal standing as transactions that are performed on paper.
European Digital Identity Wallet (EUDI Wallet)
The eIDAS Regulation was reviewed in 2024. The eIDAS 2.0 includes the European Digital
Identity Wallet (EUDI Wallet) which will enable users to access online services, store and
share digital documents, and create binding signatures. Under the Regulation, MS must have a
compliant wallet available by the end of 2026. Its use by citizens is voluntary. EUDI Wallets
are the European Union's response to the challenges of digital identification. Every EU
Member State will offer its own wallet app, built to the same specifications, to all citizens,
residents and businesses in the next few years. Each version of the wallet will be interoperable
and will work across the EU. EUDI Wallets will be able to store and share a wide range of
digital documents. These can include everything from highly sensitive documents like mobile
driving licences to everyday items like your gym membership card. The digital documents
will be secure (strong cryptographic encryption keeps your data safe), privacy-preserving
(private by design; only necessary information is shared) and cross-border. The possible
illustrations of the digital qualifications in the EUDI Wallet are presented in Annex 11. The
eIDAS 2.0 specifies in Annex VI that MS shall ensure that measures are taken to allow
qualified trust service providers of electronic attestations of attributes to verify by electronic
means at the request of the user, the authenticity of educational qualifications, titles and
licences and professional qualifications, titles and licences. The specificities of the different
areas where this applies, go beyond the scope of the eIDAS Regulation and its implementing
regulations, which focuses on wallets and identity. Therefore, specific sectoral requirements
need to be laid down in sectoral legislation that covers the rules for the specific use case.
Digital Credentials for the European Union (DC4EU)
The Digital Credentials for the European Union (DC4EU) was a large-scale pilot project184
testing the use of the EUDI wallet in relation to the issuance, storage and presentation of
verifiable digital credentials through wallet-based solutions, especially for educational
qualifications and learning achievements and social security documents and entitlements. The
aim was to test the technical feasibility of a wallet-based solution that would allow citizens
and other parties to use trusted education and training and social security coordination digital
documents across borders more easily.
In the context of education and professional development, verifiable credentials represent
statements made by educational institutions and professional bodies about an individual's
credentials in a tamper-evident and privacy-respecting manner. These Verifiable Credentials
can be used to construct Verifiable Presentations, which can be cryptographically verified.
184 MS involved include AT, BE, CZ, DE, DK, EL, ES, FI, FR, HU, IE, IT, LT, LU, MT, NL, PL, PT, RO, SE +
NO, CH, UA (only 14 MS + NO and UA were involved for the pilot on education attestations, the others piloted
only the social security use case). The types of organisations include higher education institutions (DK, EL, FR,
IE, IT, LU, PT), a combination of Higher education institutions and Ministry of education and training (ES, NL,
RO), a Ministry/agency only (FI, SE, NO, UA), a foundation working on education (MT), and the National
Information Processing Institute supervised by the Ministry of Education and Science (PL)
137
The target system explored by the DC4EU project was an integrated digital ecosystem that
addresses potential fraud and credential validation challenges, complies with European
educational and professional qualification standards, increases acceptance among all relying
parties (employers, educational and training institutions, professional bodies) and supports the
free movement of workers and learners across the EU.
The project has demonstrated that a consistent and well-defined format for verifiable
credentials for education and professional qualifications coordination is needed, which can be
based on the EUDI wallet ecosystem and its related methods and technologies such as the
identity framework. The joint format should enable the interoperability and compatibility of
verifiable credentials across different systems, platforms, and domains in the EU, such as
educational institutions, employers, professional bodies, and quality assurance organisations.
Such a format ensures the security and trustworthiness of verifiable credentials and enhances
the user experience by allowing users to manage their own digital identities and credentials.
To note that the DC4EU looked at higher education (the diploma, but also Diploma
Supplement, transcript of record, proof of enrolment and micro-credentials), upper secondary
education (upper secondary education certificate and transcript of records), VET (diploma,
VET certificate and micro-credential), professional qualifications (Certificate of Professional
Competence, Professional Medical Certification, Certificate of Professional Suitability,
Accreditation of Medical Training, Continuous Professional Development and Professional
Training Certificate) and other student identity or professional identity cards. DC4EU
considered micro-credentials issued by non-formal providers, by companies (as part of
continuous professional development), by social partners, or by chambers of commerce and
industry as attestations that could be issued with the lowest level of assurance. The EDC
infrastructure is for example mostly used by micro-credentials issuers and for non-formal
certificates (e.g. Erasmus+ cooperation projects training certificates).
The DC4EU framework for educational and professional qualification credentials is based on
an architecture that includes the European Learning Model (ELM) as semantic foundation and
providing the ontological basis for all educational and professional achievement credentials.
ELM introduces. It further includes the EDC-W3C VC data model – aligned with W3C
standards and eIDAS 2.0 for technical implementation.
The results of the DC4EU pilot feed directly into this IA, supporting the formulation of policy
options and the assessment of their feasibility, costs and benefits.
Single Digital Gateway Regulation (SDGR) and the Once-Only Technical System
(OOTS)
The Single Digital Gateway Regulation (Regulation (EU) 2018/1724) facilitates online
access to information, administrative procedures, and assistance services that EU citizens and
businesses may need in another EU Member State. It contains procedures related to birth,
residence, studying, working, moving, retiring and starting, running and closing a business. In
relation to the three studying procedures, one includes a procedure for the academic
recognition of diplomas, certificates or other proof of studies or courses, which means that
evidence providers related to education and training have connected to the Once-Only
Technical System. However, there is no procedure today in the SDGR to request a diploma
for the purpose of applying for a job in another EU MS.
The Once-Only Technical System (OOTS) is the core infrastructure to implement the Single
Digital Gateway. It aims to save EU citizens and businesses time and money by allowing the
automatic exchange of official documents and data (such as diplomas, certifications or
138
permits) between the ‘competent authorities’ that issue this data and the public body
requesting the data. This automatic data exchange puts users in charge of their data and
reduces the costs involved when completing cross-border administration within the European
Single Market. In order to be able to exchange structured data on learning via the OOTS, the
ELM was recently adapted and now includes new data fields to cover the education-related
use cases from the OOTS.
Annex 8: MAPPING OF INFORMATION PER MEMBER STATE
1. Purpose of this Annex
This annex presents a mapping of Member State positions and practices compiled specifically for this
IA. It is distinct from the broader evidence base of the impact assessment, which draws on a wider
range of sources and analytical instruments. The mapping focusses on seven thematic areas:
1. Non-regulated professions: covering the legal framework for comparability statements,
qualification requirements outside the scope of the Professional Qualifications Directive, and
ENIC-NARIC practices;
2. Digital credentials: covering the legal basis for digital diplomas, national infrastructure for
issuing and storing credentials, and employer access tools; and
3. EQF/NQF architecture: covering national qualifications framework embedding, EQF
referencing status, and qualification transparency instruments.
4. Member-State Readiness for Digital Qualification Issuance: covering implementation patterns,
governance models, infrastructure and technical readiness, key challenges, and willingness to
standardise on education qualifications
5. Provisions in collective agreements in MS related to qualifications
6. MS Education Providers – VET and HE Education Institutions
7. MS: Annual Issuance Attestation Volume
Data sources:
The following data sources were identified and specifically drawn upon for this annex. Each source
was selected for its direct relevance to one or more of the thematic areas above. Where an item is
relevant to more than one area, it appears in the primary thematic table with a cross-reference to the
other.
For the items 1 to 3:
• Source 1: Structured Mapping (contractor-commissioned, 27 MS): Produced by ECORYS on
behalf of DG EMPL as part of the SPI Action 1 workstream. Covers NQF/EQF status, the
legal framework for non-regulated professions, and digital diplomas.
• Source 2: ReferNet Survey on Digital Credentials (Cedefop/ReferNet, 27 MS): Conducted via
Cedefop's ReferNet network. Covers the development and use of digital credential tools,
employer access discussions, and central access points for qualification information.
• Source 3: EQF National Contact Points Survey (survey data, 21 MS): Direct survey of EQF
National Contact Points conducted for the SPI Impact Assessment. Covers legal frameworks
for digital diplomas and diploma language requirements, skills portability barriers and
regulatory gaps, and current digitalisation status.
• Source 4: ENIC-NARIC Centre Survey (survey data, 13 MS): Direct survey of ENIC-NARIC
centres conducted for the SPI Impact Assessment. Covers the volume of comparability
statements issued, the share attributable to non-regulated professions, and applicable fee
structures. Belgium submitted separate Flemish and French-speaking responses but is counted
as one Member State.
Items 1 to 3 of the annex draw on 24 items in total. Full coverage of all 27 MS is available for Sources
1 and 2 only; Sources 3 and 4 reflect partial response rates (21 and 13 MS respectively; Belgium's two
community-level responses under Source 4 are counted as a single Member State). Belgium is
reported as a single entry; regional differentiation between the Flemish and French-speaking
communities is noted where responses diverge.
140
DC4EU deliverables and its final strategic report, EUDI Wallet national-rollout trackers, and EU
education-credential infrastructure (EBSI, EMREX, European Digital Credentials / ELM). For caveats, cf.
For item 4:
point 8.5.
For item 5:
The table in Section 8.6. of this Annex summarises the findings of the Eurofound country fiches on the
treatment of qualifications in collective agreements across MS185. At the time of submission of the
revised Impact Assessment, country fiches were available for 20 of the 27 MS. The overview reflects
the information available at that stage and should be interpreted as a qualitative mapping of national
approaches rather than a fully comparable quantitative assessment, given the diversity of collective
bargaining systems across MS.
For item 6:
Section 8.7 of this Annex contains Tables 6 and 7, which summarize the findings of Eurydice (VET)
and EQAR (HE) regarding the MS Matrix of Education Providers. Table 6 outlines a conservative
approach that excludes special VET education and applies a 50% distribution to mixed-program
schools. Conversely, Table 7 details a comprehensive approach that includes special VET education
and counts mixed-program schools at 100%. Data is related to 2024
For item 7:
The table in section 8.8 (table 8) of this annex summarizes the findings of EUROSTAT regarding the
number of graduates per Member State. Data is related to 2024
185 European Commission (2026 – unpublished); Overview report: Mapping references to qualifications in
collective agreements across the EU; Report prepared by Eurofound with contributions from the Social Dialogue
Network of Experts.
141
How to read Table 1
The table maps the recognition landscape for non-regulated professions across the EU-27. Each
Member State occupies two rows: a coded summary row, and a narrative row giving the legal basis
(§), illustrative professions requiring a specific national qualification, and any gaps or barriers
reported. Coverage differs by column block because the three blocks draw on different sources (see
Data sources above).
The three column blocks (left to right):
• Legal framework (all 27 MS): whether a Comparability Statement (CS) is owed and how
strong it is: an obligation to issue one, an individual right to request one, whether its outcome
is binding on employers, and whether non-PQD qualification requirements exist (nationally
mandated qualifications for professions outside the Professional Qualifications Directive).
• SPI gaps & barriers: whether the Member State named structural gaps or barriers to skills
portability.
• ENIC-NARIC practice (responding MS only): operational reality: annual CS volume (with
reference year), the share attributable to non-regulated professions, and the fee charged.
The four "Legal framework" sub-columns:
• Obligation for CS: Is the authority obliged to issue a Comparability Statement?
• Right to CS: Does the individual have an enforceable right to request one?
• CS outcome binding: Does the result legally bind employers, or is it merely advisory?
• Non-PQD qual. requirements: Do nationally mandated qualifications exist for professions
outside the PQD?
Coding:
• Yes = confirmed present/applicable; Yes/part. = partial, conditional, or sector-limited;
No/part. = generally absent with limited exceptions; No = confirmed absent
• >50% / 20–50% / <20% = share of CS volume attributable to non-regulated professions
(respondent's estimate)
• n/a = Member State did not respond to that survey instrument
2. TABLE 1 - Non-regulated professions
MS
Legal framework for non-regulated professions (all 27 MS) SPI gaps
&
barriers
EQF
NCP
ENIC-NARIC practice
(responding MS only)
Obligation for
Comparability
Statement (CS)
Right to
CS
CS
outcome
binding
National
qualification
requirements
(outside
PQD)
CS
volume
(ref.
year)
Share for
non-reg.
prof.
Fee
AT No Yes No Yes/part. Yes/part. 5,300 >50% €150
§ AuBG (2016) statutory right to qual. assessment (Bewertung) for non-reg. professions, administered by ENIC-
NARIC AT; advisory for private employers (transparency instrument)
142
MS
Legal framework for non-regulated professions (all 27 MS) SPI gaps
&
barriers
EQF
NCP
ENIC-NARIC practice
(responding MS only)
Obligation for
Comparability
Statement (CS)
Right to
CS
CS
outcome
binding
National
qualification
requirements
(outside
PQD)
CS
volume
(ref.
year)
Share for
non-reg.
prof.
Fee
Examples (outside PQD): forklift/crane operators (GewO §94), electrical engineers (ASchG);
CS designed specifically for non-reg. profession use (AT institution note);
NQF Act 2016 central; Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL) in Higher Education since 2021; no explicit gaps named.
BE No Yes No/part. Yes Yes/part. n/a n/a n/a
Three community-level voluntary pathways, NARIC, EVC (Erkenning van Verworven Competenties), VAE
(valorisation des acquis de l'expérience); fee-based; waivers for vulnerable groups;
EVC certificates legally equivalent to formal quals (VET sector only);
Examples (outside PQD): construction safety training mandatory (CLA PC124 2022); CFC (2015) + validation of non-
formal and informal learning (VNFIL) cooperation agreement; gaps mentioned: institutional complexity; no
structured non-reg. recognition system.
BG No Yes,
part. No/part. No n/a n/a n/a n/a
§ Law on the Recognition of Professional Qualifications (LRPQ) explicitly excludes non-reg. professions; direct
labour market access; LRPQ outbound cert right + VET Act validation right; both limited in scope; VET validation
cert legally equivalent within BG only; no EQF NCP response received.
CY No No/part. No/part. Yes No/part. n/a n/a n/a
§ Cyprus Council for the Recognition of Higher Education Qualifications (KYSATS) provides academic recognition
right for HE qualifications only; not a general CS right for non-reg. professions;
Examples (outside PQD): OSH officer, construction Safe Pass, lift auditors (statutory H&S requirements); validation
of non-formal and informal learning (VNFIL) available via Human Resource Development Authority (HRDA);
CZ No Yes/part. No/part. Yes Yes No CS n/a ~€120
§ Act 179/2006 Národní soustava kvalifikací (NSK, National Register of Qualifications), voluntary validation right; no
entitlement to CS for foreign qualifications; NSK certificate produced by authorised institution; employer acceptance
voluntary;
Examples (outside PQD): technical equipment operators (Acts 309/2006, 250/2021); craft trades; barriers:
fragmentation, high exam costs, Czech-only documentation, low coordination;
DE No Yes Yes/part. Yes n/a 120,000 >50% €208
§ BQFG §4(1), justiciable, legal entitlement (Rechtsanspruch) to equivalent assessment; approx. 330 reference
occupations; sector-specific bodies (IHK, HWK etc.); formal decision (Bescheid, Verwaltungsakt) legally operative in
labour market; approx. 1,400 BQFG recognition decisions for non-regulated occupations from EU/EEA/Switzerland
in 2022 (Report on the Recognition Act 2023). This BQFG track is separate from the approx. 120,000 ZAB
Gleichwertigkeitsbescheide (see footnote) and is reported here in addition to the ENIC-NARIC survey response.
Examples (outside PQD): radiation protection officer (StrlSchG §70/74), forklift (DGUV), food handling (IfSG §43).
DK No Yes Yes/part. No Yes/part. 4,027 >50% Free
§ Danish Agency for Higher Education and Science (DAHE&S); statutory free assessment right for all foreign qual.
holders incl. non-reg. professions; binding on public employers; advisory for private sector; Examples (outside PQD):
no non-PQD examples found (E.O. 151/2016 occupations appear PQD-listed); covers direct-to-individual CS only;
authority-directed statements not included.
EE No Yes No/part. Yes/part. n/a 3,188 >50% Free
§ two statutory EQF-linked pathways: Education Act §28 + Professions Act §§22-25; both instruments advisory; non-
binding on employers; Examples (outside PQD): open-flame workers, fire alarm specialists (Fire Safety Act)
EL No/part. Yes Yes/part. Yes n/a No CS n/a €130–180
§ DOATAP (Hellenic National Academic Recognition and Information Centre); multiple statutory rights: DOATAP
(Law 4957/2022) and EOPPEP (Law 4763/2020); Exception: foreign Higher Education holders must obtain DOATAP
equivalence for public sector access (not private); DOATAP issues only legally binding decisions, DOATAP/EOPPEP
decisions binding in public sector; advisory in private, Examples (outside PQD): private security (Law 2518/1997),
adult trainers in publicly funded LLL centres (Law 4763/2020); Fee = formal binding decision.
ES No/part. Yes No Yes Yes/part. No CS n/a €166
Obligations: limited exceptions; public employers must verify qualifications; § Academic Equivalence Declaration +
accreditation of professional competences via experience (two distinct legal avenues); academic effects only; no
143
MS
Legal framework for non-regulated professions (all 27 MS) SPI gaps
&
barriers
EQF
NCP
ENIC-NARIC practice
(responding MS only)
Obligation for
Comparability
Statement (CS)
Right to
CS
CS
outcome
binding
National
qualification
requirements
(outside
PQD)
CS
volume
(ref.
year)
Share for
non-reg.
prof.
Fee
professional access effects; Examples (outside PQD): tower crane operators (RD 836/2003), mobile crane operators
(RD 837/2003), thermal installation techs (RITE); gaps mentioned: plurality of education systems and heterogeneous
regulation increases complexity for recognition; ENIC-NARIC centre does not issue advisory CS; fee refers to formal
recognition decision process.
FI No Yes/part. No Yes No/part. n/a n/a n/a
§ Finnish National Agency for Education (OPH, Opetushallitus) advisory statement (lausunto), administrative
practice, not primary statutory right; fee-based; non-binding by design; employer discretion determines outcome;
Examples (outside PQD): hygiene passport, hot work card, asbestos registration (sector H&S certs outside PQD); all
levels regulated; no SPI-specific barriers mentioned.
FR No Yes No Yes Yes 51,000 20–50% €120
§ voluntary right via ENIC-NARIC France (Attestation de comparabilité); fee-based online procedure; Examples
(outside PQD): CACES mandatory for forklifts, cranes, MEWP, tower cranes (Code du travail Art. R.4323-55/56);
strong VAE (Validation des Acquis de l'Expérience) framework (reformed 2022); barriers: procedure complexity, EU
tools insufficiently coordinated; VAE requires French proficiency, access barrier for non-native EU applicants.
HR No Yes No/part. Yes Yes n/a n/a n/a
§ OG 69/2022, statutory right to qual. assessment for all persons; AZVO (Agency for Science and Higher Education)
advisory opinion as output; AZVO opinion advisory/informational; non-binding on employers; Examples (outside
PQD): OSH roles (OG 71/2014), construction site safety coordinators (OG 48/2018); 7 laws/regulations covering
CROQF, RPL, VNFIL, micro-credentials, adult education.
HU No Yes/part. No/part. No Yes/part. No CS n/a ~€150
§ Act C/2001, general right to request equivalence assessment; no dedicated CS instrument; formal admin. document;
confers transparency, not right to practice; Examples (outside PQD): no non-PQD mandatory qualification examples
identified; gap: non-formal qualifications and micro-credentials not yet included in HuQF; ENIC-NARIC Centre
does not issue advisory CS; fee refers to formal recognition decision process.
IE No Yes/part. No Yes Yes/part. n/a n/a n/a
§ NARIC Ireland (QQA Act 2012), accessible comparability service; outputs advisory, no individually binding
decisions; Examples (outside PQD): Safe Pass mandatory for all construction workers (SI 291/2013), gaps: "lack of
skills language in qualifications approach", distributed decision-making slows new approaches.
IT No Yes/part. No/part. Yes Yes/part. 44,713 >50% Variable
§ Law 4/2013 voluntary attestations by MIMIT (Ministero delle Imprese e del Made in Italy; registered associations)
and IVC system (Identification, Validation, and Certification; Identificazione, Validazione e Certificazione; Law
92/2012 + Decree 13/2013); Examples (outside PQD): RSPP (Responsabile del Servizio di Prevenzione e Protezione),
construction safety coordinators, equipment operators (D.Lgs. 81/2008); barriers: institutional fragmentation, uneven
digital interoperability, limited micro-credentials regulation; ENIC-NARIC reports majority (>50%) for non-reg.
professions overall; sub-analysis (labour market purpose) shows <20% for non-reg.
LT No Yes No Yes Yes n/a n/a n/a
§ SKVC (Centre for Quality Assessment in Higher Education), voluntary right to academic recognition of foreign HE
qualifications; Examples (outside PQD): crane, boiler, pressure vessel, lift, energy equipment operators (Law on
Supervision of Potentially Dangerous Equipment, Order No.A1-333/2017); barriers: fragmentation of learning
outcomes across subsectors, lack of interoperability, low employer engagement with official credentials.
LU No Yes No Yes n/a n/a n/a n/a
§ VAE, statutory right covering VET and HE levels; results non-binding and confer no entitlements; Examples
(outside PQD): designated safety employees (Grand Ducal Reg. 9 June 2006), Hotels, Restaurants and Cafés
(HORECA) training (2023), real estate introducers.
LV No Yes No Yes/part. Yes/part. n/a n/a n/a
§ AIC (Education Law s.11.1 + Cabinet Reg. No.520/2023), statutory right to academic comparability; output
characterised as recommendation; Examples (outside PQD): RES technology installers (Construction Law, Cabinet
Reg. No.610), OSH workers in special conditions; VNFIL regulated for HE and VET; e-seals regulated; no specific
digital qualifications regulation
144
MS
Legal framework for non-regulated professions (all 27 MS) SPI gaps
&
barriers
EQF
NCP
ENIC-NARIC practice
(responding MS only)
Obligation for
Comparability
Statement (CS)
Right to
CS
CS
outcome
binding
National
qualification
requirements
(outside
PQD)
CS
volume
(ref.
year)
Share for
non-reg.
prof.
Fee
MT No Yes Yes/part. Yes Yes/part. n/a n/a n/a
§ two distinct statutory channels: MQRIC (Malta Qualifications Recognition Information Centre) recognition
statements and VNFIL (awards are formal NQF-classified qualifications); MQRIC justiciable via appeal; not binding
on employers for employment decisions; Examples (outside PQD): OHS Competent Persons, Diploma OHS + 2 yrs
experience (Admin. Instr. No.1/2025);
NL No Yes No Yes No/part. 15,947 >50% Free /
€125
§ Internationale diplomawaardering (IDW) platform (Nuffic + SBB), government-appointed voluntary credential
evaluation for all workers; explicitly advisory, no legal rights derived; Examples (outside PQD): asbestos, H&S
experts, fireworks, gas tankers (Arbowet); security guards (Wpbr); Skills portability: no regulation for skills
validation; notable gap between strong digital diploma infrastructure and absence of skills validation framework;
ENIC-NARIC combined: Nuffic (HE, 12,408) + SBB (VET, 3,539); SBB is not an ENIC-NARIC centre.
PL No Yes/part. No/part. Yes n/a 26,779 >50% Free
§ Nostrification (process of validating a foreign diploma or degree), Act of 2018 (Higher Education only); ZSK/IQS
(Integrated Qualifications System) voluntary certification (Act 2015); nostrification enforceable at HE institution
level; Examples (outside PQD): construction engineering licences (Construction Act 1994), crane/forklift operators
(UDT), heights cert, dietitian; ENIC-NARIC: processing time over 3 months; significant practical access barrier for
labour market purposes.
PT No Yes No No n/a n/a n/a n/a
§ three voluntary tracks: academic recognition (DL 66/2018), sub-tertiary equiv. via ANQEP (Agência Nacional para
a Qualificação e o Ensino Profissional) and RVCC (Reconhecimento, Validação e Certificação de Competências); no
professional access effects; employer retains full hiring discretion; Examples (outside PQD): no non-PQD mandatory
qualification examples identified.
RO No Yes No Yes Yes n/a n/a n/a
§ Ministerial Order No.5526/2024 (CNRED) + GO No.129/2000, two complementary legal pathways; Examples
(outside PQD): ISCIR Technical Prescriptions, mandatory qualification for boiler, lift, pressure vessel operators (PT
CR 8-2009); multiple recent ministerial orders 2023–2025 (Orders 4837, 6194, 6768, 6390); no explicit gaps named.
SE No Yes No Yes Yes/part. n/a n/a n/a
UHR (Universitets- och högskolerådet) statutory responsibility to assess all foreign qualifications; explicitly non-
binding; employer retains full hiring discretion; Examples (outside PQD): scaffolder, forklift, crane, machinery
operators (AFS 2023 framework under Arbetsmiljölagen); § Swedish Validation Ordinance 2023 aims to enhance
portability; barriers: inconsistent practices and fragmented rules.
SI No Yes No Yes/part. Yes n/a n/a n/a
§ ZVP Zakon o vrednotenju in priznavanju izobraževanja), an individual ma request EN C-NARIC assessment;
advisory opinion; right to appeal (ZNPK - National Professional Qualifications Act); Examples (outside PQD): safety
and health coordinators at temporary construction sites (ZVZD-1 - Health and Safety at Work Act) and Pravilnik,
Uradni list 31/2008; strong legal basis (ZSOK - Slovenian Qualifications Framework Act, micro-credentials in
HE/VET law since 2026, ZNPK); gaps mentioned: frameworks operate in parallel, not as integrated system;
implementation costs and limited end-user readiness.
SK No Yes No/part. Yes Yes/part. 725 >50% €7–40
§ Act 422/2015, right to recognition for non-reg. professions; Act 292/2024 validation pathways; formal admin.
decision (legally valid state document); employer acceptance in non-reg. sector voluntary; Examples (outside PQD):
OSH specialists (Act 124/2006), toxic substance handlers (Act 355/2007 §15(3)); ENIC-NARIC centre: volume reduced
by new automatic recognition system (SK note); low volume does not indicate low demand.
Footnotes: CZ, HU, ES: do not issue advisory comparability statements directly to individuals; fee refers to formal recognition decision process; EL (DOATAP): issues only legally
binding decisions, not advisory CS, fee refers to formal binding decision; DE: ZAB Gleichwertigkeitsbescheide (academic HE equivalence under KMK/HRK
(Kultusministerkonferenz/Hochschulrektorenkonferenz) frameworks; legally and institutionally distinct from BQFG recognition decisions), majority share by stated application
purpose at time of filing; actual downstream use not tracked by ZAB; NL: combined figure, Nuffic (HE, 12,408) + SBB (VET, 3,539), SBB is not an ENIC-NARIC centre; n/a:
Member State did not respond to this survey instrument.)
Sources: Structured mapping (Ecorys, 27 MS), EQF NCP Survey (21 MS), ENIC-NARIC Survey (13 MS)
3. TABLE 2 - Digital credentials
MS
ECORYS + EQF NCP Survey (27
MS / 21 MS) ReferNet / Cedefop Digital Credentials Survey
EQF National Contact Points Survey (21
MS)
Digital diploma law Employer access tool in place? Central access point DC tool type Diploma language
law Digitalisation status
AT Yes No No n/a Yes n/a
Digital diploma law: Universities Act mandates electronic signatures for higher education diploma supplements. No law prohibits digital issuance.
Employer tools: No nationally uniform employer access platform exists, and no active national discussions on developing one have been reported.
Central access point: Austria reports that no efforts have been made toward a consolidated central access point. The existing NQF Register covers only part of the qualification landscape.
Diploma language: Diploma supplements are mandatory in German and English. School and VET certificates are issued in German only.
Digitalisation status: no information on the overall state of digitalisation of qualifications.
BE No/part. Yes Yes / Ongoing (regional) multi / regional Yes No/part.
Digital diploma law: No enabling law for digital diplomas has been found. The eIDAS framework and Belgian law recognise electr. signatures, and Smart Certificate initiative exists in practice.
Employer tools: Federal Learning Account will be replaced by an individual skills portfolio. Discussions on employer access tools are ongoing in both communities.
Central access point: FR-speaking community has CFC qualifications register (Yes). Flemish community is developing a central platform (Ongoing). Coded as regional split.
Diploma language: Language is regulated by community decrees. French is mandatory in the French-speaking community. Europass supplements are available in French, German, Dutch and English.
Digitalisation status: Official diplomas remain paper based. The Smart Certificate initiative is progressing, but no common higher education platform exists and interoperability is limited.
BG No Yes Yes national n/a n/a
Digital diploma law: No law restricting or defining digital diplomas has been found. NACID uses electronic signatures as an administrative practice only.
Employer tools: No specific national initiative for employer-facing digital credential tools exists. The general digital transition is underway.
Central access point: An Interactive Digital List of Professions for Vocational Education and Training serves as a national register. No data for diploma language requirements or digitalisation status.
CY No n/a Ongoing n/a n/a No/part.
Digital diploma law: No digital diplomas exist and no legal framework authorising them is in place. An administrative platform is under development.
146
MS
ECORYS + EQF NCP Survey (27
MS / 21 MS) ReferNet / Cedefop Digital Credentials Survey
EQF National Contact Points Survey (21
MS)
Digital diploma law Employer access tool in place? Central access point DC tool type Diploma language
law Digitalisation status
Employer tools: One tool is reported to be in development, but no national strategy is visible. Respondent answered "do not know".
Central access point: The National Graduate Tracking Mechanism (CYGraduates) is under development.
Diploma language: no information available.
Digitalisation status: Digitalisation is under discussion with relevant authorities. No concrete developments have been reported.
CZ Yes/part. Planned Ongoing issuer-specific Yes/part. Yes/part.
Digital diploma law: Electronic diplomas are fully legal, and their use is encouraged within the digitalisation framework. Some schools are already issuing digitally, no specific statute found. Coded as
“Yes/part.” (partial) after merging of sources.
Employer tools: Discussions focus mainly on the EUDI Wallet and digital interoperability. An employer access tool is planned.
Central access point: A National Register of Qualifications is under ongoing development.
Diploma language: Higher Education Act regulates the form and status of diplomas. Czech and English are used in practice. Diploma supplements are bilingual.
Digitalisation status: The EUDI Wallet is planned for end of 2026. A Verifiable Credentials pilot is underway through CESNET (2024). Key challenges of coordination and funding remain.
DE No n/a Yes EU-level-tools n/a n/a
Digital diploma law: No law restricting or defining digital diplomas has been found. ZAB (Central Office for Foreign Education) operates digital recognition practices without a specific statutory framework.
Employer tools: Pilot projects are developing prototypes, no national strategy.
Central access point: The BIBB digital database of recognised training occupations serves as a central reference point.
Diploma language/ Digitalisation status: n/a
DK No No Yes multi / regional Yes No/part.
Digital diploma law: No specific law restricts or defines digital diplomas. Higher education institutions digitalise independently without a common ministerial standard.
Employer tools: The existing "Min kompetencemappe" tool allows employer access to competence data, but the respondent did not characterise this as a new national discussion. Coded as No.
Central access point: Uddannelsesguiden serves as a central education information guide.
Diploma language: Danish is mandatory. English is permitted for higher education. Diploma supplements are mandatory in English and issued free of charge.
Digitalisation status: The situation is fragmented. Higher education can issue digital credentials, but no common standard exists. VET digitalisation is more inconsistent.
EE No/part. Yes Yes multi / regional Yes Yes
Digital diploma law: No specific enabling or restricting law exists. All existing and forthcoming legislation supports the transition to digital credentials.
Employer tools: Through the Education Portal, individuals can share information on their educational achievements with employers. Active development is ongoing.
Central access point: The Education Portal functions as a central access point.
147
MS
ECORYS + EQF NCP Survey (27
MS / 21 MS) ReferNet / Cedefop Digital Credentials Survey
EQF National Contact Points Survey (21
MS)
Digital diploma law Employer access tool in place? Central access point DC tool type Diploma language
law Digitalisation status
Diploma language: All diplomas and certificates must be issued in Estonian. Translations into other languages are permitted.
Digitalisation status: Estonia is on a full digitalisation trajectory with a preference for database-to-database exchange domestically. A key SPI gap: the domestic infrastructure does not currently extend to cross-
border scenarios.
EL No n/a Yes n/a n/a n/a
Digital diploma law: DOATAP has operated end-to-end digital recognition since 2019 via the e-Doatap platform. No specific law restricting or defining digital diplomas was cited.
Employer tools: A tool allowing employer access to credential data is reported to be in development. No national strategy.
Central access point: The Greek Qualifications Register (GQR-PROSON) is in place.
Diploma language/ Digitalisation status: n/a.
ES Yes/part. Yes Yes multi / regional + issuer-
specific Yes Yes
Digital diploma law: Several regulations promote the digitalisation of public administration and ensure the validity of digital signatures. A Royal Decree on the electronic degree was issued at the end of 2025.
Employer tools: Digital credentials are being used for recruitment and training purposes with individual consent. Employer access tools are developing.
Central access point: The CNECP (National Catalogue of Professional Competence Standards) serves as the central reference point.
Diploma language: Diplomas are in Spanish and the relevant co-official regional language. Diploma supplements are bilingual or trilingual in Spanish, the regional language and English.
Digitalisation status: Digitalisation is advanced at the foundational level. VET digitalisation has been a strategic priority since 2020.
FI No Yes Yes mix / national + issuer
specific) Yes/part. No/part.
Digital diploma law: No law authorises or restricts digital diplomas. The absence of an enabling framework creates practical uncertainty for cross-border recognition.
Employer tools: Through the My Studyinfo service, individuals can share their own study data with employers. Discussions on extending this are ongoing.
Central access point: Studyinfo serves as a central education information service.
Diploma language: Higher education degrees studied in a language other than Finnish or Swedish must also be issued in Finnish or Swedish. English translations are regulated at national level.
Digitalisation status: Education providers choose their own format freely. No nationally centralised service for digital credential issuance exists.
FR No/part. n/a Yes/part. n/a Yes Yes/part.
Digital diploma law: No specific legal framework authorises or prohibits digital diplomas. The platform diplome.gouv.fr provides QR-code verified digital certificates.
Employer tools: n/a
Central access point: The platform diplome.gouv.fr serves as a national portal for diploma verification and digital certificate issuance.
148
MS
ECORYS + EQF NCP Survey (27
MS / 21 MS) ReferNet / Cedefop Digital Credentials Survey
EQF National Contact Points Survey (21
MS)
Digital diploma law Employer access tool in place? Central access point DC tool type Diploma language
law Digitalisation status
Diploma language: French is constitutionally mandatory (Article 2 of the Constitution and Loi Toubon 1994).
Digitalisation status: Skills Passport aggregates learning data. ROME framework has been open-sourced. Digital certificates are issued via diplome.gouv.fr. No unified legal framework exists, and risks around
fraud, data reliability and security have been noted.
HR Yes No Yes n/a Yes Yes
Digital diploma law: Higher Education Act 119/22 requires all higher education institutions to issue digital diplomas to all graduates since 2024.
Employer tools: No national discussions or tools for employer access to digital credentials reported.
Central access point: The CROQF qualifications register is operational.
Diploma language: Article 73 of the Higher Education Act requires diplomas in Croatian and English, in a signed and certified digital form, issued free of charge.
Digitalisation status: Digital Diploma Register covers issuance, verification and historical diploma data from 1984 onwards.
HU No/part. n/a Ongoing n/a Yes No
Digital diploma law: HU law requires paper diploma with rector signature and stamp as the default. Diploma supplements can be issued electronically on request with a qualified electronic signature.
Employer tools: Discussions focus on improving the transparency and interoperability of existing registers. No employer-facing credential tool initiative is underway.
Central access point: A Register of Programme Requirements is under ongoing development.
Diploma language: Higher education diplomas are issued in Hungarian and English, or in Hungarian and Latin. Diploma supplements are mandatory in both Hungarian and English.
Digitalisation status: Only isolated and initial institutional attempts at digitalisation have been made. No systemic national approach.
IE No n/a Yes EU-level-tools No/part. No
Digital diploma law: No legislation addresses how awards are issued. The method of issuance is left entirely to awarding bodies.
Employer tools: No known national discussions on employer access tools.
Central access point: The Irish Register of Qualifications (IRQ) is in place.
Diploma language: No specific language regulation exists. Diplomas are issued in Latin, English or Irish depending on the institution.
Digitalisation status: Little to no digitalisation of qualifications has taken place. Cost has been identified as the biggest barrier.
IT Yes/part. Yes Yes multi / regional + issuer-
specific No/part. Yes/part.
Digital diploma law: Digital Administration Code, the eIDAS framework and a 2024 Ministerial Decree together enable digital issuance. No unified national statute exists.
Employer tools: The SIISL platform explicitly includes functionalities allowing employers to access credential data. Active development is ongoing.
Central access point: The INAPP Atlante del Lavoro provides a national competence and qualification database.
Diploma language: Italian is the default language. Bilingual issuance is available in higher education. Italian translations are required for documents submitted for recognition purposes.
149
MS
ECORYS + EQF NCP Survey (27
MS / 21 MS) ReferNet / Cedefop Digital Credentials Survey
EQF National Contact Points Survey (21
MS)
Digital diploma law Employer access tool in place? Central access point DC tool type Diploma language
law Digitalisation status
Digitalisation status: Digitalisation is progressing but uneven. The legal basis exists, and digital issuance and verification are increasing. Institutional fragmentation and interoperability challenges remain.
LT Yes n/a Yes national + issuer-specific Yes/part. Yes
Digital diploma law: Digital diplomas are legally regulated and issued for general education, VET and non-formal learning. Higher education diplomas are not yet digital. Several specific legal acts govern
issuance.
Employer tools: Limited information on employer tool discussions is available.
Central access point: The modular VET programme register, and the AIKOS qualifications register are both publicly accessible.
Diploma language: General education and higher education documents are in Lithuanian and English. VET documents are in Lithuanian only.
Digitalisation status: Since 2023, general education and VET diplomas are exclusively digital. The AIKOS register is public. The KURSUOK platform for non-formal learning was launched in 2024. Higher
education remains paper based.
LU n/a Planned Yes national No n/a
Digital diploma law: Paper-based issuance is the confirmed norm.
Employer tools: Luxembourg has engaged in discussions that would lead to employer access to digital credentials. A tool is planned.
Central access point: The lifelong-learning.lu platform serves as a national access point.
Diploma language/ Digitalisation status: n/a.
LV No/part. Yes Yes multi / regional Yes No
Digital diploma law: No prohibition exists, but current law requires paper diplomas. An exception applies only to electronically signed certificates.
Employer tools: Latvia is developing a national version of the EU Digital Identity Wallet. Employer access to credentials is planned as part of this development.
Central access point: Nozaru kvalifikacijas strukturas provides a sectoral qualifications structures register.
Diploma language: Latvian is mandatory for all documents. Diploma supplements at EQF levels 5 to 8 are required in Latvian and English.
Digitalisation status: Digitalisation is legally blocked. Only paper diplomas are state-recognised and eligible for cross-border recognition. This is the most restrictive national position on digital credentials in the
dataset.
MT Yes/part. n/a n/a n/a Partially Yes/part.
Digital diploma law: A combination of national laws gives electronic documents equivalent legal standing to physical documents. No single statute covers this.
Employer tools / Central access point: n/a.
Diploma language: No specific language law. English and Maltese hold equal legal authority.
Digitalisation status: Malta reports operating in full alignment with the most recent Commission updates.
150
MS
ECORYS + EQF NCP Survey (27
MS / 21 MS) ReferNet / Cedefop Digital Credentials Survey
EQF National Contact Points Survey (21
MS)
Digital diploma law Employer access tool in place? Central access point DC tool type Diploma language
law Digitalisation status
NL Yes Yes Yes national Yes/part. Yes/part.
Digital diploma law: Educational institutions are legally required to report diplomas in the national diploma register. A digital extract is legally recognised as official proof.
Employer tools: Active discussions are underway on launching a digital tool providing employers with access to credential data, building on the existing IDW.nl infrastructure.
Central access point: Leeroverzicht.nl serves as the central access point.
Diploma language: Dutch is the primary required language. English supplements are available on request.
Digitalisation status: CompetentNL skills ontology has been developed, and data are available for application development. A gap exists between the strong digital diploma infrastructure and the absence of a
skills validation regulation framework.
PL No Yes Yes multi / regional + issuer-
specific n/a n/a
Digital diploma law: Digitalisation is at a very early stage. No specific legal framework has been identified.
Employer tools: National discussions are ongoing about developing tools that would allow employers to verify digital credentials from the ZRK and IKZ qualification systems.
Central access point: Integrated Qualifications Register (Zintegrowany Rejestr Kwalifikacji) is in place.
Diploma language/ Digitalisation status: n/a.
PT No Yes Yes national n/a n/a
Digital diploma law: Interviews confirm no restricting law exists. The "Impulso Mais Digital" initiative challenges higher education institutions to develop digital qualification projects.
Employer tools: Active discussions and concrete developments on employer access to digital credentials are underway.
Central access point: The National Catalogue of Qualifications (NCQ) is in place.
Diploma language/ Digitalisation status: n/a.
RO Yes No Ongoing n/a Yes Yes/part.
Digital diploma law: Law 199/2023 explicitly permits digital diplomas. No prohibition exists.
Employer tools: No employer tool discussions have been reported.
Central access point: The ReCONECT platform is under ongoing development.
Diploma language: Language is regulated by law. Government Decisions GD 30/2024 (school) and GD 1225/2024 (higher education) set the format and content of certificates.
Digitalisation status: Digital diplomas are legally permitted. The Digital Skills Strategy 2020 to 2030 is in place. Digital certifications are not yet standardised as a distinct procedure and are embedded in
different qualification schemes.
151
MS
ECORYS + EQF NCP Survey (27
MS / 21 MS) ReferNet / Cedefop Digital Credentials Survey
EQF National Contact Points Survey (21
MS)
Digital diploma law Employer access tool in place? Central access point DC tool type Diploma language
law Digitalisation status
SE No/part. n/a No n/a No/part. Yes/part.
Digital diploma law: No law prohibits digital diplomas. Use varies by education level. Digital issuance is not standard in upper secondary, is used by some providers in higher vocational education, and is the
established norm in higher education via the Ladok system.
Employer tools: No clear national discussion was identified.
Central access point: Sweden reports that no consolidated central access point exists. The "Find educations" portal has been listed but is not considered a central qualifications access point by the respondent.
Diploma language: No law specifies the language of diplomas. Swedish is the default in practice. Many higher education institutions provide English translations or bilingual diplomas.
Digitalisation status: Digital maturity in public administration and education is high. Electronic student records, transcripts and online verification are widely used in higher education and higher vocational
education. Regulated professions involve greater complexity.
SI Yes/part. Yes No national Yes No/part.
Digital diploma law: Digital diplomas are legally feasible under the ZEISZ Electronic Identification and Trust Services Act and the eIDAS framework. The University of Ljubljana already issues diploma
supplements exclusively electronically.
Employer tools: A digital identity wallet in which individuals grant employer access to their credentials is being established. Active development is ongoing.
Central access point: Slovenia reports that no consolidated central access point for qualification information exists or is being actively pursued. The SOK qualifications framework is in place but does not fulfil
this function.
Diploma language: Diplomas are in Slovene. Diploma supplements are mandatory in Slovene and one official EU language. VET Europass certificate supplements are bilingual in Slovene and English.
Digitalisation status: The legal foundation exists but diplomas remain paper-based in practice outside the University of Ljubljana. The EU Digital Identity Wallet is expected to be in place by 2026.
SK No/part. Planned Ongoing n/a Yes No/part.
Digital diploma law: One decree allows electronic certificates but lacks specifics on authenticity, verification and storage. Genuine digital credentials are not yet established.
Employer tools: The Act on Adult Education (292/2024) provides a basis for employer access to VNFIL and SKKR data. A tool is planned.
Central access point: The Career Gate platform (Karierná brana) is under ongoing development.
Diploma language: Laws require higher education diplomas in Slovak and English. Diploma supplements are bilingual.
Digitalisation status: Digitalisation is at an early stage. Use is limited. The EPIVU portal and the INVESTech and BLOCKed projects are underway.
4. TABLE 3 - EQF/NQF architecture
MS Structured Mapping (all 27 MS) Central access point for
152
NQF legal basis
type and scope
NQF
referenced
to EQF
Initial EQF
referencing
year
Referencing
report
last updated
NQF
number
of levels
EQF levels on
certs, diplomas
or supplements
qualification information
digital platform / portal
ReferNet / Cedefop DC Survey
(all 27 MS)
AT Act / statute
Federal Law 14/2016; 8 levels Yes 2012 2012 8 Yes No
NQF legal basis: Grounded in Federal Law 14/2016; covers formal, informal and non-formal learning. Initial referencing and last report update: both 2012.
Central access point: No consolidated central access point in place. The existing NQF Register covers only part of the qualification landscape.
BE
Decree / sectoral
3 community decrees: FL 2009, FR 2015, DE 2013 Yes/part.
FR: 2013 /
FL: 2023/
DE: n/a
FR: 2013 /
FL: 2023 /
DE: n/a 8 Yes/part. Yes / Ongoing
NQF legal basis: No federal NQF. Three separate community decrees form the legal basis. The German-speaking community is not EQF-referenced and does not indicate EQF levels on qualification documents.
Referencing years: French-speaking community: initial referencing and last report update both 2013. Flemish community: 2023. German-speaking community: not referenced yet.
Central access point: French-speaking community: operational qualifications register in place (Yes). Flemish community: under development (Ongoing).
BG Gov. decision
CoM Decision No 96 (2012); 8 levels Yes 2013 2013 8 Yes Yes
NQF legal basis: Established by a Council of Ministers Decision, not a Parliamentary Act. Covers formal education subsystems. Initial referencing and last report update: both 2013.
Central access point: An Interactive Digital List of Professions for VET serves as a national reference point.
CY Gov. decision
CoM Decision (2008); 8 levels Yes 2017 2017 8 Yes Ongoing
NQF legal basis: Established by a Council of Ministers Decision; covers formal and non-formal qualifications. Initial referencing and last report update: both 2017.
Central access point: A National Graduate Tracking Mechanism (CYGraduates) is under development.
CZ Act / statute
Act 179/2006 (NSK); 8 levels Yes 2011 2011 8 Yes Ongoing
NQF legal basis: NSK system grounded in Act 179/2006. Higher education qualifications regulated separately via RKVV. Initial referencing and last report update: both 2011.
Central access point: A National Register of Qualifications is under development.
DE Gov. decision
Joint governmental resolution (2013); 8 levels Yes 2012 2012 8 Yes Yes
NQF legal basis: No dedicated NQF statute. Framework rests on a joint resolution of the Federal Government and the Laender. Initial referencing and last report update: both 2012.
153
MS
Structured Mapping (all 27 MS) Central access point for
qualification information
digital platform / portal
ReferNet / Cedefop DC Survey
(all 27 MS)
NQF legal basis
type and scope
NQF
referenced
to EQF
Initial EQF
referencing
year
Referencing
report
last updated
NQF
number
of levels
EQF levels on
certs, diplomas
or supplements
Central access point: The BIBB digital database of recognised training occupations serves as a central reference point.
DK Gov. decision
Administrative decision (2009); 8 levels Yes 2011 2023 8 Yes Yes
NQF legal basis: No single NQF statute. Framework integrated into sectoral legislation via administrative decision.
Referencing years: Initial EQF referencing: 2011. Referencing report last updated: 2023, addendum published
Central access point: Uddannelsesguiden serves as a central education information resource.
EE Act / statute
Professions Act 2008; 8 levels Yes 2011 2015 8 Yes Yes
NQF legal basis: Grounded in the Professions Act 2008; covers formal and professional qualifications, applied selectively in non-formal education.
Referencing years: Initial EQF referencing: 2011. Referencing report last updated: 2015.
Central access point: The Education Portal serves as a central access point.
EL Act / statute
Laws 3879/2010 and 4763/2020; 8 levels Yes 2015 2015 8 Yes Yes
NQF legal basis: Strong statutory basis across two legislative acts. Initial referencing and last report update: both 2015.
Central access point: The Greek Qualifications Register (GQR-PROSON) is in place.
ES Act / statute
Royal Decree 272/2022 (MECU); 8 levels Yes 2024 2024 8 No Yes
NQF legal basis: Royal Decree 272/2022 (MECU); levels 5 to 8 also regulated by RD 1027/2011 (MECES). Covers VET, professional certificates, artistic, sports and university qualifications. Initial referencing and last report update: both 2024.
EQF levels on documents: Spain is the only member state without EQF levels on certificates, diplomas or supplements.
Central access point: The CNECP (National Catalogue of Professional Competence Standards) serves as the central reference point.
FI Act / statute
Act 93/2017 + Decree 120/2017; 8 levels Yes 2017 2017 8 Yes Yes
NQF legal basis: Firmly grounded in statute; covers formal qualifications and competence modules. Initial referencing and last report update: both 2017.
154
MS
Structured Mapping (all 27 MS) Central access point for
qualification information
digital platform / portal
ReferNet / Cedefop DC Survey
(all 27 MS)
NQF legal basis
type and scope
NQF
referenced
to EQF
Initial EQF
referencing
year
Referencing
report
last updated
NQF
number
of levels
EQF levels on
certs, diplomas
or supplements
Central access point: Studyinfo serves as the central education information service.
FR Act / statute
Labour Code + Laws 2002/2018 + Decree 2019; 8 levels Yes 2010 2021 8 Yes n/a
NQF legal basis: Strong statutory basis; recently reinforced via Decree 2025-500.
Referencing years: Initial EQF referencing: 2010. Referencing report last updated: 2021
Central access point: the Registre National des Certifications Professionnelles serves as the central point on NQF qualifications
HR Act / statute
CROQF Act (2013, amended 2021); 13 levels Yes 2012 2024 13 Yes Yes
NQF legal basis: CROQF Act covers all qualification types across 13 levels, broader than the standard 8-level EQF structure.
Referencing years: Initial EQF referencing: 2012 Referencing report last updated: 2024
Central access point: The CROQF qualifications register is operational and publicly accessible.
HU Gov. decision
Government Decision 1229/2012; 8 levels Yes 2015 2015 8 Yes Ongoing
NQF legal basis: Rests on a Government Decision; covers formal qualifications only. Non-formal qualifications and micro-credentials not yet included. Initial referencing and last report update: both 2015.
Central access point: A Register of Programme Requirements is under development.
IE Act / statute
Qualifications Acts 1999, 2012, 2019; 10 levels Yes 2009 2020 10 Yes Yes
NQF legal basis: Comprehensive statutory basis across three Qualifications Acts. Uses a 10-level structure, broader than the standard EQF. The 2019 amendment extended scope to non-formal awards.
Referencing years: Initial EQF referencing: 2009. Referencing report last updated: 2020.
Central access point: The Irish Register of Qualifications (IRQ) is operated by QQI.
IT Gov. decision
Interministerial Decree 2018; 8 levels Yes 2013 2022 8 Yes Yes
NQF legal basis: Rests on an Interministerial Decree rather than primary legislation.
Referencing years: Initial EQF referencing: 2013. Referencing report last updated: 2022.
Central access point: The INAPP Atlante del Lavoro provides a national competence and qualification database.
155
MS
Structured Mapping (all 27 MS) Central access point for
qualification information
digital platform / portal
ReferNet / Cedefop DC Survey
(all 27 MS)
NQF legal basis
type and scope
NQF
referenced
to EQF
Initial EQF
referencing
year
Referencing
report
last updated
NQF
number
of levels
EQF levels on
certs, diplomas
or supplements
LT Gov. decision
Government Resolution No.535 (2010, updated); 8 levels Yes 2011 2024 8 Yes Yes
NQF legal basis: Based on a Government Resolution; covers all official qualifications in general education, VET and higher education.
Referencing years: Initial EQF referencing: 2011. Referencing report last updated: 2024.
Central access point: The AIKOS qualifications register is publicly accessible.
LU Act / statute
Law 2016 + Regulation 2017; 8 levels Yes 2012 2012 8 Yes Yes
NQF legal basis: Embedded in Law on Recognition of Professional Qualifications (2016) and implementing Regulation (2017); covers formal qualifications and VNFIL. Initial referencing and last report update: both 2012.
Central access point: The lifelong-learning.lu platform serves as the national access point.
LV Gov. decision
CoM Regulation No.322 (2017); 8 levels Yes 2011 2019 8 Yes Yes
NQF legal basis: CoM Regulation No.322 (2017) replaced the earlier No.990 (2010). Covers all formal qualifications including VNFIL pathways.
Referencing years: Initial EQF referencing: 2011. Referencing report last updated: 2019.
Central access point: The sectoral qualifications structures register serves as a central access point.
MT Act / statute
Legal Notice 294 / S.L.327.431 (2012); 8 levels Yes 2009 2023 8 Yes n/a
NQF legal basis: Covers formal, non-formal and informal learning across all 8 levels.
Referencing years: Initial EQF referencing: 2009. Subsequent updates: 2010, 2012, 2016. Referencing report last updated: 2023.
Central access point: No data available.
NL Act / statute
NLQF Act (2024); 8 levels + sublevel 4+ Yes 2012 2019 8 + 4+ Yes Yes
NQF legal basis: NLQF Act adopted 2024; includes sublevel 4+ and covers formal and non-regulated private sector qualifications. The Act postdates the last referencing update.
Referencing years: Initial EQF referencing: 2012. Referencing report last updated: 2019.
Central access point: Leeroverzicht.nl serves as the central access point.
156
MS
Structured Mapping (all 27 MS) Central access point for
qualification information
digital platform / portal
ReferNet / Cedefop DC Survey
(all 27 MS)
NQF legal basis
type and scope
NQF
referenced
to EQF
Initial EQF
referencing
year
Referencing
report
last updated
NQF
number
of levels
EQF levels on
certs, diplomas
or supplements
PL Act / statute
Act on integrated qualifications system (2016); 8 levels Yes 2013 2013 8 Yes Yes
NQF legal basis: Covers all formal qualifications and state-regulated and non-regulated qualifications outside formal education. Initial referencing and last report update: both 2013.
Central access point: The Integrated Qualifications Register (Zintegrowany Rejestr Kwalifikacji) is publicly accessible.
PT Gov. decision
Ministerial Order (2009); 8 levels Yes 2011 2011 8 Yes Yes
NQF legal basis: Rests on a Ministerial Order; covers formal education and the RVCC system for non-formal and informal learning. Initial referencing and last report update: both 2011.
Central access point: The National Catalogue of Qualifications (NCQ) is in place.
RO Act / statute
Education Laws 198/2023 and 199/2023; 8 levels Yes 2018 2025 8 Yes Ongoing
NQF legal basis: Embedded in the 2023 School Education Law and Higher Education Law. NQF levels required on all qualification documents. Two national registers: RNCP and RNCIS.
Referencing years: Initial referencing year not stated in source text. Referencing report last updated: 2025.
Central access point: The ReCONECT platform is under development.
SE Gov. decision
Ordinance 2015:545; 8 levels Yes 2016 2016 8 Yes No
NQF legal basis: No dedicated NQF statute. Rests on a Government Ordinance, in force October 2015 (general) and January 2016 (application procedure). Initial referencing and last report update: both 2016.
Central access point: No consolidated central access point in place. The "Find educations" portal exists but does not qualify as a central qualifications access point in the respondent's assessment.
SI Act / statute
ZSOK (2016); 10 levels; micro-credentials since 2026 Yes 2013 2013 10 Yes No
NQF legal basis: 10-level framework linking SQF to both EQF and QF-EHEA. EQF-referenced in 2013, pre-dating the ZSOK Act (2016). Micro-credentials defined in higher education and higher VET law since 2026.
Referencing years: Initial referencing and last report update: both 2013.
Central access point: No consolidated central access point in place. The SOK framework exists but does not fulfil this function.
157
MS
Structured Mapping (all 27 MS) Central access point for
qualification information
digital platform / portal
ReferNet / Cedefop DC Survey
(all 27 MS)
NQF legal basis
type and scope
NQF
referenced
to EQF
Initial EQF
referencing
year
Referencing
report
last updated
NQF
number
of levels
EQF levels on
certs, diplomas
or supplements
SK Act / statute
Act on Lifelong Learning 568/2009 (amended 2012); 8 levels Yes 2017 2017 8 Yes Ongoing
NQF legal basis: Covers formal education subsystems and occupational qualifications outside formal education at SKKR levels 2 to 7. Initial referencing and last report update: both 2017.
Central access point: The Career Gate platform (Karierná brana) is under development.
5. Member-State Readiness for Digital Qualification Issuance
Implementation patterns, governance models, infrastructure and technical readiness, key challenges, and willingness to standardise on education
qualifications
Snapshot as of July 2026. Synthesised from DC4EU deliverables and its final strategic report, EUDI Wallet national-rollout trackers, and EU education-credential
infrastructure (EBSI, EMREX, European Digital Credentials / ELM).
5.1. Scope, method and how to read this
No single source provides a clean 27-way matrix across all five dimensions. This breakdown is assembled from several evidence bases, and confidence varies by cell:
• Sourced (higher confidence): DC4EU consortium composition and role (which national institutions issued/tested, who led work packages and sat on the governance
boards); national EUDI Wallet rollout tier (public trackers, Apr–Jul 2026); documented EBSI/EMREX education pilots.
• Baseline structural facts: all 27 MS are members of the European Blockchain Partnership (EBSI) and have referenced their NQFs to the EQF — so a floor of
standardisation already exists everywhere.
• Assessed (lower confidence, inference): the governance/organisational model and the willingness-to-standardise rating are analytical judgements drawn from
observable participation patterns and known national HE-governance structures — not declared national positions. Treat these two columns as directional.
Two framing caveats. First, DC4EU's education work (WP5) documented far fewer named national issuers than its social-security work (WP6), so the country-level
education picture leans on wallet-readiness and EBSI/EMREX participation as proxies. Second, the wallet-readiness tiers are a fast-moving snapshot; several states have
shifted tier within 2026.
Wallet tier key: T1 = live wallet or public sandbox; T2 = existing national eID app with a visible EUDI upgrade path; T3 = announced, no public sandbox yet; T4 =
developer/legal materials only. Willingness ratings ( ery High → Emerging) reflect the strength and visibility of a state's engagement in cross-border credential
standardisation, not its overall digital maturity.
5.2. The cross-cutting picture
Two things stand out. First, the domain most willing and structurally able to standardise education qualifications is not necessarily the one with the most wallet-
ready substrate. The states with the deepest education-credential infrastructure — the Netherlands, Sweden, Finland — are Tier 3/4 on the wallet itself, while the clearest
wallet leaders (Italy, Germany, France, Denmark) reached production first through ID and social-security use cases rather than diplomas.
Second, DC4EU's headline finding — pluralistic coexistence — is visible in the national topologies. Issuance is organising around two recurring archetypes rather than
one:
• Sector-agency-mediated issuance — institutions issue through a national trust/aggregation layer run by a research-and-education agency (Netherlands: SURF/DUO;
Sweden: Sunet/Ladok; Greece: GUnet; Spain via its university sector). Federated, high autonomy, strong existing credential rails (EMREX, Edubadges, eDiplomas).
• Ministry- or registry-centralised issuance — a central authority or national diploma registry anchors issuance (common across France, Italy, Ireland/QQI and much of
Central and Eastern Europe). Cautious, legally anchored, fewer but larger issuers.
SPI's attestation fields have to survive both topologies — which is an argument for conditional scoping over blanket mandates, and for keeping wallet-layer mechanics out
of the fields legal text.
5.3. TABLE 4 - Member-state matrix
Member State EUDI Wallet
readiness (Apr–
Jul 2026) DC4EU / education-pilot role Education-credential
infrastructure Governance / organisational
model (assessed) Willingness to
standardise (assessed)
Austria
T2 — national eID
(ID Austria) on track
to become the
EUDIW
DC4EU social-security WP lead (DVSV) +
SVS; hosted Vienna workshop EBP/EBSI + EQF baseline; strong e-
government; autonomous universities Centralised federal e-gov;
institutionally autonomous HE High
159
Member State EUDI Wallet
readiness (Apr–
Jul 2026) DC4EU / education-pilot role Education-credential
infrastructure Governance / organisational
model (assessed) Willingness to
standardise (assessed)
Belgium T2 — mature eID
(itsme); visible
EUDI path
DC4EU SS (Smals, CBSS, NSSO); partner
in first EBSI Belgium–Italy diploma pilot EBSI diploma pilot experience;
EMREX-adjacent
Federal, community-split
( landers/Wallonia) →
multiple competent authorities High
Bulgaria T4 — draft wallet
law (Feb 2026), dev
repo, no sandbox DC4EU SS (NSSI, NHIF) EBP/EBSI + EQF baseline; limited
public education-credential activity Centralised, ministry-led Emerging
Croatia T3 — announced, no
public sandbox DC4EU SS (Regos) EBP/EBSI + EQF baseline Centralised Medium
Cyprus T2 — Digital
Citizen app; EUDI
details less public Low DC4EU visibility EBP/EBSI + EQF baseline Centralised Medium
Czechia T2 — existing
national eID; EUDI
path DC4EU SS (KZP) EBP/EBSI + EQF baseline Centralised Medium
Denmark T1 — AltID live in
production (Jun
2026); test access
DC4EU SS core team (STAR — technical
functionality) Nordic EMREX ecosystem; mature
sector agencies Digitally mature; centralised
with strong agency delivery High
Estonia
T3 — announced;
but among most
mature eID / digital-
gov states
DC4EU SS (Ministry of Social Affairs) Very high digital-gov maturity (X-
Road); EBP/EBSI + EQF Centralised, highly digital High (capability)
Finland T4 — strong pilot
history, public docs,
no general sandbox
DC4EU SS (Kela); Advisory Board
(Ministry of Finance) EMREX early adopter (Metropolia);
EBSI research (Tampere) Centralised digital-gov;
autonomous HEIs High
France
T1 — France
Identité + public
playground /
OpenID4VP demos
DC4EU SS (CLEISS, URSSAF/ACOSS,
CNAM); hosted Paris workshop; EBSI
micro-credentials project
EBSI micro-credentials pilot;
centralised diploma systems Centralised, ministry-driven High
Germany T1 — state EUDI
Wallet sandbox live
for organisations
DC4EU SS core (DRV-Bund — technical
architecture; DVKA, GZD) EBP/EBSI + EQF; credentialing
devolved to Länder Highly federal/decentralised →
heavy internal coordination High (capability)
160
Member State EUDI Wallet
readiness (Apr–
Jul 2026) DC4EU / education-pilot role Education-credential
infrastructure Governance / organisational
model (assessed) Willingness to
standardise (assessed)
Greece T2 — existing app +
EUDI path
Advisory Board (GRNET); GUnet hosted
the education federated test environment;
EBSI Formal-Accreditation project
(Ministry of Education, GUnet)
eDiplomas; GUnet academic
federation; strong Ministry-centralised, but
GUnet-federated for HE High
Hungary T2 — DAP
wallet/eID
programme Low DC4EU visibility EBP/EBSI + EQF baseline Centralised Medium
Ireland T3 → citizen-facing
test wallet opened
2026
DC4EU SS (Dept of Social Protection);
hosted Dublin workshop EBP/EBSI + EQF; centralised
awarding via QQI Centralised awarding body
(QQI) High
Italy
T1 — IT-Wallet (IO
app) live since Dec
2024, millions of
documents
DC4EU SS (INPS); hosted Rome workshop;
first EBSI BE–IT diploma pilot EBSI diploma pilot; national diploma
systems Ministry-centralised (MUR) High
Latvia T3 — announced, no
public sandbox Low DC4EU visibility EBP/EBSI + EQF; Baltic digital-gov Centralised Medium
Lithuania T3 — announced, no
public sandbox EBSI education research (Kaunas Univ. of
Technology) EBSI micro-credential research;
EBP/EBSI + EQF Centralised Medium–High
Luxembourg
T2 — POTENTIAL
pilot; wallet due
end-2026; no
WRPAC path yet
DC4EU SS (CCSS); Advisory Board
(Ministry for Digitalisation) EBP/EBSI + EQF baseline; small
system Centralised High
Malta T3 — announced, no
public sandbox
Education leadership on DC4EU
Strategic/Scientific Committee (3CL
Foundation)
Well-developed MQF; EBP/EBSI +
EQF Centralised (MFHEA) High (policy); limited
capacity
Netherlands
T4 — visible tech
work; first release
signalled limited
(schedule risk)
DC4EU education core: SURF + DUO, 4
HEIs, ELM converter tool; SS (Vecozo,
SVB)
SURF/DUO diploma register,
Edubadges; among the most mature
Federated sector agencies
(SURF/DUO); autonomous
HEIs High
Poland T2 — mObywatel
(strong national app) DC4EU SS (NFZ, ZUS); Advisory Board
(NASK) EBP/EBSI + EQF; EMREX-adjacent Centralised, ministry-led High
161
Member State EUDI Wallet
readiness (Apr–
Jul 2026) DC4EU / education-pilot role Education-credential
infrastructure Governance / organisational
model (assessed) Willingness to
standardise (assessed)
Portugal T2 — gov.pt /
id.gov.pt; EUDI path DC4EU SS (ISS); hosted Lisbon workshop EBP/EBSI + EQF baseline Centralised Medium–High
Romania T3 — announced, no
public sandbox EBSI micro-credentials project (FR/ES/RO) EBSI micro-credential pilot; EBP/EBSI
+ EQF Centralised Medium
Slovakia T2 — existing eID;
EUDI path Low DC4EU visibility EBP/EBSI + EQF baseline Centralised Medium
Slovenia T3 — announced, no
public sandbox Advisory Board (Ministry of Economic
Development & Technology) EBP/EBSI + EQF baseline Centralised Medium–High
Spain T2 — announced
EUDIW project;
strong programme
DC4EU coordinator (SGAD/MINECO);
GISS (SS); URV education lead; EBSI
micro-credentials + formal accreditation
Active in multiple EBSI education
pilots; regionally organised HE
Regional (autonomous
communities) + national
coordination Very High (lead)
Sweden T3 — announced;
early app features
Advisory Board (DIGG); Sunet hosted the
education federated environment; SS
(Försäkringskassan)
Ladok; EMREX co-founder; among the
most mature Federated (Ladok consortium);
autonomous HEIs Very High
Cell shading: wallet column graded T1 (green) → T4 (orange); willingness column graded Very High (green) → Emerging (orange). “SS” = social-security pilot (WP6). “EBP/EBSI + EQF baseline” denotes the
standardisation floor common to all MS rather than a specific national deployment.
5.4. Implementation patterns, technical readiness and key challenges, by cluster
The 27 states group into four clusters on the combination of wallet substrate and education-credential maturity. Key challenges are noted per state.
Cluster A — Wallet-ready front-runners (production or public sandbox)
Italy — IT-Wallet (IO app) has been citizen-facing since December 2024 with millions of documents activated, and Italy has hands-on EBSI diploma experience from the
first Belgium–Italy pilot. Challenge: EUDI interoperability/certification of the national wallet is still in train, and diploma issuance is centralised — moving from ID
documents to qualifications means engaging MUR and the university system.
Germany — A state EUDI Wallet sandbox is live and DRV-Bund led DC4EU's technical architecture, so capability is high. Challenge: education credentialing is a Länder
competence — Germany's federal structure is its single biggest coordination hurdle for a coherent national issuance topology.
France — France Identité plus a public playground and OpenID4VP verifier demos put France in the top
tier, and it ran an EBSI micro-credentials pilot with Spain and Romania. Challenge: France Identité is still
distinct from the full Article 5a wallet; issuance is centralised, so the question is throughput and getting
HEIs onto the rail.
Denmark — AltID went into production in June 2026 and STAR sat in DC4EU's social-security core
team; strong Nordic EMREX rails exist for education. Challenge: the current relying-party registry is not
yet an eIDAS 2.0 registry, and diploma use cases still need to be built on top of the ID substrate.
Cluster B — Education-credential leaders, slower wallet substrate
Netherlands — The strongest education-credential story in DC4EU: SURF and DUO ran a federated (non-
EBSI) test environment with four HEIs and built the open-source ELM converter, on top of a mature
diploma register and Edubadges. Challenge: the national wallet is Tier 4 with a signalled limited first
release — the substrate lags the credential infrastructure, creating schedule risk and a real chance of parallel
rails.
Sweden — Sunet hosted the shared education federated environment, DIGG sits on the DC4EU Advisory
Board, and Sweden co-founded EMREX with Ladok as the backbone. Challenge: the wallet itself is Tier 3
(announced), so world-class credential infrastructure is currently ahead of the wallet it must plug into.
Finland — Deep EMREX adoption (Metropolia) and EBSI research (Tampere), with the Ministry of
Finance on the Advisory Board. Challenge: Tier 4 wallet — strong pilots and documentation but no general
national sandbox yet.
Estonia — Among the most mature digital-government states (X-Road), which gives it high underlying
capability. Challenge: the wallet is only 'announced', and its public education-credential pilot footprint in
DC4EU is comparatively thin relative to its overall maturity.
Cluster C — Engaged fast-followers (Tier 2 eID app or strong governance role)
Spain — The DC4EU coordinator (SGAD/MINECO), with GISS in social security, URV leading on the
education side, and participation in both EBSI micro-credentials and formal-accreditation projects.
Challenge: HE is organised regionally across autonomous communities, so national coordination is the
main lift; the wallet is a strong but 'announced' programme.
Belgium — Mature itsme eID and hands-on EBSI diploma experience from the Belgium–Italy pilot.
Challenge: the federal, community-split structure (Flanders/Wallonia) multiplies the competent authorities
involved in qualifications.
Greece — GUnet hosted the education federated environment, GRNET is on the Advisory Board, and the
Ministry of Education/GUnet run an EBSI formal-accreditation project on top of eDiplomas. Challenge:
reconciling ministry-centralised governance with GUnet's federated HE delivery.
Ireland — A citizen-facing test wallet opened in 2026, and DSP was an active social-security participant
(Dublin workshop host). Challenge: awarding is centralised via QQI — an advantage for consistency but a
single-point dependency; the wallet is early-stage.
Luxembourg — CCSS participated in social security, the Ministry for Digitalisation is on the Advisory
Board, and a wallet is due by end-2026 via the POTENTIAL pilot. Challenge: no public relying-party
(WRPAC) path yet, and small-state capacity constraints.
Austria — ID Austria is a mature eID on track to become the national wallet, and DVSV led DC4EU's
social-security work package. Challenge: converting the strong ID base into education issuance and
engaging autonomous universities.
Poland — mObywatel is a strong national app, NFZ/ZUS participated in social security, and NASK sits on
the Advisory Board. Challenge: centralised, ministry-led education governance needs to open interfaces to
HEIs.
Portugal — gov.pt / id.gov.pt provide a Tier 2 base and ISS hosted the Lisbon workshop. Challenge:
limited public education-credential pilot visibility to date.
163
Malta — Outsized policy leadership through 3CL on the DC4EU Strategic/Scientific Committee, with a
well-developed MQF. Challenge: strong on framing and standards, but small administrative capacity and a
Tier 3 wallet.
Cluster D — Building / lagging substrate
Lithuania & Romania — Both bring specific EBSI education pilot experience (Kaunas University of
Technology; the FR/ES/RO micro-credentials project) but sit at Tier 3 on the wallet. Challenge: turning
pilot experience into a national issuance rail while the wallet is still pre-sandbox.
Croatia, Czechia, Slovakia, Slovenia, Hungary, Cyprus, Latvia — Centralised systems with the
EBP/EBSI + EQF standardisation floor in place, generally Tier 2–3 wallets, and limited public education-
credential pilot activity. Challenge: capacity and funding — DC4EU's finding that ~60% of smaller public
bodies cannot sustain specialised capability without multi-annual funding (and ~35% had already lost key
staff) bites hardest here; these states will lean most on the EU reference implementation and common
tooling. Slovenia's governance engagement (Advisory Board) is a positive signal.
Bulgaria — A draft wallet law was published for consultation in February 2026 with a developer
repository but no sandbox; NSSI/NHIF participated in social security. Challenge: earliest-stage substrate of
the group, so education issuance is furthest out.
Non-EU participants worth tracking (out of scope for the 27 but technically aligned): Norway (Vitnemålsportalen,
EMREX co-founder), Iceland and Ukraine took part in the Large-Scale Pilots; Switzerland's swiyu is a useful
interoperability reference despite sitting outside eIDAS.
5.5. What this means for the Skills Portability Initiative
• Design for two issuance topologies, not one. Sector-agency-mediated (NL/SE/EL/ES) and
ministry/registry-centralised (FR/IT/IE/CEE) will both persist. Attestation fields and the accreditation-
evidence model need to work whether the trust chain runs through a national HE agency or a central
registry.
• The standardisation floor is real — use it. Universal EBP/EBSI membership, completed EQF
referencing, and the ELM/EDC data model give SPI a running start on semantic convergence. The live
risk is the trust layer and the still-unpopulated IR 2025/1569 attribute/schema catalogues, not the data
model.
• Wallet-substrate unevenness is a sequencing risk. The states best placed to issue rich qualifications
(NL, SE, FI) are behind on the wallet; the wallet leaders (IT, DE, FR, DK) got there via ID/social
security. SPI should not assume every Member State can ride a certified wallet for diplomas at the
same time.
• Capacity erosion in smaller states is the quiet threat. Cluster D will depend disproportionately on
the EU reference implementation and shared tooling; the more SPI can lean on common components
rather than bespoke national integration, the wider the coverage.
• Federal/regionally organised states need extra lead time. Germany (Länder), Belgium
(communities) and Spain (autonomous communities) each have internal coordination overheads that a
single national deadline understates.
5.6. Sources & confidence note
Primary: DC4EU deliverable D6.2 (Deployment, Testing & Piloting Scenarios Results Library, 2025), the
DC4EU Sectoral Rulebook (Education & Professional Qualifications, v2/v3), and 'Beyond DC4EU' (3CL
Foundation, Jan 2026). Wallet readiness: eIDAS-Pro and eIDeasy national trackers (Apr–Jul 2026) and
national announcements. Education infrastructure: EBSI diploma / micro-credentials / formal-accreditation
project pages, the EMREX network, and SURF's DC4EU documentation.
164
The 'Governance / organisational model' and 'Willingness to standardise' columns are analytical assessments inferred
from participation patterns and known HE-governance structures, not declared national positions. They are intended
to orient prioritisation, not to be quoted as country commitments.
6. TABLE 5 - Provisions in collective agreements in MS related to qualifications
MS Summary of Provisions in Collective
Agreements in relation to qualifications
Are
there
provisi
ons in
collecti
ve
agree
ments
that
refer
to
qualifi
cations
to esta
blish
rade, p
ay and
workin
g
conditi
ons
If yes,
please
indicat
e how
comm
on
such
refere
nces to
qualifi
cations
in
collecti
ve
agree
ments
are
Types of Qualifications Mentioned +
Summary
How do the different practices
affect the abilit of holders of non-
nationall obtained qualifications to
prove that they should fall into a
certain cate or ?
Additional info and use of "comparability"
statement
Austria Qualifications are a central element of Austrian
collective bargaining. Sectoral agreements
commonly classify workers into wage groups using formal educational qualifications,
vocational training, experience and job
responsibilities. References are strongest in regulated professions but are also widespread in
non-regulated sectors. Only a small number of
agreements explicitly address qualifications obtained abroad.
Yes Very
Comm
on
Specific national qualifications
mentioned; NQF levels mentioned;
Other criteria (experience, responsibility and skills) mentioned; Comparable
qualifications mentioned only in a
limited number of agreements; EQF levels not mentioned.
Most agreements are silent on foreign
qualifications. Recognition generally
depends on national administrative recognition procedures. The Hotel and
Restaurant Agreement is an exception,
recognising previous experience acquired abroad and allowing
recognised foreign vocational
qualifications to be taken into account for classification.
The Hotel and Restaurant Industry collective
agreement explicitly states that previous periods
of service and industry experience are taken into account regardless of whether they were acquired
in Austria or abroad, provided appropriate
evidence is supplied. The agreement further explains that foreign vocational qualifications are
recognised for classification where equivalence
with Austrian training has been confirmed by the competent ministry. Most other Austrian
collective agreements do not address equivalent
qualifications acquired abroad.
Belgium Belgian collective agreements frequently use
job-classification systems combining
qualifications, diplomas, certificates, training, competence, experience and responsibility to
determine occupational categories, wage scales
and career progression. The importance of qualifications varies considerably across sectors.
Yes Somew
hat
Comm on
Specific national qualifications
mentioned; NQF levels mentioned;
Comparable qualifications mentioned in some agreements; Other criteria (skills,
competences, certificates, licences,
experience and responsibility) mentioned; EQF levels not mentioned.
Portability differs by sector. Some
agreements recognise equivalent
qualifications or practical experience, whereas others require Belgian
certificates or licences, particularly in
regulated occupations.
The agreements do not mention formal
comparability statements or recognition
authorities for either regulated or non-regulated professions. Where foreign qualifications are
concerned, classification depends on the general
national recognition framework rather than on provisions in collective agreements.
Bulgaria Qualification provisions are concentrated in
public and publicly funded sectors, where they
determine eligibility for posts and pay levels. Most industrial agreements instead classify
workers according to tariff grades and seniority,
with qualifications mainly appearing in training
Yes Somew
hat
Comm on
Specific national qualifications
mentioned; NQF levels mentioned
(libraries agreement only); EQF levels not mentioned; Comparable
qualifications not mentioned; Other
criteria not mentioned.
Collective agreements contain no
provisions on recognising foreign
qualifications. Classification depends on national recognition rules outside
collective bargaining.
Collective agreements do not refer to formal
comparability statements or recognition
authorities. Recognition of foreign qualifications is governed outside collective bargaining.
166
provisions.
Croatia References to qualifications in Croatian
collective agreements are relatively rare and are
found mainly in public-sector agreements. Where they occur, qualifications are linked to
salary coefficients, grading, annual leave,
probationary periods, traineeships and certain professional entitlements. Private-sector
agreements generally leave job classification to
employer decisions.
Yes Rare Only specific national qualifications
mentioned; National qualifications
framework levels mentioned; European qualification levels mentioned (no);
Open to comparable qualifications (no).
Trade unions reported that employers
generally rely on work organisation
needs, testing and probation rather than formal recognition of foreign
qualifications. Employers did not
report specific practices for non- regulated professions.
No evidence was found that collective
agreements require formal comparability
statements for non-regulated professions. According to ASOO, comparability statements
are mainly used for specific administrative
procedures (e.g. education vouchers or regulated crafts), rather than for collective bargaining or
employment classification.
Cyprus No provisions explicitly use qualifications as a criterion for determining pay, grading, or
working conditions. Employment conditions are
regulated independently of formal qualifications.
No N/A N/A N/A The collective agreements examined do not require a formal comparability statement from a
recognition authority. No provisions on the
recognition or comparability of qualifications were identified.
Czechia Czech collective agreements commonly use job
catalogues and occupational classification
systems to determine remuneration.
Qualification-based classification is widespread
but not universal, with many agreements
referring to national occupational catalogues for pay grading.
Yes Somew
hat
Comm
on
Specific national qualifications
mentioned through job catalogues; NQF
levels not mentioned; EQF levels not
mentioned; Comparable qualifications
not explicitly mentioned; Other criteria
(national occupational/job catalogues) mentioned.
Collective agreements classify
employees according to national
occupational catalogues. No explicit
provisions on recognising foreign
qualifications were identified.
The collective agreements reviewed classify
employees through national job catalogues and
occupational classification systems. No
provisions referring to formal comparability
statements or recognition of foreign
qualifications were identified in the material reviewed.
Denmar
k
Qualifications are a central element of Danish
collective agreements, particularly for wage
formation. Unlike many other countries, agreements generally do not classify workers by
formal qualifications or NQF/EQF levels but rely
on actual skills, competencies, education, work experience and job requirements, with pay
determined largely through local bargaining.
Yes Very
Comm
on
Specific national qualifications not
mentioned; NQF levels not mentioned;
EQF levels not mentioned; Comparable qualifications mentioned; Other criteria
(skills, competencies, education,
experience, job requirements and performance) mentioned.
Since collective agreements do not
distinguish between Danish and
foreign qualifications, recognition depends primarily on employer
assessment and, where necessary, the
Danish Agency for Higher Education and Science. Foreign qualifications
from both EU and third countries may
be recognised if considered equivalent
and relevant.
Collective agreements generally do not require
Danish qualifications or formal comparability
statements. Where regulated professions or vocational qualifications are involved,
recognition is governed by Danish legislation
rather than collective agreements. In practice, employers may recognise relevant foreign
education, qualifications and work experience
when determining wage placement or individual
pay.
German
y
German collective agreements routinely link pay
groups and grading systems to formal educational and vocational qualifications through
detailed pay-classification frameworks
(Entgeltordnungen). Qualification-based grading is a standard feature across sectors, particularly
in the public sector.
Yes Very
Comm on
Specific national qualifications
mentioned; NQF levels mentioned; EQF levels not mentioned; Comparable
(equivalent) qualifications mentioned;
Other criteria not systematically mentioned.
Several agreements contain
equivalence clauses that could facilitate recognition of foreign
qualifications, although no agreement
specifies how equivalence is assessed or which authority is responsible.
Several collective agreements include
equivalence clauses, allowing qualifications recognised as equivalent to satisfy qualification
requirements for particular pay groups. However,
the agreements reviewed do not specify which authority determines equivalence or how foreign
qualifications are assessed.
167
Greece Greek collective agreements frequently refer to qualifications, primarily to determine
qualification allowances and, in some sectors,
grading, pay scales and career progression. References are especially common in
occupational agreements and in regulated
professions, where qualifications are linked to statutory occupational profiles and licensing
requirements.
Yes Very Comm
on
Specific national qualifications mentioned; NQF levels not mentioned;
EQF levels not mentioned; Comparable
qualifications mentioned; Other criteria (academic qualifications, licences,
occupational profiles and work
experience) mentioned.
Recognition of foreign qualifications is based on national recognition
bodies rather than collective
agreements. DOATAP recognises higher education qualifications,
EOPPEP recognises vocational
qualifications, while ATEEN is responsible for professional
recognition under EU legislation.
Once recognised, workers can access
the corresponding wage scales and
qualification allowances.
Collective agreements rely on the national institutional framework for recognising
qualifications. Even in non-regulated professions,
equivalence is generally required for social security and labour market purposes. DOATAP,
EOPPEP and ATEEN are the competent
authorities depending on the type of qualification, while collective agreements
themselves do not establish recognition
procedures.
Hungary Qualification-related provisions are exceptional in Hungarian collective bargaining. Collective
agreements generally regulate employment
conditions without linking grades or pay directly to formal qualifications. The only significant
exception identified is the extended sectoral
agreement for the electricity industry, which uses a job evaluation system based on knowledge,
education, responsibility and experience.
Yes Rare Specific national qualifications not mentioned; NQF levels not mentioned;
EQF levels not mentioned; Comparable
qualifications not mentioned; Other criteria (knowledge, educational
attainment, vocational qualifications,
professional experience and responsibility in the electricity sector
only) mentioned.
Recognition of foreign qualifications takes place outside collective
bargaining. Employers determine the
relevance of qualifications through internal procedures, while regulated
professions rely on statutory
recognition mechanisms.
Collective agreements do not require comparability statements. Recognition is
governed by Act C of 2001. For non-regulated
professions employers decide whether foreign qualifications are suitable, whereas regulated
professions require formal recognition by the
Educational Authority or other competent authorities before access to the profession is
granted.
Italy Collective agreements in Italy systematically use
job classification systems (inquadramento unico)
to determine grading, remuneration and working
conditions. Classification is primarily based on the tasks actually performed (objective
qualification), while formal qualifications,
educational degrees and certifications may serve as prerequisites for specific roles or facilitate
career progression. Collective agreements
generally do not use EQF levels to determine contractual grades.
Yes Very
Comm
on
Only specific national qualifications
mentioned. Collective agreements refer
to national educational qualifications,
vocational diplomas, specific professional certifications and, in some
sectors, certified micro-credentials.
They do not generally refer to National Qualifications Framework or EQF levels
when determining contractual grades.
Workers holding foreign
qualifications can demonstrate their
suitability primarily through the tasks
they perform. Italy's National System for the Certification of Competencies
(SNCC) helps make qualifications and
learning outcomes transparent, but contractual grading ultimately
depends on the job performed rather
than on the formal qualification itself.
In non-regulated professions, a formal
comparability statement by a recognition
authority is not strictly mandated by law or
NCBAs to establish the contractual grade, because the NCBA relies on the employer's
assignment of tasks.
However, obtaining a comparability statement or having skills mapped to the EQF is highly
expected and utilized in practice to demonstrate
employability and to make the worker's professional capital legible to the employer
during the hiring or placement process. Without
such transparency tools, workers may struggle to prove they possess the specialized skills required
for higher-level, better-paying classifications.
168
Latvia References to qualifications are relatively rare and mainly confined to a few sectors (notably
construction and the glass fibre industry). Where
they occur, they are primarily used to determine remuneration through qualification groups linked
to the National Occupations System, while many
qualification-related rules are instead found in internal company remuneration policies rather
than collective agreements.
Yes Rare Specific national qualifications not mentioned; NQF levels mentioned; EQF
levels not mentioned; Comparable
qualifications not mentioned; Other criteria not mentioned.
Recognition of foreign qualifications depends mainly on sectoral practice
and employer requirements rather
than collective agreements. Employers often rely on
internationally recognised
professional certificates (e.g. aviation, IT) or employer-based skills
assessment and training. Automatic
academic recognition exists with the
Baltic and Benelux countries for
certain qualifications.
Collective agreements do not require formal comparability statements. However, public
higher education institutions and some employers
(e.g. public procurement contractors) may require formal recognition of foreign qualifications. In
most private-sector occupations, recognition
depends on employer practice rather than collective bargaining.
Lithuani
a
References to qualifications in Lithuanian collective agreements are relatively rare and
generally indirect. Where they occur, they are
linked to job classification, remuneration systems, access to posts, training and
competence requirements rather than to explicit
qualification recognition mechanisms. Collective agreements usually supplement statutory or
employer-level rules and do not establish
separate procedures for recognising qualifications obtained abroad.
Yes Rare Specific national qualifications not mentioned; NQF levels not mentioned;
EQF levels not mentioned; Comparable
qualifications not mentioned; Other – qualifications referred to indirectly
through education, professional
preparation, qualification category, professional experience, skills,
competences and job-related
requirements.
No collective agreement provisions were identified on the recognition or
comparability of qualifications
obtained in another EU Member State. Consequently, workers with foreign
qualifications generally rely on
employers' internal assessment of qualifications, experience,
competence and job requirements
rather than collectively agreed rules. This approach provides flexibility but
may also create uncertainty because
classification depends on employer practices.
No systematic expectation of a formal comparability statement from a recognition
authority was identified for non-regulated
professions. Employers generally assess qualifications, competences and experience
through their internal recruitment, job evaluation
and remuneration systems. Evidence from employers and the State Labour Inspectorate
indicates that qualifications obtained in another
EU Member State are normally assessed using the same internal procedures as Lithuanian
qualifications, although regulated professions
remain subject to statutory recognition requirements.
Malta Qualification-related provisions are widespread
in the public sector but much less common in the private sector, reflecting Malta's highly
decentralised bargaining system. Public-sector
agreements systematically link qualifications to grading, salary scales and career progression,
whereas private-sector agreements generally
prioritise operational flexibility.
Yes Comm
on across
public
service /sector.
Rare
across private
industr
y.
Specific national qualifications
mentioned; NQF levels mentioned; EQF levels mentioned; Comparable
qualifications mentioned; Other – hybrid
approach combining qualifications, MQF levels and professional
experience.
The applicable qualification
framework significantly affects access to grades, remuneration and
promotion. Foreign qualifications are
generally recognised through the Malta Qualifications Recognition
Information Centre (MQRIC), while
agreements frequently combine qualifications with years of relevant
professional experience when
determining grading.
In public-sector agreements and some
institutional agreements (e.g. MCAST), foreign or non-standard qualifications require a formal
comparability statement from MQRIC. Because
the MQF is seamlessly pegged to the EQF, credentials held by EU workers or those with
EQF-aligned qualifications are transferred with
minimal friction. This framework protects from nationality-based disadvantages and aligns with
EU free movement laws. Outside these cases,
requirements depend on the sector and employer, particularly for non-regulated professions.
169
Netherla
nds
References to qualifications are fairly common across Dutch collective agreements, although
approaches differ by sector. Agreements
frequently use educational qualifications, occupational diplomas, recognised work
experience and, in some sectors, comparable
foreign qualifications to determine job classification, remuneration and access to
occupations.
Yes Somew hat
Comm
on
Only specific national qualifications mentioned; National qualifications
framework levels mentioned (rare);
European qualification levels mentioned (rare); Open to comparable
qualifications (rare). The vast majority
of agreements refer to Dutch education system and sector-specific training
institutions. References are typically
made to specific national qualifications
rather than to broader qualification
frameworks.
Workers holding foreign qualifications may rely on equivalent
diplomas recognised under sectoral
agreements or demonstrate equivalent work experience. Some agreements
explicitly recognise comparable EU
qualifications, while others rely primarily on Dutch educational
qualifications or recognised
vocational diplomas.
Formal recognition depends on the sector. Where agreements specify recognised foreign diplomas
or equivalent qualifications, workers may access
the corresponding wage groups. In many non- regulated occupations, employers retain
discretion unless the collective agreement
explicitly requires recognised qualifications.
Poland Collective agreements in Poland commonly refer to qualifications to determine grading,
remuneration and working conditions, primarily
through education levels, seniority requirements and qualification requirements for specific
occupations. These references concern national
education and qualification requirements rather than the NQF, the EQF or comparable foreign
qualifications. The treatment of qualifications
obtained in another Member State is generally not addressed in collective agreements.
Yes Somew hat
commo
n
Collective agreements refer mainly to education levels, seniority requirements
and occupation-specific qualification
requirements. No references were identified to PQF levels, EQF levels or
comparable foreign qualifications.
Examples include qualification requirements linked to pay grades and
career progression in multi-employer
collective agreements for State Forests and the Ministry of National Defence.
The issue of qualifications obtained abroad is generally not addressed in
collective agreements or social
dialogue. As a result, collective agreements neither facilitate nor
hinder the treatment of non-national
qualifications.
For regulated professions, formal recognition follows the applicable legal framework. For non-
regulated professions, whether a comparability
statement is requested depends on the employer and is assessed on a case-by-case basis; there is
no general requirement in collective agreements.
Portugal References to qualifications are very common
across Portuguese collective agreements, although their function varies by sector.
Qualifications are frequently linked to job
classification, remuneration and, in some cases, career progression, while many agreements also
accept comparable foreign qualifications even
where this is not stated explicitly.
Yes Very
Comm on
Specific national qualifications
mentioned; NQF levels not mentioned; EQF levels not mentioned; Comparable
qualifications mentioned; Other criteria
not mentioned.
Where agreements specify national
qualifications without explicit equivalence rules, foreign workers
may experience difficulties
demonstrating that they belong to a particular occupational category.
Social partners highlighted that delays
in qualification recognition and language requirements create the main
practical barriers rather than collective
agreements themselves.
For regulated professions and jobs requiring
higher education qualifications, formal recognition is generally necessary. In non-
regulated occupations, requirements depend on
the sector and employer, with labour shortages often resulting in more flexible approaches to
qualifications.
170
Romania References to qualifications in Romanian collective agreements are uneven and generally
indirect. Qualifications are usually reflected
through occupational classifications, statutory education requirements or professional licences
rather than explicit qualification frameworks.
Company-level agreements play a greater role than sectoral agreements.
Yes Uneve n
across
sectors
Specific national qualifications not mentioned; NQF levels not mentioned;
EQF levels not mentioned; Comparable
qualifications not mentioned; Other – qualifications inferred through
occupational categories, education
levels, professional ranks and statutory qualification requirements. Generally,
references to qualifications are indirect
and uneven across sectors. They are
more commonly inferred from
occupational categories than explicitly
linked to wage grades or remuneration. References to qualifications are more
frequent in regulated occupations that
depend on formal qualifications, attestations, professional certificates or
educational attainment.
Recognition of foreign qualifications is governed by national legislation
rather than collective agreements.
Qualifications mainly affect access to regulated occupations, while many
collective agreements focus instead on
occupational classifications or employer-specific training
arrangements.
Collective agreements do not require comparability statements for non-regulated
professions. Recognition procedures are handled
by CNRED or other competent authorities depending on the profession, while employers
generally determine recruitment and
classification practices outside collective bargaining.
Slovakia Collective agreements frequently refer to qualifications to determine grading,
remuneration and working conditions, mainly
through education requirements, occupational classifications and qualification requirements
linked to specific positions. References to the
Slovak Qualifications Framework (SKKR) or the European Qualifications Framework (EQF) are
not used. Collective agreements generally do not
address the treatment of qualifications obtained in another Member State
Yes Somew hat
Comm
on
Collective agreements mainly refer to education levels, occupational
classifications and qualification
requirements for specific positions. They do not refer to SKKR levels, EQF
levels or comparable foreign
qualifications.
The treatment of qualifications obtained in another Member State is
generally not addressed in collective
agreements. For non-regulated professions, decisions are typically
left to employers.
For regulated professions, recognition follows the applicable legal framework. For non-
regulated professions, whether evidence of
comparability is requested depends on the employer; collective agreements do not establish
a general requirement.
Spain Spanish collective agreements systematically
classify workers into professional groups using a combination of qualifications, professional skills,
knowledge, work experience, autonomy,
responsibility and job content. References to qualifications are widespread, although explicit
references to the National Qualifications
Framework remain relatively limited.
Yes Very
Comm on
Specific national qualifications
mentioned; NQF levels mentioned; EQF levels not mentioned; Comparable
qualifications not mentioned; Other
criteria not mentioned.
Holders of foreign qualifications may
demonstrate eligibility either through formal recognition of qualifications
by the competent authorities or
through certification of competences under the National Catalogue of
Professional Competence Standards.
Where professional groups are defined more broadly, employers
assess candidates on the basis of
skills, experience and recruitment procedures, irrespective of nationality.
No collective agreements reviewed require
formal comparability statements where no qualification requirements exist. Where
qualifications are required, recognition and
certification are carried out through national administrative procedures rather than collective
bargaining.
171
7. MS Education Providers - VET institutions and HE institutions
The following two tables present the matrix of education providers across VET and HE institutions. For the VET sector , a conservative approach
(Table 6) and a comprehensive approach (Table 7) were considered. The conservative approach entirely excluded specialized schools and for mixed-
curriculum institutions, that offer both vocational and general education, a 50% weighting factor was applied to balance the representation of
programs. This methodology yielded a baseline estimate of 27,762 VET institutions, as demonstrated in Table 6, column ‘TotalVET_MS’. As for the
comprehensive approach, specialized schools were accounted and mixed curriculum were considered at 100% capacity. This methodology yielded a
baseline estimate of 39,328 VET institutions, as demonstrated in Table 7, column ‘TotalHE_MS’. For VET, categorization ,institutions were
simplified, into Public and Non-Public - with Government-dependent private and Private institution consolidated into the non-public category. In
contrast, no distinction was made between public and non-public institutions within the HE sector. Upper Secondary Schools (general program only)
were excluded from both approaches. In terms of sources, for the VET the source was Eurydice
(https://eurydice.eacea.ec.europa.eu/eurypedia/austria/statistics-educational-institutions) as for the HE the source was EQAR, (https://www.eqar.eu/qa-
results/download-data-sets/) Higher Education Institutions (HEIs) dataset. A final note to Hungary: for VET schools the differentiation in terms of
public/non-public is not considered. Data relates to 2024.
7.1. Table 6 Conservative Approach
MS MS Vocation Educational School (VET) Higher Education
(acr) (Name) Public Non-Public TotalVET_MS TotalHE_MS
AT Austria 96 37 333 79
E
elgium
2 7
FR 03 2 2 5 30
NL 45 330 475 39
BG ulgaria 062 66 28 35
HR roatia 82 22 204 38
CY yprus 50 48 98 50
CZ zechia ( zech
epublic)
49 90 68 66
172
K Denmark 374 375 45
EE Estonia 30 3 33 20
F inland 55 9 46 46
FR rance 3374 598 3972 6 5
E Germany 4003 327 5330 507
EL Greece 4 3 4 4 57
HU Hungary 0 0 462 65
E Ireland 248
248 40
T Italy 27 7 8 8 3535 259
LV atvia 39 8 47 54
LT ithuania 47 8 55 43
LU uxembourg 2 5 26 2
MT Malta 2 0 2 6
NL etherlands 93 294 387 30
PL Poland 3363 498 386 545
PT Portugal 229 45 274 288
RO omania 925 2 946 04
SK Slovakia 300 08 408 33
S Slovenia 7 3 74 05
ES Spain 2059 324 3383 34
SE Sweden 4 5 233 648 48
Totals 21006 6294 27762 5026
173
7.2. Table 7 Comprehensive Approach
MS MS Vocation Educational School (VET)
Higher Education
(acr) (Name) Public Non- Public
TotalVET_MS TotalHE_MS
AT Austria 196 137 333 79
DE Belgium
1 2 3 7
FR 213 254 467 130
NL 327 745 1072 39
BG Bulgaria 1345 93 1438 135
HR Croatia 397 43 440 138
CY Cyprus 54 44 98 50
CZ Czechia (Czech Republic)
970 376 1346 66
DK Denmark 374 1 375 45
EE Estonia 30 3 33 20
FI Finland 55 96 151 46
FR France 3833 706 4539 615
DE Germany 4003 1327 5330 507
EL Greece 573 3 576 57
HU Hungary 0 0 462 65
IE Ireland 248 0 248 40
IT Italy 5435 1637 7072 259
LV Latvia 39 8 47 54
LT Lithuania 47 8 55 43
LU Luxembourg 50 5 55 21
MT Malta 10 0 10 16
174
NL Netherlands 187 525 712 130
PL Poland 3363 498 3861 545
PT Portugal 353 346 699 288
RO Romania 926 21 947 104
SK Slovakia 392 123 515 33
SI Slovenia 143 6 149 105
ES Spain 4119 2648 6767 1341
SE Sweden 922 606 1528 48
Totals 28605 10261 39328 5026
8. MS: Annual Issuance Attestation Volume
The following table will represent the matrix of annual issuance attestation volume per institution type, that is, VET, Upper Secondary School and
Higher Education. The source was Eurostat (https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/databrowser/view/educ_uoe_grad01__custom_22230995/default/table). Data
is related to 2024.
8.1. Table 8 MS Matrix of Annual Issuance Attestation Volume
MS MS Upper Secondary
School
Vocation Educational
School (VET)
Higher Education
(acr) (Name) No. No. No.
AT Austria
19424 66109 90736
BE Belgium
54074 68669 127052
175
BG Bulgaria
49596 50427 48926
HR Croatia
10706 27541 32658
CY Cyprus
7548 1539 13407
CZ Czechia (Czech Republic)
26479 69903 75470
DK Denmark
46750 28533 81727
EE Estonia
8691 2462 9434
FI Finland
30523 63971 69517
FR France
513601 411407 884985
DE Germany
349560 295358 635338
EL Greece
74303 33578 86619
HU Hungary
47989 35761 69652
IE Ireland
60838 19635 97948
IT Italy
258208 290425 543773
LV Latvia
11271 4227 13481
LT Lithuania
20437 4119 22566
LU Luxembourg
2544 3583 2242
MT Malta
5983 2672 6210
NL Netherlands
85123 135372 193463
PL Poland
168327 168916 404685
PT Portugal
76865 34772 101213
RO Romania
79803 96270 127097
SK Slovakia
14040 29691 37725
SI Slovenia
6301 13814 17704
ES Spain
288197 233588 590471
SE Sweden
67321 31725 96277
176
Sub Total
2384502 2224067 4480376
Total
9088945
Annex 9: POLICY OPTIONS DISCARDED AT AN EARLY STAGE
The following Policy Options were considered but were discarded at an early stage:
a) Setting up a European wide system of quality assurance of qualifications
For proportionality and competence reasons, the option to set up European wide quality
assurance of qualifications was discarded, as it would create additional bureaucracy and could
be interpreted as interfering with the content of qualifications and therefore of the content of
education and training offers. The accompanying measures, building on Council
Recommendations, will provide continued support for quality assurance in the framework of
implementing the EQF recommendation (which already includes an annex setting quality
assurance principles for qualifications that are part of NQFs referenced to the EQF), the
Standards and Guidelines for Quality Assurance in the European Higher Education Area
(ESG), and the European Reference Framework for Quality Assurance in VET (EQAVET).
This will further improve the mutual trust in education and training systems in the EU, thus
benefitting the effectiveness of our main Policy Options.
b) Harmonisation of the content and of the or anisation of MS’ education and trainin
systems
In addition, the high level of diversity in the content and in the organisation of education and
training systems across the EU is outside the scope of considered options. These two elements
fall under MS competence. Indeed, the TFEU excludes any harmonisation of the laws and
regulations of the MS in the field of education and training.
c) Forbidding the issuance of paper credentials
Removing the legal value of paper diplomas/certificates was discarded during the process for
several reasons:
- Citizens are not obliged to use the EUDI Wallet or Europass Wallet, and removing paper
would bring burden on individuals without digital skills or without a mobile phone. In
this way, it would not be coherent with the inclusivity and accessibility approach of EU
policies.
- Diplomas and certificates are issued also for purposes other than the labour market.
Prohibition of issuance of paper credentials under the legal basis envisaged for this
initiative would pertain to the labour market use and MS would anyhow retain the
possibility to issue paper credentials for other uses.
- EUDI Wallets and Europass Wallet are tools used within the EU. When citizens want to
use their qualification credentials outside the EU the legal value of digital documents
would not be guaranteed.
Forbidding paper would bring burden on individuals without digital skills or without a mobile
phone. In this way, it would not be coherent with the inclusivity and accessibility approach of
EU policies.
d) Limiting the digitalisation of qualifications to qualifications leading to regulated
professions
Restricting the scope of the digitalisation of qualifications leading to a regulated profession
(as needed for SPI Action 2) was discarded because there is no reliable way to define the
scope of such an action or ensure effective implementation. Beyond the seven professions
that are regulated at EU level, MS regulate professions in a highly unharmonised way so that
a profession may be regulated in MS A but not in MS B. Since a qualification obtained in one
MS can be used to access a regulated profession in another, even where that profession is not
178
itself regulated in the qualification's MS of origin, there is no fixed or stable set of
qualifications that could reliably be designated as "leading to a regulated profession" across
the Union. Any attempt to restrict scope on this basis would therefore have required an ad
hoc, and potentially shifting, subset of qualifications to be identified, leaving MS without
legal certainty as to which qualifications they are obliged to digitalise.
179
Annex 10: DRAFT MONITORING FRAMEWORK
As outlined in Section 9, the draft monitoring framework envisages several output, result and
impact indicators to assess how the initiative is implemented and how successful it is in
reaching objectives. Where possible, the draft framework relies on existing EU data sources.
Where data are not currently available, it could be considered to adapt the existing surveys or
administrative data or to carry targeted studies. Impact indicators measure broader labour-
market outcomes and are intended primarily to support the ex-post evaluation of the initiative.
As such, they are influenced by a range of external economic, labour-market and policy
developments and should not be interpreted as being solely attributable to the initiative.
Table 1: Proposed output and result indicators Specific
Objective Operational Objective Type Indicator
Data source /
responsible party
Basel
ine
Freque
ncy
Specific
Objective 1
By the end
of the
transition
period,
labour
market
actors have
access to
reliable and
comparable
information
on skills
and
qualificatio
ns issued in
the EU.
OO1: By the end of the
transition period, all
MS have their NQF
databases fully
connected to Europass
with standardised
metadata
Output
Share of MS with NQF
databases connected to
Europass using the
agreed metadata standard
Cedefop NQF
Inventory / Europass
governance data
(existing, to be
extended)
Year
0
Every 2
years
Result
Share of employers
reporting that accessing
official qualification
information from another
Member State has
become easier
European Company
Survey (new module)
or ad hoc survey
(new)
Year
0
Every 2
years
Result
Share of workers
reporting that
qualification information
is easier to understand
and compare across MS
Ad-hoc
survey/studies
commissioned by DG
EMPL (new)
Year
0
Every 4
years
OO2: By the end of the
transition period, all
MS submit up to date
EQF referencing
reports to guarantee the
Europass comparison
tool provides accurate,
up-to-date equivalence
information.
Output
Share of MS with EQF
referencing reports
updated within the
previous five years
Commission / EQF
Advisory Group
(existing)
Year
0 Annual
Result
Share of employers
reporting that comparing
the level and content of
qualifications obtained in
another Member State
has become easier.
European Company
Survey (new module)
or ad hoc survey
(new)
Year
0
Every 2
years
Specific
Objective 2
By the end
of the
transition
period,
labour
market
actors in the
EU can
benefit from
OO3: By the end of the
transition period, all
MS issue all new
qualifications (EQF
levels 2–8) digitally via
the EUDI Wallet
Output
Number of organisations
registered to issue and/or
verify digital
qualification attestations
through the EUDI Wallet
National authorities
aggregated through
the EUDI Wallet
(new)
Year
1 Annual
Output
Share of MS capable of
issuing newly awarded
qualifications through
the EUDI Wallet
National authorities
aggregated through
the EUDI Wallet
(new)
Year
1 Annual
Result
Share of newly awarded
EQF level 2–8
qualifications issued as
digital credentials
National authorities
aggregated through
the EUDI Wallet
(new)
Year
1 Annual
OO4: By the end of the
transition period, all Output
Share of MS
automatically providing
National authorities
aggregated through
Year
1 Annual
180
interoperabl
e and
verifiable
digital
attestations
of
qualificatio
ns and
skills.
MS can digitise and
issue qualifications
from the past 10 years
via the EUDI Wallet
automatically for cross
border employment
digital attestations (for
cross border
employment) for
qualifications awarded
within the previous ten
years
the EUDI Wallet
(new)
Result
Average time required to
obtain a digital
attestation for a
qualification awarded
during the previous ten
years (for cross border
employment)
National authorities
aggregated through
the EUDI Wallet
(new)
Year
1
Every 2
years
OO5: By the end of the
transition period, all
MS can digitalise and
issue qualifications
awarded between the
past 10 and 45 years
into the EUDI Wallet
within 14 days of
request (e.g., for
professional
recognition procedures
or for other
employment in another
MS purposes)
Output
Share of MS providing
an on-demand service for
the digitisation and
issuance of qualifications
awarded between 10 and
45 years previously
through the EUDI Wallet
National authorities
aggregated through
the EUDI Wallet
(new)
Year
1
Every 2
years
Output
Number of requests for
digitisation of
qualifications awarded
between 10 and 45 years
previously processed
through the EUDI Wallet
National authorities
aggregated through
the EUDI Wallet
(new)
Year
1
Every 2
years
Result
Share of requests for the
digitisation and issuance
of qualifications awarded
between 10 and 45 years
previously that are
fulfilled within 14 days
National authorities
aggregated through
the EUDI Wallet
(new)
Year
1
Every 2
years
OO6: By the end of the
transition period,
digital qualifications
issued through the
EUDI Wallet can be
automatically verified
across MS.
Output
Share of MS connected
to the EUDI Wallet trust
framework enabling
cross-border verification
Commission
monitoring / EUDI
Wallet trust
framework (new)
Year
1 Annual
Result
Share of mobile workers
reporting successful
cross-border verification
of their digital
qualifications when
seeking employment in
another Member State
Ad-hoc survey/
studies commissioned
by DG EMPL (new)
Year
1
Every 3
years
OO7: By the end of the
transition period, all
MS recognise the legal
value EUDI Wallet-
issued digital
qualifications.
Output
Share of MS having
adopted legislation
recognising the legal
validity of digital
qualifications issued
through the EUDI
Wallet.
Commission
monitoring
Year
2 One-off
Table 2: Proposed impact indicators
Impact indicator Data source / responsible party Baseline Frequency Share of workers reporting that
qualification-related barriers
discourage them from seeking
Ad-hoc survey/ studies commissioned by DG
EMPL (new) Year 1 Every 5/6 years
181
employment in another Member State
Share of employers reporting that
qualification-related barriers
discourage them from recruiting
candidates holding qualifications
obtained in another Member State
European Company Survey - Eurofound
(existing, extended) Year 1 Every 5/6 years
Estimated transaction costs associated
with cross-border qualification
verification for employers and workers
Ad-hoc evaluation studies commissioned by
DG EMPL; (existing methodology — periodic
studies)
IA estimate Every 7 years
Intra-EU labour mobility rate
(working-age EU citizens residing in a
Member State other than their country
of citizenship)
EU-Labour Force Survey - Eurostat, existing);
Annual Report on Intra-EU Labour Mobility –
DG EMPL (existing)
Year 1 Quarterly/Annual
182
Annex 11: VISUALS FOR DIGITAL IMPLEMENTATION AND
OVERVIEW OF THE CONTENT OF A DIGITAL QUALIFICATION UNDER
SPI
1. Overview of an example of an education and training provider issuing a
digital qualification
2. Overview of an example of an EU jobseeker using their qualification to apply
for a job in another EU Member State
183
3. Overview of an example of an employer requesting and verifying a digital
qualification from another Member State
Below is an example of a non-binding mock-up of what the digital qualification in the EUDI
Wallet could look like so as not to prejudge the outcome of any future discussions to
determine the format, structure, etc.
184
185
4. Data elements for a digital qualification awarded after SPI (all POs) and in
the past 10 years (PO2)
The content of future (and of the past 10 years for PO2) digital qualifications was the result of
a consultation with key stakeholder groups: the survey of issuers of qualifications and the
survey addressed to the EQF AG. The content of the qualification was also based on
suggestions from the DC4EU project. The content is technology agnostic. The key principle
when designing the scope of the attestations was to balance the need of employers for
information and the possibility for issuers to provide this data.
In the survey of issuers of qualifications and in the EQF AG surveys, the majority of
respondents shared that the content of the future digital qualification attestation should align
with Annex VI of the EQF Recommendation and/or the Annex I of the Recommendation on
Micro-Credentials, which overlap greatly in their content. Regarding the survey of issuers, out
of 574 total respondents, 34.49% (n=198) selected Annex I, 25.26% (n=145) selected Annex
VI which account for the majority of respondents as 33.10% (n= 90) responded “Don't
know/ ot applicable”. As for the EQ AG survey, out of 5 total respondents, 46.67% (n=7)
selected Annex I and 53.33% (n=8) selected Annex VI (more than one option could be
selected).
In addition to these fields, the trust framework of the EUDI/Europass wallet is made a
mandatory field: this covers the URI on accreditation, the URI on the qualification (which can
contain additional information) and the URI of the awarding body.
Proposed mandatory data fields for digital qualification attestations:
FIELD NAME DESCRIPTION
Given Name The holder's given name
Family Name The holder's family name
Date of Birth The holder's date of birth
Birthplace
The country as an alpha-2 country code as specified ISO
3166-1, or the state, province, district, or local area or the
municipality, city, town, or village where the user to
whom the holder's data relates was born
Nationality
One or more alpha-2 country codes as specified in ISO
3166-1, representing the nationality (or nationalities) of
the holder
Qualification Title The official title of the qualification provided in at least
one specified language
Qualification Title in
commonly agreed
language
The official title in commonly agreed language
186
Field of Education
and/or Training
The field of study, classified according to the ISCED
fields of Education and Training (ISCED-F-2013)
Valid From The date and time when the digital qualification
attestation was issued
Valid Until The date and time the digital qualification attestation
ceases to be valid
EQF Level The applicable level of the European Qualification
Framework
NQF Level The qualification level as specified in the national
qualification framework
Issuer
The legal identifier, name and location of the issuing
organisation which issued the digital qualification
attestation
Awarding Body The legal identifier, name and location of the awarding
body that awarded the qualification
Country of Award The Member State in which the qualification was
awarded
Where applicable,
Region of Award
The code of the region in which the qualification was
awarded, where applicable
Date of Award The date on which the qualification was officially
awarded
Learning
Outcomes186 OR
Description of the
Qualification187
Summary of learning outcomes OR description of the
qualification composed of knowledge, skills and
responsibility and autonomy
Accreditation Details Information on the accreditation of the awarding body,
including jurisdiction and the relevant regulatory
186 To be provided for qualifications issued as of [date of entry of application of the Regulation] or, if available
in Member State's NQF, before that date. Learning outcomes shall be described in accordance with the European
Guidelines for the development and writing of short, learning outcomes-based descriptions of qualifications, see
https://www.cedefop.europa.eu/files/6222_en.pdf 187 Description shall be provided where no Learning Outcome is available. However, for digital qualification
attestations awarded between [date of adoption date of this regulation minus 10 years] and [date of entry of
application of the Regulation], the description of qualification becomes an optional data field.
187
framework
Professional Experience,
where applicable Professional experience gained to obtain the qualification
Professional Title,
where applicable
Professional title obtained as a result of qualification
being awarded
Access Rights, where
applicable
A statement on the access rights to regulated professions
conferred by the qualification
Proposed optional data fields for digital qualification attestations:
FIELD NAME DESCRIPTION
Holder's National ID
and the country National ID and country issuing it
URI to qualification
standard
URI to qualification standard published in a qualification
database such as Europass188
ESCO Skills reference Reference to European Skills, Competences, and
Occupations classification
Duration of Study
The official duration of the learning programme
expressed in time and credits of the European Credit
Transfer and Accumulation System189
Grades / Marks The grades or marks achieved, accompanied by an
explanation of the grading scale used
Mode of Learning The mode of delivery, such as full-time, part-time,
distance learning
Main subjects / modules A list of the main subjects or modules covered by the
programme of study
Practical Training Details of a mandatory practical training that
was completed
Assessment Methods Information on the methods used for assessment (e.g.
examination, project work)
188 https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:32018D0646 189 https://education.ec.europa.eu/education-levels/higher-education/inclusive-and-connected-higher-
education/european-credit-transfer-and-accumulation-system
188
Language of Study The primary language(s) in which the programme was
taught
Thesis/ Final Project
Title The title of the final thesis or project, if applicable
International Mobility Information on any international mobility periods
undertaken as a part of the programme
5. Data elements for a digital qualification awarded before SPI (all POs)
The content of past digital qualifications is also the result of a consultation with key
stakeholder groups: the survey of issuers of qualifications and the survey addressed to the
EQF AG. The content of the qualification was also based on suggestions from the DC4EU
project. The content is technology neutral.
While the same approach to the reuse of Annex VI of the EQF Recommendation and Annex I
of the Recommendation on Micro-Credentials was taken, more fields have been identified as
optional, to avoid being burdensome for the issuers in gathering data a posteriori when it does
not exist. In addition, the EQF and NQF levels are optional and should only be included when
they existed. Therefore, there is no expectation that MS assign NQF levels when they did not
yet have an NQF (for example, a qualification issued in the 1980s would not be part of an
NQF as NQFs were not yet a policy concept).
The key difference between these attestations and the new digital qualifications is that there is
a mandatory proof of a qualification to be embedded in the digital qualification, so that an
employer can also see the original information on which the digitalisation happened.
To avoid any burden on issuers, there is no mandatory trust framework to link to, as the
verification happens before the issuance.
Proposed minimum mandatory data fields for digital qualification attestation already awarded
FIELD NAME DESCRIPTION
Given Name The holder's given name
Family Name The holder's family name
Date of Birth The holder's date of birth
Birthplace
The country as an alpha-2 country code
as specified ISO 3166-1, or the state,
province, district, or local area or the
municipality, city, town, or village where
the user to whom the holder's data relates
189
was born
Nationality
One or more alpha-2 country codes as
specified in ISO 3166-1 representing the
nationality (nationalities) od a holder
Qualification Title The official title of the qualification
provided in at least one language
Valid From The date and time when the digital
qualification attestation was issued
Valid Until
The date and time the digital
qualification attestation ceases to be
valid
EQF Level (if application)
If available, and only for qualifications
awarded after 2008 and in accordance
with the relevant national
qualifications framework referencing to
the European Qualifications Framework:
the applicable level of the European
Qualification Framework
NQF Level (if applicable)
If available, for the qualification
specified in the national qualifications
framework
Issuer
The legal identifier, name and location of
the issuing organisation which issued the
digital qualification attestation
Awarding Body
The legal identifier, name and location of
the awarding body that awarded the
qualification
Country of Award The Member State in which the
qualification was awarded
Where applicable, Region of Award
The code of the region in which the
qualification was awarded, where
applicable
Date of Award The date on which the qualification was
190
officially awarded
Accreditation Evidence
Formal evidence of the awarding body's
accreditation at the time of award,
including, where the awarding body no
longer exists in its original legal form,
evidence of succession establishing the
chain of continuity to the entity
providing the evidence.
Professional Experience, where
applicable
Professional experience gained to obtain
the qualification
Professional Title, where applicable Professional title obtained as a result of
qualification being awarded
Access Rights, where applicable
A statement on the access rights to
regulated professions conferred by the
qualification
Proposed optional data fields for digital qualifications attestation:
FIELD NAME DESCRIPTION
Holder's National ID and the country National ID and country issuing it
Qualification Title in a commonly agreed
language
The official title in commonly agreed
language
Field of Education and/or Training
The field of study, classified according
to the ISCED fields of Education and
Training (ISCED-F-2013)
Description of the Qualification190
Description of the qualification
composed of knowledge, skills and
responsibility and autonomy
ESCO Skills reference
Reference to European Skills,
Competences, and Occupations
classification
190 To be provided for qualifications issued as of [date of entry of application of the Regulation] or, if available
in Member State's NQF, before that date. Leaning outcomes shall be described in accordance with the European
Guidelines for the development and writing of short, learning outcomes-based descriptions of qualifications, see
https://www.cedefop.europa.eu/files/6222_en.pdf
191
Duration of Study
The official duration of the learning
programme expressed in time and credits
of the European Credit Transfer and
Accumulation System191
Grades / Marks
The grades or marks achieved,
accompanied by an explanation of the
grading scale used
Copy of Original Qualification
Document
An embedded image or scan of the
original physical qualification issued to
the holder, where available
Mode of Learning The mode of delivery, such as full-time,
part-time, distance learning
Main subjects / modules A list of the main subjects or modules
covered by the programme of study
Practical Training Details of a mandatory practical training
that was completed
Assessment Methods
Information on the methods used for
assessment (e.g. examination, project
work)
Language The primary language(s) in which the
programme was taught
Thesis/ Final Project Title The title of the final thesis or project, if
applicable
International Mobility
Information on any international
mobility periods undertaken as a part of
the programme
191 https://education.ec.europa.eu/education-levels/higher-education/inclusive-and-connected-higher-
education/european-credit-transfer-and-accumulation-system
192
Annex 12: LIST OF TABLES, FIGURES AND DIAGRAMS IN THE MAIN
TEXT OF THE IMPACT ASSESSMENT
Table 1 Levels of digital readiness per Member State ...................................... 34
Table 2 Cumulative wallets uptake (conservative assumption) ........................ 38
Table 3: Overview of Policy Options ................................................................. 40
Table 4: Cost for the EC to provide a back-office tool to connect national databases ......................................................................................................................... 51
Table 5: Cost for the EC to provide a reference verifier software ..................... 51
Table 6: Cost for the EC to support non-formal micro-credential issuers ......... 52
Table 7: Cost for MS to have, connect and maintain national registries of qualifications, awarding bodies and accreditation ............................................. 53
Table 8: Cost for MS to provide a verification software .................................... 54
Table 9: Costs for MS to provide an issuing infrastructure ............................... 56
Table 10: Cost for MS to issue past qualifications ............................................ 58
Table 11: Cost for issuers of non-NQF micro-credentials to issue digital attestations ......................................................................................................................... 59
Table 12: Cost savings for employers to assess qualifications ......................... 61
Table 13. Cost savings for workers in comparability statements ...................... 62
Table 14: Cost saving for issuers of qualifications to verify them ..................... 63
Table 15: Cost saving for issuers of non-NQF micro-credentials to verify them 64
Table 16: Summary overview of total costs and benefits (present value, 2026-2040, in EURO million, the benefits start to occur from year 4, after transition period)65
Table 17: Effectiveness of policy options .......................................................... 71
Table 18: Efficiency of policy options ................................................................ 72
193
Figures
Figure 1 - MS digital wallet readiness (from the 2025 EUDI Wallet launchpad event key takeaways) ................................................................................................. 26
Diagrams
Diagram 1: Problem tree................................................................................... 15
194
Annex 13: COMBINED IMPACTS OF SPI PREFERRED OPTIONS
UNDER ACTION 1, 2, AND 3
When combined, the preferred options under Actions 1, 2 and 3 are expected to generate
substantial administrative cost savings and broader economic and social benefits by
improving the transparency, comparability, portability and recognition of qualifications and
skills across the EU labour market.
As explained in more detail in the dedicated impact assessments, the three Actions address
different aspects of the same underlying problem: difficulties in presenting, verifying and
recognising qualifications and skills across borders. Action 1 focuses on ensuring that labour
market actors in the EU have access to simplified, effective, digital and cost-efficient ways to
carry, prove, read, understand and compare qualifications and skills obtained in another MS,
Action 2 on the cross-border recognition of qualifications required to access regulated
professions, and Action 3 on the recognition of qualifications of third-country nationals.
The combined effect of the SPI is to reduce information asymmetries, administrative burden
and recognition delays across borders supporting the creation of a genuine Single Market for
talent. Together, the measures included in the preferred policy options for each of the actions
contribute to improved labour mobility and skills matching. This is particularly relevant given
the significantly higher overqualification rates observed among EU mobile workers (31.3%)
and third-country nationals (39.4%) compared to domestic workers (20.2%).
The anticipated outcomes of the preferred policy options are intrinsically interrelated and
mutually reinforcing in various ways.
• Action 1 acts as a critical enabler for Action 2 as the availability of interoperable,
secure and verifiable digital qualifications is crucial to allow for faster and less
burdensome cross-border recognition processes under the PQD.
• Conversely, the preferred policy option under Action 2 is expected to provide a
concrete and reliable pathway for the benefits of digital credentials to materialise.
Qualifications benefiting from automatic recognition account for almost half of all
establishment recognition cases under the PQD. By ensuring that these qualifications
are systematically issued and accepted in digital credential format, the preferred option
would create a sizeable and predictable volume of use from the outset, thereby
supporting the deployment and practical benefits of digital credentials across
recognition procedures.
• The preferred options under Action 1 and 2 also support the implementation of Action
3 as the creation of a unified digital workflow for the recognition of qualifications of
EU citizens, linking the various competent authorities in the MS, facilitates the
interoperability between national databases on third-country qualifications and
recognition.
• In turn, Action 3 ensures that third-country nationals benefit from a similarly robust,
albeit specific, legal framework as EU citizens for the recognition of their
qualifications, thereby establishing a more equitable level playing field in the EU
labour market.
• By working together to establish common approaches for the assessment and
recognition of qualifications obtained outside the EU in the context of Action 3, MS
may further strengthen mutual trust and cooperation between their competent
authorities. This is expected to reinforce the practical application of the principle of
195
mutual recognition, which is a cornerstone of the system for the recognition of
professional qualifications within the EU, and may contribute to a more efficient,
consistent and less burdensome treatment of qualifications obtained in other MS.
With respect to implementation costs, the preferred options yield significant synergies
through two main channels:
• By establishing common information standards, standards for digital credentials,
verification mechanisms, and qualification databases, the initiative reduces the cost of
presenting, verifying, and recognizing qualifications. As adoption grows, the value of
these systems for workers, employers, and public authorities increases—creating
network effects and economies of scale and maximizing the return on digital
infrastructure investments.
• Using the EQF as a universal reference framework across all three actions makes
qualifications easier to compare, understand, and verify, minimizing information
asymmetries and fostering greater trust within the EU. Furthermore, widespread
adoption of the EQF within the Single Market incentivizes non-EU partners to relate
to it, simplifying the integration and recognition of third-country qualifications.
The combined actions are expected to generate substantial economic benefits.
Action 1 is estimated to generate quantified direct benefits of approximately EUR 164–336
million over the period 2026–2040, primarily through reduced administrative costs associated
with the presentation, assessment and verification of qualifications across borders. Employers
are expected to benefit from lower costs for verifying and understanding qualifications from
other MS, while workers will benefit from fewer and cheaper comparability procedures.
Issuers of qualifications will also benefit from reduced administrative burdens as digital
attestations enable automatic verification, reducing the need to respond to third-party
requests. With its focus on digitalising NQF qualifications (which are most labour market
relevant), the action directs the investment to the segment with the highest return, with
positive spillovers on national labour markets and the area of further learning. Indirect
benefits can also be expected: as the action contributes positively to the functioning of the
internal market and EU competitiveness: it is expected to facilitate cross-border hiring with
some effect on skills mismatches and improved labour market allocation.
Within the specific context of regulated professions, Action 2 is expected to generate annual
administrative cost savings of approximately EUR 28.7 million for applicants, competent
authorities and, where they support recognition procedures on behalf of applicants,
employers. In addition, they are projected to deliver an additional EUR 136.6 million per year
in monetised time savings resulting from faster access to the labour market for professionals
seeking recognition in another Member State. Taken together, these savings are estimated to
amount to approximately EUR 1.6 billion in present value terms over the period 2029–2040.
Swifter, cheaper and less burdensome recognition procedures are also expected to generate
considerable indirect economic and social impacts, supporting firm-level competitiveness,
allocative efficiency of skills in the Single Market, improved employment opportunities, and
increased resilience of essential social services such as healthcare.
Targeted specifically at third-country nationals, Action 3 is expected to reduce administrative
costs for applicants and CAs by over EUR 22 million/year, resulting in cumulative
administrative savings of approximately EUR 231 million between 2029 and 2040. In
addition, employers would benefit from a reduction of around 25% in administrative costs for
applications under the general system and of approximately 42.5% for automatically
196
recognised qualifications. At constant recruitment levels, the reduction of employer-borne
recruitment costs is estimated at over EUR 20 million/year, resulting in a cumulative cost
reduction of EUR 207 million between 2029 and 2040. PO3 would also reduce the processing
time of recognition applications considerably, allowing qualified TCNs to exercise a regulated
profession of their choice more quickly (by between 9 to 10 months depending on the
recognition regime). This generates monetised time savings for the applicants, which in the
aggregate are estimated at approximately EUR 300 million/year or slightly over EUR 3
billion from 2029 to 2040.
Better integration of third-country nationals in the Single Market is also expected to generate
indirect but sizeable positive effects on firm-level competitiveness by facilitating access to a
wider, geographically diverse pool of qualified applicants and alleviating critical shortages.
At macro-economic level, the resulting increase in the overall labour supply and improved
skills matching contributes to economic growth. From a social perspective, facilitating
recognition of qualifications of third country nationals contributes to upward career mobility,
improved long-term income security and, at macro-level, increased resilience of social
services by addressing critical labour shortages in various sectors.
These estimated direct cost savings and anticipated economic and social benefits are not
designed for aggregation, as some beneficiaries and impact channels overlap. Nevertheless,
they point consistently towards substantial reductions in transaction costs and significant
gains from earlier labour-market entry and improved skills utilisation.
The preferred options presented build on an independently existing IT infrastructure (the
EUDI Wallet) that is considered in the baseline of Action 1 and Action 2. Common digital
tools, interoperable systems and common information standards reduce duplication of effort
and increase the benefits generated by implementation expenditure. As a result, the overall
initiative is expected to be more cost-effective than separate interventions addressing each
area individually.
The distribution of costs and benefits is uneven by design. Public administrations bear a
significant share of implementation costs (which however are more effectively invested in the
proposed coordinated manner compared to uncoordinated actions by MS), while a large share
of the benefits accrues to workers and employers through reduced administrative burdens,
lower recruitment costs and faster access to employment opportunities. This reflects the
objective of removing market frictions and improving labour-market functioning.
The main implementation challenge relates to ensuring interoperability and coordination
across the different digital systems and governance arrangements established under the
Initiative. Failure to achieve sufficient interoperability could reduce some of the expected
efficiency gains and increase administrative complexity. These challenges are addressed by
the use of common standards, shared digital infrastructure and phased implementation.
In general, the Skills Portability Initiative generates substantial synergies and economies of
scale. By simultaneously addressing the presentation, verification and recognition of
qualifications across different labour-market contexts, the three Actions deliver greater
economic, administrative and social benefits than would be achieved through their separate
implementation.
197
Annex 14: DESCRIPTORS DEFINING LEVELS IN THE EUROPEAN QUALIFICATIONS FRAMEWORK (EQF) –
ANNEX II OF THE COUNCIL RECOMMENDATION ON THE EQF
Each of the 8 levels is defined by a set of descriptors indicating the learning outcomes relevant to qualifications at that level in any system of qualifications.
Knowledge Skills Responsibility/ Autonomy
In the context of EQF, knowledge is
described as theoretical and/or
factual.
In the context of EQF, skills are described as
cognitive (involving the use of logical, intuitive
and creative thinking) and practical (involving
manual dexterity and the use of methods,
materials, tools and instruments).
Level 1
The learning outcomes
relevant to Level 1 are
basic general knowledge basic skills required to carry out simple tasks work or study under direct supervision in a
structured context
Level 2
The learning outcomes
relevant to Level 2 are
basic factual knowledge of a field of
work or study
basic cognitive and practical skills required to
use relevant information in order to carry out
tasks and to solve routine problems using simple
rules and tools
work or study under supervision with some
autonomy
Level 3
The learning outcomes
relevant to Level 3 are
knowledge of facts, principles,
processes and general concepts, in a
field of work or study
a range of cognitive and practical skills required
to accomplish tasks and solve problems by
selecting and applying basic methods, tools,
materials and information
take responsibility for completion of tasks in work
or study
adapt own behaviour to circumstances in solving
problems
Level 4
The learning outcomes
relevant to Level 4 are
factual and theoretical knowledge in
broad contexts within a field of work
or study
a range of cognitive and practical skills required
to generate solutions to specific problems in a
field of work or study
exercise self-management within the guidelines of
work or study contexts that are usually
predictable, but are subject to change
supervise the routine work of others, taking some
responsibility for the evaluation and improvement
of work or study activities
Level 5*
The learning outcomes
relevant to Level 5 are
comprehensive, specialised, factual
and theoretical knowledge within a
field of work or study and an
awareness of the boundaries of that
knowledge
a comprehensive range of cognitive and practical
skills required to develop creative solutions to
abstract problems
exercise management and supervision in contexts
of work or study activities where there is
unpredictable change
review and develop performance of self and
others
198
Level 6**
The learning outcomes
relevant to Level 6 are
advanced knowledge of a field of
work or study, involving a critical
understanding of theories and
principles
advanced skills, demonstrating mastery and
innovation, required to solve complex and
unpredictable problems in a specialised field of
work or study
manage complex technical or professional
activities or projects, taking responsibility for
decision-making in unpredictable work or study
contexts
take responsibility for managing professional
development of individuals and groups
Level 7***
The learning outcomes
relevant to Level 7 are
highly specialised knowledge, some
of which is at the forefront of
knowledge in a field of work or
study, as the basis for original
thinking and/or research
critical awareness of knowledge
issues in a field and at the interface
between different fields
specialised problem-solving skills required in
research and/or innovation in order to develop
new knowledge and procedures and to integrate
knowledge from different fields
manage and transform work or study contexts that
are complex, unpredictable and require new
strategic approaches
take responsibility for contributing to professional
knowledge and practice and/or for reviewing the
strategic performance of teams
Level 8****
The learning outcomes
relevant to Level 8 are
knowledge at the most advanced
frontier of a field of work or study
and at the interface between fields
the most advanced and specialised skills and
techniques, including synthesis and evaluation,
required to solve critical problems in research
and/or innovation and to extend and redefine
existing knowledge or professional practice
demonstrate substantial authority, innovation,
autonomy, scholarly and professional integrity
and sustained commitment to the development of
new ideas or processes at the forefront of work or
study contexts including research
Compatibility with the Framework for Qualifications of the European Higher Education Area
The Framework for Qualifications of the European Higher Education Area provides descriptors for cycles. Each cycle descriptor offers a generic statement of typical expectations of
achievements and abilities associated with qualifications that represent the end of that cycle.
* The descriptor for the higher education short cycle (within or linked to the first cycle), corresponds to the learning outcomes for EQF level 5.
** The descriptor for the first cycle corresponds to the learning outcomes for EQF level 6.
*** The descriptor for the second cycle corresponds to the learning outcomes for EQF level 7.
**** The descriptor for the third cycle corresponds to the learning outcomes for EQF level 8.
199
EN EN
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
Strasbourg, 15.9.2026 SWD(2026) 994 final
COMMISSION STAFF WORKING DOCUMENT
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY OF THE IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT
Accompanying the document
Proposal for a REGULATION OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE
COUNCIL
on portability of qualifications and skills and amending Regulation (EU) 2018/1724
("Skills Portabilty Act")
{COM(2026) 992 final} - {SEC(2026) 992 final} - {SWD(2026) 992 final} - {SWD(2026) 993 final}
1
A. Need for EU Action
What is the problem being addressed?
The core problem is the limited portability of qualifications and skills across the EU, which
makes it more difficult for employers to hire cross-border workers and for individuals to
secure jobs in other Member States. While there are multiple factors influencing individuals’
decisions to seek employment in another Member State, and qualifications is but one element
in employers’ recruitment decision, both academic literature and empirical evidence show that
qualifications have an important signalling value to employers and that this signal is
weakened in case of unfamiliar qualifications obtained in other EU Member States. For
employers, particularly small and medium sized enterprises (SMEs), the imperfect
information around qualifications from other MS contributes to higher recruitment costs and a
potential reluctance to hire mobile workers. For workers, formal qualification assessment
processes, when required, are often costly (around €1,000 in some cases), slow (taking over
three months), and complex, including physical document submissions and notarised
translations. Young and low-income workers are disproportionately affected due to limited
resources to navigate these barriers. For public authorities, the fragmented digital systems,
where some Member States use advanced digital credentials while others still depend on
paper diplomas, force manual verification, delaying recognition and increasing costs. National
qualification databases often lack interoperability, creating confusion and inefficiencies.
The two main drivers for this problem are:
• Uncertainty about the content and level of foreign qualifications. Employers and
recognition authorities struggle to understand the level and skills of qualifications
from other Member States due to diverse national education and training systems.
• Difficulties in verifying the authenticity of qualifications and skills credentials issued
in another EU Member States. This is related to many qualifications issued in non-
verifiable formats, implying fraud risks and manual verification burdens.
These drivers reinforce each other: uncertainty about qualification level and content increases
demands for verification, while weak verification systems deepen distrust in foreign
credentials. This creates a vicious cycle where low trust limits digital adoption, and limited
adoption perpetuates distrust, resulting in a less efficient labour market with mobility barriers
for workers and skills gaps for employers.
The underlying causes of these drivers are the fragmentation of qualification information and
the diversity of credential systems across the EU. Qualifications contain different types and
levels of information, are often issued only in national languages, and existing transparency
tools remain unevenly implemented. Although the European Qualifications Framework (EQF)
provides a common reference framework, not all Member States have updated the EQF
referencing of their National Qualifications Framework (NQFs) and national qualifications
databases remain incomplete or unevenly developed, limiting the effectiveness of
qualification comparison. At the same time, qualifications are issued in different formats and
through different technical solutions, resulting in a patchwork of verification methods. While
2
initiatives such as the European Digital Credentials for Learning (EDC) and the European
Digital Identity (EUDI) Wallets are supporting the digitalisation of qualifications, their
deployment remains uneven across Member States due to differences in technical readiness,
and governance arrangements. These underlying causes are compounded by external factors,
including the diversity of national education and training systems, language barriers and other
determinants of labour mobility, such as housing availability and relocation costs, which
remain outside the scope of this initiative but influence cross-border mobility.
What is this initiative expected to achieve?
The general objective of the initiative is to facilitate portability of qualifications and skills
between Member States in the context of free movement of workers. In practice, this means
ensuring that labour market actors in the EU have access to simplified, effective and cost-
efficient ways to carry, prove, read, understand and compare qualifications and skills obtained
in another Member State.
The initiative has two specific objectives:
• Specific Objective 1: By the end of the transition period, labour market actors have
access to reliable and comparable information on skills and qualifications issued in the
EU.
• Specific Objective 2: By the end of the transition period, labour market actors in the
EU can benefit from interoperable and verifiable digital attestations of qualifications
and skills.
What is the added value of action at EU level?
Barriers related to qualifications and skills contribute to the existence of obstacles to the free
movement of people who wish to work in another Member State. They have a negative
impact on the functioning of the single market by creating costs for businesses and individuals
and indirectly affect the potential of labour mobility in addressing labour shortages in the EU.
Without improved information on qualifications and skills obtained in other Member States
and tools facilitating effectively the portability of such qualifications and skills, businesses
and workers face difficulties when considering opportunities across the EU. Given the cross-
border nature of these problems, effective solutions are best pursued at the EU level, rather
than through individual efforts by Member States.
The added value of ensuring availability of verifiable, secure, digitalised and interoperable
information on qualifications and skills obtained in the EU is that EU citizens will be
equipped with digital qualifications that are easily accessible to them as holders of
qualifications, their potential employers and in case of regulated professions in accordance
with Directive 2005/36/EC the recognition authorities in Member States. Employers will also
have access to tools enabling a better understanding and comparison of qualifications issued
in different Member States. Thanks to the common legal and technical framework
underpinning the digitalisation of qualifications, digital qualifications issued in another
Member State will become more trustworthy and easier to verify. Digital qualifications issued
3
in a standardised manner will be understood everywhere in the EU. This in turn will make job
applications less cumbersome and facilitate smoother access to jobs in all Member States.
While fully respecting Member States’ responsibility for education and training, the expected
added value of this action will be greater portability of qualifications and skills listed by
Member States in their national qualification frameworks and issued in a harmonised digital
format.
B. Policy options
What policy options have been considered – is there a preferred choice and why?
The assessment considered several legislative Policy Options:
• PO1: digitalisation with the EUDI Wallets of all new NQF qualifications (EQF levels
2-8) and all other new skills documents. For past qualifications, digitalisation with the
EUDI Wallets upon request, within a reasonable timeframe and limited for the purpose
of employment in another Member State.
• PO2: digitalisation with the EUDI Wallets of all new NQF qualifications (EQF levels
2-8). For past qualifications, digitalisation with the EUDI Wallets upon request and
limited for the purpose of employment in another Member State. Those qualifications
awarded in the past 10 years to be issued without delay, and those older than 10 years,
within a reasonable timeframe.
• PO3: digitalisation with the Europass Wallet of all new NQF qualifications (EQF
levels 2-8) and all other new skills documents. For past qualifications, digitalisation
with the Europass Wallet upon request, within a reasonable timeframe and limited for
the purpose of employment in another Member State.
All options include a common set of measures to support interoperability and trust. All
options include the same approach to NQFs and the EQF and make it mandatory for Member
States to have a comprehensive NQF in place, and for their NQFs to be clearly and regularly
referenced to the EQF. All options ensure the legal value of digital qualification attestations,
requirements to Member States to have up to date national databases of qualifications,
awarding bodies and accreditation, connected with Europass, and feeding into a reinforced
qualifications comparison tool. All options share the same trust framework to ensure
verifiability and comparability of digital attestations by employers and other users. All options
are also accompanied by possible non-legislative supporting measures, including awareness-
raising activities, continued support to existing EU tools and encouragement to make use of
available EU funding.
The impact assessment resulted in PO2 as the preferred way forward to achieve the specific
objectives 1 and 2 in an effective and efficient way.
PO2 is most effective in achieving verifiable, secure, digitalised and interoperable information
on qualifications and skills obtained in the EU. It ensures a common information and
technical standard for all new NQF qualifications, and, for labour mobility purposes, those
issued in the past 10 years and introduces a mechanism to issue older qualifications in a
reasonable time to facilitate their comparison and verification. It is the option with the most
4
optimal efficiency balance, concentrating digitalisation where labour market impact is greatest
and ensuring that, as part of the NQF, the digitalised qualifications are quality assured by the
Member States.
PO2 supports also SPI Action 2 and facilitates in general the verification and understanding of
qualifications issued in the EU in the context of both regulated and non-regulated professions.
Together, they form a coherent and functional system for qualifications and skills portability
across the EU's labour market.
Who supports which option?
All consulted stakeholder groups confirmed that the portability of qualifications and skills in
the EU remains constrained. Employers indicated that they struggle to fully understand
qualifications obtained in another Member State and to verify their authenticity. Unions and
civil society organisations indicated that the limited portability of qualifications and skills
puts EU mobile workers at a disadvantage in terms of working conditions, wages and career
progression. The fact that qualifications are rarely issued in a digital format was seen as a
major problem.
Overall, the preferred policy option benefits from strong support. Across all consultation
activities, stakeholders supported EU-level intervention focused on improving the coherence,
usability and trustworthiness of existing instruments, and deepening digitalisation through
interoperable and verifiable credentials.
Stakeholders consulted also generally supported the importance of ensuring that National
Qualification Frameworks are clearly and regularly referenced to the European Qualifications
Framework. They converged on the desirability of an EU-wide system of interoperable digital
credentials underpinned by a common trust infrastructure, with the EUDI Wallets as the most
strongly supported tool, while still stressing the importance of human oversight, accessibility
for users with limited digital literacy, and the availability of non-digital alternatives. A large
majority of respondents to the Open Public Consultation indicated they would be likely to use
or accept EU-wide digital credentials.
C. Impacts of the preferred option
What are the benefits of the preferred options
The preferred option is expected to generate quantified benefits of €164 – 336 million over
2026–2040 by facilitating the verification and presentation of qualifications across borders
and improving the transparency and trustworthiness of qualifications through interoperable
digital attestations. The benefits are expected to occur from year 4, after a transition period.
Moreover, with its focus on digitalising NQF qualifications (which are most labour market
relevant), the action directs the investment to the segment with the highest return, with
positive spillovers on national labour markets and the area of further learning. Indirect
benefits can also be expected: as the action contributes positively to the functioning of the
internal market and EU competitiveness it is expected to facilitate cross-border hiring with
some effect on skills mismatches and improved labour market allocation.
5
Employers would benefit from faster and more reliable verification of qualifications through
EUDI Wallet-compatible digital attestations, easier access to official and comparable
information on qualifications across Member States, and lower administrative costs when
recruiting workers from abroad. These benefits are estimated at €72 - 91 million. The
initiative is expected to be particularly valuable for SMEs, which often lack dedicated HR
resources to assess foreign qualifications and would gain access to reliable information and
automated verification tools.
Workers would benefit from being able to store and present verifiable digital attestations
through the EUDI Wallet, reducing the need for comparability statements and making it easier
and cheaper to demonstrate their qualifications when seeking employment in another Member
State. These benefits are estimated at €26 - 79 million. In addition to reducing costs, the
initiative is expected to simplify administrative procedures, shorten the time needed to
demonstrate qualifications across borders and facilitate labour mobility.
Issuers of qualifications would benefit from fewer requests to verify the authenticity of
qualifications, as digital attestations enable automatic verification by employers and other
labour market actors. This is expected to generate administrative savings of €65 - 166 million,
while reducing routine administrative workload and allowing institutions to focus resources
on their core educational activities.
The initiative is also expected to generate wider positive impacts that are not quantified. By
accelerating the digitalisation of qualification systems, it is expected to improve the
functioning of national labour markets, including for workers using qualifications in their
home Member State, facilitate access to further education and training through easier
recognition of qualifications, and contribute to better skills matching, labour market
participation and productivity across the EU.
Stakeholder Type of cost saving Total per type of cost saving
Employers Cost savings for employers to assess
qualifications € 72 - 90.8
Workers Cost savings for workers in
comparability statements € 26.4 - 79.1
Issuers of NQF
qualifications
Cost saving for issuers of
qualifications to verify them € 65.5 - 166
Total benefits Lower bound Upper bound
€ 163.8 € 335.9
In € million
What are the costs of the preferred option?
The preferred option requires upfront investment to establish the technical, governance and
administrative infrastructure needed to issue and verify interoperable digital attestations for
formal qualifications through the European Digital Identity (EUDI) Wallet ecosystem. Total
implementation costs are estimated at €1.04 - 1.28 billion over the period 2026–2040, with the
largest share falling on Member States. These investments combine upfront implementation
6
with ongoing operating costs, and are intended to establish a common, interoperable
framework that will reduce administrative burdens and enable more efficient cross-border
verification over time.
The European Commission would incur implementation costs of around €11.0 million to
develop and maintain the EU-level infrastructure supporting the initiative, including the
reference verifier for the EUDI Wallet, the shared trust infrastructure connecting national
registries, and improvements to the Europass comparison tool. These common services
provide the technical backbone of the initiative, avoiding duplication of effort, ensuring
consistent verification across Member States and supporting the interoperability of digital
attestations.
Member States would incur implementation costs estimated at €1.03 – 1.27 billion over the
appraisal period. These costs relate to establishing and maintaining national qualification
registries, integrating qualifications issued over the previous ten years into the trust
framework, deploying the national verification infrastructure required for the EUDI Wallet
ecosystem, and adapting national issuing systems. While integrating the ten-year backlog
requires additional upfront effort, it enables automated issuance of digital attestations for
recent qualifications upon request, reducing future manual processing and making cross-
border verification significantly more efficient.
Stakeholder Type of cost Total per type
of cost
Total per
stakeholder
European
Commission
Cost of the back-office tool connecting
national databases and comparison
qualifications tool
€ 8.9
€ 11.0 Costs of the reference verifier software € 2.1
Costs to support non-formal providers of
micro-credentials € -
Member States
Cost for MS to have, connect
and maintain national registries of
qualifications, awarding bodies and
accreditation
€ 13.5
€ 1,032.7 -
1,266.3 Cost of providing a verification software € 19.0
Cost of providing an issuing infrastructure
for qualifications
€ 927.9 -
1,143.7
Cost of issuing past qualifications in a
digital interoperable format € 72.3 - 90.1
Total costs Lower bound Upper bound
€ 1,043.7 € 1,277.3
In € million
7
Will there be other significant impacts?
The proposed options are expected to have minimal direct environmental impact, as it
operates through administrative and informational mechanisms without requiring physical or
infrastructural changes compared to the baseline.
Positive impacts are expected in relation to fundamental rights, namely enhanced labour
mobility and employment rights (Articles 15 and 45 of the EU Charter), and reduced
administrative barriers to portability of qualifications, aligning with European Pillar of Social
Rights Principle 4 (active employment support).
D. Follow-up
When will the policy be reviewed?
In line with the Better Regulation Guidelines, the Commission will review the application of
the initiative 5 years after it enters into force, in cooperation with stakeholders and after
consulting the stakeholders concerned.